INFORMIX CORP
S-1, 1998-01-09
PREPACKAGED SOFTWARE
Previous: FISERV INC, 424B3, 1998-01-09
Next: CYTRX CORP, S-3, 1998-01-09



<PAGE>
    AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JANUARY 9, 1998
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
                              INFORMIX CORPORATION
 
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>                            <C>
           DELAWARE                          7372                  94-3011736
 (State or other jurisdiction    (Primary Standard Industrial   (I.R.S. Employer
              of                 Classification Code Number)     Identification
incorporation or organization)                                      Number)
</TABLE>
 
                              4100 BOHANNON DRIVE
                          MENLO PARK, CALIFORNIA 94025
                                 (650) 926-6300
 
  (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
                   Registrant's principal executive offices)
 
                              JEAN-YVES F. DEXMIER
        EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT, CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER AND SECRETARY
                              INFORMIX CORPORATION
                              4100 BOHANNON DRIVE
                          MENLO PARK, CALIFORNIA 94025
                                 (650) 926-6300
 
 (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                             of agent for service)
                         ------------------------------
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
                            DOUGLAS H. COLLOM, ESQ.
                            ROBERT F. KORNEGAY. ESQ.
                             MARK A. CLAWSON, ESQ.
                             MARK B. BAUDLER, ESQ.
                        WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI
                            Professional Corporation
                               650 Page Mill Road
                          Palo Alto, California 94304
                                 (650) 493-9300
                         ------------------------------
 
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
                         ------------------------------
 
    If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. /X/
 
    If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, please check the
following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the
earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. / /
 
    If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. / /
 
    If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. / /
 
    If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. / /
                         ------------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       PROPOSED MAXIMUM     PROPOSED MAXIMUM
            TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF                    AMOUNT TO         OFFERING PRICE          AGGREGATE            AMOUNT OF
          SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED             BE REGISTERED(2)       PER SHARE(1)       OFFERING PRICE(1)    REGISTRATION FEE
<S>                                              <C>                  <C>                  <C>                  <C>
Common Stock, $0.01 par value..................      22,900,000            $5.21875           $119,509,375          $35,255.27
</TABLE>
 
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration
    fee pursuant to Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
    based on the average of the high and low sales prices as reported on the
    Nasdaq National Market on January 2, 1998.
 
(2) Pursuant to Rule 416, this Registration Statement also relates to an
    indeterminate number of additional shares of Common Stock issuable (i) to
    prevent dilution resulting from stock splits, stock dividends or similar
    transactions or (ii) by reason of changes in the conversion price of the
    Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share, or the
    exercise of certain warrants issuable upon conversion thereof.
                         ------------------------------
 
    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a),
MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A
registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement becomes
effective. This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these securities
in any State in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior
to the registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such
State.
<PAGE>
                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY 9, 1998
PROSPECTUS
 
                               22,900,000 SHARES
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
                              -------------------
 
    This Prospectus relates to an aggregate of 22,900,000 shares (the "Shares")
of Common Stock, $0.01 par value, of Informix Corporation ("Informix" or the
"Company") which may be offered and sold from time to time by certain
stockholders of the Company (the "Selling Stockholders"). See "Principal and
Selling Stockholders." The Selling Stockholders acquired shares of the Company's
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (the "Series B Preferred") on November 17,
1997. The Shares are issuable upon conversion of the Series B Preferred and upon
exercise of certain warrants (the "Warrants") to purchase shares of Common Stock
to be granted upon conversion of the Series B Preferred. In general, the Series
B Preferred is not convertible prior to May 18, 1998. The number of Shares
issuable upon conversion of the Series B Preferred is presently indeterminate
and will depend on the trading price of the Common Stock in the period prior to
conversion. The number of Shares registered for sale hereunder has been
calculated based on an assumed Series B Preferred conversion price of $4.00.
Pursuant to the terms of an agreement between the Company and certain of the
Selling Stockholders, the Company is registering for resale under this
Prospectus 150% of the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion
of the Series B Preferred, based on an assumed conversion price of $4.00, and
upon exercise of the Warrants. The Shares also include 100,000 shares of Common
Stock issued to a financial advisor to the Company in connection with the sale
of the Series B Preferred. See "Description of Capital Stock."
 
    In addition, pursuant to Rule 416 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the "Securities Act"), this Prospectus also relates to such additional number
of Shares as may become issuable upon conversion of the Series B Preferred or
exercise of the Warrants as a result of, among other things, stock splits, stock
dividends and anti-dilution adjustment provisions (including by reason of any
reduction in the conversion price of the Series B Preferred).
 
    The Selling Stockholders may sell the Shares from time to time in
transactions on the Nasdaq National Market, in negotiated transactions or by a
combination of these methods, at fixed prices that may be changed, or at market
prices. The Selling Stockholders may effect these transactions by selling the
Shares to or through broker-dealers, who may receive compensation in the form of
discounts or commissions from the Selling Stockholders or from the purchasers of
the Shares for whom the broker-dealers may act as an agent or to whom they may
sell as a principal, or both. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders" and "Plan
of Distribution." If required, the names of any such agents or underwriters
involved in the sale of the Shares in respect of which this Prospectus is being
delivered and the applicable agent's commission, dealer's purchase price or
underwriter's discount, if any, will be set forth in an accompanying supplement
to this prospectus (a "Prospectus Supplement").
 
    The Selling Stockholders will receive all of the net proceeds from the sale
of Shares held by them and will pay all underwriting discounts and selling
commissions, if any, applicable to the sale of the Shares. The Company is
responsible for payment of all other expenses incident to the offer and sale of
the Shares. The Selling Stockholders and any broker/dealers, agents or
underwriters which participate in the distribution of the Shares may be deemed
to be "underwriters" within the meaning of the Securities Act, and any
commissions, discounts or concessions received by them and any profit on the
resale of the Shares purchased by them may be deemed to be underwriting
commissions or discounts under the Securities Act. The Company will not receive
any of the proceeds from the sale of the Shares.
 
    THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. SEE "RISK
FACTORS," BEGINNING ON PAGE 7.
 
    The Company's Common Stock is quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under the
symbol "IFMX." On January 8, 1998, the last reported sale price of the Common
Stock was $5.28125 per share. See "Price Range of Common Stock."
 
                             ---------------------
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
    EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
           COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
              PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
                                        CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
                              -------------------
 
                THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS            , 1997
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                                             ---------
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Prospectus Summary.........................................................................................          4
Risk Factors...............................................................................................          7
Use of Proceeds............................................................................................         20
Dividend Policy............................................................................................         20
Price Range of Common Stock................................................................................         20
Capitalization.............................................................................................         21
Selected Consolidated Financial Data.......................................................................         22
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations......................         24
Business...................................................................................................         39
Management.................................................................................................         49
Certain Transactions.......................................................................................         63
Principal and Selling Stockholders.........................................................................         65
Description of Capital Stock...............................................................................         68
Plan of Distribution.......................................................................................         73
Legal Matters..............................................................................................         74
Experts....................................................................................................         74
Index to Financial Statements..............................................................................        F-1
</TABLE>
 
                           --------------------------
 
    NO PERSON IS AUTHORIZED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OFFERING MADE HEREBY TO GIVE
ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION NOT CONTAINED HEREIN AND, IF GIVEN
OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING
BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES
NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY
SECURITY OTHER THAN THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY, NOR DOES IT CONSTITUTE AN
OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY OF THE SECURITIES OFFERED
HEREBY TO ANY PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH AN
OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE
HEREUNDER SHALL UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS
BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF OR THAT THE
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE
HEREOF.
<PAGE>
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
    The Company is subject to the informational reporting requirements of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and in
accordance therewith files reports, proxy statements and other information with
the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"). Such reports, proxy
statements and other information may be inspected without charge at the public
reference facilities maintained by the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549 and at the regional offices of the Commission located at
Seven World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048 and Northwestern
Atrium Center, 500 Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511.
Copies of such materials may be obtained from the Public Reference Section of
the Commission, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed
rates, and through the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. located
at 1735 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006. The Commission maintains a World
Wide Web site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other
information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Commission.
The address of the Commission's Web site is http://www.sec.gov.
 
    The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on Form
S-1 (the "Registration Statement") under the Securities Act with respect to the
securities offered hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all of the
information set forth in the Registration Statement and the exhibits and
schedules thereto. For further information with respect to the Company and the
Common Stock, reference is made to the Registration Statement and the exhibits
and schedules filed as a part thereof. Statements contained in this Prospectus
as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not
necessarily complete. In each instance, reference is made to the copy of such
contract or document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and each
such statement is qualified in all respects by such reference. The Registration
Statement may be inspected at the locations indicated above.
 
                           FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
    THIS PROSPECTUS CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS WITHIN THE MEANING OF
SECTION 27A OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"),
AND SECTION 21E OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED (THE
"EXCHANGE ACT"). DISCUSSIONS CONTAINING SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS MAY BE
FOUND IN THE MATERIAL SET FORTH UNDER "PROSPECTUS SUMMARY," "RISK FACTORS,"
"MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS" AND "BUSINESS" AS WELL AS IN THE PROSPECTUS GENERALLY. THE COMPANY'S
ACTUAL RESULTS COULD DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE ANTICIPATED IN THESE
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AS A RESULT OF CERTAIN FACTORS, INCLUDING THOSE SET
FORTH UNDER "RISK FACTORS" AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS, WHICH PROSPECTIVE
INVESTORS SHOULD REVIEW CAREFULLY.
 
                                   TRADEMARKS
 
    This Prospectus contains trademarks and trade names of Informix and other
companies.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO THE MORE
DETAILED INFORMATION AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, INCLUDING NOTES
THERETO, APPEARING ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS. THIS PROSPECTUS CONTAINS
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 27A OF THE SECURITIES
ACT AND SECTION 21E OF THE EXCHANGE ACT. DISCUSSIONS CONTAINING SUCH
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS MAY BE FOUND IN THE MATERIAL SET FORTH UNDER
"PROSPECTUS SUMMARY," "RISK FACTORS," "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS" AND "BUSINESS" AS WELL AS IN THE
PROSPECTUS GENERALLY. THE COMPANY'S ACTUAL RESULTS COULD DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM
THOSE ANTICIPATED IN THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AS A RESULT OF CERTAIN
FACTORS, INCLUDING THOSE SET FORTH UNDER "RISK FACTORS" AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS
PROSPECTUS.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    Informix Corporation ("Informix" or the "Company") is a leading
multinational supplier of information management software. The Company designs,
develops, manufactures, markets and supports relational database management
systems ("RDBMS"), connectivity interfaces and gateways and application
development tools for graphical and character-based software applications as
part of an RDBMS. Database management software permits multiple individual
users, employing different application software, to access and manage the same
data concurrently without corrupting the underlying database. RDBMS software
extends the functionality and utility of non-relational database management
software by simplifying the data retrieval process for end-users, who do not
require specific knowledge about the structure of the database but need only to
specify the data to be retrieved. Companies commonly employ RDBMS software for
use in storing, managing and retrieving the large amounts of data necessary to
support internal management information and decision-support systems as well as
mission-critical data processing applications.
 
    The Company believes that technological advances, including the development
and commercialization of the Internet, will lead to increasingly sophisticated
customer requirements for data storage and management beyond the functionality
offered by conventional RDBMS products. In recent years, the types and
quantities of data required to be stored and managed has grown increasingly
complex and includes, in addition to conventional character data, audio, video,
text and three dimensional graphics. In 1996, the Company focused substantial
resources in the development of object-relational database management systems
("ORDBMS") and tools for applications in multimedia and entertainment, digital
media publishing and financial services.
 
    The Company markets its products to end-users on a worldwide basis directly
through its sales force and indirectly through application resellers, original
equipment manufacturers ("OEMs") and distributors. The principal geographic
markets for the Company's products are North America, Europe, the Asia/ Pacific
region and Latin America. In recent years, approximately half of the Company's
total revenues have been generated outside North America. The Company's
principal customers include businesses ranging from small corporations to
Fortune 1000 companies, principally in the manufacturing, financial services,
telecommunications, media, retail/wholesale, hospitality and government services
sectors.
 
    The Company was incorporated in California in 1980 and reincorporated in
Delaware in August 1986. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in
this Prospectus to "Informix" and the "Company" refer to Informix Corporation, a
Delaware corporation and, except as otherwise indicated, its subsidiaries. The
Company's executive offices are located at 4100 Bohannon Drive, Menlo Park,
California 94025, and its telephone number at that address is (650) 926-6300.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                                  THE OFFERING
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                <C>
                                                                   152,428,733 shares
Common Stock outstanding prior to the offering...................  (1)(2)
Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock...........................  160,000 shares (3)
Common Stock offered by the Selling Stockholders related to
  Series B Preferred.............................................  15,300,000 shares (4)
                                                                   167,728,733 shares
Common Stock to be outstanding after the offering................  (2)(4)
Nasdaq National Market symbol....................................  IFMX
</TABLE>
 
                      SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          NINE MONTHS ENDED
    -----------------------------                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
    SEPTEMBER 28,                   ---------------------------------------------------------
        1997                                                                 1993      1992
    -------------   SEPTEMBER 29,      1996         1995         1994      --------  --------
                        1996        ----------   ----------   ----------
                    -------------   (RESTATED)   (RESTATED)   (RESTATED)
                     (RESTATED)
  <C>               <C>             <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>       <C>
STATEMENT
  OF
  OPERATIONS
  DATA:
  Net
  revenues...   $ 481,146   $511,001  $727,849    $632,770     $451,969    $353,115  $283,594
  Operating
    income
  (loss)...    (375,176)    (61,804)   (68,017)     64,948       77,229      83,925    73,895
  Net
  income
  (loss)...    (366,061)    (66,555)   (73,565)     38,600       48,293      54,989    47,782
  Net
  income
  (loss)
    per
share...   $   (2.41)   $  (0.45)    $  (0.49)    $   0.26     $   0.34    $   0.40  $   0.38
  Weighted
   average
    number
    of
    common
    and
    common
equivalent
    shares
    outstanding...     151,708    149,194   149,310   150,627   142,782     137,827   125,742
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       SEPTEMBER 28, 1997
                                                                                --------------------------------
                                                                                 ACTUAL    PRO FORMA ADJUSTED(5)
                                                                                ---------  ---------------------
<S>                                                                             <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments...........................  $  95,470        $ 144,270
  Working deficit.............................................................   (254,893 (6)        (206,093)(6)
  Total assets................................................................    587,598          636,398
  Long-term obligations.......................................................      6,927            6,927
  Stockholders' equity (deficit)..............................................    (43,877)          42,123
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
 
(1) Based upon shares outstanding as of September 28, 1997. Excludes an
    indeterminate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of
    the Company's outstanding Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock (the
    "Series A-1 Preferred") and the Series B Preferred. See "Description of
    Capital Stock" and Note 6 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(2) Excludes (i) 19,292,160 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
    options outstanding at September 28, 1997 under the Company's 1986 Employee
    Stock Option Plan, 1994 Stock Option and Award Plan, the 1992 Illustra Stock
    Option Plan and 1989 Outside Director Option Plan at a weighted average
    exercise price of $15.33 (without giving effect to an option repricing
    effected in November 1997) and (ii) 9,149,321 shares of Common Stock
    reserved at September 28, 1997 for future issuance under the 1994 Stock
    Option and Award Plan, the 1989 Outside Director Option Plan and the 1997
    Employee Stock Purchase Plan. See "Management--Stock Plans," "Description of
    Capital Stock" and Note 7 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(3) Excludes 140,000 shares of Series A-1 Preferred issuable upon exercise of an
    outstanding warrant to acquire additional Series A-1 Preferred (the "Series
    A-1 Warrant") at a per share exercise price of $250. The Series A-1
    Preferred, including the Series A-1 Preferred issuable upon exercise of the
    Series A-1 Warrant, is convertible into a presently indeterminate number of
    shares of Common Stock. See "Description of Capital Stock--Preferred Stock."
 
(4) Assumes 12,500,000 shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the
    Series B Preferred and 2,700,000 shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise
    of the Warrants, in each case based upon an assumed Series B Preferred
    conversion price of $4.00. Also assumes payment of accrued dividends to
    holders of Series B Preferred in cash and not in shares of Common Stock. If
    the Company were to elect to make payment of such dividends in Common Stock,
    the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding after the offering would
    increase. See "Description of Capital Stock--Preferred Stock." Also includes
    100,000 shares of Common Stock issued to a financial advisor to the Company
    in connection with the sale of the Series B Preferred.
 
(5) Pro forma adjusted to give effect to (i) the exchange in November 1997 of
    all the Company's outstanding Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the
    "Series A Preferred") for the Series A-1 Preferred, (ii) the issuance of
    50,000 shares of the Series B Preferred in November 1997 and (iii) the
    issuance of 100,000 shares of Common Stock. As adjusted to give effect to
    (i) the
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
    conversion of the Series B Preferred at an assumed conversion price of $4.00
    into 12,500,000 shares of Common Stock and Warrants to acquire 2,700,000
    shares of Common Stock, assuming no exercise of the Warrants, and (ii) the
    issuance of 100,000 shares of Common Stock to a financial advisor to the
    Company in connection with the issuance of the Series B Preferred. The
    rights, preferences and privileges of the Series A-1 Preferred are
    substantially identical to those of the previously outstanding Series A
    Preferred, except that the mandatory redemption terms and certain other
    provisions differ. As a result of these differences, the Series A Preferred
    was excluded from stockholders' equity on the Company's consolidated balance
    sheet, while the Series A-1 Preferred is included in stockholders' equity.
    See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
    of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources," "Description of Capital
    Stock--Preferred Stock," "Certain Transactions" and Note 6 of Notes to
    Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(6) Includes $210.3 million in advances on unearned license revenues. See "Risk
    Factors--Working Capital Deficit," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
    Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and Note 3 of Notes to
    Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                         ------------------------------
 
    EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS HAS BEEN
ADJUSTED TO GIVE EFFECT TO A TWO-FOR-ONE SPLIT OF THE COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK
EFFECTED IN JUNE 1995 IN THE FORM OF A STOCK DIVIDEND. IN ADDITION, EXCEPT AS
OTHERWISE INDICATED, ALL INFORMATION AND DATA RELATING TO THE COMPANY'S
OUTSTANDING COMMON STOCK ASSUMES THE CONVERSION OF ALL OUTSTANDING SERIES B
PREFERRED INTO 12,500,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, BASED ON AN ASSUMED SERIES B
PREFERRED CONVERSION PRICE OF $4.00, AND THE GRANT OF THE WARRANTS TO PURCHASE
2,700,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK. SEE "DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK--PREFERRED
STOCK" AND "--REGISTRATION RIGHTS."
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    THIS PROSPECTUS CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS THAT INVOLVE RISKS AND
UNCERTAINTIES. THE COMPANY'S ACTUAL RESULTS COULD DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE
ANTICIPATED IN SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AS A RESULT OF A VARIETY OF
FACTORS, INCLUDING THOSE SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING RISK FACTORS AND ELSEWHERE
IN, OR INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE INTO, THIS PROSPECTUS. IN EVALUATING AN
INVESTMENT IN THE COMMON STOCK, PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSIDER CAREFULLY
THE FOLLOWING RISK FACTORS IN ADDITION TO THE OTHER INFORMATION PRESENTED IN
THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
UNCERTAIN IMPACT OF RESTATEMENT OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
    Subsequent to the filing with the Commission of its Quarterly Report of Form
10-Q for the quarter ended March 30, 1997, the Company became aware of errors
and irregularities that ultimately affected the timing and dollar amount of
reported earned revenues from license transactions in the three years ended
December 31, 1996. As a result of the restatement, total revenues were reduced
from amounts previously reported by $211.5 million, $81.5 million and $18.1
million for each of the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994,
respectively. In addition, the restatement resulted in the Company's reporting a
net loss of $73.6 million for 1996, compared to net income of $97.8 million as
originally reported, and substantial reductions in net income in 1995 and 1994,
compared to amounts originally reported. As a result of the restatement, total
revenues originally reported as $133.7 million for the quarter ended March 30,
1997 were increased to $149.2 million. The restatement had a material adverse
effect on the Company's financial condition, most notably evidenced by
substantial reductions in retained earnings and working capital. See "--Working
Capital Deficit" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Result of Operations."
 
    In October 1997, the Company's independent auditors reported to the
Company's Board of Directors their conclusion that, based on their investigation
related to the restatement of the Company's financial statements, material
weaknesses existed in the Company's internal accounting control systems. The
independent auditors made a number of recommendations intended to strengthen the
Company's internal accounting controls. The Company has reviewed the independent
auditors' report, substantially agrees with its recommendations, and is taking
actions intended to implement such recommendations. The Audit Committee of the
Board of Directors has initiated a plan to monitor the Company's implementation
of these recommendations and will consider other actions that might be
undertaken by the Company to further improve the accuracy and integrity of its
financial reporting process. Such implementation is expected to require
substantial management attention. See "-- Dependence on Key Personnel; Personnel
Changes; Ability to Recruit Personnel."
 
    The Company's public announcement in August 1997 of the pending restatement,
delays in reporting operating results for the quarters ended September 28, 1997
and June 29, 1997 while the restatement was being compiled, threatened
de-listing of the Company's Common Stock from the Nasdaq National Market as a
result of the Company's failure to satisfy its public reporting obligations,
corporate actions to restructure operations and reduce operating expenses, and
customer uncertainty regarding the Company's financial condition have adversely
affected the Company's ability to sell its products. In addition, since the
beginning of 1997, the Company and its competitors in the RDBMS industry have
experienced substantially slower growth in the market for RDBMS products. The
financial restatement has now been completed, its results have been publicly
disclosed, and the Company is current with respect to its public reporting
obligations. Nevertheless, there can be no assurance that uncertainties
resulting from the restatement, including ongoing customer concern about the
Company's financial condition, will not continue to have a material adverse
effect on the Company's competitive position and results of operations. See
"--Fluctuations in Quarterly Results; Seasonality."
 
NEED FOR ADDITIONAL FINANCING; CUSTOMER FINANCING
 
    The Company's cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments declined to
$95.5 million at September 28, 1997 from $261.0 million at December 31, 1996.
The Company believes that its revenues,
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
cash flows and results of operations will continue to be uncertain and that, as
a result, its financial condition could be impaired for an indefinite period.
Such uncertainty results primarily from the financial restatement and
restructuring as well as from recent uncertainty concerning future growth rates
in the market for relational database software. In addition, recent instability
in the Asian-Pacific economies and financial markets, which accounted for
approximately 12.6% and 12.9% of the Company's total revenues for the nine
months ended September 28, 1997 and the year ended December 31, 1996,
respectively, has created further uncertainty concerning the Company's revenues,
cash flows and results of operations. The Company raised aggregate net proceeds
of $37.2 million in August 1997 and $48.8 million in November 1997 in separate
financing transactions in which the Company issued newly authorized series of
convertible Preferred Stock. In the fourth quarter of 1997, the Company raised
aggregate net proceeds of $58.1 million through the sale of real property it had
purchased earlier in the year.
 
    In December 1997, Informix Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation and the
Company's principal operating subsidiary ("Informix Software"), entered into a
Senior Secured Credit Agreement with a syndicate of commercial banks, including
BankBoston, N.A. as administrative agent and Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce
as syndication agent, providing for a revolving credit facility of up to $75
million (the "Credit Facility"). The actual amount available under the Credit
Facility, for either direct borrowings or issuances of letters of credit, is
based on eligibility criteria for certain accounts receivable, which are
measured on a revolving basis. As a result, the aggregate amount available under
the Credit Facility will vary from time to time based on the amount and
eligibility of the Company's receivables. As of the date of this Prospectus, no
borrowings were outstanding under the Credit Facility, and the Company had not
yet determined the actual amount available, although it believes, based on
accounts receivable at December 31, 1997, that its borrowing base would have
been substantially less than $75 million. The purpose of the Credit Facility is
to provide the Company working capital and finance general corporate purposes.
The term of the Credit Facility is two years. Amounts outstanding under the
Credit Facility bear interest at a premium over one of two alternative variable
rates selected by the Company. The "Base Rate" equals the greater of (i) the
rate of interest announced by BankBoston, N.A. as its "base rate" and (ii) the
Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 1/2 of 1% per year. The "Adjusted LIBOR Rate"
equals (i) the London Interbank Offered Rate divided by (ii) one minus the
applicable reserve requirement under Regulation D of the Federal Reserve Board.
The maximum premium over the Base Rate is 1.25%, and the maximum premium over
the LIBOR Rate is 2.50%, subject to downward adjustment based on the Company's
realizing certain financial thresholds. The Credit Facility is secured by all of
the assets of Informix Software and the capital stock of the Company's
subsidiaries that are domiciled in the United States, including Informix
Software. The availability of the Credit Facility is also subject to the
Company's compliance with certain covenants, including financial covenants
relating to financial ratios and minimum thresholds for quarterly revenues,
operating profits, and cashflows.
 
    There can be no assurance that amounts raised in connection with financing
and asset sale transactions described above and amounts available under the
Credit Facility will be sufficient to cover the Company's working capital needs
or that the Company will not require additional debt or equity financing in the
future. In addition, there can be no assurance that additional debt or equity
financing will be available, if and when needed or that, if available, such
financing could be completed on commercially favorable terms. Failure to obtain
additional financing, if and when needed, could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. To the
extent the terms of any available financing are materially unfavorable to the
Company, such a financing could impair the Company's ability to obtain
additional financing in the future, to implement its business plan, or to engage
in various corporate transactions, including potential acquisitions of the
Company. See "--Working Capital Deficit," "--Risks Associated with Preferred
Stock Financings," "--Antitakeover Protections" and "Description of Capital
Stock--Preferred Stock."
 
    In the normal course of its business, the Company arranges for non-recourse
financing through the sale of customer accounts receivable to third-party
financial institutions. The Company has traditionally relied on a limited number
of financial institutions for most of the customer financings it arranges. The
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
terms of the Credit Facility prevent the Company from selling accounts
receivable with an aggregate face value in excess of $20 million during any
twelve month period. See "--Working Capital Deficit," "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and Note 3 of
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
WORKING CAPITAL DEFICIT
 
    The restatement of the Company's financial statements have had a material
adverse effect on the Company's financial condition, most notably evidenced by
substantial reductions in retained earnings and working capital. At December 31,
1996, after giving effect to the restatement, the Company's working capital
totaled $3.1 million, compared to $258.4 million as originally reported. At
September 28, 1997, the Company had a working capital deficit of $254.9 million.
The substantial reduction in working capital, as restated, at December 31, 1996
reflects net losses in fiscal 1996 of $73.6 million and the addition of $239.5
million of "advances on unearned license revenue" as a current liability on the
Company's balance sheet. The working capital deficit at September 28, 1997
reflects net losses of $366.1 million for the nine months ended September 28,
1997, $210.3 million in advances on unearned license revenue as of such date,
the Company's use of $61.5 million in January 1997 to purchase certain real
property for construction of a new headquarters facility, and substantial uses
of cash as a result of the Company's internal restructuring which commenced in
the second quarter of 1997. The real property purchased by the Company in early
1997 was sold in the fourth quarter of 1997.
 
    "Advances on unearned license revenues" reflects amounts previously received
from customers or in connection with accounts receivable financing transactions
with third party financial institutions in advance of revenue being recognized.
Prior to the restatement, these amounts were improperly recognized as earned but
have now been designated as advances. A substantial majority of such revenues
arose in connection with license agreements between the Company and OEMs,
distributors and other resellers. In connection with the review of its
historical financial results, the Company determined that sufficient post-
contractual contingencies existed in connection with certain reseller license
arrangements so as to preclude recognizing revenue. In addition, the Company
concluded that informal or otherwise undisclosed arrangements with a number of
resellers have resulted or could result in significant concessions or allowances
that were not accounted for when revenue was originally reported as earned.
Although the Company's license agreements provide for a non-refundable fee
payable by the customer in single or multiple installments at the beginning or
over the term of the license arrangements, amounts received by the Company under
its license agreements could be subject to refund in the event the Company fails
to satisfy certain post-signing obligations. The Company is presently unable to
estimate what portion, if any, of such advances may be subject to potential
refund. Certain amounts recognized as advances on unearned license revenues are
presently subject to commercial disputes with a number of its customers, several
of which have proceeded to litigation. See Note 3 and Note 12 of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
    The Company has abandoned its plans to construct a new headquarters facility
and in December 1997 sold the real property it had purchased earlier in the
year, raising aggregate net proceeds of approximately $58.1 million. In August
1997 and November 1997, the Company sold and issued newly designated series of
Preferred Stock in two separate financing transactions, raising aggregate net
proceeds of approximately $86.0 million. In addition, in the fourth quarter of
1997, the Company entered into a senior secured credit facility agreement in the
amount of $75.0 million with a syndicate of commercial banks with BankBoston
N.A., as Administrative Agent and Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, as
Syndication Agent. The term of the credit facility is two years. Although these
financing transactions have improved the Company's working capital position, in
the event the Company continues to maintain a substantial working capital
deficit, such a deficit could materially impair the Company's ability to sell
its products as a result of customer uncertainty about the Company's financial
condition. See "--Uncertain Impact of Restatement of Financial Statements,"
"--Need for Additional Financing; Customer Financing," "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and Note 2 of
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
FLUCTUATIONS IN QUARTERLY RESULTS; SEASONALITY
 
    The Company's quarterly operating results have varied significantly in the
past and may vary significantly in the future depending upon a number of
factors, many of which are beyond the Company's control. These factors include,
among others, (i) customer uncertainty about the Company's financial condition
and business prospects, (ii) market demand for the Company's software, including
changes in industry growth rates for the Company's products, (iii) the timing of
the introduction of new products or product enhancements by the Company or its
competitors, (iv) the size, timing and contractual terms of significant orders,
(v) changes in pricing policies by the Company or its competitors, (vi)
budgeting cycles of customers and potential customers, (vii) changes in the mix
of revenues attributable to domestic and international sales, and (viii)
seasonal trends in technology purchases and other general economic conditions.
The Company has operated historically with little or no backlog and has
generally recognized a substantial portion of its revenues in the last weeks or
days of a quarter. As a result, license revenues in any quarter are
substantially dependent on orders booked and shipped in the last weeks or days
of that quarter. In addition, the sales cycle for the Company's products is
relatively long and may vary depending on a number of factors, including the
size of the transaction and the level of competition the Company encounters in
its selling activities. Due to the foregoing factors, quarterly revenues and
operating results are not predictable with any significant degree of accuracy.
In the event of any downturn in potential customers' businesses, the domestic
economy in general, or in international economies where the Company derives
substantial revenues, planned purchases of the Company's products may be
deferred or canceled, which could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, operating results, and financial condition. Because the
Company's operating expenses are based on anticipated revenue levels and because
a high percentage of the Company's expenses are relatively fixed, delays in the
recognition of revenues from even a limited number of license transactions could
cause significant variations in operating results from quarter to quarter and
could cause net income to fall significantly short of anticipated levels. In the
quarters ended September 28, 1997 and June 29, 1997, costs associated with the
Company's internal restructuring, aggregating $109.4 million, had a material
adverse effect on results of operations. Management continues to evaluate the
Company's cost structure in light of projected revenues and cash-flows, both of
which are variable and uncertain. There can be no assurance that the Company
will not be required to undertake additional restructuring activities in the
future, which would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
results of operations and financial condition.
 
    The Company's business has experienced and is expected to continue to
experience seasonality. International revenues comprise a significant percentage
of the Company's total revenues, and the Company may experience additional
variability in demand associated with seasonal buying patterns in foreign
markets. In particular, the Company's third quarter tends to reflect the effects
of summer slowing of international business activity, particularly in Europe. In
addition, variability and seasonality in the Company's business may result from
customer capital spending cycles, which tend to peak in the Company's fourth
quarter, and the Company's sales incentive plans for sales personnel, which are
measured on a calendar year basis. See "--Competition; Pricing Risks,"
"--International Operations; Currency Fluctuations" and "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
LITIGATION
 
    Commencing in April 1997, a series of class action lawsuits purportedly by
or on behalf of stockholders and a separate but related stockholder action were
filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of
California. These actions name as defendants the Company, certain of its present
and former officers and directors and, in some cases, its independent auditors.
The complaints allege various violations of the federal securities laws and seek
unspecified but potentially significant damages. Similar actions were also filed
in California state court and in Newfoundland, Canada. While management intends
to defend these actions vigorously, the disposition of this litigation could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows.
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
    Stockholder derivative actions, purportedly on behalf of the Company and
naming virtually the same individual defendants and the Company's independent
auditors, were also filed, commencing in August 1997, in California state court.
While these actions allege various violations of state law, any monetary
judgments in these derivative actions would accrue to the benefit of the
Company.
 
    Pursuant to Delaware law and certain indemnification agreements between the
Company and each of its current and former officers and directors, the Company
is obligated to indemnify its current and former officers and directors for
certain liabilities arising from their employment with or service to the
Company. This includes the costs of defending against the claims asserted in the
above-referenced actions and any amounts paid in settlement or other disposition
of such actions on behalf of these individuals. The Company's obligations do not
permit or require it to provide such indemnification to any such individual who
is adjudicated to be liable for fraudulent or criminal conduct. Although the
Company has purchased directors' and officers' liability insurance to reimburse
it for the costs of indemnification for its directors and officers, the coverage
under its policies is limited. Moreover, although the directors' and officers'
insurance coverage presumes that 100 percent of the costs incurred in defending
claims asserted jointly against the Company and its current and former directors
and officers are allocable to the individuals' defense, the Company does not
have insurance to cover the costs of its own defense or to cover any liability
for any claims asserted against it. The Company has not set aside any financial
reserves relating to any of the above-referenced actions. See
"Management--Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters."
 
    In addition, in July 1997, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued a
formal order of investigation of the Company and certain unidentified
individuals associated with the Company with respect to non-specified accounting
matters, public disclosures and trading activity in the Company's securities.
The Company is cooperating with the investigation and is providing all
information subpoenaed by the Commission.
 
    The Company is also party to certain commercial disputes with a number of
its customers, several of which have proceeded to litigation, relating to
amounts paid under license agreements with the Company. Although the Company is
vigorously defending such disputes, there can be no assurance that the outcome
of any current or future disputes will not have a material adverse effect on the
Company's financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In
addition, the Company is unable to predict the extent to which legal action
under the Company's various contracts, licenses and business relationships may
result from the restatement. See "--Uncertain Impact of Restatement of Financial
Statements" and "--Need for Additional Financing; Customer Financing."
 
    The uncertainty associated with substantial unresolved litigation can be
expected to have an adverse impact on the Company's business. In particular,
such litigation could impair the Company's relationships with existing customers
and its ability to obtain new customers. Defending such litigation will likely
result in a diversion of management's time and attention away from business
operations, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results
of operations. Such litigation may also have the effect of discouraging
potential acquirors from bidding for the Company or reducing the consideration
such acquirors would otherwise be willing to pay in connection with an
acquisition.
 
DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL; PERSONNEL CHANGES; ABILITY TO RECRUIT PERSONNEL
 
    The Company's future performance will depend to a significant extent on its
ability to attract and retain highly skilled technical, sales, consulting,
marketing and management personnel. In particular, the Company is dependent upon
a number of key management and technical personnel, including Robert J.
Finocchio, Jr., the Company's Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer,
Jean-Yves F. Dexmier, the Company's Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer, and Myron (Mike) Saranga, the Company's Senior Vice President, Product
Management and Development. Mr. Finocchio and Mr. Dexmier have only recently
joined the Company, and of the officers and key employees, only Mr. Finocchio is
bound by an employment agreement, the terms of which are nonetheless at-will.
The loss of the services of one or more of the Company's executive officers or
key employees could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
results of operations and financial condition.
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
    Since the beginning of 1997, a number of senior management personnel and
other key employees have departed the Company, and to date, the Company has been
able to replace only some of the positions that have been vacated. Since the
first quarter of 1997, the Company has experienced a significant number of
voluntary resignations and has taken selective actions to reduce the number of
employees in certain functional areas. The Company had approximately 3,745
regular employees at September 28, 1997, compared to approximately 4,491 at
December 31, 1996. Voluntary attrition has remained high since September 1997
across all functional areas. In particular, the Company has experienced high
attrition rates in its product development group and has experienced difficulty
attracting replacement development personnel. The competition for employees in
the software industry is intense, and the Company expects that such competition
will continue for the foreseeable future. The Company has experienced difficulty
in locating candidates with appropriate qualifications and believes that recent
financial and business developments at the Company have made recruitment more
difficult. In November 1997, the Company implemented an option repricing program
in an effort to retain existing employees and, following further declines in the
price of its Common Stock, announced a second repricing in December 1997 to be
effective in January 1998. There can be no assurance that such programs will be
effective. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in
attracting, training and retaining qualified personnel, and the failure to do
so, particularly in key functional areas such as product development and sales,
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of
operations and financial condition. In addition, new employees hired by the
Company generally require substantial training in the use and implementation of
the Company's products and in the Company's procedures. As a result, substantial
employee turnover could have an adverse effect on results of operations in
future quarters.
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH PREFERRED STOCK FINANCINGS
 
    In August 1997, the Company raised net proceeds of $37.2 million through the
issuance of a newly designated Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the "Series
A Preferred"). In November 1997, the Company raised an additional $48.8 million
in net proceeds through the issuance of the Series B Preferred. Simultaneously
with the closing of the Series B Preferred, the holders of the Series A
Preferred exchanged all their outstanding shares of Series A Preferred for a
newly designated Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock (the "Series A-1
Preferred"), having substantially similar rights, preferences and privileges as
the Series A Preferred with the exception of certain amendments, including
revisions to the terms under which such shares become mandatorily redeemable.
 
    While the issuance of the Preferred Stock in these transactions provided the
Company with additional working capital required to fund the Company's
continuing operations, the Company's agreements with the purchasers of the
Series A-1 Preferred and the Series B Preferred contain covenants that could
impair the Company's ability to engage in various corporate transactions in the
future, including financing transactions and certain transactions involving a
change-in-control or acquisition of the Company, or that could otherwise
disadvantage the Company and the holders of its Common Stock. In particular,
acquisitions of the Company may not be affected without the consent of the
holders of the outstanding Preferred Stock or without requiring the acquiring
entity to assume the Preferred Stock or cause such Preferred Stock to be
redeemed. These provisions are likely to make an acquisition of the Company more
difficult and expensive and could discourage potential acquirors. Certain
covenants of the Company, made in connection with the issuance of the Preferred
Stock, may also have the effect of limiting the Company's ability to obtain
additional financing by, for example, providing the holders of Preferred Stock
certain rights of first offer and prohibiting the Company from issuing
additional Preferred Stock without the consent of such holders.
 
    The terms of the financing agreements pursuant to which the Preferred Stock
was issued also include certain penalty provisions that are triggered in the
event the Company fails to satisfy certain obligations. In particular, the
holders of the Series A-1 Preferred will become entitled to an annual dividend
of $6.0 million, payable quarterly in cash, in the event the Company fails to
satisfy certain covenants, including the failure to have a registration
statement covering the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A-1
Preferred declared effective by the Commission within 180 days of a registration
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
request from the holders of Series A-1 Preferred; the failure to obtain
stockholder approval of the issuance of the Common Stock issuable upon
conversion of the Series A-1 Preferred in the event that such approval becomes
required by the rules of the Nasdaq National Market; and the failure to redeem
any shares of Series A-1 Preferred held by a holder of Series A-1 Preferred who
objects to a change-in-control transaction, if the transaction does not satisfy
certain financial thresholds relating to the market capitalization and trading
volume of any acquiring entity. In the event the Company becomes obligated to
pay such dividends, the holders of the Series A-1 Preferred will become
immediately entitled to designate a number of members of the Company's Board of
Directors corresponding, as a percentage of the total number of members, to the
percentage of the Company's outstanding Common Stock held by such holders
(assuming the conversion into Common Stock of the outstanding Series A-1
Preferred). The holders of the Series B Preferred are entitled to receive a
cumulative dividend at an annual rate of 5% of the face value of each share of
Series B Preferred, resulting in an aggregate annual dividend of $2.5 million.
The dividend is generally payable upon the conversion of the Series B Preferred
or redemption of the Series B Preferred and may be paid in cash or, at the
Company's election and subject to certain conditions, in shares of Common Stock.
In the event the holders of Preferred Stock become entitled to receive cash
dividends or to have their Preferred Stock redeemed, there can be no assurances
that the Company will be able to fund such a payment or redemption, and even if
funding is available, substantial dividend payments could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business and financial condition. See "--Need
for Additional Financing; Customer Financing," "--Antitakeover Protection," and
"Description of Capital Stock-- Preferred Stock."
 
    Both the Series A-1 Preferred and the Series B Preferred are convertible
into shares of the Company's Common Stock based on the trading prices of the
Common Stock during future periods that are described in the respective
financing agreements. The number of shares of Common Stock that may ultimately
be issued upon conversion is therefore presently indeterminate. If, in
accordance with the terms of the financing agreements, the conversion price of
the Preferred Stock is determined during a period when the trading price of the
Common Stock is low, the resulting number of shares of Common Stock issuable
upon conversion of the Preferred Stock could result in substantial dilution to
the holders of Common Stock. In addition, the Company issued to the holders of
the Series A-1 Preferred a warrant to acquire up to an addition $35.0 million of
the Series A-1 Preferred (the "Series A-1 Warrant"). The Company is also
obligated to issue upon conversion of the Series B Preferred additional warrants
to acquire shares of Common Stock equal to 20% of the total number of shares of
Common Stock into which the Series B Preferred converts (the "Warrants"). The
Series A-1 Warrant and the Warrants, if exercised, will have a further dilutive
effect. See "Description of Capital Stock--Preferred Stock."
 
COMPETITION; PRICING RISKS
 
    The Company faces intense competition in the market for RDBMS software
products. Competitors in the relational database software market compete
primarily on the basis of product price and performance characteristics, product
function and features, name recognition, technical support, product training and
services. The market for the Company's products is subject to rapid
technological change and frequent new product introductions and enhancements,
and the Company's competitors in the market include several large vendors that
develop and market databases, applications, development tools or decision
support products. The Company's principal competitors include Computers
Associates International, Inc., International Business Machines Corporation
("IBM"), Microsoft Corporation, Oracle Corporation ("Oracle") and Sybase, Inc.
("Sybase"). Several of the Company's competitors have significantly greater
financial, technical, marketing and other resources than the Company. As a
result, they may be able to respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies
and changes in customer requirements or to devote greater resources to the
development, promotion and sale of their products than the Company. Any failure
by the Company to compete successfully with its existing competitors or future
competitors could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
results of operations and financial condition.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
    Several of the Company's competitors have announced the development of
enhanced versions of their principal database products that are intended to
improve the performance or expand the capabilities of their existing products.
New or enhanced products by existing competitors or new competitors could result
in greater price pressure on the Company's products. In addition, the industry
movement to new operating systems, like Windows NT, access through low-end
desktop computers, and access to data through the Internet may cause downward
pressure on prices of database software and related products. The bundling of
software products for promotional purposes or as a long-term pricing strategy by
certain of the Company's competitors could also result in reductions in the
price the Company may charge for its products. In addition, the Company's own
practices of bundling its software products for enterprise licenses or for
promotional purposes with the Company's partners also could result in reduction
in the price the Company may charge for its products. If such downward pressure
on prices were to occur, the Company's operating margins would be adversely
affected. Existing and future competition or changes in the Company's product or
service pricing structure or product or service offerings could result in an
immediate reduction in the prices of the Company's products or services. If
significant price reductions in the Company's products or services were to occur
and not be offset by increases in sales volume, the Company's business, results
of operations and financial condition would be adversely affected. There can be
no assurance that the Company will continue to compete successfully with its
existing competitors or will be able to compete successfully with new
competitors.
 
UNCERTAIN GROWTH RATES; TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE AND NEW PRODUCTS
 
    Over the last several years, the RDBMS industry has expanded at significant
growth rates, due in part to the continuing development of new technologies and
products responsive to customer requirements. In recent months, however, both
industry analysts and competitors have predicted that such high growth rates
will not be maintained in future periods. Recent instability in the
Asian-Pacific economies and financial markets, which had previously been cited
as a potentially strong source of revenue growth for relational database
software companies, has introduced additional uncertainty concerning industry
growth rates. In the event industry growth rates should decline for any reason,
the markets for the Company's products would likely be adversely affected, which
would have a negative impact on the Company's business, results of operations,
financial condition and cash flows. See "--Fluctuations in Quarterly Results;
Seasonality" and "International Operations; Currency Fluctuations."
 
    In addition, the market for the Company's products and services is
characterized by rapidly changing technology, changing customer needs, frequent
new product introductions and evolving industry standards that may render
existing products and services obsolete. The life cycles of the Company's
products are difficult to estimate. The Company's growth and future financial
performance will depend upon its ability to enhance its existing products and to
introduce new products on a timely and cost-effective basis that meet dynamic
customer requirements. There can be no assurance that the Company will be
successful in developing new products or enhancing its existing products or that
such new or enhanced products will receive market acceptance or be delivered
timely to the market. The Company's product development efforts are expected to
continue to require substantial investments by the Company, and there can be no
assurance that the Company will have sufficient resources to make the necessary
investments. The Company has experienced product development delays in the past
and may experience delays in the future. In particular, the Company has
experienced high attrition in its product development group in recent months and
has had difficulty attracting qualified replacement development personnel, which
could have an adverse effect on the Company's ability to develop new products or
product enhancements that respond to changing market requirements. Delays in the
scheduled availability or a lack of market acceptance of its products or failure
to accurately anticipate customer demand and meet customer performance
requirements could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
results of operations and financial condition. In addition, products as complex
as those offered by the Company may contain undetected errors or bugs when first
introduced or as new versions are released. There can be no assurance that,
despite testing, new products or new versions of existing products will not
contain undetected errors or
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
bugs that will delay the introduction or commercial acceptance of such products.
A key factor in determining the success of the Company will continue to be the
ability of the Company's products to operate and perform well with existing and
future leading, industry-standard application software products intended to be
used in connection with relational database management systems. Failure to meet
existing or future interoperability and performance requirements of certain
independent vendors marketing such applications in a timely manner could
adversely affect the market for the Company's products. Commercial acceptance of
the Company's products and services could also be adversely affected by critical
or negative statements or reports by brokerage firms, industry and financial
analysts and industry periodicals concerning the Company, its products, business
or competitors or by the advertising or marketing efforts of competitors, or
other factors that could affect consumer perception. See "Uncertain Impact of
Restatement of Financial Statements," "--Need for Additional Financing; Customer
Financing," "--Working Capital Deficit" and "--Dependence on Key Personnel;
Personnel Changes; Ability to Recruit Personnel."
 
    In recent years, the types and quantities of data required to be stored and
managed has grown increasingly complex and includes, in addition to conventional
character data, audio, video, text, and three-dimensional graphics in a
high-performance scalable environment. During 1996, the Company invested
substantial resources in developing its ORDBMS product line. The market for
products offering object-relational database functionality is new and evolving,
and its growth depends upon a growing need to store and manage complex data and
on broader market acceptance of the Company's products as a solution for this
need. As a result, there can be no assurance that organizations will choose to
make the transition from conventional RDBMS to ORDBMS. Delays in market
acceptance of object-relational database management products offered by the
Company could have an adverse effect on the Company's results of operations and
financial condition. See "Business--Products" and "--Product Development."
 
INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS; CURRENCY FLUCTUATIONS
 
    International sales represented approximately 52.7% and 53.7% of the
Company's total revenues for the nine months ended September 28, 1997 and
September 29, 1996, respectively, and 53.8% and 54.5% of total revenues for the
years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively. The Company's
international operations and financial results could be significantly affected
by factors associated with international operations such as changes in foreign
currency exchange rates and uncertainties relative to regional, political and
economic circumstances, as well as by other factors associated with
international activities. In particular, recent instability in the Asian-Pacific
economies and financial markets, which accounted for approximately 12.6% and
12.9% of the Company's total revenues in the nine months ended September 28,
1997 and the year ended December 31, 1996, respectively, could have an adverse
effect on the Company's operating results in future quarters. Most of the
Company's international revenue and expenses are denominated in local
currencies. Due to the substantial volatility of currency exchange rates, among
other factors, the Company cannot predict the effect of exchange rate
fluctuations on future operating results. Although the Company takes into
account changes in exchange rates over time in its pricing strategy, it does so
only on an annual basis, resulting in substantial pricing exposure as a result
of foreign exchange volatility during the period between annual pricing reviews.
In addition, the sales cycles for the Company's products is relatively long,
depending on a number of factors including the level of competition and the size
of the transaction. Foreign currency fluctuations could, therefore, result in
substantial changes in the financial impact of a specific transaction between
the time of initial customer contact and revenue recognition. As a result of the
foregoing factors, the Company's business, results of operations and financial
condition could be materially and adversely affected by fluctuations in foreign
currency exchange rates. See "--Fluctuations in Quarterly Results; Seasonality."
 
    The Company has implemented a foreign exchange hedging program consisting
principally of the purchase of forward foreign exchange contracts, which is
intended to hedge the value of accounts receivable or accounts payable
denominated in foreign currencies against fluctuations in exchange rates until
such receivables are collected or payables are disbursed. This program involves
the use of forward
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
contracts in the primary European and Asian currencies. The Company has limited
unhedged transaction exposures in certain secondary currencies in Latin America,
Eastern Europe and Asia because there are limited forward currency exchange
markets in these currencies. The Company does not attempt to hedge the
translation to United States dollars of foreign denominated revenues and
expenses not yet earned or incurred. Notwithstanding the Company's efforts to
manage foreign exchange risk, there can be no assurances that the Company's
hedging activities will adequately protect the Company against the risks
associated with foreign currency fluctuations. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
YEAR 2000 IMPACT ON INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY BUDGETS
 
    Many currently installed computer systems and software products are coded to
accept only two digit entries in the date code field. These date code fields
will need to accept four digit entries to distinguish 21st century dates from
20th century dates. As a result, in less than two years, computer systems and/or
software used by many companies may need to be upgraded to comply with such
"Year 2000" requirements. Significant uncertainty exists in the software
industry concerning the potential effects associated with such compliance.
 
    In addition, the purchasing patterns of customers and potential customers
may be affected by Year 2000 issues. Many companies are expending significant
resources to correct their current software systems for Year 2000 compliance.
These expenditures may result in reduced funds available to purchase software
products such as those offered by the Company, which could have an adverse
effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
DEPENDENCE ON THIRD-PARTY TECHNOLOGY PROVIDERS
 
    The Company's products use certain products and technologies of various
third-party software developers, including both complete products offered as
extensions of the Company's product lines and technology used in the enhancement
of internally developed products. Such products and technologies are obtained
from third-party technology providers under contractual license agreements,
which in some cases are for limited time periods and in some cases provide that
such licenses may be terminated under certain circumstances. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to maintain adequate relations with
these third-party providers, that these third-party providers will commit
adequate development resources to maintain these products or that the license
agreements that are for limited time periods will be renewed upon termination.
In such circumstances, the Company's inability to obtain or develop substitute
technology could adversely affect the Company's business, results of operations
and financial condition.
 
DEPENDENCE ON PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY; RISKS OF INFRINGEMENT
 
    The Company's success depends on proprietary technology. To protect its
proprietary rights, the Company relies primarily on a combination of patent,
copyright and trademark laws, trade secrets, confidentiality procedures,
contractual provisions contained in its license agreements and technical
measures. The Company seeks to protect its software, documentation and other
written materials under trade secret and copyright laws, which provide only
limited protection. The Company holds one United States patent and several
pending applications. There can be no assurance that any other patents covering
the Company's inventions will issue or that any patent, if issued, will provide
sufficiently broad protection or will prove enforceable in actions against
alleged infringers.
 
    The Company's products are generally licensed to end-users on a
"right-to-use" basis pursuant to a license that restricts the use of the
products for the customer's internal business purposes. The Company also relies
on "shrink wrap" licenses, which include a notice informing the end-user that,
by opening the product packaging, the end-user agrees to be bound by the
Company's license agreement printed on the
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
package. Despite such precautions, it may be possible for unauthorized third
parties to copy aspects of its current or future products or to obtain and use
information that the Company regards as proprietary. In particular, the Company
has licensed the source code of its products to certain customers under certain
circumstances and for restricted uses. The Company has also entered source code
escrow agreements with a number of its customers that generally require release
of source code to the customer in the event of the Company's bankruptcy,
liquidation or otherwise ceasing to conduct business. There can be no assurance
that the Company's means of protecting its proprietary rights will be adequate
or that the Company's competitors will not independently develop similar or
superior technology. Policing unauthorized use of the Company's software is
difficult, and while the Company is unable to determine the extent to which
piracy of its software products exists, software piracy can be expected to be a
persistent problem. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not
protect the Company's proprietary rights to the same extent as do the laws of
the United States, and "shrink-wrap" licenses may be wholly or partially
unenforceable under the laws of certain jurisdictions. Litigation may be
necessary in the future to enforce the Company's intellectual property rights,
to protect the Company's trade secrets or to determine the validity and scope of
the proprietary rights of others. Such litigation could result in substantial
costs and diversion of resources and mangement attention and could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and
financial condition.
 
    The Company is not aware that any of its software product offerings
infringes the proprietary rights of third parties. There can be no assurance,
however, that third parties will not claim infringement by the Company with
respect to its current or future products. The Company expects that software
product developers will increasingly be subject to infringement claims as the
number of products and competitors in the Company's industry segment grows and
the functionality of products in different industry segments overlaps. Any such
claims, with or without merit, could be time-consuming, result in costly
litigation, cause product shipment delays or require the Company to enter into
royalty or licensing agreements. Such royalty or licensing agreements, if
required, may not be available on terms acceptable to the Company or at all,
which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of
operations and financial condition. See "Business--Intellectual Property."
 
PRODUCT LIABILITY
 
    The Company's license agreements with its customers typically contain
provisions designed to limit the Company's exposure to potential product
liability claims. It is possible, however, that the limitation of liability
provisions contained in the Company's license agreements may not be effective
under the laws of certain jurisdictions. Although the Company has not
experienced any product liability claims to date, the sale and support of
products by the Company may entail the risk of such claims, and there can be no
assurance that the Company will not be subject to such claims in the future. A
product liability claim brought against the Company could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, operating results and financial
condition.
 
ANTITAKEOVER PROTECTIONS
 
    The Company is authorized to issue 5,000,000 shares of undesignated
Preferred Stock, of which 440,000 shares have been designated Series A
Preferred, none of which is outstanding; of which 440,000 shares have been
designated Series A-1 Preferred, of which 160,000 shares are outstanding and of
which 140,000 shares are issuable upon exercise of the Series A-1 Warrant; and
of which 50,000 shares have been designated Series B Preferred, of which 50,000
shares are outstanding. Subject to the prior consent of the holders of the
Series A-1 Preferred and the Series B Preferred, the Board of Directors has the
authority to issue additional shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series
and to fix the price, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof,
including dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights,
terms of redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preferences and the number
of shares constituting a series or the designation of such series, without any
further vote or action by the Company's
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
stockholders. To date, the Company has used its ability to designate and issue
new series of Preferred Stock in transactions intended to raise additional
capital for the Company. The ability to issue additional shares of Preferred
Stock, however, also provides desirable flexibility in connection with possible
acquisitions and other corporate purposes but could also have the effect of
delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company without
further action by the stockholders and may adversely affect the market price of
the Common Stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of Common Stock.
The issuance of Preferred Stock with voting and conversion rights may adversely
affect the voting power of the holders of Common Stock, including the loss of
voting control to others. In particular, certain rights, preferences and
privileges of the Series A-1 Preferred and Series B Preferred could have the
effect of preventing or discouraging potential bids to acquire the Company
unless the terms of such acquisition are approved by such stockholders. See
"--Risks Associated with Convertible Preferred Stock Financings" and
"Description of Capital Stock--Preferred Stock."
 
    Certain provisions of the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation and Bylaws eliminate the right of stockholders to act by written
consent without a meeting and specify certain procedures for nominating
directors and submitting proposals for consideration at stockholder meetings.
The Board of Directors of the Company is divided into three classes, with each
class standing for election once every three years. Such provisions are intended
to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the
Board of Directors and in the policies formulated by the Board of Directors and
to discourage certain types of transactions which may involve an actual or
threatened change of control of the Company. Such provisions are designed to
reduce the vulnerability of the Company to an unsolicited acquisition proposal
and, accordingly, could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could
delay or prevent a change in control of the Company. Such provisions are also
intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights but
could, however, have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers
for the Company's shares and, consequently, may also inhibit fluctuations in the
market price of the Company's Common Stock that could result from actual or
rumored takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of
preventing changes in the management of the Company. In addition, the Company
has adopted a Rights Agreement (the "Rights Agreement"), commonly referred to as
a "poison pill," which could also discourage potential acquirors. See
"Description of Capital Stock-- Antitakeover Effects of Provision of Certificate
of Incorporation and Bylaws; Rights Agreement."
 
    The Company is subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation
Law (the "Antitakeover Law"), which regulates corporate acquisitions. The
Antitakeover Law prevents certain Delaware corporations, including those whose
securities are listed for trading on the Nasdaq National Market, from engaging,
under certain circumstances, in a "business combination" with any "interested
stockholder" for three years following the date that such stockholder became an
interested stockholder. For purposes of the Antitakeover Law, a "business
combination" includes, among other things, a merger or consolidation involving
the Company and the interested stockholder and the sale of more than 10% of the
Company's assets. In general, the Antitakeover Law defines an "interested
stockholder" as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the
outstanding voting stock of the Company and any entity or person affiliated with
or controlling or controlled by such entity or person. A Delaware corporation
may "opt out" of the Antitakeover Law with an express provision in its original
certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its certificate of
incorporation or bylaws resulting from amendments approved by the holders of at
least a majority of the company's outstanding voting shares. The Company has not
"opted out" of the provisions of the Antitakeover Law. See "Description of
Capital Stock."
 
STOCK PRICE VOLATILITY
 
    The market price of the Company's Common Stock has in the past been highly
volatile and is expected to continue to be subject to significant price and
volume fluctuations in the future based on a number of factors, including market
uncertainty about the Company's financial condition or business prospects or the
prospects for the RDBMS market in general; shortfalls in the revenues or results
of
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
operations of the Company or its principal competitors from revenues or results
of operations expected by securities analysts; announcements of new products by
the Company or its competitors; quarterly fluctuations in the Company's
financial results or the results of other software companies, including those of
direct competitors of the Company; changes in analysts' estimates of the
Company's financial performance, the financial performance of competitors, or
the financial performance of software companies in general; the introduction of
new products or product enhancements by the Company or its competitors; general
conditions in the software industry; changes in prices for the Company's
products or competitors' products; changes in revenue growth rates for the
Company, its competitors or the RDBMS market in general; changes in the mix of
revenues attributable to domestic and international sales; and seasonal trends
in technology purchases and other general economic conditions. In addition, the
stock market may from time to time experience extreme price and volume
fluctuations, which particularly affect the market for the securities of many
technology companies and which have often been unrelated to the operating
performance of the specific companies. There can be no assurance that the market
price of the Company's Common Stock will not experience significant fluctuations
in the future. See "--Uncertain Impact of Restatement of Financial Statements,"
"--Need for Additional Financing; Customer Financing," and "--Fluctuations in
Quarterly Results; Seasonality."
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    The Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares of
Common Stock offered by the Selling Stockholders.
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    The Company has never declared or paid cash dividends on its Common Stock.
The Company expects to retain future earnings, if any, for use in the operation
of its business and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends on its Common
Stock in the foreseeable future. The holders of the Series B Preferred are
entitled to receive a cumulative dividend at an annual rate of 5% of the face
value of each share of Series B Preferred, resulting in an aggregate annual
dividend accrual of $2.5 million. The dividend is generally payable upon the
conversion or redemption of the Series B Preferred and may be paid in cash or,
at the Company's election and subject to certain conditions, in shares of Common
Stock. In addition, the Certificate of Designation of the Series B Preferred
prohibits the Company from paying any dividend or other distribution on any
security ranking junior to the Series B Preferred. The Series A-1 Preferred is
senior to Series B Preferred. In the event the Company fails to satisfy certain
contractual obligations under the agreements pursuant to which the Series A-1
Preferred was issued, the holders of the Series A-1 Preferred are entitled to a
15% annual dividend, which would result in an aggregate annual dividend of $6.0
million, payable quarterly in cash for so long as the Company is in breach of
such obligations. In the event the Series A-1 Warrant is exercised, the Company
would be obligated to pay an additional $5.3 million in dividends annually. See
"Risk Factors--Risks Associated with Convertible Preferred Stock Financings" and
"Description of Capital Stock--Preferred Stock."
 
                          PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK
 
    The Company's Common Stock is quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under the
symbol "IFMX." The following table lists the high and low closing sales prices
of the Company's Common Stock for the periods indicated.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   HIGH        LOW
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                              <C>        <C>
FISCAL YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31, 1998:
  First Quarter (through January 8, 1998)......................................................  $    5.63  $    5.28
FISCAL YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31, 1997:
  Fourth Quarter...............................................................................  $    8.03  $    4.06
  Third Quarter................................................................................      12.20       6.28
  Second Quarter...............................................................................      11.38       6.78
  First Quarter................................................................................      24.00      15.13
FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996:
  Fourth Quarter...............................................................................  $   28.63  $   17.63
  Third Quarter................................................................................      30.25      20.31
  Second Quarter...............................................................................      26.88      18.38
  First Quarter................................................................................      35.88      26.38
FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995:
  Fourth Quarter...............................................................................  $   33.00  $   24.13
  Third Quarter................................................................................      34.00      25.25
  Second Quarter...............................................................................      25.94      17.06
  First Quarter................................................................................      19.63      14.63
</TABLE>
 
    On January 8, 1998, the closing price of the Company's Common Stock as
reported by the Nasdaq National Market was $5.28125 per share. There were
approximately 3,400 holders of record of the Company's Common Stock as of
September 28, 1997.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
    The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company at
September 28, 1997. The capitalization information set forth in the table below
is qualified by, and should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed
Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    SEPTEMBER 28, 1997
                                                                         -----------------------------------------
                                                                                                        PRO FORMA
                                                                         ACTUAL(1)(2) PRO FORMA(2)(3)  ADJUSTED(4)
                                                                         -----------  ---------------  -----------
<S>                                                                      <C>          <C>              <C>
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion......................   $   5,750     $     5,750    $     5,750
                                                                         -----------  ---------------  -----------
Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock, $0.01 par value,
  160,000 shares issued and outstanding at September 28, 1997; none
  issued and outstanding pro forma.....................................      37,200              --             --
                                                                         -----------  ---------------  -----------
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
  Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized, none
    issued and outstanding at September 28, 1997; 160,000 shares of
    Series A-1 Preferred issued and outstanding pro forma; aggregate
    liquidation preference of $40,000,000..............................          --               2              2
  Common stock, $0.01 par value, 500,000,000 shares authorized,
    152,429,000 shares issued and outstanding at September 28, 1997 and
    pro forma; 165,029,000 shares issued and outstanding pro forma
    adjusted...........................................................       1,524           1,524          1,650
Additional paid-in capital.............................................     252,558         289,756        338,430
Accumulated deficit....................................................    (287,338)       (287,338)      (287,338)
Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities, net of tax...........        (433)           (433)          (433)
Foreign currency translation adjustment................................     (10,188)        (10,188)       (10,188)
                                                                         -----------  ---------------  -----------
  Total stockholders' equity (deficit).................................     (43,877)         (6,677)        42,123
                                                                         -----------  ---------------  -----------
  Total capitalization (deficit).......................................   $    (927)    $      (927)   $    47,873
                                                                         -----------  ---------------  -----------
                                                                         -----------  ---------------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
 
(1) Based upon shares outstanding as of September 28, 1997. Excludes an
    indeterminate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of
    the outstanding Series A Preferred and upon conversion of additional shares
    of Series A Preferred issuable upon exercise of a warrant outstanding at
    September 28, 1997 to acquire an additional 140,000 shares of Series A
    Preferred. See Note 6 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(2) Excludes (i) 19,292,160 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
    options outstanding at September 28, 1997 under the Company's 1986 Employee
    Stock Option Plan, 1994 Stock Option and Award Plan, the 1992 Illustra Stock
    Option Plan and 1989 Outside Director Option Plan at a weighted average
    exercise price of $15.33 (without giving effect to an option repricing
    program effected in November 1997) and (ii) 9,149,321 shares of Common Stock
    reserved at September 28, 1997 for future issuance under the 1994 Stock
    Option and Award Plan, the 1989 Outside Director Option Plan, and the 1997
    Employee Stock Purchase Plan. See "Management--Stock Plans," "Description of
    Capital Stock" and Note 7 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(3) Pro forma to give effect to the exchange in November 1997 of all the
    Company's outstanding Series A Preferred for the Series A-1 Preferred.
    Excludes 140,000 shares of Series A-1 Preferred issuable upon exercise of
    the Series A-1 Warrant at a per share exercise price of $250. The rights,
    preferences, and privileges of the Series A-1 Preferred are substantially
    identical to those of the previously outstanding Series A Preferred, except
    that the mandatory redemption terms and certain other provisions differ. As
    a result of these differences, the Series A Preferred was excluded from
    stockholders' equity on the Company's consolidated balance sheet, while the
    Series A-1 Preferred is included in stockholders' equity. See "Management's
    Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation and
    Financial Condition--Liquidity and Capital Resources," "Description of
    Capital Stock--Preferred Stock," "Certain Transactions" and Note 6 of Notes
    to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(4) Pro forma adjusted to give effect to (i) the exchange in November 1997 of
    all the Company's outstanding Series A Preferred for the Series A-1
    Preferred and (ii) the issuance of 50,000 shares of Series B Preferred in
    November 1997 with an aggregate liquidation preference of $50,000,000. As
    adjusted to give effect to (i) the conversion of the Series B Preferred at
    an assumed conversion price of $4.00 per share into 12,500,000 shares of
    Common Stock and Warrants to acquire 2,700,000 shares of Common Stock,
    assuming no exercise of the Warrants and (ii) the issuance of 100,000 shares
    of Common Stock to a financial advisor to the Company in connection with the
    issuance of the Series B Preferred. See "Management's Discussion and
    Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Financial
    Condition--Liquidity and Capital Resources," "Description of Capital
    Stock--Preferred Stock," "Certain Transactions" and Note 6 of Notes to
    Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The following selected consolidated financial data of the Company presented
below as of December 31, 1996, 1995, 1994, 1993, and 1992, and for each of the
years in the five-year period ended December 31, 1996, are derived from the
consolidated financial statements of Informix Corporation and its subsidiaries,
which financial statements have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent
auditors. The Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 1996 and 1995
and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1996 and
the report thereon of Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, are included
elsewhere in this Registration Statement. The consolidated statement of
operations data for the nine-month periods ended September 28, 1997 and
September 29, 1996 and the consolidated financial data presented as of September
28, 1997 are derived from unaudited consolidated financial statements that
include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting only of
normal recurring adjustments, that the Company considers necessary for a fair
presentation of the financial information included therein. The historical
results stated below and results for the nine months ended September 28, 1997
are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future period. The
selected consolidated financial data set forth below is qualified in its
entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the Consolidated Financial
Statements and Notes thereto and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                          ----------------------------                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                          SEPTEMBER 28,                 -----------------------------------------------------------
                                              1997       SEPTEMBER 29,     1996         1995         1994        1993       1992
                                          -------------      1996       -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
                                                         -------------
                                                                        (RESTATED)   (RESTATED)   (RESTATED)
                                                          (RESTATED)(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                       <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 
  Net revenues:
    Licenses............................    $ 271,614      $ 346,215     $ 496,039    $ 458,284    $ 346,518   $ 284,338  $ 237,407
    Services............................      209,532        164,786       231,810      174,486      105,451      68,577     46,187
                                          -------------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
        Total net revenues..............      481,146        511,001       727,849      632,770      451,969     353,115    283,594
 
Costs and expenses:
  Costs of software distribution........       52,860         34,629        46,786       37,593       24,494      20,077     21,483
  Cost of services......................      128,197        104,828       144,850       91,540       46,798      33,094     26,777
  Sales and marketing...................      347,906        292,539       413,689      301,932      203,815     137,772    100,418
  Research and development..............      108,420         87,539       120,211       85,643       64,264      44,503     28,807
  General and administrative............       72,110         47,356        64,416       51,114       35,369      33,744     32,214
  Write-off of goodwill and other
    long-term assets....................       30,473             --            --           --           --          --         --
  Write-off of acquired research and
    development.........................        7,000             --            --           --           --          --         --
  Restructuring charges.................      109,356             --            --           --           --          --         --
  Expenses related to Illustra merger...           --          5,914         5,914           --           --          --         --
                                          -------------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
        Total costs and expenses........      856,322        572,805       795,866      567,822      374,740     269,190    209,699
                                          -------------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
Operating income (loss).................     (375,176)       (61,804)      (68,017)      64,948       77,229      83,925     73,895
  Litigation settlement.................           --             --            --           --           --          --    (10,500)
  Interest income.......................        3,691          6,671         9,868        8,148        3,970       3,967      2,018
  Interest expense......................       (5,372)        (4,073)       (5,784)      (2,522)        (551)       (371)    (2,253)
  Other income (expense), net...........       17,596          1,821         2,899          120       (3,105)     (1,282)    (1,448)
                                          -------------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
  Income (loss) before income taxes.....     (359,261)       (57,385)      (61,034)      70,694       77,543      86,239     61,712
  Income taxes..........................        6,800          9,170        12,531       32,094       29,250      31,250     13,930
                                          -------------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
  Net income (loss).....................    $(366,061)     $ (66,555)    $ (73,565)   $  38,600    $  48,293   $  54,989  $  47,782
                                          -------------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
                                          -------------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
  Net income (loss) per share...........    $   (2.41)     $   (0.45)    $   (0.49)   $    0.26    $    0.34   $    0.40  $    0.38
                                          -------------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
                                          -------------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
  Weighted average number of common and
    common equivalent shares
    outstanding.........................      151,708        149,194       149,310      150,627      142,782     137,827    125,742
</TABLE>
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  SEPTEMBER 28, 1997                            DECEMBER 31,
                                               ------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                ACTUAL    PRO FORMA(1)      1996         1995         1994        1993       1992
                                               ---------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
                                                                         (RESTATED)   (RESTATED)   (RESTATED)
                                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>        <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Cash, cash equivalents and short-term
    investments..............................  $  95,470   $    95,470    $ 261,020    $ 253,209    $ 194,153   $ 144,383  $ 119,454
  Working capital (deficit)..................   (254,893)     (254,893)       3,137      163,594      184,867     157,017     98,686
  Total assets...............................    587,598       587,598      881,998      682,445      447,769     328,001    231,459
  Stockholders' equity (deficit).............    (43,877)       (6,677)     325,304      357,747      269,400     207,581    132,652
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
 
(1) Pro forma to give effect to the exchange in November 1997 of all the
    Company's outstanding Series A Preferred for the Series A-1 Preferred.
    Excludes 140,000 shares of Series A-1 Preferred issuable upon exercise of
    the Series A-1 Warrant at a per share exercise price of $250. The rights,
    preferences, and privileges of the Series A-1 Preferred are substantially
    identical to those of the previously outstanding Series A Preferred, except
    that the mandatory redemption terms and certain other provisions differ. As
    a result of these differences, the Series A Preferred Stock was excluded
    from stockholders' equity on the Company's consolidated balance sheet, while
    the Series A-1 Preferred is included in stockholders' equity. See
    "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
    Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources," "Description of Capital
    Stock--Preferred Stock," "Certain Transactions" and Note 6 of Notes to
    Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    THE FOLLOWING MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS RELATING TO FUTURE
EVENTS OR THE FUTURE FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE OF THE COMPANY, WHICH INVOLVE RISKS
AND UNCERTAINTIES. THE COMPANY'S ACTUAL RESULTS COULD DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM
THOSE ANTICIPATED IN THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AS A RESULT OF CERTAIN
FACTORS, INCLUDING THOSE SET FORTH UNDER "RISK FACTORS," "BUSINESS" AND
ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
OVERVIEW
 
    The Company is a leading multinational supplier of information management
software. It derives license revenues principally from licensing its RDBMS
software and derives service revenues from providing technical product and
consulting and training services to customers. The Company's products are sold
directly to end-users and indirectly through application resellers, OEM's and
distributors. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996, relative to prior
periods, distributors and OEM channels represented a lower and decreasing
percentage of total license revenues relative to end-users and application
vendor channels. During 1996, however, the Company refocused its marketing
strategy to place relatively greater emphasis on reseller channels, including
forming partnerships with several hardware vendors in order to utilize their
sales forces, obtain access to their installed bases in certain industries and
benefit from their consulting and systems integration organizations. As a
result, licenses to resellers represented an increasing proportion of total
sales during 1996.
 
    In the quarter ended March 30, 1997, as a result, in part, of adverse market
conditions and slowing growth in demand for RDBMS products, the Company
experienced a substantial shortfall in anticipated license revenues, resulting
in a substantial net loss for the quarter. Subsequently, the Company became
aware of accounting errors and irregularities that affected the timing and
dollar amount of reported earned revenues from license transactions for all
periods in the three years ended December 31, 1996. The Company concluded that
informal or otherwise undisclosed arrangements with a number of resellers have
resulted or could result in significant concessions or allowances that were not
accounted for when revenue was originally reported as earned. As a result, in
August 1997, the Company announced that it would restate its financial results
for fiscal 1996 and 1995. The financial review undertaken by the Company to
determine the extent of the restatement ultimately resulted in the restatement
of the Company's financial results for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1996,
1995 and 1994 and for the quarter ended March 30, 1997. The Company publicly
disclosed the results of the restatement in November 1997.
 
    As a result of the restatement, total revenues were reduced from amounts
previously reported by $211.5 million, $81.5 million and $18.1 million for each
of the three years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The
restatement also resulted in an increase in revenues for the quarter ended March
30, 1997 from $133.7 million to $149.2 million. In addition, the restatement
resulted in the Company's reporting a net loss of $73.6 million for 1996,
compared to net income of $97.8 million as originally reported, and substantial
reductions in net income for 1995 and 1994, compared to amounts originally
reported. The restatement had a material adverse effect on the Company's
financial condition, most notably evidenced by substantial reductions in
retained earnings and working capital. At December 31, 1996, after giving effect
to the restatement, the Company's working capital totaled $3.1 million, compared
to $258.4 million as originally reported. At September 28, 1997, the Company had
a working capital deficit of $254.9 million. The substantial reductions in
working capital at September 28, 1997 and December 31, 1996 reflect substantial
operating losses and the addition of "advances on unearned license revenue" as a
current liability on the Company's balance sheet. Such advances totaled $210.3
million at September 28, 1997 and $239.5 million at December 31, 1996.
 
    As a result of the shortfall in anticipated license revenues in the first
quarter of 1997, the Company also initiated an internal restructuring intended
to reduce operating expenses and improve the Company's
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
financial condition. The restructuring included selective reductions in
headcount and leased facilities, the termination of the Company's planned
"Information SuperStore" marketing strategy, the sale of certain real property
acquired in the first quarter of 1997 and intended for the construction of a new
headquarters facility, and the issuance of newly designated series of Preferred
Stock in two financing transactions which resulted in aggregate net proceeds of
$86.0 million to the Company. In addition, in the fourth quarter of 1997, the
Company entered into a senior secured credit facility agreement with available
proceeds of up to $75.0 million. Costs associated with the restructuring totaled
approximately $109.4 million and had a material adverse effect on the Company's
results of operations in the quarters ended September 28, 1997 and June 29,
1997.
 
    The Company's public announcement of the pending restatement, delays in
reporting operating results for the quarter ended June 29, 1997 and September
29, 1997 while the restatement was being compiled, threatened de-listing of the
Company's Common Stock from the Nasdaq National Market as a result of the
Company's failure to satisfy its public reporting obligations, corporate actions
to restructure operations and reduce operating expenses, and customer
uncertainty regarding the Company's financial condition have adversely affected
the Company's ability to sell its products. In addition, since the beginning of
1997, the Company and its competitors in the RDBMS industry have experienced
substantially slower growth in the market for RDBMS products. For the nine
months ended September 28, 1997, total revenues were $481.1 million, compared to
$511.0 million for the nine months ended September 29, 1996. The financial
restatement has now been completed, its results have been publicly disclosed,
and the Company is current with respect to its public reporting obligations.
However, adverse market conditions, including slower growth rates in the
Company's markets and ongoing customer uncertainty about the Company's financial
condition and business prospects, may continue to have an adverse effect on the
Company's results of operations.
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS--NINE MONTH PERIOD COMPARISON
 
    The following table sets forth operating results as a percentage of net
revenue for the nine-month periods ended September 28, 1997 and September 29,
1996, respectively, and the percent change in the operating results for the
nine-month periods ended September 28, 1997 and September 29, 1996.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  PERCENT OF NET REVENUES
                                                        --------------------------------------------
                                                                     NINE MONTHS ENDED                 PERIOD TO PERIOD
                                                        --------------------------------------------   PERCENT INCREASE
                                                         SEPTEMBER 28, 1997                               (DECREASE)
                                                        ---------------------   SEPTEMBER 29, 1996    -------------------
                                                                               ---------------------
                                                                                    (RESTATED)
<S>                                                     <C>                    <C>                    <C>
Net revenues:
Licenses..............................................               56%                    68%                  (22)%
Services..............................................               44                     32                    27
                                                                    ---                    ---                 -----
  Total net revenues..................................              100                    100                    (6)
Cost and expenses:
Cost of software distribution.........................               11                      7                    53
Cost of services......................................               27                     21                    22
Sales and marketing...................................               72                     57                    19
Research and development..............................               23                     17                    24
General and administrative............................               15                      9                    53
Write-off of goodwill and long-term assets............                6                     --                  N.M.
Write-off of acquired research and development........                1                     --                  N.M.
Restructuring costs...................................               23                     --                  N.M.
Expenses related to Illustra merger...................               --                      1                  N.M.
                                                                    ---                    ---                 -----
  Total expenses......................................              178                    112                    49
                                                                    ---                    ---                 -----
Operating loss........................................              (78)                   (12)                  507
Interest income.......................................                1                      1                   (45)
Interest expense......................................               (1)                    (1)                   32
Other income (expense), net...........................                3                      1                   866
                                                                    ---                    ---                 -----
Loss before income taxes..............................              (75)                   (11)                  526
Income taxes..........................................                1                      2                   (26)
                                                                    ---                    ---                 -----
Net loss..............................................              (76)%                  (13)%                 450%
                                                                    ---                    ---                 -----
                                                                    ---                    ---                 -----
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
N.M. = Not meaningful.
 
    Informix's operating results for the nine months ended September 28, 1997,
were significantly below the same period of the prior year due to decreases in
revenue and increases in costs and expenses. Revenue declined 6% for the nine
months ended September 28, 1997, in comparison to September 29, 1996. Revenue
declined 4%, 8% and 13% in North America, Asia/Pacific and Europe, respectively,
partially offset by increased revenue of 27% in Latin America. The increase in
operating expenses include charges of $30.5 million related to the Company's
Japanese operations, $109.4 million for restructuring charges and a write-off of
acquired research and development costs of $7.0 million during the period. These
lower revenues combined with increased operating costs resulted in an operating
loss of $375.2 million.
 
REVENUES
 
    Net revenues decreased 6% to $481.1 million for the nine months ended
September 28, 1997 from $511.0 million for the same period in 1996, primarily as
a result of a substantial decrease in license revenues partially offset by an
increase in service revenues. The Company derives revenues principally from
licensing its software and providing technical product support and updates to
customers. License
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
revenues may involve the shipment of product by the Company or the granting of a
license to a customer to manufacture products. Service revenue consists of
customer telephone or direct support, update rights for new product versions,
consulting and training fees.
 
    License sales declined by 22% to $271.6 million for the nine months ended
September 28, 1997 from $346.2 million for the nine months ended September 29,
1996. The Company's products are sold directly to end-user customers or through
resellers including OEM's, distributors, and VAR's. In 1996, the Company
increased the focus on its reseller channels to establish partnerships with
hardware and application vendors in order to utilize their sales force, obtain
access to their installed base of customers and benefit from their consulting
and systems integration organizations. This increased focus on reseller channels
resulted in a significant build-up of licenses that have not been resold or
utilized by such resellers. These unsold licenses representing $210.3 million
have not been recognized as earned revenue as of September 28, 1997. License
revenue declined primarily as a result of a 26% decrease in sales in both North
America and Europe for the nine months ended September 28, 1997. In the first
quarter, total license revenues decreased 25% which represented 26% and 32%
decreases in North America and Europe 1997 compared to 1996, respectively. This
decrease in the first quarter was due in part to a slowdown in the Company's
markets. License revenue increased slightly in the second quarter and decreased
in the third quarter. The third quarter decrease of 40% in total license
revenues represented 50% and 42% decreases in North America and Europe license
revenues quarter over quarter, 1997 compared to 1996, respectively. The
decreases in the third quarter were attributable principally to a continuing
market slowdown and customer uncertainties resulting from the Company's
announced restatement and restructuring activities.
 
    Service revenues increased 27% to $209.5 million for the nine months ended
September 28, 1997 from $164.8 million for the nine months ended September 29,
1996. The dollar increase in service revenues resulted from the Company's larger
installed base. The increase in services revenue as a percentage of total
revenue was the combination of the increase in service revenues and the decrease
in license fees. The Company continues to emphasize support services as a source
of revenue and the growth achieved in absolute dollars reflects the growth in
the Company's installed base and strategic focus on providing consulting
services for its customers. Support revenues increased by 21% for the nine
months ended September 28, 1997 versus the prior year period, while consulting
and training revenues increased by 40% for the comparable periods.
 
    Foreign revenues decreased 8% to $253.7 million for the nine months ended
September 28, 1997 from $274.3 million for the same period in 1996. The
Company's revenue as a percentage of total net revenues was 47%, 33%, 13% and 7%
for North America, Europe, Asia/Pacific and Latin America for the nine months
ended September 28, 1997, respectively, compared to 46%, 36%, 13% and 5% for the
same period in 1996. The decline in foreign revenues was due to reduced sales in
Europe and Asia/Pacific which decreased $23.0 million and $4.9 million,
respectively, in 1997 compared to 1996. Revenues in Europe decreased in the
first and third quarter of 1997 and were relatively unchanged in the second
quarter. The market slowdown and customer uncertainties were the principal
factors causing the decrease in the respective quarters. The decrease in
Asia/Pacific was primarily related to the Company's activities in Japan.
 
    Substantially all of the Company's Latin American revenue is denominated in
U.S. dollars. In Europe and Asia/Pacific, most revenues and expenses are
denominated in local currencies. The U.S. dollar strengthened in the nine months
of 1997 against the major European and Asia/Pacific currencies, which resulted
in lower revenue and expenses recorded when translated into U.S. dollars,
compared with the prior year period.
 
    The Company's operating and pricing strategies take into account changes in
exchange rates over time; however, the Company's results of operations may be
significantly affected in the short term by fluctuations in foreign currency
exchange rates. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates, the strength of
local economies, and the general volatility of software markets may result in a
higher or lower proportion of foreign revenues as a percentage of total revenues
in the future.
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
    The Company enters into forward foreign exchange contracts primarily to
hedge the value of accounts receivable or accounts payable denominated in
foreign currencies against fluctuations in exchange rates until such receivables
are collected or payables are disbursed. This program involves the use of
forward foreign exchange contracts in the primary European and Asian currencies.
The Company has limited unhedged transaction exposures in certain secondary
currencies in Latin America, Eastern Europe and Asia. The Company does not
attempt to hedge the translation to U.S. dollars of foreign denominated revenues
and expenses not yet earned or incurred, respectively.
 
    The restatement significantly changed the recorded value of the Company's
foreign currency denominated accounts receivable and accounts payable, primarily
intercompany balances. As a result, the hedging activities for the nine months
ended September 28, 1997 were not effective in hedging the accounting exposure
to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. This unhedged exposure resulted
in a net foreign currency transaction gain of $14.6 million for the nine months
ended September 28, 1997.
 
COST OF SOFTWARE DISTRIBUTION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                   ----------------------------------------
                                                                   SEPTEMBER 28, 1997                          CHANGE
                                                                   -------------------                       -----------
                                                                                        SEPTEMBER 29, 1996
                                                                                        -------------------
                                                                                            (RESTATED)
                                                                            (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                                <C>                  <C>                  <C>
Manufactured cost of software distribution.......................       $    22.2            $    23.8               (7%)
Percentage of license revenue....................................               8%                   7%
Amortization of capitalized software.............................       $    16.0            $    10.8               48%
Percentage of license revenue....................................               6%                   3%
Write-down to net realizable value...............................       $    14.7            $      --              100%
Percentage of license revenue....................................               5%                 n/a
Cost of software distribution....................................       $    52.9            $    34.6               53%
Percentage of license revenue....................................              19%                  10%
</TABLE>
 
    The cost of software distribution increased 53% to $52.9 million for the
nine months ended September 28, 1997 from $34.6 million for the nine months
ended September 29, 1996. Software distribution costs consist primarily of (i)
manufacturing and related costs such as media, documentation, product assembly
and purchasing costs, freight, customs, and third party royalty and (ii)
amortization of previously capitalized software development costs and any
write-offs of previously capitalized software. Manufacturing costs for software
distribution did not fluctuate significantly due to the fact that these costs
are mainly labor and overhead expenses and are consequently fairly fixed in
nature.
 
    Amortization of capitalized software costs commences the quarter following
product introduction. Capitalized software amortization increased 48% to $16.0
million for the nine months ended September 28, 1997 from $10.8 million for the
nine months ended September 29, 1996. The increase of amortization of
capitalized software in absolute dollars and as a percentage of net revenues is
due to the release of the Company's Universal Server products after September
29, 1996. The absolute value of amortization of capitalized software will vary
slightly period to period as new products are released and other products become
fully amortized.
 
    The write-down to net realizable value of $14.7 million during the nine
months ended September 28, 1997 was due to the Company's acquisition of
Centerview and the related announcements of its revised tool strategy. In
accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 86,
"Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to Be Sold, Leased, or Otherwise
Marketed," a net realizable value test was performed on certain of the Company's
tool products and resulted in a write-down of $14.7 million of previously
capitalized software costs.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
COST OF SERVICES
 
    Cost of services consists primarily of maintenance, consulting and training
expenses. Cost of services increased 22% to $128.2 million for the nine months
ended September 28, 1997 from $104.8 million for the nine months ended September
29, 1996. The overall growth in cost of services is consistent with the 27%
growth in service revenues over the prior year period. Cost of services
decreased as a percentage of service revenues to 61% for the nine months ended
September 28, 1997 compared to 64% for the same period in 1996. During 1997,
gross margins have increased relative to both support revenue and
consulting/training revenue, particularly in the third quarter of 1997. Overall,
the increased margins during 1997 reflect a combination of cost containment and
improved business processes for delivering service offerings.
 
SALES AND MARKETING EXPENSES
 
    Sales and marketing expenses increased 19% to $347.9 million for the nine
months ended September 28, 1997 from $292.5 million for the nine months ended
September 29, 1996. A significant portion of this increase was incurred in the
first six months of fiscal 1997 due to increases in sales and marketing
personnel. In addition, the Company's Information SuperStore program, which was
launched in fiscal 1996 and through the first half of 1997, resulted in
increased depreciation expense due to the fixed asset purchases related to the
program. Due to the significant revenue shortfall in the first quarter of fiscal
1997, the Company executed an internal restructuring plan. Under this plan,
headcount levels were reduced, facilities and operations were consolidated and
the Information SuperStores were downsized, eliminated or converted into
solution labs managed by the Company's consulting practice.
 
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                   ----------------------------------------
                                                                   SEPTEMBER 28, 1997                          CHANGE
                                                                   -------------------                       -----------
                                                                                        SEPTEMBER 29, 1996
                                                                                        -------------------
                                                                                            (RESTATED)
                                                                            (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                                <C>                  <C>                  <C>
Incurred product development expenditures........................       $   126.7            $   108.5               17%
Expenditures capitalized.........................................       $    18.3            $    21.0              (13%)
Research and development expenses................................       $   108.4            $    87.5               24%
Expenditures capitalized as a percentage of incurred.............              14%                  19%
</TABLE>
 
    Research and development expenses represent software development costs.
Informix accounts for its software development expenses in accordance with
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 86, "Accounting for the Costs of
Computer Software to Be Sold, Leased, or Otherwise Marketed." This statement
requires that, once technological feasibility of a developing product has been
established, all subsequent costs incurred in developing that product to a
commercially acceptable level be capitalized and amortized ratably over the
revenue life of the product.
 
    Research and development expenses increased 24% to $108.4 million for the
nine months ended September 28, 1997 from $87.5 million for the nine months
ended September 29, 1996. Research and development expenses also increased as a
percentage of total net revenues due in part to the decrease in total net
revenues for the nine months ended September 28, 1997 compared to the same
period for 1996. The increase in absolute dollars for research and development
was due to the increase in incurred product development expenditures offset by
the decrease in capitalized software development costs. Incurred product
development increased 17% to $126.7 million for the nine months ended September
28, 1997 from $108.5 million for the same period in 1996. A significant portion
of this increase was due to increased headcount and the resulting personnel
expenses and depreciation related to capital assets used in the research and
development process.
 
    The absolute dollars and the proportion of expenditures capitalized for the
nine months ended September 28, 1997 decreased in comparison to the same period
in 1996 due to the fact that there were a
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
number of projects that had reached technological feasibility in the first nine
months of fiscal 1996 and were therefore capitalized.
 
    Significant programs currently under development include improvements and
enhancements of current products, with particular emphasis on parallel computer
architecture, user-defined database extensions, web technology integration,
database application tools and systems administration. The Company believes that
research and development expenditures are essential to maintaining its
competitive position in its primary markets and expects the expenditure levels
to continue to constitute a significant percentage of revenues.
 
GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
 
    General and administrative expenses increased 53% to $72.1 million for the
nine months ended September 28, 1997 compared to $47.4 million for the same
period in 1996. The increase in general and administrative expenses in absolute
dollars and as a percentage of net revenue was primarily the result of higher
bad debt expense, professional fees, fluctuations in headcount and other
miscellaneous charges.
 
WRITE-OFF OF GOODWILL AND OTHER LONG-TERM ASSETS
 
    In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 121,
"Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to
be Disposed of," the Company records impairment losses on long-lived assets used
in operations when events and circumstances indicate that the assets might be
impaired and the estimated future undiscounted cash flows to be generated by
those assets are less than the assets' carrying amounts.
 
    In the first quarter of 1997, the Company's Japanese subsidiary experienced
a significant shortfall in business activity compared to historical levels. This
fact, coupled with continuing competitive pressures in the Japanese market,
resulted in the Company adjusting its forecasts of future cash flows and further
led the Company to evaluate the recoverability of the subsidiary's long-lived
assets, including computer and other equipment and goodwill. As a result of this
evaluation, the Company determined that the carrying value of these long-lived
assets had been impaired and, accordingly, recorded a charge in the first
quarter of $30.5 million to write-down the assets' carrying value to their
estimated fair value. Fair value was determined using estimated future
discounted cash flows of the subsidiary and/or resale market quotes as
appropriate.
 
WRITE-OFF OF ACQUIRED RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
    In February 1997, the Company acquired all of the outstanding capital stock
of Centerview, a privately owned corporation that provides software tools for
application development. The aggregate purchase price was approximately $8.7
million, which included cash plus direct costs of acquisition. For financial
statement purposes, the acquisition has been accounted for as a purchase and,
based on an independent appraisal of all the assets acquired and liabilities
assumed, the purchase price was allocated to the specifically identifiable
tangible and intangible assets acquired, including approximately $7.0 million of
purchased research and development which has been charged to operations in the
period the acquisition was consummated, which was the first quarter of 1997.
 
RESTRUCTURING CHARGES
 
    In June and September 1997, the Company approved a plan to restructure its
operations to bring expenses in line with forecasted revenues. In connection
with the restructurings, the Company substantially reduced its worldwide
headcount and consolidated facilities and operations to improve efficiency. The
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
following analysis sets forth the significant components of the restructuring
charges included in other accrued liabilities at September 28, 1997:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               ACCRUAL
                                                                                             BALANCE AT
                                               RESTRUCTURING   NON-CASH                     SEPTEMBER 28,
                                                  EXPENSE        COSTS      CASH PAYMENTS       1997
                                               -------------  -----------  ---------------  -------------
                                                                 (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                            <C>            <C>          <C>              <C>
Severance and benefits.......................    $    21.9     $      --      $    14.7       $     7.2
Write-off of assets..........................         48.2          30.3             --            17.9
Facility charges.............................         35.9            --            3.0            32.9
Other........................................          3.4           2.2             --             1.2
                                                    ------         -----          -----           -----
                                                 $   109.4     $    32.5      $    17.7       $    59.2
                                                    ------         -----          -----           -----
                                                    ------         -----          -----           -----
</TABLE>
 
    Severance and related costs represented the reduction of approximately 750
employees on a worldwide basis, primarily impacting sales and marketing.
Temporary employees and contractors were also reduced. Asset charges included a
write-off or write-down of equipment as a result of the decision to reduce the
Information SuperStore program, as well as write-off of equipment associated
with headcount reductions. Facility charges included early termination costs
associated with the closing of certain domestic and international sales offices.
 
    The Company expects to complete most of the actions associated with
restructuring by the end of the first quarter of fiscal 1998.
 
MERGER EXPENSES
 
    In the first quarter of 1996, the Company had expenses of approximately $5.9
million as a result of the acquisition of Illustra, which was accounted for as a
pooling of interests. These costs consisted primarily of investment banking,
legal and accounting fees.
 
INTEREST INCOME
 
    Interest income decreased to $3.7 million for the nine months ended
September 28, 1997 from $6.7 million as of September 29, 1996, due to the
decrease in cash, cash equivalents and short term investment balances over the
nine months ended September 28, 1997. The average cash, cash equivalents and
short term investments balance has decreased to $106.7 million for the three
quarters ended September 28, 1997 from $251.8 million for the same period in
1996.
 
INTEREST EXPENSE
 
    Interest expense increased to $5.4 million for the nine months ended
September 28, 1997 from $4.1 million at September 29, 1996, due to the
amortization of the discount associated with the sale of receivables. The
Company increased its customer accounts receivable financing activities in 1996.
These financing costs are expensed ratably over the term of the financing
arrangement.
 
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
 
    Other income (expense), net, increased to $17.6 million for the nine months
ended September 28, 1997 from $1.8 million at September 29, 1996. A significant
portion of this increase, $14.6 million, is due to foreign currency transaction
gains. The remainder represented gains on the sale of strategic equity
investment in the nine months ended September 28, 1997.
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
    The Company enters into forward foreign exchange contracts primarily to
hedge the value of accounts receivable or accounts payable denominated in
foreign currencies against fluctuation in exchange rates until such receivables
are collected or payables disbursed. The purpose of the Company's foreign
exchange exposure management policy and practices is to attempt to minimize the
impact of exchange rate fluctuation on the value of foreign currency denominated
assets and liabilities being hedged. The receivables and payables being hedged
are primarily intercompany transactions related to internal distribution of the
Company's product under formal agreements between the Company's various
subsidiaries. Due to the restatement of revenues and the related cost of these
sales, the Company also restated its intercompany receivable and payable
accounts. The restatement of the intercompany accounts effectively modified the
hedging positions taken and resulted in a foreign exchange gain of $14.6 million
during the nine months ended September 28, 1997.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
    Income tax expense for the nine months ended September 28, 1997 resulted
from taxable earnings and withholding taxes in certain foreign jurisdictions.
 
FISCAL YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
 
    The following table sets forth operating results as a percentage of net
revenues for the three years ended December 31, 1996, respectively, and the
percentage change from year to year.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                PERCENT OF NET REVENUE
                                                         -------------------------------------
                                                                                                    % INCREASE
                                                               YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,             (DECREASE)
                                                                                                -------------------
                                                         -------------------------------------         1996
                                                            1996         1995         1994       COMPARED TO 1995
                                                            -----        -----        -----     -------------------
<S>                                                      <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Net revenues:
  Licenses.............................................          68%          72%          77%               8%
  Services.............................................          32           28           23               33
                                                                ---          ---          ---            -----
    Total net revenues.................................         100          100          100               15
Cost and expenses:
  Cost of software distribution........................           6            6            6               24
  Cost of services.....................................          20           14           10               58
  Sales and marketing..................................          57           48           45               37
  Research and development.............................          16           14           14               40
  General and administrative...........................           9            8            8               26
  Merger expenses......................................           1       --           --                 N.M.
                                                                ---          ---          ---            -----
    Total expenses.....................................         109           90           83               41
                                                                ---          ---          ---            -----
Operating income (loss)................................          (9)          10           17             N.M.
                                                                ---          ---          ---            -----
                                                                ---          ---          ---            -----
Net income (loss)......................................         (10)%          6%          11%            (291)%
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                1995
                                                          COMPARED TO 1994
                                                         -------------------
<S>                                                      <C>
Net revenues:
  Licenses.............................................              32%
  Services.............................................              65
                                                                    ---
    Total net revenues.................................              40
Cost and expenses:
  Cost of software distribution........................              53
  Cost of services.....................................              96
  Sales and marketing..................................              48
  Research and development.............................              33
  General and administrative...........................              45
  Merger expenses......................................          --
                                                                    ---
    Total expenses.....................................              51
                                                                    ---
Operating income (loss)................................             (16)
                                                                    ---
                                                                    ---
Net income (loss)......................................             (20)%
</TABLE>
 
    Informix's operating results were affected negatively in 1996 as a result of
operating expenses growing more rapidly than revenues. Informix continued to
invest heavily in personnel in the areas of sales, marketing and customer
service, and research and development and incurred integration expenses and fees
associated with the acquisition in February 1996 of Illustra Information
Technologies, Inc. ("Illustra"). This acquisition was accounted for as a pooling
of interests. In December 1996, Informix began shipping its Universal Server
product. Informix incurred significant marketing expenses in connection with the
initial announcement and launch of the Universal Server in 1996. These
development, integration and marketing expenses and the relatively low operating
margins of Illustra have adversely affected Informix's operating margins in
1996.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
REVENUES
 
    Principally during 1996, the Company entered into software license
agreements with certain computer and service vendors where the Company
concurrently committed to acquire goods and services. These concurrent
transactions for 1996 included license agreements of approximately $170 million
and commitments to acquire goods and services in the aggregate of approximately
$130 million. $31 million was recognized as earned revenue by the Company in the
restated 1996 financial statements. The Company disclosed in its original 1996
annual report that $55 million of revenue was recognized from concurrent
transactions in that year. This disclosure represented revenue (before the
restatement) arising from specific license agreements where the Company acquired
goods and services in approximately the same dollar amount and is included in
the $170 million of 1996 concurrent transactions. See Notes 1 and 3 of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
    The Company's license sales transactions can be relatively large in size and
difficult to forecast both in timing and dollar value. As a result, these
transactions have caused fluctuations in net revenues and net income because of
the relatively high gross margin on such revenues. As is common in the industry,
a disproportional amount of the Company's license revenue is derived from
transactions that close in the last weeks of a quarter. The timing of closing
large license agreements also increases the risk of quarter-to-quarter
fluctuations. The Company expects that these types of transactions and the
resulting fluctuations will continue.
 
    The overall revenue growth in 1996 compared to 1995 primarily reflects
continued acceptance of the Company's server products. The relational database
management systems industry has benefited from trends to downsize from large
proprietary computer systems and market acceptance of UNIX, Windows, Windows NT
and other open operating environments.
 
    Informix's current server product line debuted in the fall of 1994 with
OnLine Dynamic Server for Sequent (DSA) and was expanded to a wide array of
Unix-based multi-processor systems in December 1994. This product accounts for a
majority of the Company's server sales and is now available on Windows/NT
operating systems. In the spring of 1996, the Company introduced a workgroup
version of this product named OnLine Workgroup Server. In fall 1996, the Company
released Online Extended Parallel Server 8.1, designed for very high end use in
"loosely-coupled" computer architectures. In late 1996, the first version of
Universal Server was released which was the combination of the OnLine Dynamic
Server product with the Illustra server product. At the end of December 1997,
the Company simplified its product line so that it now offers a single server,
OnLine Dynamic Server (now referred to as the Informix Dynamic Server), in five
different configurations. See "Business--Products."
 
    The license revenue growth in 1996 compared to 1995 reflects increases in
the Company's server products, particularly the Company's flagship database
server, OnLine Dynamic Server. The Company believes that the license revenues
derived from its database tool products declined from 1995 to 1996 primarily as
a result of competitive product offerings from other companies.
 
    The increase in service revenue was primarily attributable to the continued
growth of the Company's installed customer base, and resulting renewal of
maintenance contracts and increased consulting revenue. The Company continues to
emphasize support services as a source of revenue. As the Company's products
become more complex, more support services will be required. The Company intends
to satisfy this requirement through internal support, third-party services and
OEM support. The contribution margin on service revenue decreased from 48% in
1995 to 38% in 1996. The decrease resulted from increased costs incurred to
expand the support function due to sales increases and the continuing complexity
of the products.
 
    Approximately 54%, 55% and 43% of Informix's net revenues were derived from
sales to foreign customers in 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. Informix
expects that foreign revenues will continue to provide a significant portion of
total revenues. However, changes in foreign currency exchange rates, the
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
strength of local economies, and the general volatility of software markets may
result in a higher or lower proportion of foreign revenues in the future. In
Europe, Asia/Pacific, and Japan, most revenues and expenses are now denominated
in local currencies. The U.S. dollar strengthened in the fourth quarter and for
the year against the major European and Asia/Pacific currencies, which resulted
in lower revenue and expenses recorded when translated into U.S. dollars,
compared with the prior year periods. The Company has also increased its direct
presence in Latin America, although a significant percentage of this region's
revenue is still denominated in U.S. dollars. Although the effect was not
significant in 1996, the Company has experienced significant currency
fluctuations in Mexico, and to a lesser extent, other Latin American countries,
and expects such fluctuations may occur in the future. The Company's operating
and pricing strategies take into account changes in exchange rates over time;
however, the Company's results of operations may be significantly affected in
the short term by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.
 
    The Company's distribution markets are organized into three general markets:
North America; Europe, which includes the Middle East and Africa; and the
Intercontinental Group, consisting of Latin America, Japan, and the Asia/Pacific
region. The North America, Europe, and Intercontinental Group organizations
contributed 46%, 34% and 20% of the Company's net revenues, respectively, in
1996, compared to 45%, 36% and 19%, respectively, in 1995, and 57%, 35% and 8%,
respectively, in 1994.
 
    In November 1997, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
issued Statement of Position (SOP) 97-2, "Software Revenue Recognition." The
Company will be required to adopt the provisions of the SOP as of January 1,
1998. The Company is evaluating the SOP in relation to its current revenue
recognition policy. Adoption of the SOP may affect the revenue recognition
practices of the Company.
 
COST OF SOFTWARE DISTRIBUTION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          1996       CHANGE      1995       CHANGE      1994
                                                                        ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------
                                                                                         (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                                     <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>
Manufactured cost of software distribution............................  $    32.2     26%      $    25.6     54%      $    16.7
Percentage of license revenue.........................................          6%                     6%                     5%
Amortization of capitalized software..................................  $    14.6     21%      $    12.0     53%      $     7.8
Percentage of license revenue.........................................          3%                     3%                     2%
Cost of software distribution.........................................  $    46.8     24%      $    37.6     53%      $    24.5
Percentage of license revenue.........................................          9%                     8%                     7%
</TABLE>
 
    Cost of software distribution increased to $46.8 million from $37.6 million
and $24.5 million for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994,
respectively. Software distribution costs consist primarily of: (1)
manufacturing and related costs such as media, documentation, product assembly
and purchasing costs, freight, customs, and third-party royalties, and (2)
amortization of previously capitalized software development costs and any
write-offs of previously capitalized software costs that are no longer
realizable.
 
    Excluding amortization of previously capitalized software development costs,
cost of software distribution as a percentage of license revenue was 6% for both
1996 and 1995. In the future, the cost of software distribution as a percentage
of revenue may vary depending upon whether the product is reproduced by the
Company or by its customers.
 
    Amortization of capitalized software increased 21% in 1996 compared to 1995
due to the release of several products in the latter half of 1995 and 1996. The
absolute value of amortization of capitalized software will vary from quarter to
quarter as new products are released and other product development costs become
fully amortized.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
COST OF SERVICES
 
    Cost of services increased to $144.9 million from $91.5 million and $46.8
million for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. Cost
of services consists primarily of maintenance, consulting and training expenses.
The increase in cost of services in 1996 in absolute dollars and as a percentage
of net revenues compared to the prior year is primarily due to the Company's
expansion of consulting and support service capabilities as products have become
more complex. The increase in cost of services as a percentage of net service
revenue is due to increases in support personnel in anticipation of additional
consulting revenue as more customers utilize the Company's products in more
complex applications. The Company has also subcontracted certain service
projects which reduces margins.
 
SALES AND MARKETING EXPENSES
 
    Sales and marketing expenses increased to $413.7 million from $301.9 million
and $203.8 million for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994,
respectively. The increase in sales and marketing expenses in 1996 in absolute
dollars compared to 1995 was a result of the addition of new sales offices and
sales personnel worldwide as the Company expanded its worldwide direct sales
organization, the opening of new subsidiaries, higher commission expense
associated with the increase in revenues, and increased marketing programs
associated with new product launches. As a percentage of net revenues, sales and
marketing expenses increased to 57% in 1996 from 48% in 1995.
 
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       1996       CHANGE      1995       CHANGE      1994
                                                                     ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------
                                                                                      (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                                  <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>
Incurred product development expenditures..........................  $   148.6     44%      $   103.1     32%      $    77.9
Expenditures capitalized...........................................       28.4     62%           17.5     29%           13.6
Research and development expenses..................................  $   120.2     40%      $    85.6     33%      $    64.3
Expenditures capitalized as a percentage of incurred...............         19%                    17%                    17%
</TABLE>
 
    Informix accounts for its software development expenses in accordance with
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 86, "Accounting for the Costs of
Computer Software to Be Sold, Leased, or Otherwise Marketed." This statement
requires that, once technological feasibility of a developing product has been
established, all subsequent costs incurred in developing that product to a
commercially acceptable level be capitalized and amortized ratably over the
revenue life of the product.
 
    The increase in research and development expenditures in absolute dollars
from year to year is attributed to an increase in staff working on new products
and product extensions, including the Company's latest product
INFORMIX-Universal Server.
 
    The higher capitalization in absolute dollars of product development
expenditures from year to year resulted from an increase in the work involved in
projects reaching technological feasibility as they neared their release dates.
 
GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
 
    General and administrative expenses increased to $64.4 million from $51.1
million and $35.4 million for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994,
respectively. General and administrative expenses increased in absolute dollars
in 1996 compared to 1995 as a result of the continued expansion of the Company's
international operations. General and administrative expenses in 1995 increased
in absolute dollars compared to 1994 as a result of the continued expansion in
international operations as well as the acquisition of several foreign
distributors.
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
MERGER EXPENSES
 
    In the first quarter of 1996, the Company recorded expenses of approximately
$5.9 million as a result of the acquisition of Illustra, which was accounted for
as a pooling of interests. These costs consisted primarily of investment
banking, legal and accounting fees.
 
INTEREST INCOME
 
    Interest income increased to $9.9 million from $8.1 million and $4.0 million
for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The increase
in absolute dollars from 1995 to 1996 and 1994 to 1995 results from higher
balances of cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments, offset by
slightly lower interest rates.
 
INTEREST EXPENSE
 
    Interest expense increased to $5.8 million from $2.5 million and $0.6
million for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
Interest expense principally relates to interest charges incurred in connection
with financing of customer accounts receivable and has increased from 1995 to
1996 and 1994 to 1995 as the Company has increased its customer accounts
receivable financing activities. These financing costs are expensed ratably over
the term of the financing arrangement.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
    In 1996, income tax expense resulted from an increase in the valuation
allowance for deferred tax assets attributable to foreign net operating loss
carryforwards, foreign withholding taxes and taxable earnings in certain foreign
jurisdictions. The Company has provided a valuation allowance for net deferred
tax assets in excess of amounts recoverable through carryback of net operating
losses. Accordingly, realization of the net deferred tax asset at December 31,
1996 of $26.9 million is not dependent on future taxable income.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  AS OF OR FOR            AS OF OR FOR THE
                                                                    THE NINE                 YEAR ENDED
                                                                  MONTHS ENDED   ----------------------------------
                                                                  SEPTEMBER 28,             DECEMBER 31,
                                                                      1997         1996         1995        1994
                                                                  -------------  ---------  ------------  ---------
                                                                                    (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                               <C>            <C>        <C>           <C>
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments...............    $    95.5    $   261.0   $    253.2   $   191.5
Working capital (deficit).......................................       (254.9)         3.1        163.6       184.9
Cash and cash equivalents provided by (used by) operations......       (150.6)       (29.4)        59.3        80.9
Cash and cash equivalents used for investment activities........        (76.6)      (145.3)      (157.7)      (40.6)
Cash and cash equivalents provided by financing activities......         66.7        228.7        136.8        26.7
</TABLE>
 
    OPERATING
 
    Cash used by operations increased significantly to $150.6 million for the
nine months ended September 28, 1997 from $61.8 million for the same period in
1996 due to operating expenses in excess of revenues. Cash from operations did
not provide sufficient resources to fund the Company's operations through the
first nine months of 1997 and for fiscal 1996, although, it did provide
sufficient resources in 1995 and 1994.
 
    The reported net loss of $366.1 million for the nine months ended September
28, 1997, included a number of non-cash transactions. These non-cash
transactions included write-downs of long term assets, goodwill and acquired
research and development, gain on sale of a strategic investment and
restructuring charges which partially offset the net loss resulting in net cash
used by operations of $150.6 million.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
    Net accounts receivable decreased by $57.3 million to $137.2 million as of
September 28, 1997 from December 31, 1996. This decrease was driven by a
decrease in revenue of $66.9 million partially offset by a reduction in its
financing programs with third-party financial institutions in fiscal 1997. Cash
received from customers and third-party financial institutions in advance of
revenue being recognized is recorded as advances on unearned license revenue.
 
    INVESTING
 
    Net cash and cash equivalents used in investing activities decreased for the
nine months ended September 28, 1997 compared with the same period in 1996. The
decrease was due in large part to lower investments of excess cash due to the
significant decline in cash balances over the nine months ended September 28,
1997. Significant investing activities, excluding the investment of excess cash,
in the nine months ended September 28, 1997 included additions to software
costs, the sale of strategic investments and available-for-sale securities,
purchase of the Santa Clara property and capital equipment and the purchase of
Centerview.
 
    The Company sold its investment in a significant strategic investment during
the nine months ended September 28, 1997 which resulted in a cash inflow. The
Company also sold a number of its available-for-sale securities in order to
generate cash for the business.
 
    The Company planned on relocating its corporate headquarters to Santa Clara,
California, approximately 15 miles to the south of the Company's headquarters.
In January 1997, the Company entered into a two year lease for 27 acres of
undeveloped commercial real estate which required a pledge of $61.5 million in
cash into a non-interest bearing collateral account controlled by an affiliate
of the lessor. In April 1997, the Company exercised its option to purchase the
land for $61.5 million with the intent to arrange for the sale of the parcels to
unrelated third parties. The $61.5 million is reflected in the "purchases of
property and equipment" line of the cash flow statement. The land sales closed
in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997.
 
    In addition, in the nine months ended September 28, 1997, the Company
acquired $34.1 million of capital equipment consisting primarily of computer
equipment, computer software and office equipment. The increase of capital
equipment purchases was primarily the result of the Company's expected expansion
in fiscal 1997.
 
    In February 1997, the Company acquired all of the outstanding capital stock
of Centerview, a privately owned corporation that provides software tools for
application development. The aggregate purchase price was approximately $8.7
million, which included cash plus direct costs of acquisition. For financial
statement purposes, the acquisition has been accounted for as a purchase and,
based on an independent appraisal of all the assets acquired and liabilities
assumed, the purchase price was allocated to the specifically identifiable
intangible assets acquired, including approximately $7.0 million of purchased
research and development which has been charged to operations in the period the
acquisition was consummated--the first quarter of 1997.
 
    FINANCING
 
    Net cash and cash equivalents provided by financing activities in the nine
months ended September 28, 1997 decreased in comparison to the same period in
1996. A significant portion of the decrease was the decline in advances on
unearned license revenue, offset in part by the proceeds from issuances of
preferred and common stock.
 
    Proceeds from common stock represent stock options exercised and purchases
under the employee stock purchase plan.
 
    In August of 1997, the Company sold 160,000 shares of newly issued Series A
Preferred with a face value of $250 per share to a private investor for
aggregate net proceeds of $37.2 million.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
    RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
 
    On November 17, 1997, the Company issued 160,000 shares of its Series A-1
Preferred, in exchange for a like number of shares of the Company's Series A
Preferred which had been previously issued in August 1997.
 
    In November of 1997, the Company sold 50,000 shares of newly issued Series B
Preferred with a face value of $1,000 per share to certain investors for
aggregate net proceeds of $48.8 million.
 
    In the fourth quarter of 1997, the Company divided the Santa Clara
headquarters land into two parcels and sold the land to two unrelated third
parties for net proceeds of $58.1 million.
 
    In the fourth quarter of 1997, the Company also assigned its leasehold
interest and its related obligations under the office space lease adjacent to
the Santa Clara property discussed above to an unrelated third party in the
fourth quarter of fiscal 1997. The lease term was for fifteen years and minimum
lease payments amount to $96.0 million over the term.
 
    In December 1997, Informix Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation and the
Company's principal operating subsidiary ("Informix Software"), entered into a
Senior Secured Credit Agreement with a syndicate of commercial banks, including
BankBoston, N.A. as administrative agent and Canadian Imperial Bank of
Commercial as syndication agent, providing for a revolving credit facility of up
to $75 million (the "Credit Facility"). The actual amount available under the
Credit Facility, for either direct borrowings or issuances of letters of credit,
is based on eligibility criteria for certain accounts receivable, which are
measured on a revolving basis. As a result, the aggregate amount available under
the Credit Facility will vary from time to time based on the amount and
eligibility of the Company's receivables. As of the date of this Prospectus, no
borrowings were outstanding under the Credit Facility, and the Company had not
yet determined the actual amount available, although it believes, based on
accounts receivable at December 31, 1997, that its borrowing base would have
been substantially less than $75 million. The purpose of the Credit Facility is
to provide the Company working capital and finance general corporate purposes.
The term of the Credit Facility is two years. Amounts outstanding under the
Credit Facility bear interest at a premium over one of two alternative variable
rates selected by the Company. The "Base Rate" equals the greater of (i) the
rate of interest announced by BankBoston, N.A. as its "base rate" and (ii) the
Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 1/2 of 1% per year. The "Adjusted LIBOR Rate"
equals (i) the London Interbank Offered Rate divided by (ii) one minus the
applicable reserve requirement under Regulation D of the Federal Reserve Board.
The maximum premium over the Base Rate is 1.25%, and the maximum premium over
the LIBOR Rate is 2.50%, subject to downward adjustment based on the Company's
realizing certain financial thresholds. The Credit Facility is secured by all of
the assets of Informix Software and the capital stock of the Company's
subsidiaries that are domiciled in the United States, including Informix
Software. The availability of the Credit Facility is also subject to the
Company's compliance with certain covenants, including financial covenants
relating to financial ratios and minimum thresholds for quarterly revenues,
operating profits, and cashflows.
 
    In October 1997, the Company entered into an agreement to sell substantially
all of its partnership interest in its Lenexa, Kansas facility for approximately
$8.4 million. Under the terms of the agreement, the purchaser of the Company's
partnership interest holds an option to purchase the Company's remaining DE
MINIMIS interest in the partnership.
 
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
    In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
No. 128 ("FAS 128"), "Earnings per Share", which is required to be adopted on
December 31, 1997. At that time, the Company will be required to change the
method currently used to compute earnings per share and to restate all prior
periods. Under the new requirements for calculating primary earnings per share,
the dilutive effect of stock options will be excluded. The adoption of FAS 128
would not change the computation of net loss per common share for the nine
months ended September 28, 1997 and September 29, 1996.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
    THE FOLLOWING BUSINESS SECTION CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS RELATING
TO FUTURE EVENTS OR THE FUTURE FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE OF THE COMPANY, WHICH
INVOLVE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES. THE COMPANY'S ACTUAL RESULTS COULD DIFFER
MATERIALLY FROM THOSE ANTICIPATED IN THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AS A
RESULT OF CERTAIN FACTORS, INCLUDING THOSE SET FORTH UNDER "RISK FACTORS" AND
ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
OVERVIEW
 
    The Company is a leading multinational supplier of information management
software. The Company designs, develops, manufactures, markets and supports
relational database management systems ("RDBMS"), connectivity interfaces and
gateways and application development tools for graphical and character-based
software applications as part of an RDBMS. Database management software permits
multiple individual users, employing different application software, to access
and manage the same data concurrently without corrupting the underlying
database. RDBMS software extends the functionality and utility of non-relational
database management software by simplifying the data retrieval process for end-
users, who do not require specific knowledge about the structure of the database
but need only to specify the data to be retrieved. Companies commonly employ
RDBMS software for use in storing, managing and retrieving the large amounts of
data necessary to support internal management information and decision-support
systems as well as mission-critical data processing applications.
 
    The Company believes that technological advances, including the development
and commercialization of the Internet, will lead to increasingly sophisticated
customer requirements for data storage and management beyond the functionality
offered by conventional RDBMS products. In recent years, the types and
quantities of data required to be stored and managed has grown increasingly
complex and includes, in addition to conventional character data, audio, video,
text and three dimensional graphics. In 1996, the Company devoted substantial
resources in the development of object-relational database management systems
("ORDBMS") and tools for applications in multimedia and entertainment, digital
media publishing and financial services.
 
    The Company markets its products to end-users on a worldwide basis directly
through its sales force and indirectly through application resellers, OEMs and
distributors. The principal geographic markets for the Company's products are
North America, Europe, the Asia/Pacific region, and Latin America. In recent
years, approximately half of the Company's total revenues have been generated
outside North America. The Company's principal customers include businesses
ranging from small corporations to Fortune 1000 companies, principally in the
manufacturing, financial services, telecommunications, media, retail/wholesale,
hospitality and government services sectors.
 
PRODUCTS
 
    INFORMIX DYNAMIC SERVER
 
    Informix--Dynamic Server is a high performance, enterprise capable online
transaction processing database server. This product is based on Informix's
Dynamic Scalable Architecture and features parallel data processing capability,
replication and connectivity options built into its core. Informix Dynamic
Server is available in a variety of configurations based upon adding one or more
of the configuration options described below.
 
    Informix also provides a version of Informix Dynamic Server called the
Workgroup Edition, which has been adapted specifically for workgroup
environments.
 
    SERVER CONFIGURATION OPTIONS
 
    Informix makes available five server configuration options, which are
integrated in various combinations along with Informix Dynamic Server to meet
specific customer requirements.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
    The Informix Advanced Decision Support Option extends Informix Dynamic
Server with a variety of decision support functions including summarization,
sampling, and "top-N."
 
    The Informix Extended Parallel Option adapts Informix Dynamic Server to work
within loosely coupled, share-nothing computing architectures, including
clusters of symmetric multiprocessing systems and parallel processing systems.
 
    The Informix Universal Data Option extends Informix Dynamic Server with
support for extensibility and SQL3. Extensibility includes the ability to add
new objects and data types, business specific procedures and logic, and new
indexing search methods to the server, as well as support for DataBlade modules,
which can include a related set of data types, functions and indexes for a
specific purpose.
 
    The Informix MetaCube ROLAP Option adds an on-line analytical processing
engine to Informix Dynamic Server that automatically preconsolidates data and
provides a multidimensional view of data without the constraints of two
dimensional (row and table) data model. This option also includes MetaCube
Explorer; MetaCube Scheduler for batch processing; MetaCube Queryback for
running queries in the background; MetaCube Aggregator for creating and
maintaining aggregates in a data warehouse; MetaCube for Excel which enables
data Warehouse analysis in an Excel spreadsheet environment; and MetaCube for
the Web which brings MetaCube analysis capabilities to intranets.
 
    Finally, the Informix Web Integration Option provides connectivity between
Web servers and Informix Dynamic Server. This option enables developers to
create intelligent web applications based upon database information that deliver
multimedia, tailored Web pages to users.
 
    DATABLADE MODULES
 
    DataBlade modules combine new data types, new functions or methods, and new
indexing operations, which taken together extend Informix Dynamic Server. The
DataBlade modules are used in conjunction with the Universal Data Option.
Informix sells the following DataBlade modules, and others are available through
Informix's partners:
 
    The Informix Video Foundation DataBlade module provides an open and scalable
software architecture that allows strategic third-party development partners to
incorporate specific video technologies such as video servers, external control
devices, compression codes or cataloging tools into database management
applications with the Informix Dynamic Server. In addition, the video data types
and data model allow customers to explore new ways to manipulate video and
associated metadata, or information about the video.
 
    The Informix TimeSeries DataBlade module expands the functionality of the
database by adding support for the management of time-series and temporal data.
The TimeSeries DataBlade module supports a regular or irregular repeating
time-stamped series of any datatype supported by Informix Dynamic Server or any
structure or combination of these. For example, a set of open, high, low, and
close currency values can be used to record a time-based series of stock prices.
The granularity of time recording can be adjusted to suit the unique
requirements of the application. The TimeSeries DataBlade module provides
support for three new datatypes, time-series, calendar and calendar pattern, and
over 80 functions to manage them. The time-series type stores sequences of
time-stamped information, and a related calendar allows access to specific
portions of the time series for update, analysis, display or other uses.
 
    The Informix Geodetic DataBlade module provides geo-spatial datatypes and
functions supporting two-dimensional representation of the earth's surface based
on a geodetic (longitude, latitude and datum) coordinate system. In addition to
two-dimensional geographic feature support, the Geodetic DataBlade Module allows
an altitude range and a time range to be specified.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
    CONNECTIVITY PRODUCTS
 
    The Company's principal connectivity products include the following:
 
    Informix-Enterprise Gateway Manager is a connectivity tool allowing
applications running on various operating systems to access data sources via
loadable gateway drivers. The Company also offers gateway drivers for Oracle and
Sybase databases. Drivers for additional data sources are available from various
third parties.
 
    Informix-Enterprise Gateway with DRDA is a UNIX based connectivity tool
allowing interoperability to IBM databases such as DB2, DB2/VM and DB2/400 from
Windows and UNIX clients. Informix-Gateway with DRDA allows applications built
with Informix application development tools to access and modify information in
Distributed Relational Database Architecture compliant database management
systems.
 
    Informix-ESQL for C and COBOL are embedded SQL products which permit
developers to take advantage of SQL technology while building applications is in
C or COBOL.
 
    Informix-CLI is a library of low level functions that provide high
performance direct access to Informix databases from applications built in C or
other third generation languages. Informix-CLI is compliant with Microsoft's
ODBC specifications.
 
    DATABASE TOOLS
 
    The Company offers a variety of database application development tools
designed to allow users to build applications. The Company's principal database
tools include:
 
    Informix Data Director for Java is a drag-and-drop Java development
component that allows developers to build database-aware Java applets for the
Informix Dynamic Server. Data Director for Java (formerly known as
INFORMIX-JWorks) supports the new SQL3 standard, to permit organizations to use
worldwide Internet or corporate intranet applications to provide access to
corporate data. Data Director for Java can be used in conjunction with any
Java-based Web development environment to automatically generate Java, so that
developers can Web-enable applications without writing any code.
 
    Informix Data Director for Visual Basic enables developers to prototype,
build, and extend workgroup and enterprise applications. Data Director for
Visual Basic reduces the amount of application code necessary for writing
client/server solutions by automating the data access operations for the client
application. This automation eliminates the time consuming task of writing data
access code, allows developers to incorporate sophisticated functionality
without having to be SQL experts, and enables project teams to improve their
time to market with scalable applications. Data Director enables developers to
create applications that support user defined data types, including images, Web
pages and spatial data.
 
    Informix-NewEra is a graphical, object-oriented development environment
designed for creating enterprise-wide multi-tier client/server database
applications. Informix-NewEra features a fourth generation object-oriented
programming language, reusable class libraries, application partitioning and
flexible application deployment and supports open connectivity to Informix and
non-Informix databases. Informix-NewEra is currently available for Microsoft
Windows and OSF Motif.
 
    Informix-4GL is a character-based development environment, which includes a
fourth generation programming language with screen building, report entry, and
SQL database input/output capabilities. The Informix-4GL product family is
comprised of three core products: Informix-4GL Compiled, Informix-4GL Rapid
Development Systems and Informix-4GL interactive Debugger.
 
    Informix-SQL is a package of five interactive tools for creating
character-based applications. Informix-SQL consists of a forms package, a report
writer, an interactive SQL editor, a menu building and an interactive schema
editor.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
SERVICES, CONSULTING AND CUSTOMER SUPPORT
 
    The Company maintains field-based and centralized corporate technical staffs
to provide a comprehensive range of assistance to its customers. These services
include pre- and post-sales technical assistance, consulting, product and sales
training and technical support services. Consultants and trainers provide
services to customers to assist them in the use of the Company's products and
the design and development of applications that utilize the Company's products.
 
    The Company provides post-sales support to its customers on an optional
basis for annual fees which generally range from 10% to 18% of the license fees
paid by the customer. These support services usually include product updates.
 
    During 1996 and the first quarter of 1997, as part of its sales and
marketing strategy, the Company launched a series of "Information SuperStores."
The superstores were intended to demonstrate and offer the Company's software
products to customers on actual hardware platforms used by those customers,
thereby permitting the end-user to evaluate and monitor the performance and
functionality of the Company's products prior to purchase. In addition, the
superstores offered application tools from leading third-party tools and
application vendors installed on a variety of platforms, including Data General,
Hewlett-Packard, IBM, NCR, Pyramid, Silicon Graphics and Sun. In connection with
the Company's restructuring announced in the second quarter of 1997, the Company
scaled back its original plans and repositioned its remaining sites as solution
labs managed by the Company's consulting practice. The decision to scale back
the superstores resulted in a charge to operating income during fiscal 1997.
 
MARKETING AND CUSTOMERS
 
    The Company distributes its products through the channels of direct end-user
licensing, OEMs, application vendors addressing specific markets and
distributors. The Company has chosen a multiple channel distribution strategy to
maintain broad market coverage and product availability. The Company, therefore,
has generally avoided exclusive relationships with its licensees and other
resellers of its products. Discount policies and reseller licensing programs are
intended to support each distribution channel with a minimum of channel
conflict. The Company also provides a financing option to customers in
connection with the license of software.
 
    At September 28, 1997, the Company's sales, marketing and support staff
totaled 1,084 employees in the North America region; 115 employees in the Latin
America region; 755 employees in the Europe; Middle East and Africa regions; 330
employees in the Asia/Pacific region; and 35 employees in Japan.
 
LICENSING
 
    END-USER LICENSING
 
    The Company licenses its products to large companies and government entities
through its direct sales force, and to certain of these companies, as well as
smaller end-users, through its telemarketing sales force. The Company believes
that the common core technology of its database management system products,
based on standard operating systems and the SQL database language, helps it sell
into major corporations and government agencies that wish to standardize their
diverse computing environments. As a result, certain of these end-user
organizations have entered into general purchasing agreements with the Company
which offer volume discounts.
 
    APPLICATION VENDOR LICENSING
 
    Since its inception, the Company has licensed application vendors to
distribute its products. A typical application vendor develops an application
product (E.G., an insurance agency management system) using one of the Company's
products and then licenses the resultant application software to its customers
in the target market. The application vendor customer purchases a license for
use of the Company's product to
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
develop an applications program. Depending on the application program developed,
it may include a run-only license, a full version license or even multiple
product licenses.
 
    Application vendors develop applications using a wide array of application
development tools, including products from the Company, such as Informix-NewEra,
Informix-4GL and Informix-SQL, as well as products offered by third parties.
Applications developed using the Company's products are generally portable
across various brands of computers and different operating systems.
 
    The Company has specialized programs to support the application vendor
distribution channel. Under these programs, the Company provides to selected
application vendors a combination of marketing development services, consulting
and technical marketing support and discounts.
 
    OEM LICENSING
 
    The Company's products are also marketed with the assistance of the sales
forces of its OEM customers who have concluded that "solution selling" of a
combination of software and hardware to their respective customers enhances the
sales of their computer equipment. The Company believes that the compatibility
and range of applications for its products are significant to this distribution
channel.
 
    DISTRIBUTOR LICENSING
 
    The Company has established a network of full service international
distributors who provide local service and support, as well as the Company's
products, to their respective national markets. Distributors are used to
supplement the Company's direct sales force and enable the Company to sell its
products and services in countries where the Company has not established a
direct sales force.
 
PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
 
    The computer software industry is highly competitive and rapidly changing.
Consequently, the Company dedicates considerable resources to research and
development efforts to enhance its existing product lines and to develop new
products to meet new market opportunities. Most of the Company's current
software products and accompanying documentation have been developed internally;
however, the Company has acquired certain software products from others and
plans to do so again in the future.
 
    The Company's current product development efforts are focused on (i)
improving and enhancing current products and new products, with particular
emphasis on parallel computer architecture, user-defined database extensions,
Web technology integration, graphical desk top and system administration; (ii)
improving the Company's products to provide greater speed and support for larger
numbers of concurrent users; and (iii) adapting new products to the broad range
of computer brands and operating systems the Company currently supports and
adapting current products to new brands of computers and operating systems which
represent attractive market opportunities for the Company's products.
 
    As of September 28, 1997, the Company had 932 employees engaged in research
and development. In recent months, the Company has experienced high attrition in
its product development group and has had difficulty attracting qualified
replacement development personnel. Any failure to attract and retain a
sufficient number of qualified development personnel would have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial
condition.
 
    The Company's research and development expenditures for the years ended
December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 were $120.2 million, $85.6 million and $64.3
million, respectively, representing approximately 17%, 14% and 14% of net
revenues for the respective periods. For the nine months ended September 29,
1997 and September 28, 1996, research and development expenditures totaled
$108.4 and $87.5, respectively, representing 23% and 17% of net revenues for the
respective periods. In addition, during the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995
and 1994, the Company capitalized research and development costs of $28.4
million, $17.5 million and $13.6 million, respectively, in accordance with
Statement of Financial
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
Accounting Standards No. 86. Capitalized research and development costs totaled
$18.3 million and $21.0 million for the nine months ended September 28, 1997 and
September 29, 1996, respectively. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
    The market for the Company's products and services is characterized by
rapidly changing technology, changing customer needs, frequent new product
introductions and evolving industry standards that may render existing products
and services obsolete. The life cycles of the Company's products are difficult
to estimate. The Company's growth and future financial performance will depend
upon its ability to enhance its existing products and to introduce new products
on a timely and cost-effective bassi and that meet dynamic customer
requirements. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in
developing new products or enhancing its existing products or that such new or
enhanced products will receive market acceptance or be delivered timely to the
market. The Company's product development efforts are expected to continue to
require substantial investments by the Company, and there can be no assurance
that the Company will have sufficient resources to make the necessary
investments. The Company has experienced product development delays in the past
and may experience delays in the future. Delays in the scheduled availability or
a lack of market acceptance of its products or failure to accurately anticipate
customer demand and meet customer performance requirements, including as a
result of recent attrition in the Company's product development group, could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's business results of operations
and financial condition. In addition, products as complex as those offered by
the Company may contain undetected errors or bugs when first introduced or as
new versions are released. There can be no assurance that, despite testing, new
products or new versions of existing products will not contain undetected errors
or bugs that will delay the introduction or commercial acceptance of such
products. A key factor in determining the success of the Company will continue
to be the ability of the Company's products to operate and perform well with
existing and future leading, industry-standard application software products
intended to be used with RDBMS. Failure to meet existing or future
interoperability and performance requirements of certain independent vendors
marketing such applications in a time manner could adversely affect the market
for the Company's products. Commercial acceptance of the Company's products and
services could also be adversely affected by critical or negative statements or
reports by brokerage firms, industry and financial analysts and industry
periodicals concerning the Company, its products, business or competitors or by
the advertising or marketing efforts of competitors, or other factors that could
accept consumer perception.
 
    In recent years, the types and quantities of data required to be stored and
managed has grown increasingly complex and includes, in addition to conventional
character data, audio, video, text, and three dimensional graphics. In 1996, the
Company devoted substantial resources in developing the Company's ORDBMS product
line. The market for the products offering object-relational database
functionality is new and evolving, and its growth depends upon a growing need to
store and manage complex data and on broader market acceptance of the Company's
products as a solution for this need. There can be no assurance that
organizations will chose to make the transition from conventional RDBMS to
ORDBMS. Delays in market acceptance of object-relational database management
products offered by the Company could have an adverse effect on the Company's
results of operations and financial condition.
 
COMPETITION
 
    The Company faces intense competition in the market for RDBMS software
products. The market for the Company's products is subject to rapid
technological change and frequent new product introductions and enhancements,
and the Company's competitors in the market include several large vendors that
develop and market databases, applications, development tools or decision
support products. The Company's principal competitors include Computer
Associates International, Inc., IBM, Microsoft Corporation, Oracle and Sybase.
Several of the Company's competitors have significantly greater financial,
technical, marketing and other resources than the Company. As a result, they may
be able to respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies and changes in
customer requirements or to devote greater
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products than the
Company. Any failure by the Company to compete successfully with its existing
competitors or future competitors could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
    Several of the Company's competitors have announced the development of
enhanced versions of their principal database products that are intended to
improve the performance or expand the capabilities of their existing products.
New or enhanced products by existing competitors or new competitors could result
in greater price pressure on the Company's products. In addition, the industry
movement to new operating systems, like Windows NT, access through low-end
desktop computers, and access to data through the Internet may cause downward
pressure on prices of database software and related products. The bundling of
software products for promotional purposes or as a long-term pricing strategy by
certain of the Company's competitors could also result in reductions in the
price the Company may charge for its products. If such downward pressure on
prices were to occur, the Company's operating margins would be adversely
affected. Existing and future competition or changes in the Company's product or
service pricing structure or product or service offerings could result in an
immediate reduction in the prices of the Company's products or services. If
significant price reductions in the Company's products or services were to occur
and not be offset by increases in sales volume, the Company's business, results
of operation and financial condition would be adversely affected. There can be
no assurance that the Company will continue to compete successfully with its
existing competitors or will be able to compete successfully with new
competitors.
 
    Competitors in the relational database software market compete primarily on
the basis of product price and performance characteristics, name recognition,
technical product support, product training and services. With respect to
product performance, the Company believes that the principal competitive factors
include (i) application development productivity (I.E., the speed with which
applications can be built); (ii) database performance (I.E., the speed at which
database storage and retrieval functions are executed); (iii) product function
and features; (iv) the ability to support large warehouses of information; (v)
reliability, availability and serviceability; (vi) the distribution of software
applications and data across networks of computers from multiple suppliers; and
increasingly (vii) the ability to manage complex data and solve more complex
business problems based on such data. Although the Company believes that it
currently competes favorably with respect to such factors, there can be no
assurance that the Company can maintain its competitive position against current
and potential competitors, especially those with greater financial, marketing,
service, support, technical and other resources than the Company.
 
    In addition, the Company's public announcement in August 1997 of the pending
restatement of its financial statements, delays in reporting operating results
for the quarters ended June 30, 1997 and September 29, 1997 while the
restatement was being compiled, threatened de-listing of the Company's Common
Stock as a result of the Company's failure to satisfy its public reporting
obligations, corporate actions to restructure operations and reduce operating
expenses and customer uncertainty regarding the Company's financial condition
have adversely affected the Company's ability to sell its products. In addition,
since the beginning of 1997, the Company and its competitors in the RDBMS
industry have experienced substantially slower growth in the market for RDBMS
products. The financial restatement has now been completed, its results have
been publicly disclosed, and the Company is current with respect to its public
reporting obligations. Nevertheless, there can be no assurance that
uncertainties resulting from the restatement, including ongoing customer concern
about the Company's financial condition, will not continue to have a materially
adverse effect on the Company's competitive position and its results of
operations.
 
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
 
    The Company's success depends on proprietary technology. To protect its
proprietary rights, the Company relies primarily on a combination of patent,
copyright and trademark laws, trade secrets,
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
confidentiality procedures, contractual provisions contained in its license
agreements and technical measures. The Company seeks to protect its software,
documentation and other written materials under trade secret and copyright laws,
which provide only limited protection. The Company holds one United States
patent and several pending applications. There can be no assurance that any
other patents covering the Company's inventions will issue or that any patent,
if issued, will provide sufficiently broad protection or will prove enforceable
in actions against alleged infringers.
 
    The Company's products are generally licensed to end-users on a
"right-to-use" basis pursuant to a license that restricts the use of the
products for the customer's internal business purposes. The Company also relies
on "shrink wrap" licenses, which include a notice informing the end-user that,
by opening the product packaging, the end-user agrees to be bound by the
Company's license agreement printed on the package. Despite such precautions, it
may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy aspects of its current or
future products or to obtain and use information that the Company regards as
proprietary. In particular, the Company has licensed the source code of its
products to certain customers under certain circumstances and for restricted
uses. The Company has also entered source code escrow agreements with a number
of its customers that generally require release of source code to the customer
in the event of the Company's bankruptcy, liquidation or otherwise ceasing to
conduct business. There can be no assurance that the Company's means of
protecting its proprietary rights will be adequate or that the Company's
competitors will not independently develop similar or superior technology.
Policing unauthorized use of the Company's software is difficult, and while the
Company is unable to determine the extent to which piracy of its software
products exists, software piracy can be expected to be a persistent problem. In
addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect the Company's
proprietary rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States, and
"shrink-wrap" licenses may be wholly or partially unenforceable under the laws
of certain jurisdictions. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce
the Company's intellectual property rights, to protect the Company's trade
secrets or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of
others. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of
resources and management attention and could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
    The Company is not aware that any of its software product offerings infringe
the proprietary rights of third parties. There can be no assurance, however,
that third parties will not claim infringement by the Company with respect to
its current or future products. The Company expects that software product
developers will increasingly be subject to infringement claims as the number of
products and competitors in the Company's industry segment grows and the
functionality of products in different industry segments overlaps. Any such
claims, with or without merit, could be time-consuming, result in costly
litigation, cause product shipment delays or require the Company to enter into
royalty or licensing agreements. Such royalty or licensing agreements, if
required, may not be available on terms acceptable to the Company or at all,
which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of
operations and financial condition.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    Commencing in April 1997, a series of class action lawsuits purportedly by
or on behalf of stockholders and a separate but related stockholder action were
filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of
California. These actions name as defendants the Company, certain of its present
and former officers and directors and, in some cases, its independent auditors.
The complaints allege various violations of the federal securities laws and seek
unspecified but potentially significant damages. Similar actions were also filed
in California state court and in Newfoundland, Canada. While management intends
to defend these actions vigorously, the disposition of this litigation could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows.
 
    Stockholder derivative actions, purportedly on behalf of the Company and
naming virtually the same individual defendants and the Company's independent
auditors, were also filed, commencing in
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
August 1997, in California state court. While these actions allege various
violations of state law, any monetary judgments in these derivative actions
would accrue to the benefit of the Company.
 
    Pursuant to Delaware law and certain indemnification agreements between the
Company and each of its current and former officers and directors, the Company
is obligated to indemnify its current and former officers and directors for
certain liabilities arising from their employment with or service to the
Company. This includes the costs of defending against the claims asserted in the
above-referenced actions and any amounts paid in settlement or other disposition
of such actions on behalf of these individuals. The Company's obligations do not
permit or require it to provide such indemnification to any such individual who
is adjudicated to be liable for fraudulent or criminal conduct. Although the
Company has purchased directors' and officers' liability insurance to reimburse
it for the costs of indemnification for its directors and officers, the coverage
under its policies is limited. Moreover, although the directors' and officers'
insurance coverage presumes that 100 percent of the costs incurred in defending
claims asserted jointly against the Company and its current and former directors
and officers are allocable to the individuals' defense, the Company does not
have insurance to cover the costs of its own defense or to cover any liability
for any claims asserted against it. The Company has not set aside any financial
reserves relating to any of the above-referenced actions. See
"Management--Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters."
 
    In addition, in July 1997, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued a
formal order of investigation of the Company and certain unidentified
individuals associated with the Company with respect to non-specified accounting
matters, public disclosures and trading activity in the Company's securities.
The Company is cooperating with the investigation and is providing all
information subpoenaed by the Commission.
 
    The Company is also party to certain commercial disputes with a number of
its customers, several of which have proceeded to litigation, relating to
amounts paid under license agreements with the Company. Although the Company is
vigorously defending such disputes, there can be no assurance that the outcome
of any current or future disputes will not have a material adverse effect on the
Company's financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In
addition, the Company is unable to predict the extent to which legal action
under the Company's various contracts, licenses and business relationships may
result from the restatement. See "Risk Factors--Uncertain Impact of Restatement
of Financial Statements and --Need for Additional Financing; Customer
Financing."
 
    The uncertainty associated with substantial unresolved litigation can be
expected to have an adverse impact on the Company's business. In particular,
such litigation could impair the Company's relationships with existing customers
and its ability to obtain new customers. Defending such litigation will likely
result in a diversion of management's time and attention away from business
operations, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results
of operations. Such litigation may also have the effect of discouraging
potential acquirors from bidding for the Company or reducing the consideration
such acquirors would otherwise be willing to pay in connection with an
acquisition.
 
FACILITIES
 
    The Company's headquarters and its principal marketing, finance, sales,
administration, customer service and research and development operations are
located in five buildings in a corporate office park in Menlo Park, California.
The Company currently leases approximately 214,000 square feet of space in these
buildings. The leases for spaces in three of the buildings expire in March 1998
and may be renewed for up to two additional five year terms at 95% of their fair
market rental value at the time of renewal. The leases for space in the
remaining buildings expire in September 2001.
 
    In addition, certain of the Company's research and development facilities, a
portion of its customer service organization, its principal domestic
manufacturing facility and its telemarketing organization are located in a
134,000 square foot facility in Lenexa, Kansas. The buildings are leased to the
Company under a lease expiring in March 1998, subject to renewal for up to two
additional five year terms. The rent under
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
the lease agreement remains fixed through the initial term and is subject to
adjustment based on then-prevailing rental rates in the event the lease is
extended. The Company also leases office space, principally for sales and
support offices, in a number of facilities in the United States, Canada and
outside North America. The Company believes that its current facilities are
adequate to meet its needs through the next twelve months.
 
    In December 1996, the Company announced plans to relocate its corporate
headquarters from the Menlo Park facilities to a new corporate campus in Santa
Clara, California. In January 1997, the Company entered into a two-year lease
for 27 acres of undeveloped commercial real estate in Santa Clara, which was
intended to be used for construction of the new headquarters facility. The
Company also obtained an option to purchase the land for $61.5 million. In order
to secure performance of its obligations under the lease, the Company pledged
$61.5 million in cash collateral to the lessor. In April 1997, the Company
exercised its option to purchase the land, and in December 1997 completed the
sale of the real estate for net proceeds of approximately $58.1 million. In
addition, in November 1996, the Company had leased approximately 200,000 square
feet of office space in Santa Clara on property located adjacent to the 27 acre
undeveloped parcel. In December 1997, the Company assigned its rights under such
lease agreement to an unrelated third party.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    As of September 28, 1997, the Company and its subsidiaries employed 3,745
employees worldwide, including 2,319 in sales, marketing and support, 932 in
research and development, 87 in operations and 407 in administration and
finance. Of the Company's total employees at September 28, 1997, approximately
1,522 were located outside North America. None of the Company's employees
located in the United States are represented by a labor union. A small number of
employees located outside the United States are represented by labor unions, and
the degree and scope of representation varies from country to country. The
Company has not experienced any work stoppages either domestically or
internationally.
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
    The following table sets forth certain information concerning the Company's
executive officers and directors as of the date of this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                                       AGE                            POSITION
- -----------------------------------------------------      ---      -----------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>
Robert J. Finocchio, Jr..............................          46   Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
Jean-Yves F. Dexmier.................................          46   Executive Vice President, Finance, Chief Financial
                                                                      Officer and Secretary
Karen Blasing........................................          41   Vice President and Corporate Controller
James F. Engle.......................................          51   Vice President and Treasurer
J.F. Hendrickson, Jr.................................          58   Vice President, Customer Services, and Lenexa
                                                                      (Kansas) Site General Manager
Stephen E. Hill......................................          39   Vice President, Advanced Technology
Wesley Raffel........................................          42   Vice President, North American Field Operations
Myron (Mike) Saranga.................................          60   Senior Vice President, Product Management and
                                                                      Development
Michael R. Stonebraker...............................          54   Vice President and Chief Technology Officer
Leslie G. Denend.....................................          56   Director
Albert F. Knorp, Jr. (2)(3)..........................          62   Assistant Secretary and Director
James L. Koch (1)(2).................................          53   Director
Thomas A. McDonnell (1)(2)(3)........................          52   Director
Cyril J. Yansouni (1)(2).............................          55   Director
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Member of Compensation Committee
 
(2) Member of Audit Committee
 
(3) Member of Nominating Committee
 
    ROBERT J. FINOCCHIO, JR. has served as Chairman, President and Chief
Executive Officer since July 1997. From December 1988 until May 1997, Mr.
Finocchio was employed with 3Com Corporation ("3Com"), a global data networking
company, where he held various positions, most recently serving as President,
3Com Systems. Prior to his employment with 3Com, Mr. Finocchio held various
executive positions in sales and service with Rolm Communications, a
telecommunications and networking company, most recently as Vice President of
Rolm Systems Marketing. Mr. Finocchio also serves as a director of Latitude
Communications, a teleconferencing company. Mr. Finocchio is also a Regent of
Santa Clara University. Mr. Finocchio holds a B.A. in economics from Santa Clara
University and an M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School.
 
    JEAN-YVES F. DEXMIER has served as the Company's Executive Vice President,
Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary since October 1997. Mr. Dexmier
served as a consultant to the Company from February 1997 to September 1997. From
November 1995 until February 1997, Mr. Dexmier served as Senior Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer of Octel Communications Corporation, a provider of
voice messaging systems ("Octel"). From April 1995 to October 1995, Mr. Dexmier
served as Chief Financial Officer for Kenetech Corporation, a wind energy
company. From May 1994 to March 1995, Mr. Dexmier served as Chief Financial
Officer for Air Liquide America Corporation, a U.S. subsidiary of the
French-based group Air Liquide, a worldwide producer of industrial gases. From
January 1991 to January 1994, Mr. Dexmier served as Chief Financial Officer for
Thomson Consumer Electronics, Inc., a subsidiary of Thomson SA, a worldwide
electronics manufacturer. Mr. Dexmier holds a B.S. in mathematics from Lycee
Pasteur, a Ph.D. in electronics from the Ecole Nationale Superieure de
l'Aeronautique et
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
de l'Espace and an M.B.A. in economics and finance from the Ecole Polytechnique.
In addition, he
attended the executive management program at the University of Michigan School
of Business Administration.
 
    KAREN BLASING has served as the Company's Vice President and Corporate
Controller since June 1996. Ms. Blasing joined the Company in November 1992 as
its Director of Financial Planning and Analysis. From January 1989 to October
1992, Ms. Blasing was a Senior Financial Manager at Oracle Corporation, a
provider of information management software and services. Ms. Blasing holds a
B.S. in both economics and business from the University of Montana and an M.B.A.
from the University of Washington.
 
    JAMES F. ENGLE has served as the Company's Vice President and Treasurer
since December 1997. From 1991 until December 1997, Mr. Engle served as a Vice
President and the Corporate Treasurer of Octel. Mr. Engle holds a B.A. in
economics from the University of Missouri and an M.B.A. in international
business and corporate finance from the Columbia University Graduate School of
Business.
 
    J.F. HENDRICKSON, JR. has served as the Company's Vice President, Customer
Services since July 1992 and as its Lenexa (Kansas) Site General Manager since
February 1995. From 1991 until the time he joined the Company, Mr. Hendrickson
was Senior Vice President of Marketing at Image Business Systems, a developer of
document image management software for client/server systems. Mr. Hendrickson
holds a B.S. in mechanical engineering from Stanford University and an M.B.A.
from the University of California, Los Angeles.
 
    STEPHEN E. HILL has served as the Company's Vice President, Advanced
Technology since December 1995. Mr. Hill has been employed with the Company
since 1985 and has served in various strategic planning and marketing positions.
Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Hill held various product development
positions at General Electric Company, a diversified electronics and
manufacturing company, Software Publishing Corporation, a supplier of business
productivity software, and Human Edge Software, a business software company. Mr.
Hill holds a B.S. in electrical engineering from the University of Vermont.
 
    WESLEY RAFFEL has served as the Company's Vice President, North American
Field Operations since September 1997. From January 1996 to January 1997, Mr.
Raffel served as Senior Vice President, Sales and Marketing, and was the acting
Chief Executive Officer of AssureNet Pathways, Inc., a network security company.
From October 1992 to September 1995, Mr. Raffel was Vice President, Sales, of
Global Village Communication, Inc., a designer of integrated communications
products for personal computers ("Global Village"). Prior to joining Global
Village, Mr. Raffel held a variety of positions at 3Com, most recently as its
Vice President, Intercontinental Operations. Mr. Raffel holds a B.A. in general
studies from Harvard University and an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago
Graduate School of Business.
 
    MYRON (MIKE) SARANGA has served as the Company's Senior Vice President,
Product Management and Development, since May 1993. Prior to joining the
Company, Mr. Saranga was employed by IBM for 30 years, where he held various
positions, most recently as Assistant General Manager of Programming Systems.
Mr. Saranga holds a B.A. in economics from Northeastern University.
 
    MICHAEL A. STONEBRAKER has served as the Company's Vice President and Chief
Technology Officer since February 1996. Dr. Stonebraker co-founded Illustra and
served in a consulting capacity with Illustra as its Chief Technology Officer
until February 1996. Dr. Stonebraker is the professor emeritus of Electrical
Engineering and Computer Sciences at the University of California, Berkeley,
where he joined the faculty in 1971. Dr. Stonebraker holds a B.S. in electrical
engineering from Princeton University and an M.S. and Ph.D. in computer
information and control engineering from the University of Michigan.
 
    LESLIE G. DENEND has served as a member of the Company's Board of Directors
since December 1997. Since December 1997, Mr. Denend has served as President of
Network Associates, Inc., a provider of network security and management
software, that resulted from the merger of McAfee Associates, Inc. and Network
General Corporation ("Network General"). From June 1993 to December 1997, Mr.
Denend
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Network General. He also
served as Network General's Senior Vice President of Products from February 1993
to June 1993. From November 1990 to December 1992, he was President of Vitalink
Communications, a manufacturer of networking products. From January 1989 to
October 1990, Mr. Denend served in a variety of positions at 3Com, most recently
as Executive Vice President for Product Operations. Mr. Denend is also a
director of Rational Software Inc., a provider of component-based development
software systems, and Proxim, Inc., a designer of wireless local area networking
products. Mr. Denend is a graduate of the United States Air Force Academy and
holds an M.B.A. and Ph.D. in economics, public policy and business from Stanford
University. Mr. Denend was also a Fulbright Scholar in economics at Bonn
University.
 
    ALBERT F. KNORP, JR. has served as a member of the Company's Board of
Directors since 1984 and as its Assistant Secretary since 1985. Mr. Knorp is a
general partner in Seaport Ventures, a venture capital firm. Since November
1994, Mr. Knorp has been of counsel to the law firm of Gray Cary Ware &
Freidenrich. He had previously been a partner in the law firm of Lewis, Knorp,
Walsh & Kavalaris. Mr. Knorp holds a B.A. from Stanford University and an L.L.B.
from Santa Clara University.
 
    JAMES L. KOCH has served as a member of the Company's Board of Directors
since May 1991. Since July 1990, Mr. Koch has served in various positions at
Santa Clara University. Since February 1997, Mr. Koch has been its Director of
the Center for Science, Technology and Society and, since July 1990, a Professor
of Management and Corporate Strategy. In addition, from July 1990 to July 1996,
Mr. Koch served as Dean of the Leavey School of Business & Administration at
Santa Clara University. Mr. Koch holds a B.A. in business administration from
San Francisco State University and an M.B.A. and Ph.D. in business
administration from the University of California, Los Angeles.
 
    THOMAS A. MCDONNELL has served as a member of the Company's Board of
Directors since February 1988. Since 1971, Mr. McDonnell has served as Chief
Executive Officer of DST Systems, Inc. ("DST"), a transfer agent for mutual
funds, stocks and bonds, and since October 1984 as a director of DST. Mr.
McDonnell is also President of DST, a position he has held since 1973; Mr.
McDonnell also served as Treasurer of DST from 1973 to September 1995. From
August 1983 to November 1995, Mr. McDonnell was Executive Vice President and a
director of Kansas City Southern Industries, Inc., a holding company and the
former parent of DST. Mr. McDonnell is also director of BHA Group, Inc., a
manufacturer of pollution control devices, Cerner Corporation, a provider of
software and technology to the health care industry, Computer Sciences
Corporation, an information technology company, Euronet Services, Inc., an
operator of automatic teller machines, Janus Capital Corporation, a registered
investment advisor and Nellcor-Puritan-Bennett Corporation, a medical device
company. Mr. McDonnell holds a B.S.B.A. in accounting from Rockhust College and
an M.B.A. from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.
 
    CYRIL J. YANSOUNI has served as a member of the Company's Board of Directors
since May 1991. Since March 1991, Mr. Yansouni has been the Chief Executive
Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Read-Rite Corporation, a
manufacturer of thin film magnetic recording heads. He also is a member of the
Advisory Board of both the Leavey School of Business Administration at Santa
Clara University and the San Jose State University School of Engineering. Mr.
Yansouni is a director of PeopleSoft, Inc., a provider of client/server business
software, Raychem Corporation, an international manufacturer and marketer of
products for electronics, industrial and telecommunications applications, and
ActivCard, a French company that develops authentication communication software.
Mr. Yansouni holds a B.S. degree in electrical and mechanical engineering from
the University of Louvain, Belgium and an M.S. degree in electrical engineering
from Stanford University. In addition, he attended the executive management
program at Stanford University.
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
    Employee directors do not receive any additional compensation for serving as
a director. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996, the Company paid each
non-employee director a quarterly fee of $2,000 and an additional fee of $1,000
for each Board meeting attended. In addition, members of the Audit and
Compensation Committees received $500 for each committee meeting attended. For
the year ending December 31, 1997, the outside directors will continue to
receive the same compensation as they received in 1996. The Company reimburses
each member of the Company's Board of Directors, whether or not an employee, for
out-of-pocket expenses, including travel expenses, incurred in connection with
attending Board meetings. In addition, from time to time, the Company invites
the directors' spouses to accompany the directors to board meetings, and, when
invited, the Company also pays the travel expenses incurred by the spouses. In
1996, these spousal travel expenses were less than $10,000 per director.
 
    The Company's 1989 Outside Directors Stock Option Plan (the "Director Plan")
provides for the grant of options to non-employee directors pursuant to an
automatic, nondiscretionary grant mechanism. Each non-employee director is
automatically granted an option to purchase 15,000 shares of Common Stock upon
initial election to the Board of Directors and an additional option to purchase
15,000 shares upon re-election. The Company has a staggered board, with each
director serving for a three year term. Each such option is granted at the fair
market value of Common Stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the
Director Plan become exercisable over three years with one-third of the shares
vesting on each anniversary of the grant date. See "Stock Plans--1989 Outside
Director Stock Option Plan."
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
    The Compensation Committee is responsible for determining salaries,
incentives and other forms of compensation for directors, the Chief Executive
Officer, other officers and certain key employees of the Company. The
Compensation Committee also administers the Company's 1994 Stock Option and
Award Plan and in this capacity approves employee stock option grants and
awards. The Compensation Committee consists of directors James L. Koch, Thomas
A. McDonnell and Cyril J. Yansouni. Robert J. Finocchio, Jr., Chairman,
President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, participates in all
discussions and decisions regarding the compensation of all officers of the
Company but is excluded from discussions regarding his own salary and incentive
compensation. No interlocking relationship exists between any member of the
Company's Compensation Committee and any member of any other company's board of
directors or compensation committee.
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The following table sets forth in summary form information concerning the
compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid for services rendered to the Company
in all capacities during the fiscal years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994
by (i) the Company's Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, (ii) the
Company's Executive Vice President, Finance, Chief Financial Officer and
Secretary and (iii) the Company's former President and Chief Executive Officer
and the Company's next four most highly compensated executive officers whose
salary and bonus for fiscal 1996 exceeded $100,000 (collectively, the "Named
Executive Officers").
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            LONG-TERM
                                                                                          COMPENSATION
                                                                                             AWARDS
                                                                    ANNUAL COMPENSATION   -------------
                                                                            (1)            SECURITIES
                                                                    --------------------   UNDERLYING      ALL OTHER
             NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION               FISCAL YEAR   SALARY      BONUS     OPTIONS(#)    COMPENSATION
- -----------------------------------------------------  -----------  ---------  ---------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>
CURRENT EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
  Robert J. Finocchio, Jr.(2) .......................        1996          --         --             --           --
    Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer          1995          --         --             --           --
                                                             1994          --         --             --           --
 
  Jean-Yves F. Dexmier(3) ...........................        1996          --         --             --           --
    Executive Vice President, Finance,                       1995          --         --             --           --
    Chief Financial Officer and Secretary                    1994          --         --             --           --
 
  Myron (Mike) Saranga(4) ...........................        1996     245,667         --        100,000       45,875(10)
    Senior Vice President, Product Management and            1995     229,333    168,000        130,000        5,525
    Development                                              1994     212,000    150,000         40,000        3,844
 
FORMER EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
  Phillip E. White(5) ...............................        1996     461,667         --        200,000        4,484(11)
    Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer          1995     421,667    400,000        250,000        4,256
                                                             1994     387,000    300,000        100,000        3,000
 
  D. Kenneth Coulter(6) .............................        1996     283,235    174,985        195,000       83,045(12)
    Executive Vice President,                                1995     227,100    194,102         60,000       29,617
    Worldwide Field Operations                               1994     210,082    128,622         35,000       25,494
 
  Ronald M. Alvarez(7) ..............................        1996     205,625     74,546         75,000        3,537(13)
    Vice President, Americas Sales                           1995     148,333    185,914         40,000        3,160
                                                             1994     100,067    127,688         20,000        2,018
 
  Howard H. Graham(8) ...............................        1996     261,333         --        100,000        3,566(14)
    Senior Vice President, Finance, and Chief                1995     244,333    200,000        120,000        3,363
    Financial Officer                                        1994     226,667    130,000         50,000        2,406
 
  Edwin C. Winder(9) ................................        1996     219,375     13,656         30,000        3,566(15)
    Senior Vice President, Japan Operations                  1995     206,667    145,725         50,000        3,363
                                                             1994     193,750    126,142         30,000        2,406
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
 
(1) Other than the salary and bonus described herein, the Company did not pay
    any executive officer named in the Summary Compensation Table any fringe
    benefits, perquisites or other compensation in excess of 10% of such
    executive officer's salary and bonus during fiscal 1996, 1995 or 1994.
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
(2) Mr. Finocchio became Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer in July
    1997. Accordingly, he received no reportable income from the Company for
    fiscal 1996, 1995 or 1994. Pursuant to his employment agreement with the
    Company, Mr. Finocchio will receive an annual salary of $460,000 and be
    eligible to participate in the Company's executive compensation plan. In
    July 1997, in connection with his employment agreement, the Company granted
    Mr. Finocchio an option to acquire 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock of the
    Company under the 1994 Plan, subject to vesting in equal annual installments
    over four years. In addition, the Company granted Mr. Finocchio an option
    outside the 1994 Plan to acquire 500,000 shares of Common Stock, also
    subject to vesting in equal annual installments over four years. In January
    1998, the Company granted Mr. Finocchio an additional option under the 1994
    Plan to acquire 250,000 shares of Common Stock, subject to vesting in equal
    annual installments over four years. In addition, the Company issued Mr.
    Finocchio 100,000 performance shares under the 1994 Plan, subject to vesting
    over three years if the Company achieves certain identified financial
    targets. See "Executive Compensation--Employment Agreements and Change in
    Control Arrangements."
 
(3) Mr. Dexmier became Executive Vice President, Finance, Chief Financial
    Officer and Secretary in October 1997. Accordingly, he received no
    reportable income from the Company for fiscal 1996, 1995 or 1994. Pursuant
    to his offer letter, Mr. Dexmier will receive an annual salary of $350,000
    and will be eligible to participate in the Company's executive compensation
    plan. In October 1997, in connection with his employment with the Company,
    the Company granted Mr. Dexmier an option to acquire 500,000 shares of
    Common Stock under the 1994 Plan, subject to vesting in equal annual
    installments over four years. See "Executive Compensation--Employment
    Agreements and Change in Control Arrangements."
 
(4) Mr. Saranga became Senior Vice President, Product Management and Development
    in May 1993. In June 1997, the Board of Directors granted Mr. Saranga an
    option to purchase up to 100,000 shares of Common Stock under the 1994 Plan
    subject to vesting in equal annual installments over four years. In
    September 1997, the Company granted Mr. Saranga an additional option to
    purchase up to 100,000 shares of the Common Stock of the Company under the
    1994 Plan. Such option will become vested on December 31, 2000 if Mr.
    Saranga remains an employee of the Company on such date. Moreover, in
    September 1997, the Company granted Mr. Saranga the right to receive 35,000
    performance shares of Common Stock annually under the 1994 Plan, contingent
    upon the satisfaction of certain financial milestones as of January 1, 1998,
    1999 and 2000. See "--Option Repricing" and "Stock Plans--1994 Stock Option
    and Award Plan."
 
(5) Mr. White resigned as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer in
    July 1997.
 
(6) Mr. Coulter resigned as Executive Vice President, Worldwide Field
    Operations, in July 1997. Prior to November 1996, the Company employed Mr.
    Coulter in the United Kingdom. Accordingly, compensation data for Mr.
    Coulter has been adjusted to U.S. dollar equivalents based on applicable
    foreign exchange rates on December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
 
(7) Mr. Alvarez resigned as Vice President, American Sales, in April 1997.
 
(8) Mr. Graham resigned as Senior Vice President, Finance, and Chief Financial
    Officer in December 1996.
 
(9) Mr. Winder resigned as Senior Vice President, Japan Operations, in April
    1997.
 
(10) Represents $4,050, $3,525 and $2,344 in group life insurance paid by the
    Company in fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively and $2,000, $2,000 and
    $1,500 in matching contributions under the Company's 401(k) plan paid by the
    Company in fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. Includes for fiscal
    1996 $39,825 in forgiveness by the Company of outstanding principal and
    accrued interest (such figure includes a gross up to satisfy certain tax
    obligations) under a promissory note delivered by Mr. Saranga to the
    Company. See "Certain Transactions."
 
(11) Represents $2,484, $2,256 and $1,500 in group life insurance paid by the
    Company in fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively; and $2,000, $2,000 and
    $1,500 in matching contributions under the Company's 401(k) plan paid by the
    Company in fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
 
(12) Represents $1,829 and $969 in group life insurance paid by the Company in
    fiscal 1996 and 1995, respectively, and $81,216, $28,648 and $25,494 paid by
    the Company into a pension plan established for employees of the Company's
    United Kingdom subsidiary pursuant to certain requirements of United Kingdom
    law in fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
 
(13) Represents $1,537, $1,160 and $518 in group life insurance paid by the
    Company in fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively, and $2,000, $2,000 and
    $1,500 in matching contributions under the Company's 401(k) plan paid by the
    Company in fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
 
(14) Represents $1,566, $1,363 and $906 in group life insurance paid by the
    Company in fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively and $2,000, $2,000 and
    $1,500 in matching contributions under the Company's 401(k) plan paid by the
    Company in fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
 
(15) Represents $1,566, $1,363 and $906 in group life insurance paid by the
    Company in fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively, and $2,000, $2,000 and
    $1,500 in matching contributions under the Company's 401(k) plan paid by the
    Company in fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
                       OPTION GRANTS IN FISCAL YEAR 1996
 
    The following table sets forth certain information relating to stock options
awarded to each of the Named Executive Officers during the fiscal year ended
December 31, 1996.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                        POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                   --------------------------------------------------------     VALUES AT ASSUMED
                                    NUMBER OF      PERCENT OF                                 ANNUAL RATES OF STOCK
                                   SECURITIES     TOTAL OPTIONS                                 PRICE APPRECIATION
                                   UNDERLYING      GRANTED TO       EXERCISE                   FOR OPTIONS TERM(1)
                                     OPTIONS      EMPLOYEES IN      PRICE PER   EXPIRATION   ------------------------
                                     GRANTED     FISCAL 1996(2)     SHARE(3)      DATE(4)        5%           10%
                                   -----------  -----------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                <C>          <C>                <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
CURRENT EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
  Robert J. Finocchio, Jr. (5)...          --              --%     $        --           --  $        --  $        --
 
  Jean-Yves F. Dexmier (6).......          --              --               --           --           --           --
 
  Myron (Mike) Saranga (7).......     100,000            1.75           24.125   05/16/2006    1,517,208    3,844,904
 
FORMER EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
  Phillip E. White (8)...........     200,000            3.50           24.125   05/16/2006    3,034,417    7,689,807
 
  D. Kenneth Coulter (9).........      40,000            0.70           33.375   01/31/2006      839,574    2,127,646
                                       35,000            0.61           24.125   05/16/2006      531,023    1,345,716
                                      120,000            2.10           20.875   11/08/2006    1,575,381    3,992,325
 
  Ronald M. Alvarez (10).........      50,000            0.87           33.375   01/31/2006    1,049,468    2,659,558
                                       25,000            0.44           24.125   05/16/2006      379,302      961,226
 
  Howard H. Graham (11)..........     100,000            1.75           24.125   05/16/2006    1,517,208    3,844,904
 
  Edwin C. Winder (12)...........      30,000            0.52           24.125   05/16/2006      455,162    1,153,471
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
 
 (1) Potential realizable value is based on the assumption that the Common Stock
     of the Company appreciates at the annual rate shown (compounded annually)
     from the date of grant until the expiration of the ten year option term.
     These numbers are calculated based on the requirements promulgated by the
     Commission and do not reflect the Company's estimate of future stock price
     growth.
 
 (2) Based on options to acquire 5,698,094 shares granted under the 1994 Plan,
     the 1986 Stock Option Plan for Employees, the Director Plan and the
     Illustra 1992 Equity Incentive Plan during fiscal 1996. All options granted
     to the Named Executive Officers during fiscal 1996 are governed by the 1994
     Plan.
 
 (3) Options were granted at an exercise price equal to not less than the fair
     market value of the Company's Common Stock on the date of grant as reported
     by the Nasdaq National Stock Market. The exercise price may be paid in
     cash, check, by delivery of already-owned shares of the Company's Common
     Stock subject to certain conditions, or pursuant to a cashless exercise
     procedure under which the optionee provides irrevocable instructions to a
     brokerage firm to sell the purchased shares and to remit to the Company,
     out of the sale proceeds, an amount equal to the exercise price plus all
     applicable withholding taxes.
 
 (4) Twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares issuable upon exercise of options
     granted under the 1994 Stock Plan become vested on the first anniversary of
     the date of grant, and the remaining shares vest over three years at the
     rate of 25% of the shares subject to option vesting on each successive
     anniversary of the option grant date.
 
 (5) Mr. Finocchio became Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer in
     July 1997. In connection with his employment agreement, the Company granted
     Mr. Finocchio an option to acquire 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock of the
     Company under the 1994 Plan, subject to vesting in equal annual
     installments over four years. In addition, the Company granted Mr.
     Finocchio an option outside the 1994 Plan to acquire 500,000 shares of
     Common Stock, subject to vesting in equal annual installments over four
     years. In January 1998, the Company granted Mr. Finocchio an additional
     option under the 1994 Plan to acquire 250,000 shares of Common Stock,
     subject to vesting in equal annual installments over four years. In
     addition, the Company issued Mr. Finocchio 100,000 performance shares under
     the 1994 Plan, subject to vesting over three years if the Company achieves
     certain identified financial targets. See "Executive
     Compensation--Employment Agreements and Change in Control Arrangements"
 
 (6) Mr. Dexmier became Executive Vice President, Finance, Chief Financial
     Officer and Secretary in October 1997. In October 1997, the Company also
     granted Mr. Dexmier an option to acquire 500,000 shares of Common Stock
     under the 1994 Plan, subject to vesting in equal annual installments over
     four years.
 
 (7) In June 1997, the Board of Directors granted Mr. Saranga an option to
     purchase up to 100,000 shares of Common Stock under the 1994 Plan, subject
     to vesting in equal annual installments over four years. In September 1997,
     the Company granted Mr. Saranga an additional option to purchase up to
     100,000 shares of the Common Stock of the Company under the 1994 Plan. Such
     option will become vested on December 31, 2000 if Mr. Saranga remains an
     employee of the Company on such date. Moreover, in September 1997 the
     Company also granted Mr. Saranga the right to receive 35,000 performance
     shares of Common Stock annually under the 1994 Plan to be issued if certain
     personal and financial milestones are met as of January 1, 1998, 1999 and
     2000. See "--Option Repricing" and "Stock Plans--1994 Stock Option and
     Award Plan."
 
 (8) Mr. White resigned as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer in
     July 1997.
 
 (9) Mr. Coulter resigned as Executive Vice President, Worldwide Field
     Operations, in July 1997.
 
 (10) Mr. Alvarez resigned as Vice President, American Sales, in April 1997.
 
 (11) Mr. Graham resigned as Senior Vice President, Finance, and Chief Financial
      Officer in December 1996.
 
 (12) Mr. Winder resigned as Senior Vice President, Japan Operations, in April
      1997.
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
                           AGGREGATE OPTION EXERCISES
             IN LAST FISCAL YEAR AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
 
    The following table sets forth certain information regarding stock options
exercised during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 and held as of December
31, 1996 by the Named Executive Officers.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              NUMBER OF SECURITIES
                                                             UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED       VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                            OPTIONS AT DECEMBER 31,       IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS
                                   SHARES                             1996               AT DECEMBER 31, 1996(2)
                                 ACQUIRED OR     VALUE     --------------------------  ---------------------------
                                  EXERCISED   REALIZED(1)  EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE  EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE
                                 -----------  -----------  -----------  -------------  ------------  -------------
<S>                              <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>           <C>
CURRENT EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
  Robert J. Finocchio, Jr.
    (3)........................          --   $        --          --            --    $         --   $        --
 
  Jean-Yves F. Dexmier (4).....          --            --          --            --              --            --
 
  Myron (Mike) Saranga.........      65,000       899,842      67,500       217,500         439,842     1,569,684
 
FORMER EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
  Phillip E. White (5).........     140,000     3,219,368   1,037,500       382,500      14,669,971     2,802,188
 
  D. Kenneth Coulter (6).......      50,000     1,111,560     207,500       105,000       2,748,199       840,000
 
  Ronald M. Alvarez (7)........      52,000       754,562      10,000        50,000          36,250       355,000
 
  Howard H. Graham (8).........     125,000     2,187,310      60,000            --         506,250            --
 
  Edwin C. Winder (9)..........      30,000       543,100     242,500        87,500       3,995,617       700,938
</TABLE>
 
- --------------------------
 
(1) Market value at the time of exercise less the applicable exercise price
 
(2) Market value of underlying securities as of December 31, 1996 as reported on
    the Nasdaq National Stock Market minus the exercise price.
 
(3) Mr. Finocchio became Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer in July
    1997.
 
(4) Mr. Dexmier became Executive Vice President, Finance, Chief Financial
    Officer and Secretary in October 1997.
 
(5) Mr. White resigned as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the
    Company in July 1997.
 
(6) Mr. Coulter resigned as Executive Vice President, Worldwide Field
    Operations, in July 1997.
 
(7) Mr. Alvarez resigned as Vice President, American Sales, in April 1997.
 
(8) Mr. Graham resigned as Senior Vice President, Finance, and Chief Financial
    Officer in December 1996.
 
(9) Mr. Winder resigned as Senior Vice President, Japan Operations, in April
    1997.
 
OPTION REPRICING
 
    In September 1997, the Company's Board of Directors authorized the repricing
of outstanding options to purchase Common Stock under the Company's stock option
plans. Employees were eligible to participate only if they remained actively
employed at the effective date of the repricing and were only permitted to
exchange options outstanding prior to May 1, 1997. The repricing/option exchange
was effective November 21, 1997 (the "Repricing Effective Date"). The repricing
program offered eligible employees the opportunity to exchange eligible
outstanding options with exercise prices in excess of the closing sales price of
the Company's Common Stock on the Repricing Effective Date for a new option with
an exercise price equal to such price. Other than the exercise price, each new
option issued upon exchange has terms substantially equivalent to the
surrendered option, including with respect to the number of shares, vesting
terms and expiration. Options issued in connection with the exchange may not be
exercised for a period of one year from the Repricing Effective Date, however.
In addition, officers of the Company participating in the option exchange were
required to forfeit 20% of the shares subject to each option
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
being surrendered. The exercise price for repriced options was $7.1563, the
closing sales price of the Company's Common Stock on the Repricing Effective
Date.
 
    Of the Named Executive Officers, only Myron (Mike) Saranga, the Company's
Senior Vice President, Product Management and Development, was eligible to have
any options repriced. As of the Repricing Effective Date, Mr. Saranga held
options to acquire 755,000 shares of Common Stock, all of which had been granted
under the 1994 Plan and the 1986 Stock Option Plan. Mr. Saranga chose to reprice
options to purchase up to 230,000 shares, of which options to purchase 100,000
shares had an exercise price of $24.125 per share and of which options to
purchase 130,000 shares had an exercise price of $18.25 per share. As a result
of such repricing, Mr. Saranga forfeited his right to purchase 46,000 shares. Of
the options to purchase up to 230,000 shares that Mr. Saranga chose to reprice,
options to purchase up to 90,000 shares were vested at the time Mr. Saranga made
his election.
 
    In December 1997, the Company's Board of Directors authorized a second
option repricing to be effective January 9, 1998 (the "Second Repricing
Effective Date") based upon the closing sales price of the Company's Common
Stock as of the Second Repricing Effective Date. Under the terms of the second
repricing, each employee, excluding officers and directors of the Company, may
exchange any option outstanding as of May 1, 1997 for a new option with an
exercise price equal to the closing sales price on the Second Repricing
Effective Date. Options exchanged in the second repricing may not be exercised
for a period of one year from the Second Repricing Effective Date.
 
STOCK PLANS
 
    1994 STOCK OPTION AND AWARD PLAN.  The Company's 1994 Stock Option and Award
Plan, as amended (the "1994 Plan"), provides for the grant to employees of
either options to purchase shares of Common Stock or the award of performance
shares of Common Stock to be paid to employees upon the achievement of certain
performance goals set for such employees. Options granted under the 1994 Plan
may be either "incentive stock options" as defined in Section 422 of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), or nonqualified stock
options. Stock options or performance awards granted under the 1994 Plan shall
be referred to herein as "Awards." The 1994 Plan became effective in March 1994.
The 1994 Plan replaced the Company's 1986 Stock Option Plan for Employees (the
"Prior Plan"). Options previously issued under the Prior Plan continue to be
exercisable according to their terms. Unless terminated sooner, without contrary
action by the Company's stockholders, the 1994 Plan will terminate automatically
in March 2004. A total of 16,000,000 shares of Common Stock had been reserved
for issuance under the 1994 Plan at September 28, 1997, with a maximum of
800,000 of those shares available for award as performance shares.
 
    The 1994 Plan may be administered by a committee of the Board of Directors
(the "Committee"), which shall be comprised solely of directors who are both
"disinterested persons" under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act and "outside
directors" under Section 162(m) of the Code. The 1994 Plan is currently
administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. The
Committee has the power, among other things, to determine which employees shall
be granted Awards, to prescribe the terms and conditions of the Awards and to
interpret the 1994 Plan and Awards. In addition, the Committee has the authority
to amend, suspend or terminate the 1994 Plan, provided that no such action may
adversely affect any Award previously granted under the 1994 Plan. In addition,
in May 1997, the Company's stockholders approved an increase by 8,000,000 shares
in the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 1994 Plan, provided that
options to acquire such additional shares may not be repriced without
stockholder approval.
 
    Options granted under the 1994 Plan are not generally transferable by the
optionee, and each option is generally exercisable during the lifetime of the
optionee only by such optionee. Options granted under the 1994 Plan must
generally be exercised within three months of the termination of optionee's
status as an employee of the Company or within 12 months after such employee's
termination by death or disability,
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
but in no event later than the expiration of ten-years from the date of grant of
such option. The Committee has the discretion to extend or accelerate the
exercisability of options following a termination of the optionee's employment
but in no event for more than ten years after the date of grant of such option.
The exercise price of nonstatutory stock options granted under the 1994 Plan
must at least be equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date
of grant. The exercise price of all incentive stock options granted under the
1994 Plan must generally be at least equal to the fair market value of the
Common Stock on the date of grant. In the event of certain transactions
specified in Section 424(d) of the Code where the Company is assuming stock
options granted to an employee by such employee's previous employer, the
Committee may grant substitute options under the 1994 Plan with an exercise
price less than fair market value. The term of all other options granted under
the 1994 Plan may not exceed ten years. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with
respect to any participant who owns stock possessing more than ten percent of
the voting power of all classes of the Company's outstanding capital stock, the
exercise price of any incentive stock option granted must equal at least 110% of
the fair market value on the grant date and the term of such incentive stock
option must not exceed five years.
 
    No employee shall be granted in any fiscal year options to purchase more
than 500,000 shares, except that new employees and newly appointed executive
officers may be granted options under the 1994 Plan to purchase up to 1,000,000
shares in the fiscal year of their hire or appointment. Generally, options
granted under the 1994 Plan are not exercisable until one year after the date of
grant, with 25% vesting on the first year anniversary and 25% vesting on the
second, third and fourth anniversaries of the option grant date. Options which
are unexercisable at the time of an employee's death or disability but which
would otherwise become exercisable within one year of such date will
automatically accelerate to the date of the employee's death or disability. The
consideration to be paid upon exercise of an option may be cash, other shares
(with certain restrictions) or such other form of consideration as may be
acceptable to the Committee.
 
    No employee shall receive more than 200,000 shares pursuant to a performance
award in any fiscal year. In all cases, the performance period relating to a
performance award grant shall exceed six months in duration. Such performance
may be qualified as "performance based compensation" under Section 162(m) of the
Code in the Committee's discretion and may be based on the achievement of goals
relating to Company revenue, return on stockholders' equity and/or earnings per
share. Shares of Common Stock of the Company will be paid out to employees based
on his or her achievement of certain performance milestones. The 1994 Plan
provides that in the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or
into another corporation, a sale of substantially all of the Company's assets or
certain other changes in control of the Company, the number of shares
purchasable under options granted under the 1994 Plan and the corresponding
exercise price will be adjusted in connection with such corporate restructuring
and that, with regard to the performance shares outstanding, the Committee shall
determine the appropriate actions to prevent the dilution or diminishment of the
awards.
 
    As of September 28, 1997, 33,105,759 shares of Common Stock had been issued
upon exercise of options outstanding under the Prior Plan and 148,970 shares of
Common Stock had been issued upon exercise of options outstanding under the 1994
Plan. Options to purchase 6,582,787 shares of Common Stock at a weighted average
exercise price of $6.60 were outstanding under the Prior Plan, and options to
purchase 11,361,709 shares of Common Stock at a weighted average exercise price
of $20.59 were outstanding under the 1994 Plan (without giving effect to an
option repricing effected in November 1997). Additionally, 105,000 shares of
Common Stock have been awarded in connection with performance shares awards
under the 1994 Plan but have not yet been issued. Moreover, as of September 28,
1997, options to purchase 1,070,664 shares of Common Stock of the Company
assumed in connection with the acquisition of Illustra were outstanding with a
weighted average exercise price of $1.76 and are exercisable according to their
terms (without giving effect to an option repricing effected in November 1997).
As of September 28, 1997, 4,489,321 shares remained available for issuance under
the 1994 Plan, including 695,000 shares available for issuance as performance
shares.
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
    1997 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN.  The Company's 1997 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan (the "1997 Purchase Plan") became effective in July 1997 and shall
continue in effect until terminated by the Company. The 1997 Purchase Plan
replaces the Corporation's Employee Stock Purchase Plan which expired on July 1,
1997. A total of 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock has been reserved for issuance
under the 1997 Purchase Plan, all of which remained available for issuance under
the 1997 Purchase Plan at September 28, 1997. The 1997 Purchase Plan, which is
intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code, has four
three-month offering periods each year beginning on the first trading day on or
after July 1, October 1, January 1 and April 1. The 1997 Purchase Plan is
administered by the Board of Directors or by a committee appointed by the Board
(the "Committee"). The 1997 Purchase Plan is currently administered by the
Compensation Committee. Employees are eligible to participate if they are
customarily employed by the Company for more than 20 hours per week and more
than five months during a calendar year and have completed a two year service
period with the Company. Moreover, employees are not eligible to participate in
the 1997 Purchase Plan if they possess or have the right to acquire five percent
(5%) or more of the voting stock of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. The
1997 Purchase Plan permits participants to purchase Common Stock through payroll
deductions of up to 15% of an employee's compensation, including commissions,
overtime and bonuses. The price of Common Stock purchased under the 1997
Purchase Plan is 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the Common Stock
at the beginning or at the end of each offering period as reported on the Nasdaq
National Stock Market for the day in question. Employees may not purchase more
than 500 shares of Common Stock during any three month offering period. In
addition, employees will not be granted the right to purchase shares of Common
Stock under the 1997 Purchase Plan at a rate which accrues in excess of $25,000
of fair market value at the applicable grant dates of such shares. Employees may
end participation at any time during an offering period, and they will be paid
their payroll deductions to date. Participation ends automatically upon
termination of employment with the Company.
 
    Rights granted under the 1997 Purchase Plan are not transferable by a
participant other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as
otherwise provided under the 1997 Purchase Plan. The 1997 Purchase Plan provides
that, in the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation
or a sale of substantially all of the Company's assets, the Board of Directors
may make such adjustment, if any, as it deems appropriate in the number, kind
and purchase price of the shares available for purchase under the 1997 Purchase
Plan and in the maximum number of shares subject to any option under the 1997
Purchase Plan. The Board of Directors has the authority to amend or terminate
the 1997 Purchase Plan. If the 1997 Purchase Plan is terminated, the Board may
elect to terminate all outstanding options either immediately or upon completion
of the purchase of shares on the next purchase date or may elect to permit
options to expire in accordance with their terms.
 
    1989 OUTSIDE DIRECTORS STOCK OPTION PLAN.  Outside directors are entitled to
participate in the 1989 Outside Directors Stock Option Plan, as amended, (the
"Director Plan"). The Director Plan has a term of 20 years, unless terminated
sooner by the Board. A total of 1,600,000 shares of Common Stock has been
reserved for issuance under the Director Plan. The Director Plan provides for
the automatic grant of 15,000 shares of Common Stock to each eligible outside
director on the date such person first is elected as a director. In addition,
outside directors shall automatically be granted an option to purchase 15,000
shares at each time such outside director is re-elected to the Board of
Directors. Each option granted under the Director Plan shall have a term of ten
years and the shares subject to the option shall vest over three years with
one-third of the shares vesting on each of the first three anniversaries of the
grant date. The exercise prices of the options granted under the Director Plan
shall be 100% of the fair market value per share of the Common Stock, generally
determined with reference to the closing price of the Common Stock as reported
on the Nasdaq National Market on the date of grant. In the event of a change of
control of the Company, each option granted under the Director Plan shall become
fully vested and exercisable. Options granted under the Director Plan must be
exercised within one month of the end of the optionee's tenure as a director of
the Company, or within 12 months after such director's termination by death or
disability, but in no event later than the expiration of the option's ten-year
term. No option granted under the Director
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
Plan is transferable by the optionee other than by will or the laws of descent
and distribution, and each option is exercisable, during the lifetime of the
optionee, only by such optionee.
 
    401(K) PLAN.  The Company has adopted a tax-qualified employee savings and
retirement plan (the "401(k) Plan"). All U.S. employees except temporary
employees, leased employees, non-resident alien employees with no U.S.-source
income, union employees and employees of an affiliated employer not authorized
to participate in the 401(k) Plan are eligible to participate as of their date
of hire. Eligible employees may elect to defer between one percent (1%) and
fifteen percent (15%) of their compensation in the 401(k) Plan, subject to the
statutorily prescribed annual limit. The Company may make matching contributions
on behalf of all participants in the 401(k) Plan in an amount determined by the
Company's Board of Directors. The matching contribution for the year ended
December 31, 1996 was 50% of employee deferrals, up to a maximum of $2,000 per
employee. The Company may also make additional discretionary profit sharing
contributions in such amounts as determined by the Board of Directors, subject
to statutory limitations on contributions made by employees and employers under
such plans. Matching contributions are subject to a vesting schedule; all other
contributions are at all times fully vested. Employees may borrow from the
401(k) Plan, and may request withdrawal from their account in the case of
hardship or on attainment of age 59 1/2. The 401(k) Plan is intended to qualify
under Sections 401 and 501 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, so
that contributions by employees or by the Company to the 401(k) Plan, and income
earned on plan contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from
the 401(k) Plan, and so that contributions by the Company, if any, will be
deductible by the Company when made. The trustee under the 401(k) Plan, at the
direction of each participant, invests the assets of the 401(k) Plan in any of a
number of investment options.
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS AND CHANGE IN CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS
 
    On July 18, 1997, the Company entered into an at-will employment agreement
with Mr. Finocchio, the Company's Chairman, President and Chief Executive
Officer. The agreement provides for an annual base salary of $460,000, subject
to annual review concerning increases. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company
granted Mr. Finocchio an option to purchase 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock
under the 1994 Plan at an exercise price per share of $10.8125, subject to
vesting in equal annual installments over four years. In addition, the Company
granted Mr. Finocchio an option outside the 1994 Plan to acquire an additional
500,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $10.8125, subject to
vesting under the same terms as the grant under the 1994 Plan. In the event of a
merger or change in control of the Company within six months after the date of
the agreement, the exercisability of Mr. Finocchio's options will accelerate as
to two year's additional vesting. If such change of control takes place after
such six month period, the exercisability of Mr. Finocchio's options will
accelerate so as to become fully vested.
 
    On September 24, 1997, the Company entered into an at-will employment letter
agreement with Jean-Yves F. Dexmier, the Company's Executive Vice President,
Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary, which provides for an annual
base salary of $350,000 and an annual cash bonus based on the achievement of
individual and Company performance objectives. In the event Mr. Dexmier is
terminated without cause within the first twelve months of his employment with
the Company, he will be entitled to receive severance in an amount equal to one
year of base salary plus any bonus he would have been entitled to receive under
the Company's executive compensation plan. If such termination occurs after Mr.
Dexmier's first twelve months with the Company, he shall be entitled to receive
as severance an amount equal to six months base salary. If there is a change in
control of the Company within the first twelve months Mr. Dexmier is employed
with the Company, Mr. Dexmier will be entitled to receive $1,000,000 less any
stock option profit realized upon the change in ownership. In connection with
his employment, the Company granted Mr. Dexmier an option under the 1994 Plan to
acquire 500,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $6.8125, subject
to vesting in equal annual installments over four years.
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
    On September 18, 1997, the Company entered into an at-will employment letter
agreement with Wesley Raffel, the Company's Vice President, North American Field
Operations, which provides for an annual base salary of $250,000 and an annual
cash bonus based on the achievement of individual and Company performance
objectives. In the event of a change in the Chief Executive Officer or a change
in ownership of the Company, Mr. Raffel will be entitled to receive severance in
an amount equal to one year of base salary. In connection with his employment,
the Company granted Mr. Raffel an option under the 1994 Plan to acquire 325,000
shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $7.3438, subject to vesting in
equal annual installments over four years.
 
    In October 1997, the Company entered into Change of Control Agreements (the
"Change of Control Agreements") with Messrs. Dexmier and Raffel, Myron (Mike)
Saranga, the Company's Senior Vice President, Product Management and
Development, and Karen Blasing, the Company's Vice President and Corporate
Controller. The Change of Control Agreements, which are substantially similar
for each executive officer, provide that in the event a change in control of the
Company occurs prior to January 18, 1998, the exercisability of each executive
officers' stock options will accelerate as to two years additional vesting. If a
change of control occurs after such date, the exercisability of each executive
officer's options will accelerate so as to become fully vested.
 
    Other than the employment arrangements described above, the Company does not
have employment agreements with any other current executive officer or director.
 
    In April 1997, the Company entered into Separation Agreements with Ronald M.
Alvarez, the Company's former Vice President, American Sales, and Edwin C.
Winder, the Company's former Vice President, Japan Operations, in connection
with their resignations as executive officers of the Company. Under the terms of
their respective Separation Agreements, Mr. Alvarez and Mr. Winder received
payments for six months additional salary from the time of their resignations at
the rate of $17,083.33 and $18,250.00 per month, respectively. In addition, Mr.
Alvarez received a bonus in the amount of $7,686.00 for his services during the
Company's first fiscal quarter of 1997. As part of his Separation Agreement,
options to purchase 11,250 shares of Common Stock of the Company held by Mr.
Alvarez continued to vest during the six months subsequent to his resignation
date. The Company also agreed to pay both Mr. Alvarez and Mr. Winder additional
fees for outplacement services and legal fees incurred in connection with the
negotiation of their respective Separation Agreements.
 
    In connection with D. Kenneth Coulter's resignation as Executive Vice
President, Worldwide Field Operations in July 1997, and pursuant to an
Employment Agreement the Company previously entered with Mr. Coulter, the
Company will pay Mr. Coulter an aggregate of $106,954 over the five month period
ending December 31, 1997.
 
    In connection with Philip E. White's resignation as Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer in July 1997, and pursuant to his employment agreement
with the Company, the Company is obligated to pay Mr. White six months salary at
a rate of $39,583.34 per month from the time of his resignation.
 
    The Company has entered into severance arrangements with additional former
executive officers of the Company. See "Certain Transactions."
 
    The Company has also adopted a Rights Agreement, commonly referred to as a
poison pill. See "Description of Capital Stock--Rights Agreement."
 
LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION MATTERS
 
    The Company has adopted provisions in its Amended and Restated Certificate
of Incorporation that eliminate to the fullest extent permissible under Delaware
law the liability of its directors to the Company for monetary damages. Such
limitation of liability does not affect the availability of equitable remedies
such as injunctive relief or rescission. The Company's Bylaws provide that the
Company shall indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent
permitted by Delaware law, including in circumstances in which
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
indemnification is otherwise discretionary under Delaware law. The Company has
entered into indemnification agreements with its officers and directors
containing provisions which may require the Company, among other things, to
indemnify the officers and directors against certain liabilities that may arise
by reason of their status or service as directors or officers (other than
liabilities arising from willful misconduct of a culpable nature), and to
advance their expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to
which they could be indemnified. See "Business--Legal Proceedings."
 
                                       62
<PAGE>
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
    In June 1993, the Company made a loan in the principal amount of $150,000 to
Myron (Mike) Saranga, the Company's Senior Vice President, Product Management
and Development, in connection with his accepting employment by the Company. The
loan is secured by a second deed of trust on residential real property acquired
by Mr. Saranga in California and was originally due and payable in full on the
earliest of June 2, 1995, the date Mr. Saranga sold certain residential real
property located in Connecticut or the date Mr. Saranga's employment with the
Company was terminated. In June 1995, Mr. Saranga and the Company amended the
loan to increase the interest rate of 3.56% per annum to 6.55% per annum and to
provide that $30,000 of principal, and accrued interest, would be forgiven on
June 2, 1996 and each anniversary thereafter until the loan is no longer
outstanding, provided that Mr. Saranga remains an employee of the Company. The
loan continues to provide that the full amount of unpaid principal and accrued
interest will become immediately due and payable on the date Mr. Saranga's
employment with the Company is terminated for any reason. In June 1996 and June
1997 the Company forgave $39,825 and $37,860 of principal and interest loan
under the promissory note, respectively (such figures include a gross up to
satisfy certain tax obligations). As of September 28, 1997, outstanding
principal under the note totaled $90,000.
 
    The Company has entered into employment and change of control agreements
with certain executive officers of the Company. See "Management--Employment
Agreements and Change in Control Arrangements."
 
    In connection with Frank J. Bergandi's resignation as Vice President, North
American Sales, in December 1995, the Company entered into a Separation
Agreement with Mr. Bergandi whereby the Company agreed to pay Mr. Bergandi six
months salary at a rate of $15,833.33 per month during a six month transition
period. The Company also agreed that options to purchase up to an aggregate of
95,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company held by Mr. Bergandi would continue
to vest during such transition period.
 
    In connection with Richard H. Williams' resignation as Senior Vice
President, Business Units, in September 1996, the Company entered into a
Separation Agreement with Mr. Williams whereby the Company agreed to pay Mr.
Williams $132,500 in a lump sum payment, which represented six months of Mr.
Williams' base salary. Moreover, the Company agreed that certain additional
unvested restricted stock to purchase up to 77,283 shares of Common Stock of the
Company held by Mr. Williams would continue to vest during the five month period
following his resignation from the Company. The Company also agreed to pay Mr.
Williams $1,000 for each day that he performed consulting services for the
Company during the five months following his resignation; however, Mr. Williams
did not perform any consulting services for the Company during such period. In
addition, under the terms of a restricted stock purchase agreement the Company
previously entered into with Mr. Williams, in connection with Mr. Williams'
resignation, the Company purchased 128,804 shares of restricted stock that had
been held by Mr. Williams for $24,999.81.
 
    In connection with Richard Blass' resignation as Vice President, Americas
Finance, in November 1996, the Company entered into a Separation Agreement with
Mr. Blass whereby it agreed to pay Mr. Blass five and one-half months salary at
a rate of $11,500.00 per month following his resignation. The Company also
agreed to pay Mr. Blass an additional six months salary, at the same rate of
$11,500.00 per month, either in a lump sum payment or over six months following
such five and one-half month transition period. Under his Separation Agreement,
the Company also agreed to pay Mr. Blass up to $5,000 for outplacement services.
 
    In January 1997, the Company made a loan in the principal amount of $150,000
to Alan Henricks, the Company's former Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer, at an interest rate of seven percent (7.0%) per annum in
connection with his appointment as Chief Financial Officer. Under the terms of
the loan, $50,000 of principal would be forgiven on December 20 of each year
that Mr. Henricks remained an employee of the Company. In connection with Mr.
Henricks' resignation in April 1997, the
 
                                       63
<PAGE>
Company entered into a Separation Agreement with Mr. Henricks whereby the
Company agreed to pay Mr. Henricks nine months salary at a rate of $25,000.00
per month following his resignation. In addition, Mr. Henricks agreed to repay
the outstanding principal and interest under the note in equal monthly
installments of $17,156.00 through deductions from Mr. Henricks' monthly
severance payments described above.
 
    In connection with David H. Stanley's resignation as Vice President, Legal,
and General Counsel in October 1997, the Company entered into a Separation
Agreement with Mr. Stanley whereby the Company agreed to pay Mr. Stanley six
months salary at a rate of $16,666.67 per month following his resignation. In
addition, the Company agreed that unvested options to purchase up to an
aggregate of 150,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company held by Mr. Stanley
would continue to vest during a one month transition period. Under the
Separation Agreement the Company also agreed to pay Mr. Stanley up to $5,000 for
outplacement services.
 
    In January 1989, the Company entered into an Employment Agreement with
Philip E. White, the Company's former Chairman, President and Chief Executive
Officer which provided for certain severance arrangements in the event Mr. White
left the Company. In addition, in connection with their resignation from their
respective positions with the Company in fiscal 1997, Ronald M. Alvarez, the
Company's former Vice President, American Sales, Edwin C. Winder, the Company's
former Vice President, Japan Operations, and D. Kenneth Coulter, the Company's
former Vice President, Worldwide Field Operations, entered into Separation
Agreements with the Company. For a description of the Company's severance
obligations to Messrs. White, Alvarez and Coulter under their respective
agreements with the Company, see "Management--Employment Agreements on Change in
Control Arrangements."
 
    Albert F. Knorp, a director of the Company, is of counsel to the law firm of
Gray Cary Ware & Freidenrich, which provided legal services to the Company in
1996 in connection with certain corporate, licensing and trademark matters.
 
    On November 17, 1997, the Company issued 160,000 shares of Series A-1
Preferred in cancellation of and exchange for all of the outstanding Series A
Preferred previously issued in connection with a Subscription Agreement, dated
August 12, 1997, between Fletcher International Limited and the Company. The
issuance of the Series A-1 Preferred in exchange for the Series A Preferred was
effected in reliance on the exemption under Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities
Act. See "Description of Capital Stock-- Preferred Stock."
 
    In connection with the issuance of the Series B Preferred in November 1997,
the Company paid The Shemano Group, Inc. ("Shemano") a fee of $1,000,000 for
financial advisory services provided in connection with such financing. In
addition, the Company issued Shemano 100,000 shares of its Common Stock, which
are being registered and offered for resale pursuant to this Prospectus. The
Company also agreed to issue Shemano a warrant to purchase up to an additional
50,000 shares of Common Stock in the event that, as of April 17, 1998, the
trading price of the Company's Common Stock is less than $12.50.
 
                                       64
<PAGE>
                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
    The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial
ownership of the Company's outstanding equity securities as of September 28,
1997, after giving effect to the conversion of all of the Company's Series B
Preferred Stock into 12,500,000 shares of Common Stock based upon an assumed
conversion price of $4.00 per share and the Warrants to acquire an aggregate of
2,700,000 shares of Common Stock and the issuance of 100,000 shares of Common
Stock of the Company to Shemano in connection with the Company's sale of the
Series B Preferred, by (i) each person or entity who is known by the Company to
own beneficially 5% or more of the Company's outstanding Common Stock or Series
A-1 Preferred Stock; (ii) each director of the Company; (iii) each of the Named
Executive Officers; (iv) all current directors and executive officers of the
Company as a group; and (v) each Selling Stockholder. Both the Series A-1
Preferred and the Series B Preferred are non-voting equity securities. See
"Description of Capital Stock--Preferred Stock."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP                   BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP
                                                               PRIOR TO OFFERING (2)                    AFTER OFFERING (2)
                                                              ------------------------   NUMBER OF   ------------------------
                                                                           PERCENT OF     SHARES                  PERCENT OF
NAME AND ADDRESS OF STOCKHOLDER(1)                              NUMBER        CLASS       OFFERED      NUMBER        CLASS
- ------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
COMMON STOCK
 
5% STOCKHOLDERS
  The Equitable Companies Incorporated (3)..................   13,192,382        8.0%           --    13,192,382        8.0%
  787 Seventh Avenue
  New York, New York 10019
 
DIRECTORS AND CURRENT EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
  Leslie G. Denend (4)......................................           --          --                         --          --
  Jean-Yves F. Dexmier (5)..................................           --          --           --            --          --
  Robert J. Finocchio, Jr. (6)..............................          100                       --           100           *
  Albert F. Knorp, Jr. (7)..................................      153,868           *           --       153,868           *
  James L. Koch (8).........................................       84,000           *           --        84,000           *
  Thomas A. McDonnell (9)...................................      130,000           *           --       130,000           *
  Myron (Mike) Saranga (10).................................      226,760           *           --       226,760           *
  Cyril J. Yansouni (11)....................................       40,000           *           --        40,000           *
  All current directors and executive officers as a group
    (14 persons) (12).......................................    1,747,179        1.1%           --     1,747,179        1.1%
 
FORMER EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
  Ronald M. Alvarez (13)....................................       38,750           *           --        38,750           *
  D. Kenneth Coulter (14)...................................      292,701           *           --       292,701           *
  Howard H. Graham (15).....................................        5,098           *           --         5,098           *
  Phillip E. White (16).....................................    1,307,819           *           --     1,307,891           *
  Edwin C. Winder (17)......................................      311,605           *           --       311,605           *
 
SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
  CC Investments, LDC (18)(19)..............................    3,800,000        2.3%    3,800,000            --          --
  Proprietary Convertible Investment Group Inc. (18)(20)....    6,080,000        3.7%    6,080,000            --          --
  Capital Ventures International (18)(21)...................    5,320,000        3.2%    5,320,000            --          --
  The Shemano Group Inc. (22)...............................      100,000           *      100,000            --          --
 
SERIES A-1 PREFERRED STOCK
 
5% STOCKHOLDERS
  Fletcher International Limited (23).......................      300,000      100.0%           --       300,000      100.0%
  c/o Midland Bank Trust Corporation (Cayman) Limited
  P.O. Box 1109, Mary Street
  Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands
  British West Indies
</TABLE>
 
- --------------------------
 
*   Less than 1%.
 
                                       65
<PAGE>
 (1) Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each listed stockholder, other
     than the Selling Stockholders, is c/o Informix Corporation, 4100 Bohannon
     Drive, Menlo Park, California 94025. Except as otherwise indicated, and
     subject to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the
     table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of
     Common Stock held by them.
 
 (2) For figures related to holdings of Common Stock, applicable percentage
     ownership is based on 165,028,733 shares of Common Stock outstanding as of
     September 28, 1997, together with applicable options or warrants for such
     stockholder. Such outstanding Common Stock share figure assumes (i) the
     conversion of the outstanding Series B Preferred into 12,500,000 shares of
     Common Stock based on an assumed conversion price of $4.00 per share and
     (ii) the issuance of 100,000 shares of Common Stock to Shemano in
     connection with the Company's sale of the Series B Preferred. Beneficial
     ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Commission and
     generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities,
     subject to community property laws, where applicable. Shares of Common
     Stock or Series A-1 Preferred subject to options or warrants that are
     presently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of September 28, 1997
     are deemed to be beneficially owned by the person holding such options or
     warrants for the purpose of computing the percentage of ownership of such
     person but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the
     percentage of any other person. To the extent that any shares are issued
     upon exercise of options, warrants or other rights to acquire the Company's
     capital stock that are presently outstanding or granted in the future or
     reserved for future issuance under the Company's stock plans, there will be
     further dilution to new public investors.
 
 (3) Based solely on a Schedule 13G, dated February 13, 1997, filed with the
     Commission, indicating beneficial ownership as of December 31, 1996.
 
 (4) Mr. Denend is a member of the Company's Board of Directors.
 
 (5) Mr. Dexmier is the Company's Executive Vice President, Finance, Chief
     Financial Officer and Secretary. See "Management--Employment Agreements and
     Change-in-Control Arrangements."
 
 (6) Mr. Finocchio is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. See
     "Management--Employment Agreements and Change-in-Control Arrangements."
 
 (7) Includes 25,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
     outstanding options which are presently exercisable or will become
     exercisable within 60 days of September 28, 1997. Mr. Knorp is a member of
     the Company's Board of Directors.
 
 (8) Includes 82,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
     outstanding options which are presently exercisable or will become
     exercisable within 60 days of September 28, 1997. Mr. Koch is a member of
     the Company's Board of Directors.
 
 (9) Includes 85,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
     outstanding options which are presently exercisable or will become
     exercisable within 60 days of September 28, 1997. Mr. McDonnell is a member
     of the Company's Board of Directors.
 
(10) Includes 225,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
     outstanding options which are presently exercisable or will become
     exercisable within 60 days of September 28, 1997. Mr. Saranga is the
     Company's Senior Vice President, Product Management and Development. Mr.
     Saranga forfeited options to aquire 46,000 shares of Common Stock in
     connection with an option repricing in November 1997; certain of those
     forfeited options are indicated as beneficially owned by Mr. Saranga. See
     "Management--Option Repricing."
 
(11) Includes 40,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
     outstanding options which are presently exercisable or will become
     exercisable within 60 days of September 28, 1997. Mr. Yansouni is a member
     of the Company's Board of Directors.
 
(12) Includes 923,500 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
     outstanding options which are presently exercisable or will become
     exercisable within 60 days of September 28, 1997.
 
(13) Includes 38,750 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
     outstanding options which are presently exercisable or will become
     exercisable within 60 days of September 28, 1997. Mr. Alvarez resigned as
     Vice President, American Sales, in April 1997. In connection with Mr.
     Alvarez's resignation, the Company agreed to pay Mr. Alvarez an additional
     six months salary following his resignation date pursuant to a Separation
     Agreement entered into with Mr. Alvarez; consequently, Mr. Alvarez's
     outstanding options remain exercisable until the three months from the end
     of his severance period. See "Employment Agreements and Change in Control
     Arrangements."
 
                                       66
<PAGE>
(14) Includes 283,750 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
     outstanding options which are presently exercisable or will become
     exercisable within 60 days of September 28, 1997. Mr. Coulter resigned as
     Executive Vice President, Worldwide Field Operations, in July 1997. In
     connection with Mr. Coulter's resignation, the Company is paying Mr.
     Coulter severance through December 31, 1997 pursuant to an Employment
     Agreement previously entered into with Mr. Coulter; consequently Mr.
     Coulter's outstanding options remain exercisable until three months from
     the end of his severance period. See "Certain Transactions."
 
(15) Mr. Graham resigned as Senior Vice President, Finance, and Chief Financial
     Officer in December 1996. Such share figure is based solely on a Form 4 for
     Mr. Graham filed with the Commission on March 10, 1997, indicating
     beneficial ownership as of February 28, 1997.
 
(16) Includes 1,295,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
     outstanding options which are presently exercisable or will become
     exercisable within 60 days of September 28, 1997. Mr. White resigned as
     Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer
     in July 1997. In connection with Mr. White's resignation, the Company is
     paying Mr. White an additional six months salary following his resignation
     date pursuant to an Employment Agreement previously entered into with Mr.
     White; consequently Mr. White's outstanding options remain exercisable
     until three months from the end of his severance period. See "Employment
     Agreements and Change in Control Arrangements" and "Certain Transactions."
 
(17) Includes 297,500 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
     outstanding options which are presently exercisable or will become
     exercisable within 60 days of September 28, 1997. Mr. Winder resigned as
     Senior Vice President, Japan Operations, in April 1997. In connection with
     Mr. Winder's resignation, the Company agreed to pay Mr. Winder an
     additional six months salary following his resignation date pursuant to a
     Separation Agreement entered into with Mr. Winder; consequently, Mr.
     Winder's outstanding options remain exercisable until three months from the
     end of his severance period. See "Employment Agreements and Change in
     Control Arrangements."
 
(18) Assumes (i) the conversion of all of such Selling Stockholder's Series B
     Preferred into shares of Common Stock based on an assumed conversion price
     of $4.00 per share and, upon conversion of the Series B Preferred, (ii) the
     issuance and immediate exercisability of the Warrants based on the $4.00
     per share conversion price. For a description of the terms of conversion of
     the Series B Preferred, see "Description of Capital Stock--Preferred
     Stock."
 
(19) Includes 675,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Warrants
     held by such Selling Stockholder. Prior to the assumed conversion Series B
     Preferred, such Selling Stockholder held 12,500 shares of Series B
     Preferred, representing 25.0% of the Series B Preferred outstanding as of
     the date of this Prospectus.
 
(20) Includes 1,080,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
     Warrants held by such Selling Stockholder. Prior to the assumed conversion
     Series B Preferred, such Selling Stockholder held 20,000 shares of Series B
     Preferred, representing 40.0% of the Series B Preferred outstanding as of
     the date of this Prospectus.
 
(21) Includes 945,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Warrants
     held by such Selling Stockholder. Prior to the assumed conversion Series B
     Preferred, such Selling Stockholder held 17,500 shares of Series B
     Preferred, representing 35.0% of the Series B Preferred outstanding as of
     the date of this Prospectus.
 
(22) Such shares were issued in connection with the sale of the Series B
     Preferred. See "Certain Transactions."
 
(23) Includes 140,000 shares of Series A-1 Preferred issuable upon exercise of
     the Series A-1 Warrant, which is presently exercisable. Based upon the
     assumed exercise of the Series A-1 Warrant and an assumed Series A-1
     Preferred conversion price of $4.00 per share, the maximum number of shares
     of Common Stock of the Company that could be issued upon conversion of the
     Series A-1 Preferred is 13,674,500 shares of Common Stock, which would
     represent 7.7% of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company prior to the
     offering. See "Description of Capital Stock--Preferred Stock."
 
                                       67
<PAGE>
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
GENERAL
 
    The Company is authorized to issue 500,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.01
par value, and 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value. Of the
Preferred Stock, 440,000 shares have been designated Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock, none of which are outstanding; 440,000 shares have been
designated Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock, of which 160,000 shares are
outstanding and of which 140,000 shares are issuable upon exercise of an
outstanding warrant; and 50,000 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock,
all of which are outstanding. As of September 28, 1997, the Company had an
aggregate of 152,428,733 shares of Common Stock outstanding (not including (i)
shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A-1 Preferred or
the Series B Preferred and (ii) 100,000 shares of Common Stock issued to Shemano
in connection with the Company's sale of the Series B Preferred), and an
additional 19,292,160 shares of Common Stock were issuable upon exercise of
outstanding options, of which 8,152,335 shares were vested and exercisable.
 
    The following description of the Company's capital stock does not purport to
be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by the Company's
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, by the Company's
Certificates of Designation of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A-1
Convertible Preferred Stock and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, by the
Rights Agreement and by the applicable provisions of Delaware law.
 
    The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws as well as
the Rights Agreement contain certain provisions that are intended to enhance the
likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the Board of
Directors and which may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a
future takeover or change in control of the Company unless such takeover or
change in control is approved by the Board of Directors. In addition,
acquisitions of the Company and certain other change-in-control transactions may
not be effected without the consent of the holders of the outstanding Preferred
Stock or without requiring the acquiring entity to assume the Preferred Stock or
cause such Preferred Stock to be redeemed. These provisions are likely to make
an acquisition of the Company more difficult and expensive and could discourage
potential acquirors.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
    Holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to
be voted upon by the stockholders. Holders of Common Stock do not have
cumulative voting rights, and, therefore, holders of a majority of the shares
voting for the election of directors can elect all of the directors. In such
event, the holders of the remaining shares will not be able to elect any
directors.
 
    Holders of the Common Stock are entitled to receive such dividends as may be
declared from time to time by the Board of Directors out of funds legally
available therefor, subject to the terms of any existing or future agreements
between the Company and its debtholders. The Company has never declared or paid
cash dividends on its capital stock, expects to retain future earnings, if any,
for use in the operation and expansion of its business, and does not anticipate
paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In the event of the
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of Common
Stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets legally available for
distribution after payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the
prior rights of any holders of Preferred Stock then outstanding.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The Company is authorized to issue 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock. The
Board of Directors has the authority to issue the Preferred Stock in one or more
series and to fix the price, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions
thereof, including dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting
 
                                       68
<PAGE>
rights, terms of redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preferences and the
number of shares constituting a series or the designation of such series,
without any further vote or action by the Company's stockholders. To date, the
Company has used its ability to designate new series of Preferred Stock in
transactions intended to raise additional capital for the Company. The ability
to issue additional shares of Preferred Stock, however, also provides desirable
flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate
purposes but could also have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a
change in control of the Company without further action by the stockholders and
may adversely affect the market price of, and the voting and other rights of,
the holders of Common Stock. The issuance of Preferred Stock with voting and
conversion rights may adversely affect the voting power of the holders of Common
Stock, including the loss of voting control to others.
 
    On August 12, 1997, the Company issued 160,000 shares of Series A Preferred
to Fletcher International Limited ("Fletcher") for net proceeds of $37.2
million. In addition, the Company granted Fletcher a warrant to acquire up to an
additional 140,000 shares of Series A Preferred for a purchase price per share
of $250. On November 17, 1997, the Company issued 160,000 shares of the Series
A-1 Preferred in cancellation of and exchange for all of the outstanding Series
A Preferred previously issued to Fletcher. In connection with such cancellation
and exchange, the Company and Fletcher also agreed to cancel the previously
granted warrant to acquire Series A Preferred for the Series A-1 Warrant. The
rights, preferences and privileges of the Series A-1 Preferred are substantially
identical to those of the previously outstanding Series A Preferred, except that
the mandatory redemption terms and certain other provisions differ. In
particular, the holders of Series A Preferred could require the Company to
redeem the Series A Preferred in the event certain conditions were not met in
connection with a third party acquiring the Company or substantially all of its
assets. Under the terms of the Series A-1 Preferred, however, the Company, not
the holders of the Series A-1 Preferred, may make an election to redeem the
Series A-1 Preferred in the event of such a change of control transaction. As a
result of these differences, the Series A Preferred was excluded from
stockholders' equity in the Company's consolidated balance sheet, while the
Series A-1 Preferred is included in stockholders' equity.
 
    The Series A-1 Preferred is convertible into shares of Common Stock at any
time after issuance. At the holder's option, each share of Series A-1 Preferred,
which has a face value of $250, is convertible into Common Stock at a per share
price equal to 101% of the average price of the Common Stock for the 30 trading
days ending five trading days prior to the conversion, but not greater than the
lesser of (i) 105% of the Common Stock average price of the first five trading
days of such thirty day period or (ii) $12. The number of shares of Common Stock
to be issued upon conversion will vary based on future stock price movements.
Holders of the Series A-1 Preferred will not be entitled to convert the Series
A-1 Preferred into more than 13,674,500 shares of Common Stock without first
giving the Company 65 days prior notice. Holders of the A-1 Preferred will be
entitled to a 15% annual dividend, payable quarterly in cash, in the event of
(i) the Company's failure to obtain stockholder approval within 90 days
following any date when the number of shares of Common Stock issuable or issued
upon conversion of the A-1 Preferred would have exceeded 19.9% of the Company's
outstanding Common Stock or (ii) the failure of the Company to have a
registration statement declared effective by the Commission under the Securities
Act within 180 days following the request of the holders of the Series A-1
Preferred. Such dividend rights will continue to accrue until such default has
been cured or the shares have been converted or redeemed. See "--Registration
Rights." In the event holders of the Series A-1 Preferred object to the terms of
a proposed acquisition of the Company, the Company may redeem shares of the
Series A-1 Preferred at a price of $250 per share, plus any accrued but unpaid
dividends. In the event the Company fails to redeem such shares, such failure
will be deemed a default and the Company will be obligated to pay a 15% annual
dividend (payable quarterly in cash) on such shares until redeemed or converted.
In the event the Company defaults on the payment of any required dividend, the
holders of Series A-1 Preferred will be entitled, voting separately as a class,
to appoint and elect a number of directors (not less than one) to the Company's
Board of Directors such that, following such election, such new directors will
represent a percentage of the total members of the Board that most nearly
approximates the percentage of ownership
 
                                       69
<PAGE>
of the Company held by the holders of the Series A-1 Preferred on a
fully-diluted basis. The Series A-1 Preferred will automatically convert into
Common Stock 18 months following the date of its issuance by the Company;
however, in the event the Company defaults on the payment of a required dividend
other than as a result of a failure to redeem in connection with certain
acquisitions, the automatic conversion date of the Series A-1 Preferred will be
extended for a one-year period beginning on the date the default is first cured.
The automatic conversion date may also be extended for additional periods under
other circumstances. See "Risk Factors--Risks Associated with Convertible
Preferred Stock Financings."
 
    The Series B Preferred is convertible at the election of the holder into
shares of Common Stock beginning on the date six months after issuance, and at
any time prior to such date upon the occurrence of certain events, including
merger and similar transactions which would result in a change of control of the
Company. The currently outstanding Series B Preferred was originally issued on
November 17, 1997. The Series B Preferred will automatically convert into Common
Stock three years following the date of its issuance by the Company. Each share
of Series B Preferred, which has a face value of $1,000, is convertible into (i)
shares of Common Stock at a per share price equal to the lowest of (A) the
average of the closing bid prices for the Common Stock for the 22 trading days
immediately prior to the 180th day following the initial issuance date of the
Series B Preferred, (B) 101% of the average of the closing bid prices for the
Common Stock for the 22 trading days ending five trading days prior to the date
of actual conversion, or (C) 101% of the lowest closing bid price for the Common
Stock during the five trading days immediately prior to the date of actual
conversion and (ii) Warrants to acquire that number of shares of Common Stock
equal to 20% of the shares determined pursuant to item (i). The exercise price
for the Warrants will be equal to 110% of the lesser of (A) the average of the
closing bid price for the Common Stock on the five trading days prior to
November 17, 1997 and (B) the average of the closing bid price for the Common
Stock on the five trading days occurring immediately prior to the date six
months after November 17, 1997. The conversion price of the Series B Preferred
is subject to modification and adjustment upon the occurrence of specified
events. The Series B Preferred accrues cumulative dividends at an annual rate of
5% of the face value of each share of Series B Preferred. The dividend is
generally payable upon the conversion or redemption of the Series B Preferred,
and may be paid in cash or, at the Company's election subject to certain
conditions, in shares of Common Stock. The Series B Preferred is junior to the
Company's outstanding Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock in respect of
liquidation preference and the right to receive dividend payments. See "Risk
Factors--Risks Associated with Convertible Preferred Stock Financings".
 
    In connection with the issuance of the Series B Preferred in November 1997,
the Company paid Shemano a fee of $1,000,000 for financial advisory services
provided in connection with such financing. In addition, the Company issued
Shemano 100,000 shares of its Common Stock, which are being registered and
offered for resale pursuant to this Prospectus. The Company also agreed to issue
Shemano a warrant to purchase up to an additional 50,000 shares of Common Stock
in the event that, as of April 17, 1998, the trading price of the Company's
Common Stock is less than $12.50.
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
    The Company has agreed that if the Commission imposes a holding period for
securities issued in reliance on the exemption from registration set forth in
Regulation S under the Securities Act longer than the 40 day period currently in
effect or materially restricts the ability of the holders of the Series A-1
Preferred to sell or otherwise dispose of such securities pursuant to Regulation
S, upon the request of the Series A-1 Preferred holders, the Company will file
with the Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act covering
that number of shares of the Company's Common Stock issued or issuable to such
holders upon conversion of the Series A-1 Preferred, and thereafter to use its
best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective. The
Company has agreed to use its best efforts to keep any such registration
effective until the earlier of the date at which time all applicable securities
have been
 
                                       70
<PAGE>
sold, the second anniversary of the issuance of the Series A Preferred shares or
at such time that such securities may otherwise be sold to the public absent
registration.
 
    The Company also agreed to file with the Commission within 45 days following
the sale of the Series B Preferred a registration statement under the Securities
Act covering not less than 150% of that number of shares of Common Stock
issuable to the Series B Preferred holders upon conversion of the Series B
Preferred and upon exercise of the Warrants at the time of filing, and
thereafter to use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to
become effective. If the Commission has not declared the registration statement
filed in connection with the Series B Preferred effective prior to the 150th day
after the sale of such securities, the Company will be obligated to pay certain
damages to the Series B Preferred holders. The Company has agreed to maintain
the effectiveness of the registration statement filed in connection with the
Series B Preferred until the earlier to occur of the date on which all of the
applicable securities have been sold thereunder or such time that such
securities may be sold to the public without registration. In addition, the
Company has granted "piggyback" registration rights to holders of the Series B
Preferred, which permit such holders to include shares of Common Stock issuable
upon conversion of the Series B Preferred and upon exercise of the Warrants in
certain registration statements which may be filed by the Company covering the
sale of shares of Common Stock for the account of the Company.
 
ANTITAKEOVER EFFECTS OF PROVISIONS OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS;
  RIGHTS AGREEMENT
 
    The Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides
that all stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called annual or special
meeting and may not be effected by written consent. The Company's Bylaws provide
that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of the stockholders
can only be called by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of
Directors, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or stockholders holding
shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than 10% of the votes at such
meeting. In addition, the Company's Bylaws establish an advance notice procedure
for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of
stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to the
Board. Stockholders at an annual meeting may only consider proposals or
nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by
or at the direction of the Board of Directors or by a stockholder who was a
stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to
vote at the meeting and who has delivered timely written notice in proper form
to the Company's Secretary of the stockholder's intention to bring such business
before the meeting.
 
    The Company's Board of Directors has declared a dividend of one Purchase
Right (a "Right") under the Company's Rights Agreement for each share of the
Company's Common Stock outstanding on September 17, 1991 or thereafter issued.
When exercisable, each Right initially entitles the holder to purchase one share
of Common Stock at a specified price. The Rights become exercisable on the
earlier of: (i) the tenth day (or such later date as may be determined by a
majority of the Company's Directors not affiliated with the acquiring person or
group (the "Continuing Directors")) after a person or group has acquired, or
obtained the right to acquire, beneficial ownership of 20% of more of the
Company's outstanding Common Stock or (ii) the tenth business day (or such later
date as may be determined by a majority of the Continuing Directors) following
the commencement of, or announcement of an intention to make, a tender offer or
exchange offer the consummation of which would result in beneficial ownership by
a person or group of 20% or more of the Company's outstanding Common Stock. If
an acquiror obtains 20% or more of the Company's outstanding Common Stock (other
than in certain permitted transactions), and unless the Rights are earlier
redeemed, the holder of each unexercised Right will have the right to receive
shares of the Company's Common Stock having a value equal to two times the
purchase price. Similarly, unless the Rights are earlier redeemed, after the
tenth day following certain acquisition transactions, proper provision must be
made so that holders of Rights (other than those beneficially owned by an
acquiring person, which will thereafter be void) will thereafter have the right
to receive, upon exercise, shares of common stock of the acquiring company
having a value equal to two times the purchase
 
                                       71
<PAGE>
price. The Rights Agreement has been amended so as to prevent holders of the
Series A-1 Preferred and the holders of the Series B Preferred from being deemed
acquiring persons under the Rights Agreement by virtue of their beneficial
ownership of securities issued or issuable in connection with the sale and
issuance of Preferred Stock. The Rights expire on July 25, 2005 or on their
earlier exchange, redemption or expiration in connection with certain permitted
transactions. See "Executive Compensation--Employment Agreements and Change in
Control Arrangements."
 
    The foregoing provisions of the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate
of Incorporation Bylaws and the Rights Agreement are intended to enhance the
likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the Board of
Directors and in the policies formulated by the Board of Directors and to
discourage certain types of transactions which may involve an actual or
threatened change of control of the Company. Such provisions are designed to
reduce the vulnerability of the Company to an unsolicited acquisition proposal
and, accordingly, could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could
delay or prevent a change in control of the Company. Such provisions are also
intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights but
could, however, have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers
for the Company's shares and, consequently, may also inhibit fluctuations in the
market price of the Company's shares that could result from actual or rumored
takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing
changes in the management of the Company. In addition, acquisitions of the
Company and certain other change-in-control transactions may not be effected
without the consent of the holders of the outstanding Preferred Stock or without
requiring the acquiring entity to assume the Preferred Stock or cause such
Preferred Stock to be redeemed. These provisions are likely to make an
acquisition of the Company more difficult and expensive and could discourage
potential acquirors. See "Risk Factors--Risks Associated with Convertible
Preferred Stock Financings" and "--Effect of Certain Charter Provisions;
Limitation of Liability of Directors; Antitakeover Effects of Delaware Law."
 
EFFECT OF DELAWARE ANTITAKEOVER STATUTE
 
    The Company is subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation
Law (the "Antitakeover Law"), which regulates corporate acquisitions. The
Antitakeover Law prevents certain Delaware corporations, including those whose
securities are listed for trading on the Nasdaq National Market, from engaging,
under certain circumstances in a "business combination" with any "interested
stockholder" for three years following the date that such stockholder became an
interested stockholder. For purposes of the Antitakeover Law, a "business
combination" includes, among other things, a merger or consolidation involving
the Company and the interested shareholder and the sale of more than ten percent
(10%) of the Company's assets. In general, the Antitakeover Law defines an
"interested stockholder" as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more
the outstanding voting stock of the Company and any entity or person affiliated
with or controlling or controlled by such entity or person. A Delaware
corporation may "opt out" of the Antitakeover Law with an express provision in
its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its
certificate of incorporation or bylaws resulting from amendments approved by the
holders of at least a majority of the Company's outstanding voting shares. The
Company has not "opted out" of the provisions of the Antitakeover Law. See "Risk
Factors--Effect of Certain Charter Provisions; Limitation of Liability of
Directors; Antitakeover Effects of Delaware Law."
 
TRANSFER AGENT
 
    The Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Common Stock is Boston Equiserve
LP.
 
                                       72
<PAGE>
                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
 
    The Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the Shares. The
Shares are being offered on behalf of the Selling Stockholders. The Shares may
be sold or distributed from time to time by the Selling Stockholders, or by
pledgees, donees or transferees of, or other successors in interest to, the
Selling Stockholders, directly to one or more purchasers (including pledgees) or
through brokers, dealers or underwriters who may act solely as agents or may
acquire Shares as principals, at market prices prevailing at the time of sale,
at prices related to such prevailing market prices, at negotiated prices, or at
fixed prices, which may be changed. The sale of the Shares may be effected in
one or more of the following methods: (i) ordinary brokers' transactions, which
may include long or short sales; (ii) transactions involving cross or block
trades or otherwise on the Nasdaq National Stock Market; (iii) purchases by
brokers, dealers or underwriters as principal and resale by such purchasers for
their own accounts pursuant to this Prospectus; (iv) "at the market" to or
through market makers or into an existing market for the Shares; (v) in other
ways not involving market makers or established trading markets, including
direct sales to purchases or sales effected through agents; (vi) through
transactions in options, swaps or other derivatives (whether exchange-listed or
otherwise); or (vii) any combination of the foregoing, or by any other legally
available means. In addition, the Selling Stockholders or their successors in
interest may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers who may engage
in short sales of Shares in the course of hedging the positions they assume with
the Selling Stockholders. The Selling Stockholders or their successors in
interest may also enter into option or other transactions with broker-dealers
that require the delivery by such broker-dealers of the Shares, which Shares may
be resold thereafter pursuant to this Prospectus.
 
    Brokers, dealers, underwriters or agents participating in the distribution
of the Shares as agents may receive compensation in the form of commissions,
discounts or concessions from the Selling Stockholders and/or purchasers of the
Shares for whom such broker-dealers may act as agent, or to whom they may sell
as principal, or both (which compensation as to a particular broker-dealer may
be less than or in excess of customary commissions). The Selling Stockholders
and any broker-dealers who act in connection with the sale of Shares hereunder
may be deemed to be "Underwriters" within the meaning of the Securities Act, and
any commissions they receive and proceeds of any sale of Shares may be deemed to
be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act. Neither the
Company nor any Selling Stockholder can presently estimate the amount of such
compensation. The Company knows of no existing arrangements between any Selling
Stockholder, any other stockholder, broker, dealer, underwriter or agent
relating to the sale or distribution of the Shares.
 
    To the extent required, the specific shares of Common Stock to be sold, the
names of the Selling Stockholders, purchase price, public offering price, the
names of any such agent, dealer or underwriter and any applicable commission or
discount with respect to a particular offering will be set forth in an
accompanying Prospectus Supplement.
 
    The Company has agreed to bear certain expenses of registration of the
Common Stock under the federal and state securities laws and of any offering and
sale hereunder not including certain expenses such as commissions or discounts
of underwriters, dealers or agents and fees attributable to the sale of the
Shares. The Company has agreed to indemnify the Selling Stockholders against
certain liabilities, including certain potential liabilities under the
Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the Selling Stockholders may be
required to make in respect thereof. See "Description of Capital
Stock--Registration Rights."
 
    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Company,
the Company has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and
is, therefore, unenforceable.
 
                                       73
<PAGE>
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    The validity of the Common Stock offered hereby will be passed upon for the
Company by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo
Alto, California.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The consolidated financial statements of Informix Corporation at December
31, 1996, 1995 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
1996, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited
by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon
appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given
upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                                       74
<PAGE>
                              INFORMIX CORPORATION
 
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                                             ---------
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Informix Corporation Consolidated Financial Statements:
 
  Report of Independent Auditors...........................................................................     F-2
 
  Consolidated Balance Sheets..............................................................................     F-3
 
  Consolidated Statements of Operations....................................................................     F-4
 
  Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit).................................................     F-5
 
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows....................................................................     F-6
 
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements...............................................................  F-7
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND STOCKHOLDERS--INFORMIX CORPORATION
 
    We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Informix
Corporation as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the related consolidated
statements of operations, stockholders' equity (deficit), and cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996 (as restated).
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based
on our audits.
 
    We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    Since the date of completion of our audit of the accompanying financial
statements and initial issuance of our report thereon dated February 3, 1997,
the Company, as discussed in Note 2, has experienced a substantial reduction in
revenues and operating losses that adversely affect the Company's current
results of operations and liquidity. Note 2 describes management's plans to
address these issues.
 
    In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Informix
Corporation at December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the consolidated results of its
operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                          /s/ Ernst & Young LLP
 
San Jose, California
February 3, 1997, except as to Notes 1, 2, 3 and 12,
as to which the date is November 16, 1997.
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                              INFORMIX CORPORATION
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
               (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER-SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          RESTATED--SEE NOTE 1
                                                                                      ----------------------------
                                                                                      DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                          1996           1995
                                                        SEPTEMBER 28,    PRO FORMA    -------------  -------------
                                                            1997         (NOTE 6)
                                                        -------------  SEPTEMBER 28,
                                                                           1997
                                                         (UNAUDITED)   -------------
                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
                                                      ASSETS
Current Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents...........................    $  78,935                     $ 226,508      $ 164,305
  Short-term investments..............................       16,535                        34,512         88,904
  Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful
    accounts of $29,541 at September 28, 1997 and
    $21,429 in 1996 and $12,584 in 1995...............      137,223                       194,499        166,716
  Deferred taxes......................................       50,655                        42,133         24,536
  Other current assets................................       25,022                        35,662         28,155
                                                        -------------                 -------------  -------------
    Total current assets..............................      308,370                       533,314        472,616
                                                        -------------                 -------------  -------------
Property and equipment, at cost
  Land................................................       59,258                        --             --
  Computer equipment..................................      206,421                       225,336        103,650
  Office equipment and leasehold improvements.........       76,756                        67,982         49,292
  Less accumulated depreciation and amortization......     (154,228)                     (106,591)       (71,310)
                                                        -------------                 -------------  -------------
                                                            188,207                       186,727         81,632
Software costs, less accumulated amortization of
  $25,508 at September 28, 1997 and $41,559 in 1996
  and $18,980 in 1995.................................       42,246                        54,486         36,866
Deferred taxes........................................       10,542                        10,542         21,021
Long-term investments.................................       11,726                         6,639          9,781
Intangible assets.....................................        8,297                        34,693         40,730
Other assets..........................................       18,210                        55,597         19,799
                                                        -------------                 -------------  -------------
Total assets..........................................    $ 587,598                     $ 881,998      $ 682,445
                                                        -------------                 -------------  -------------
                                                        -------------                 -------------  -------------
 
                                  LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current Liabilities:
  Accounts payable....................................    $  46,610                     $  65,446      $  29,646
  Accrued expenses....................................       69,290                        59,723         35,480
  Accrued employee compensation.......................       70,931                        57,626         49,911
  Income taxes payable................................        6,896                         7,369         34,392
  Deferred maintenance revenue........................       99,782                        94,981         66,792
  Advances on unearned license revenue................      210,269                       239,506         83,553
  Other liabilities...................................       59,485                         5,526          9,248
                                                        -------------                 -------------  -------------
    Total current liabilities.........................      563,263                       530,177        309,022
Other liabilities.....................................        6,927                         2,359          2,846
Deferred taxes........................................       24,085                        24,158         12,830
Commitments and contingencies
Series A Convertible Redeemable Preferred stock, par
  value $.01 per share, 160,000 issued and outstanding
  at September 28, 1997, aggregate liquidation
  preference of $40,000, none issued and outstanding
  pro forma...........................................       37,200      $  --             --             --
Stockholders' Equity (Deficit):
Preferred stock, par value $.01 per share--5,000,000
  shares authorized, none issued and outstanding at
  September 28, 1997; 160,000 Series A-1 shares issued
  and outstanding pro forma, aggregate liquidation
  preference of $40,000...............................       --                  2         --             --
Common stock, par value $.01 per share - 500,000,000
  shares authorized, issued 152,429,000 at September
  28, 1997, 150,782,000 and 147,984,000 in 1996 and
  1995, respectively..................................        1,524          1,524          1,508          1,480
Additional paid-in capital............................      252,558        289,756        243,564        204,448
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)...............     (287,338)      (287,338)        78,723        154,098
Unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale
  securities, net of tax..............................         (433)          (433)        11,690          4,064
Foreign currency translation adjustment...............      (10,188)       (10,188)       (10,181)        (6,343)
                                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
    Total stockholders' equity (deficit)..............      (43,877)     $  (6,677)       325,304        357,747
                                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                       -------------
      Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity......    $ 587,598                     $ 881,998      $ 682,445
                                                        -------------                 -------------  -------------
                                                        -------------                 -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
                See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                              INFORMIX CORPORATION
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER-SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      RESTATED--SEE NOTE 1
                                                                               ----------------------------------
                                                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                               ----------------------------------
                                                                                  1996        1995        1994
                                                      NINE MONTHS ENDED        ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                 ----------------------------
                                                 SEPTEMBER 28,  SEPTEMBER 29,
                                                     1997           1996
                                                 -------------  -------------
                                                  (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)
                                                                 (RESTATED)
<S>                                              <C>            <C>            <C>         <C>         <C>
Net revenues:
  Licenses.....................................   $   271,614    $   346,215   $  496,039  $  458,284  $  346,518
  Services.....................................       209,532        164,786      231,810     174,486     105,451
                                                 -------------  -------------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                      481,146        511,001      727,849     632,770     451,969
Costs and expenses:
  Cost of software distribution................        52,860         34,629       46,786      37,593      24,494
  Cost of services.............................       128,197        104,828      144,850      91,540      46,798
  Sales and marketing..........................       347,906        292,539      413,689     301,932     203,815
  Research and development.....................       108,420         87,539      120,211      85,643      64,264
  General and administrative...................        72,110         47,356       64,416      51,114      35,369
  Write-off of goodwill and other long-term
    assets.....................................        30,473        --            --          --          --
  Write-off of acquired research &
    development................................         7,000        --            --          --          --
  Restructuring charges........................       109,356        --            --          --          --
  Expenses related to Illustra merger..........       --               5,914        5,914      --          --
                                                 -------------  -------------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                      856,322        572,805      795,866     567,822     374,740
                                                 -------------  -------------  ----------  ----------  ----------
  Operating income (loss)......................      (375,176)       (61,804)     (68,017)     64,948      77,229
Interest income................................         3,691          6,671        9,868       8,148       3,970
Interest expense...............................        (5,372)        (4,073)      (5,784)     (2,522)       (551)
Other income (expense), net....................        17,596          1,821        2,899         120      (3,105)
                                                 -------------  -------------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Income (loss) before income taxes..............      (359,261)       (57,385)     (61,034)     70,694      77,543
Income taxes...................................         6,800          9,170       12,531      32,094      29,250
                                                 -------------  -------------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Net income (loss)..............................   $  (366,061)   $   (66,555)  $  (73,565) $   38,600  $   48,293
                                                 -------------  -------------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                 -------------  -------------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Net income (loss) per share....................   $     (2.41)   $     (0.45)  $    (0.49) $     0.26  $     0.34
                                                 -------------  -------------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                 -------------  -------------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Weighted average number of common and common
  equivalent shares outstanding................       151,708        149,194      149,310     150,627     142,782
</TABLE>
 
                See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                              INFORMIX CORPORATION
 
           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
 
                             (RESTATED--SEE NOTE 1)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                   UNREALIZED
                                                                                                                   GAIN (LOSS)
                                                                                                       RETAINED        ON
                                               COMMON STOCK       ADDITIONAL      TREASURY STOCK       EARNINGS    AVAILABLE-
                                          ----------------------    PAID-IN    --------------------  (ACCUMULATED   FOR-SALE
                                           SHARES      AMOUNT       CAPITAL     SHARES     AMOUNT      DEFICIT)    SECURITIES
                                          ---------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------  ------------  -----------
                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                       <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>
Balance, December 31, 1993..............    133,286   $   1,333    $ 127,176        (266) $  (2,431)  $   84,030    $  --
Exercise of stock options...............      1,170          11        3,557
Sale of stock to employees under
  employee stock purchase plan..........         90           1        1,052
Issuance of stock, net of costs.........      5,608          55       11,499
Tax benefits related to stock options...                              10,062
Foreign currency translation
  adjustment............................
Acquisition of treasury stock...........                                  (3)     (2,723)   (22,139)
Reissuance of treasury stock............                                           2,989     24,570      (16,655)
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale
  securities, net of tax................                                                                                  665
Net income (restated)...................                                                                  48,293
                                          ---------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------  ------------  -----------
Balance, December 31, 1994..............    140,154       1,400      153,343      --         --          115,668          665
Exercise of stock options...............      4,377          44       13,712
Sale of stock to employees under
  employee stock purchase plan..........        349           3        6,603
Issuance of stock, net of costs.........      2,571          28        7,508
Tax benefits related to stock options...                              21,291
Acquisition of STG......................        533           5        1,991                                (170)
Foreign currency translation
  adjustment............................
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale
  securities, net of tax................                                                                                3,399
Net income (restated)...................                                                                  38,600
                                          ---------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------  ------------  -----------
Balance, December 31, 1995..............    147,984       1,480      204,448      --         --          154,098        4,064
Exercise of stock options...............      2,182          22       13,343
Sale of stock to employees under
  employee stock purchase plan..........        616           6       10,986
Acquisition of treasury stock...........                                            (100)    (2,388)
Reissuance of treasury stock............                                             100      2,388       (1,810)
Tax benefits related to stock options...                              14,787
Foreign currency translation
  adjustment............................
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale
  securities, net of tax................                                                                                7,626
Net loss (restated).....................                                                                 (73,565)
                                          ---------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------  ------------  -----------
Balance at December 31, 1996............    150,782       1,508      243,564      --         --           78,723       11,690
Exercise of stock options
  (unaudited)...........................      1,088          11        3,335
Sale of stock to employees under
  employee stock purchase plan
  (unaudited)...........................        559           5        5,659
Foreign currency translation adjustment
  (unaudited)...........................
Change in unrealized gain (loss) on
  available-for-sale securities
  (unaudited)...........................                                                                              (12,123)
Net loss (unaudited)....................                                                                (366,061)
                                          ---------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------  ------------  -----------
Balance at September 28, 1997
  (unaudited)...........................    152,429   $   1,524    $ 252,558      --      $  --       $ (287,338)   $    (433)
                                          ---------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------  ------------  -----------
                                          ---------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------  ------------  -----------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                            FOREIGN
                                           CURRENCY
                                          TRANSLATION
                                          ADJUSTMENT     TOTALS
                                          -----------  ----------
 
<S>                                       <C>          <C>
Balance, December 31, 1993..............   $  (2,527)  $  207,581
Exercise of stock options...............                    3,568
Sale of stock to employees under
  employee stock purchase plan..........                    1,053
Issuance of stock, net of costs.........                   11,554
Tax benefits related to stock options...                   10,062
Foreign currency translation
  adjustment............................         851          851
Acquisition of treasury stock...........                  (22,142)
Reissuance of treasury stock............                    7,915
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale
  securities, net of tax................                      665
Net income (restated)...................                   48,293
                                          -----------  ----------
Balance, December 31, 1994..............      (1,676)     269,400
Exercise of stock options...............                   13,756
Sale of stock to employees under
  employee stock purchase plan..........                    6,606
Issuance of stock, net of costs.........                    7,536
Tax benefits related to stock options...                   21,291
Acquisition of STG......................                    1,826
Foreign currency translation
  adjustment............................      (4,667)      (4,667)
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale
  securities, net of tax................                    3,399
Net income (restated)...................                   38,600
                                          -----------  ----------
Balance, December 31, 1995..............      (6,343)     357,747
Exercise of stock options...............                   13,365
Sale of stock to employees under
  employee stock purchase plan..........                   10,992
Acquisition of treasury stock...........                   (2,388)
Reissuance of treasury stock............                      578
Tax benefits related to stock options...                   14,787
Foreign currency translation
  adjustment............................      (3,838)      (3,838)
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale
  securities, net of tax................                    7,626
Net loss (restated).....................                  (73,565)
                                          -----------  ----------
Balance at December 31, 1996............     (10,181)     325,304
Exercise of stock options
  (unaudited)...........................                    3,346
Sale of stock to employees under
  employee stock purchase plan
  (unaudited)...........................                    5,664
Foreign currency translation adjustment
  (unaudited)...........................          (7)          (7)
Change in unrealized gain (loss) on
  available-for-sale securities
  (unaudited)...........................                  (12,123)
Net loss (unaudited)....................                 (366,061)
                                          -----------  ----------
Balance at September 28, 1997
  (unaudited)...........................   $ (10,188)  $  (43,877)
                                          -----------  ----------
                                          -----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
                See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                              INFORMIX CORPORATION
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 RESTATED - SEE NOTE 1
                                                                                            -------------------------------
                                                                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                            -------------------------------
                                                                                              1996       1995       1994
                                                                   NINE MONTHS ENDED        ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                              ----------------------------
                                                              SEPTEMBER 28,  SEPTEMBER 29,
                                                                  1997           1996
                                                              -------------  -------------
                                                               (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)
                                                                              (RESTATED)
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>            <C>        <C>        <C>
Cash flow from operating activities:
  Net income (loss).........................................    $(366,061)     $ (66,555)   $ (73,565) $  38,600  $  48,293
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash,
    provided by (used in) operating activities:
    License revenue paid in advance (see contra)............      (51,025)       (40,867)     (58,206)   (34,237)    (8,140)
    Depreciation and amortization...........................       47,790         31,954       47,207     28,949     16,575
    Amortization and write-off of capitalized software......       30,672         10,802       14,626     12,041      7,848
    Deferred tax expense....................................       --             (3,519)      (3,965)   (16,577)    (4,103)
    Provisions for losses on accounts receivable............       12,962            479       14,983      8,508      3,837
    Write-off of goodwill and other long-term assets........       30,473         --           --         --         --
    Write-off of acquired research & development............        7,000         --           --         --         --
    Foreign currency transaction gain.......................       (4,229)        (2,805)      (5,349)    (4,609)    (1,323)
    Gain on sales of strategic investments..................       (8,231)        (1,867)      (3,856)    --         --
    Provisions for losses on strategic investments..........        3,786         --           --         --         --
    Loss on disposal of property and equipment..............       10,889          1,139        2,393        605     --
    Restructuring charges...................................       94,228         --           --         --         --
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
    Accounts receivable.....................................       34,618        (38,187)     (45,426)   (47,045)   (23,249)
    Other current assets....................................       (6,529)        (3,706)          89     (8,441)    (2,025)
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses...................        5,679         35,828       52,077     64,294     31,528
    Deferred maintenance revenue............................        7,361         15,553       29,590     17,197     11,613
                                                              -------------  -------------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Total cash provided by (used in) operating activities.......     (150,617)       (61,751)     (29,402)    59,285     80,854
                                                              -------------  -------------  ---------  ---------  ---------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Investments of excess cash:
  Purchases of held-to-maturity securities..................       --             --           --       (144,517)  (124,102)
  Purchases of available-for-sale securities................      (24,534)      (123,160)    (152,179)    (4,303)  (111,923)
  Maturities of held-to-maturity securities.................       --             --           --         83,159    106,513
  Maturities of available-for-sale securities...............       18,489         86,217      126,137      6,104     --
Purchases of strategic investments..........................       (2,250)        (3,750)     (12,737)    (1,000)    (1,623)
Proceeds from sales of strategic investments................       10,002          5,085        7,299     --         --
Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities........       30,676         25,703       83,696     27,261    140,866
Purchases of property and equipment.........................      (95,592)       (96,116)    (148,270)   (56,500)   (25,747)
Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment............        2,644          1,821        1,929        288     --
Additions to software costs.................................      (17,188)       (21,138)     (32,381)   (23,977)   (15,048)
Business combinations, net of cash acquired.................       (8,807)        (1,840)      (4,340)   (38,413)    (8,799)
Other.......................................................        9,918         (9,729)     (14,434)    (5,757)      (721)
                                                              -------------  -------------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net cash and cash equivalents used in investing
  activities................................................      (76,642)      (136,907)    (145,280)  (157,655)   (40,584)
                                                              -------------  -------------  ---------  ---------  ---------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Advances on unearned license revenue (see contra)...........       21,787        156,963      207,218    109,338     26,380
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net.................        9,011         14,761       24,357     27,898     15,836
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock...................       37,200         --           --         --         --
Principal payments on capital leases........................       (1,268)          (749)      (1,025)      (442)    (1,342)
Acquisition of common stock.................................       --             --           (2,388)    --        (22,141)
Reissuance of treasury stock................................       --             --              578     --          7,915
                                                              -------------  -------------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net cash and cash equivalents provided by financing
  activities................................................       66,730        170,975      228,740    136,794     26,648
                                                              -------------  -------------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash
  equivalents...............................................       12,956          7,170        8,145     (6,402)       554
                                                              -------------  -------------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents............     (147,573)       (20,513)      62,203     32,022     67,472
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period............      226,508        164,305      164,305    132,283     64,811
                                                              -------------  -------------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year....................    $  78,935      $ 143,792    $ 226,508  $ 164,305  $ 132,283
                                                              -------------  -------------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                              -------------  -------------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                              INFORMIX CORPORATION
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
                        DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
               (INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND FOR THE
                    NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND
                        SEPTEMBER 29, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 1--RESTATEMENT OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
    Subsequent to the filing of its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 1996 with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Company
became aware of errors and irregularities that ultimately affected the timing
and dollar amount of reported earned revenues from license transactions in 1996,
1995 and 1994. The irregularities took numerous forms and were primarily the
result of lack of compliance with or circumvention of the Company's procedures
and controls.
 
    The Company undertook and completed extended procedures related to license
transactions recorded in each year of the three-year period. As a result of
these findings and other relevant information now known or disclosed, the
Company has determined that a significant number and dollar amount of license
transactions were improperly reported as earned revenue in 1996, 1995 and 1994.
 
    Because of the pervasiveness of the aforementioned irregularities, the
Company has concluded that the earnings process for a significant number of
original license agreements with resellers (original equipment manufacturers,
distributors and value added resellers) was not complete at the time of delivery
of the master copy of the software to the reseller. Further, the Company has
learned that informal or otherwise undisclosed arrangements with a number of
resellers have resulted or could result in significant concessions or allowances
that were not accounted for when the revenue was originally reported as earned.
Accordingly, the Company has determined that this revenue is earned when the
licenses are resold or utilized by the reseller and after any related
obligations have been satisfied, i.e. when there are no longer any significant
remaining uncertainties related to the earnings process. This revised
application of accounting policy has been followed for all transactions with
resellers, other than those licenses sold and billed on a per-copy basis, for
1996, 1995 and 1994.
 
    Accordingly, such financial statements have been restated as follows (in
thousands, except per share amounts):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                       ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                 SEPTEMBER 29, 1996             1996                    1995                    1994
                               ----------------------  ----------------------  ----------------------  ----------------------
                               AS REPORTED  RESTATED   AS REPORTED  RESTATED   AS REPORTED  RESTATED   AS REPORTED  RESTATED
                               -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------
<S>                            <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>
Net revenues
  Licenses...................   $ 501,223   $ 346,215   $ 708,035   $ 496,039   $ 539,733   $ 458,284   $ 364,661   $ 346,518
  Services...................     167,260     164,786     231,276     231,810     174,486     174,486     105,451     105,451
                               -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------
                                  668,483     511,001     939,311     727,849     714,219     632,770     470,112     451,969
 
Operating income (loss)......      91,865     (61,804)    137,344     (68,017)    145,826      64,948      95,091      77,229
Income taxes.................      34,300       9,170      50,391      12,531      55,164      32,094      34,074      29,250
Net income (loss)............      63,700     (66,555)     97,818     (73,565)     97,644      38,600      61,948      48,293
Net income (loss) per
  share......................        0.41       (0.45)       0.63       (0.49)       0.65        0.26        0.43        0.34
Retained earnings............     288,687      27,532     322,805      78,723     226,797     154,098     129,323     115,668
Advances on unearned license
  revenue....................      --         199,649      --         239,506      --          83,553      --          18,556
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                              INFORMIX CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                        DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
               (INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND FOR THE
                    NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND
                        SEPTEMBER 29, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 2--MANAGEMENT PLANS TO ADDRESS OPERATIONAL ISSUES AND LIQUIDITY
 
    The consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the
Company will continue as a going concern. The Company incurred losses in 1996
and anticipates that it will continue to incur losses and report reduced
revenues through at least 1997. In addition, the Company anticipates that its
cash and working capital requirements in the short term cannot be met entirely
from funds generated internally from operations.
 
    Management's operational and financing plans to address the above issues
include (1) continued cost containment measures to bring spending levels in line
with planned revenue; (2) sale of non-essential assets including an undeveloped
land site (see Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements); (3) obtaining
additional equity and debt financing; (4) modifying long-term lease arrangements
for new offices; and (5) resolution of stockholder class action litigation (see
Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). There can be no assurance
that management will be successful in accomplishing these objectives. The 1996
consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might
result from the outcome of these liquidity uncertainties.
 
NOTE 3--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    ORGANIZATION AND OPERATIONS.  The Company is a multinational supplier of
high-performance, parallel processing database technology for open systems. The
Company's products also include application development tools for creating
client/server production applications, decision-support systems, ad-hoc query
interfaces, and software that allows information to be shared transparently from
personal computers to mainframes within the corporate computing environment. In
addition to software products, the Company offers training, consulting, and
post-contract support to its customers.
 
    The principal geographic markets for the Company's products are North
America, Europe, Asia/ Pacific, Japan, and Latin America. Customers include
large-, medium- and small-sized corporations in the manufacturing, financial
services, telecommunications, retail/wholesale, hospitality, and government
services sectors.
 
    USE OF ESTIMATES.  The preparation of financial statements in conformity
with general accepted accounting principles requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial
statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.
 
    PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION.  The consolidated financial statements include
the accounts of Informix Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All
material intercompany accounts, transactions, and profits have been eliminated
in consolidation.
 
    PRESENTATION OF INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED).  The accompanying
consolidated financial statements as of September 28, 1997 and September 29,
1996 and for the nine months periods then ended and related footnote information
are unaudited. Such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial information and
with Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the
information and footnotes required by
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                              INFORMIX CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                        DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
               (INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND FOR THE
                    NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND
                        SEPTEMBER 29, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 3--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements. In
the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring
accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included.
Operating results for the nine-month period ended September 28, 1997 are not
necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ended
December 31, 1997.
 
    RESTATEMENT OF PRIOR YEAR DATA AS A RESULT OF A BUSINESS COMBINATION.  As
more fully described in Note 11, in February 1996, Illustra Information
Technologies, Inc. (Illustra) merged with a wholly-owned subsidiary of the
Company. The merger has been accounted for as a pooling of interests and the
historical consolidated financial statements of the Company for all periods
prior to the merger have been restated to include the financial position,
results of operations, and cash flows of Illustra. Costs of the merger are
included in the consolidated results of operations in 1996.
 
    FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION.  For foreign operations with the local
currency as the functional currency, assets and liabilities are translated at
year-end exchange rates, and statements of operations are translated at the
average exchange rates during the year. Exchange gains or losses arising from
translation of foreign entity financial statements are included as a component
of stockholders' equity.
 
    For foreign operations with the U.S. dollar as the functional currency,
certain assets and liabilities are remeasured at the year-end or historical
exchange rates as appropriate. Statements of operations are remeasured at the
average exchange rates during the year. Gains and losses resulting from the
remeasurement of the entity's financial statements and other foreign currency
transaction gains and losses are included in other expense, net.
 
    The Company enters into forward foreign exchange contracts primarily to
hedge the value of accounts receivable or accounts payable denominated in
foreign currencies (mainly European and Asian foreign currencies) against
fluctuations in exchange rates until such receivables are collected or such
payables are disbursed. The Company operates, on a limited basis, in certain
countries in Latin America, Eastern Europe, and Asia Pacific where there are
limited forward currency exchange markets and thus the Company has limited
unhedged transaction exposures in these currencies. Gains and losses associated
with exchange rate fluctuations on forward foreign exchange contracts are
recorded currently as income or loss as they offset corresponding gains and
losses recorded on the foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities being
hedged. The costs of the forward foreign exchange contracts are recorded as
other expense, net (see Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).
 
    REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
    LICENSE REVENUE.  The Company recognizes revenue from sales of software
licenses to end-users upon delivery of the software product to a customer when
there are no significant post-delivery obligations and collection of the license
fee is considered probable. However, as previously discussed in Note 1, because
the Company is unable to estimate the amount of allowances for transactions
entered into with resellers, revenue from license agreements with resellers,
except for those licenses sold and billed on a per-copy basis, is recognized as
earned when the licenses are resold or utilized by the reseller and all related
obligations have been satisfied. The Company provides for all other sales
allowances on an estimated basis.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                              INFORMIX CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                        DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
               (INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND FOR THE
                    NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND
                        SEPTEMBER 29, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 3--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    SERVICE REVENUE.  Maintenance contracts generally call for the Company to
provide technical support and software updates to customers. Maintenance
contract revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the maintenance
contract, generally on a straight-line basis. Where maintenance revenue is not
separately invoiced, it is unbundled from license fees and deferred for revenue
recognition purposes. Other service revenue, primarily training and consulting,
is generally recognized at the time the service is performed.
 
    ADVANCES ON UNEARNED LICENSE REVENUE.  At September 28, 1997 and December
31, 1996 and 1995, "advances on unearned license revenue" in the Company's
restated consolidated balance sheets reflect amounts received from customers and
third-party financial institutions in advance of revenue being recognized. As a
result of the Company's aforementioned revised application of its revenue
recognition accounting policy for reseller transactions, the Company may receive
cash, either from the customer, or from a financing entity to whom the customer
payment streams are sold, prior to the time the license fee is recognized as
earned revenue.
 
    The Company's license agreements with customers provide contractually for a
non-refundable fee payable by the customer in single or multiple installment(s)
at the initiation or over the term of the license arrangement. If the Company
fails to comply with the contractual terms of a specific license agreement, the
Company could be required to refund to the customer or the financial institution
the amount(s) received.
 
    The Company's arrangements for financing of license contracts with customers
frequently take the form of a non-recourse sale of the future payment streams.
When such customer contracts are sold to a third-party financing entity, they
are typically sold at a discount which represents the financing cost. Such
discounts are charged to expense immediately in cases where the license has been
recorded as a sale. For transactions where the financing is received prior to
the recognition of revenue, the financing discount has been charged to interest
expense over the financing period based on the contractual terms on a straight-
line basis, which approximates the "interest method."
 
    In 1997, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants issued
Statement of Position (SOP) 97-2, "Software Revenue Recognition." The Company
will be required to adopt the provisions of the SOP as of January 1, 1998. The
Company is evaluating the SOP in relation to its current revenue recognition
policy. Adoption of the SOP may affect the future revenue recognition practices
of the Company.
 
    CONCURRENT TRANSACTIONS.  Principally during 1996, the Company entered into
software license agreements with certain computer and service vendors where the
Company concurrently committed to acquire goods and services. These concurrent
transactions for 1996 included license agreements of approximately $170 million
and commitments to acquire goods and services in the aggregate of approximately
$130 million. $31 million was recognized as earned revenue by the Company in the
restated 1996 financial statements. The Company disclosed in its original 1996
annual report that $55 million of revenue was recognized from concurrent
transactions in that year. This disclosure represented revenue (before the
restatement) arising from specific license agreements where the Company acquired
goods and services in approximately the same dollar amount and is included in
the $170 million of 1996 concurrent transactions. See Notes 1 and 3 of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                              INFORMIX CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                        DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
               (INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND FOR THE
                    NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND
                        SEPTEMBER 29, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 3--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    INCOME TAXES.  The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with the
provisions of the Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 109 (FAS
109) "Accounting for Income Taxes." Under FAS 109, the liability method is used
in accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and
liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial reporting
and income tax bases of assets and liabilities, and are measured by applying
enacted tax rates and laws to the taxable years in which such differences are
expected to reverse.
 
    INVENTORIES.  Inventories, which consist primarily of software product
components, finished software products, and marketing and promotional materials,
are carried at the lower of cost (first in, first out) or market value, and are
included in other current assets.
 
    SOFTWARE COSTS.  The Company capitalizes software development costs incurred
in developing a product once technological feasibility of the product has been
determined. Software costs also include amounts paid for purchased software and
outside development on products which have reached technological feasibility.
All software costs are amortized as a cost of software distribution either on a
straight-line basis over the remaining estimated economic life of the product or
on the basis of each product's projected revenues, whichever results in greater
amortization. The Company recorded amortization of $14.6 million, $12.0 million,
and $7.8 million of software costs in 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively, in cost
of software distribution.
 
    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT.  Depreciation of property and equipment is
calculated using the straight-line method over its estimated useful life,
generally the shorter of the applicable lease term or three-to-seven years for
financial reporting purposes.
 
    NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE.  Net income (loss) per share is computed using
the weighted average number of shares outstanding. Common equivalent shares from
stock options (using the treasury stock method) have been included in the
computation only when dilutive.
 
    In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
No. 128 ("FAS 128"), "Earnings per Share", which is required to be adopted on
December 31, 1997. At that time, the Company will be required to change the
method currently used to compute earnings per share and to restate all prior
periods. Under the new requirements for calculating primary earnings per share,
the dilutive effect of stock options will be excluded. The adoption of Statement
128 would not change the computation of net loss per common share for the nine
months ended September 28, 1997 and September 29, 1996.
 
    BUSINESSES ACQUIRED.  The purchase price of businesses acquired, accounted
for as purchased business combinations, is allocated to the tangible and
specifically identifiable intangible assets acquired based on their fair values
with any amount in excess of such allocations being designated as goodwill.
Intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives, which to date
have been five to seven years. The carrying values of goodwill and specified
intangible assets are reviewed if the facts and circumstances suggest that they
may be impaired. If this review indicates that the asset will not be
recoverable, as determined based on the undiscounted cash flows of the acquired
business over the remaining amortization period, the Company's carrying value is
reduced to net realizable value. There were no writedowns of
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                              INFORMIX CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                        DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
               (INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND FOR THE
                    NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND
                        SEPTEMBER 29, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 3--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
intangible assets in 1996, 1995 or 1994. As of December 31, 1996 and 1995, the
Company had $50.6 million and $48.4 million of intangible assets, with
accumulated amortization of $15.9 million and $7.7 million, respectively, as a
result of these acquisitions.
 
    CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK.  The Company designs, develops, manufactures,
markets, and supports computer software systems to customers in diversified
industries and in diversified geographic locations. The Company performs ongoing
credit evaluations of its customers' financial condition and generally requires
no collateral.
 
    In the normal course of business, the Company often arranges for
non-recourse financing through the sale of customer accounts receivable. Such
financing arrangements are offered by a number of financial institutions. The
Company has traditionally relied on a limited number of these financial
institutions for most of the customer financing it arranges. Future advances and
cash flows of the Company would be negatively impacted if the Company's
financing resources were to discontinue their services for any reason.
 
    No single customer accounted for 10% or more of the consolidated revenues of
the Company in 1996, 1995 or 1994.
 
    CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS, SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS, AND LONG-TERM
INVESTMENTS.  The Company considers liquid investments purchased with a maturity
of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company considers
investments with a maturity of more than three months but less than one year to
be short-term investments. Investments with an original maturity of more than
one year are considered long-term investments. Short-term and long-term
investments are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value.
Cash equivalents are carried at amortized cost.
 
    The Company invests its excess cash in accordance with its short-term and
long-term investments policy, which is approved by the Board of Directors. The
policy authorizes the investment of excess cash in government securities,
municipal bonds, time deposits, certificates of deposit with approved financial
institutions, commercial paper rated A-1/P-1 (a small portion of the portfolio
may consist of commercial paper rated A-2/P-2), and other specific money market
instruments of similar liquidity and credit quality. The Company has not
experienced any significant losses related to these investments.
 
    SECURITIES HELD-TO-MATURITY AND AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE.  Management determines
the appropriate classification of debt securities at the time of purchase and
re-evaluates such designation as of each balance sheet date. Debt securities are
classified as held-to-maturity when the Company has the positive intent and the
ability to hold the securities until maturity. Held-to-maturity securities are
stated at amortized cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of
discounts to maturity. Such amortization, as well as any interest on the
securities, is included in interest income.
 
    Marketable equity securities and debt securities not classified as
held-to-maturity are classified as available-for-sale. Available-for-sale
securities are carried at fair value, with the unrealized gains and losses, net
of tax, reported in a separate component of stockholders' equity. The amortized
cost of debt securities in this category is adjusted for amortization of
premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity. Such amortization is included
in interest income. Realized gains and losses and declines in value judged to
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                              INFORMIX CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                        DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
               (INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND FOR THE
                    NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND
                        SEPTEMBER 29, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 3--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
be other-than-temporary on available-for-sale securities are included in other
expense, net. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific
identification method. Interest on securities classified as available-for-sale
are included in interest income. There were no material gross realized gains or
losses from sales of securities during the year.
 
    FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS.  Fair values of cash, cash equivalents,
short and long term investments, other assets, and currency forward contracts
are based on quoted market prices.
 
NOTE 4--FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
    The following is a summary of available-for-sale debt and equity securities:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  GROSS        GROSS
                                                                               UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED   ESTIMATED
DECEMBER 31, 1996                                                     COST        GAINS       LOSSES     FAIR VALUE
- -----------------------------------------------------------------  ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
                                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>
U.S. treasury securities.........................................  $   61,308   $  --        $     (20)  $   61,288
Commercial paper.................................................      15,872          14           (2)      15,884
Municipal bonds..................................................      27,317          10          (48)      27,279
Auctioned preferred stock........................................       4,504      --               (4)       4,500
                                                                   ----------  -----------       -----   ----------
  Total debt securities..........................................     109,001          24          (74)     108,951
U.S. equity securities...........................................      15,404      18,490       --           33,894
                                                                   ----------  -----------       -----   ----------
                                                                   $  124,405   $  18,514    $     (74)  $  142,845
                                                                   ----------  -----------       -----   ----------
                                                                   ----------  -----------       -----   ----------
Amounts included in cash and cash equivalents....................  $   67,806   $  --        $      (6)  $   67,800
Amounts included in short-term investments.......................      34,548          19          (55)      34,512
Amounts included in long-term investments........................       6,647           5          (13)       6,639
Amounts included in other assets.................................      15,404      18,490       --           33,894
                                                                   ----------  -----------       -----   ----------
                                                                   $  124,405   $  18,514    $     (74)  $  142,845
                                                                   ----------  -----------       -----   ----------
                                                                   ----------  -----------       -----   ----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                              INFORMIX CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                       DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995, AND 1994
 
               (INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND FOR THE
                    NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND
                        SEPTEMBER 29, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 4--FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
    The maturity dates of the financial instruments included in long-term
investments vary from 1998 to 2026.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  GROSS        GROSS
                                                                               UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED   ESTIMATED
DECEMBER 31, 1995                                                     COST        GAINS       LOSSES     FAIR VALUE
- -----------------------------------------------------------------  ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
                                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>
U.S. treasury securities.........................................  $    5,608   $  --        $  --       $    5,608
Commercial paper.................................................      51,288         146          (88)      51,346
Municipal bonds..................................................      82,096          71         (213)      81,954
Auctioned preferred stock........................................       2,506      --               (5)       2,501
                                                                   ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
  Total debt securities..........................................     141,498         217         (306)     141,409
U.S. equity securities...........................................       6,110       7,500         (831)      12,779
                                                                   ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
                                                                   $  147,608   $   7,717    $  (1,137)  $  154,188
                                                                   ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
                                                                   ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
Amounts included in cash and cash equivalents....................  $   42,724   $  --        $  --       $   42,724
Amounts included in short-term investments.......................      89,072         137         (305)      88,904
Amounts included in long-term investments........................       9,702          80           (1)       9,781
Amounts included in other assets.................................       6,110       7,500         (831)      12,779
                                                                   ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
                                                                   $  147,608   $   7,717    $  (1,137)  $  154,188
                                                                   ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
                                                                   ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    In the fourth quarter of 1995, the Company re-evaluated the initial
designation of certain of its investments in debt securities as held-to-maturity
based on the Company's current ability and intent to hold such securities to
their contractual maturity. As a result, in December 1995, these securities were
transferred from held-to-maturity to available-for-sale at their estimated fair
value of $125.7 million. The difference between amortized cost of $125.8 million
and estimated fair value of these securities at the date of transfer, $0.1
million, was charged to a separate component of stockholders' equity.
 
NOTE 5--DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
    The Company enters into forward foreign exchange contracts primarily to
hedge the value of accounts receivable or accounts payable denominated in
foreign currencies against fluctuations in exchange rates until such receivables
are collected or payables are disbursed. The purpose of the Company's foreign
exchange exposure management policy and practices is to attempt to minimize the
impact of exchange rate fluctuations on the value of the foreign currency
denominated assets and liabilities being hedged. Substantially all forward
foreign exchange contracts entered into by the Company have maturities of 360
days or less. The Company's practice is to settle all foreign exchange contracts
within ten calendar days of year end and thus there is no material difference
between the contract value and the fair value of the contracts at December 31,
1996 and 1995. At December 31, 1996 and 1995, the Company had approximately
$168.6 million and $77.2 million of forward foreign currency exchange contracts
outstanding, respectively. The table below summarizes by currency the
contractual amounts of the Company's forward foreign exchange contracts at
December 31, 1996 and December 31, 1995.
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                              INFORMIX CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                       DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995, AND 1994
 
               (INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND FOR THE
                    NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND
                        SEPTEMBER 29, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 5--DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)
    The restatement of the 1996, 1995 and 1994 financial statements resulted in
a change in the Company's foreign currency denominated intercompany accounts
payable and accounts receivable balances. As a result, certain foreign currency
transaction gains and losses realized due to fluctuation in the related asset
and liability currency exchange rates were not offset by underlying gains and
losses on forward foreign currency exchange contracts used to hedge those
foreign currency exposures.
 
FORWARD CONTRACTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        UNREALIZED
AT DECEMBER 31, 1996                                                                       FACE VALUE   GAIN/(LOSS)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------  -------------
                                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                        <C>         <C>
Forward currency contracts sold:
  Deutsche Mark..........................................................................  $   55,815    $     (24)
  Japanese Yen...........................................................................      41,384         (143)
  British Pound..........................................................................      16,051          (12)
  French Franc...........................................................................       8,252
  Malaysian Ringgit......................................................................       5,914            1
  Taiwanese NT...........................................................................       5,609           (2)
  Italian Lira...........................................................................       4,555           (9)
  Singapore Dollar.......................................................................       3,600           (8)
  Dutch Guilder..........................................................................       3,558            1
  Sweden Krona...........................................................................       2,246            1
  Swiss Franc............................................................................       1,622            1
  Portuguese Escudo......................................................................       1,574
  Other (under $1 million)...............................................................       2,240           (1)
                                                                                           ----------        -----
Total....................................................................................     152,420         (195)
Forward currency contracts purchased:
  British Pound..........................................................................      10,501         (192)
  Deutsche Mark..........................................................................       4,198            6
  Other (under $1 million)...............................................................       1,472           (7)
                                                                                           ----------        -----
Total....................................................................................      16,171         (193)
                                                                                           ----------        -----
Grand Total..............................................................................  $  168,591    $    (388)
                                                                                           ----------        -----
                                                                                           ----------        -----
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                              INFORMIX CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                       DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995, AND 1994
 
               (INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND FOR THE
                    NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND
                        SEPTEMBER 29, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 5--DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)
FORWARD CONTRACTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        UNREALIZED
AT DECEMBER 31, 1995                                                                       FACE VALUE   GAIN/(LOSS)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                        <C>          <C>
Forward currency contracts sold:
  Deutsche Mark..........................................................................   $  25,356    $     (14)
  Japanese Yen...........................................................................      21,817          (74)
  Spanish Peseta.........................................................................       6,178           (4)
  French Franc...........................................................................       4,807           (7)
  Singapore Dollars......................................................................       4,326            6
  Italian Lira...........................................................................       2,403            4
  British Pound..........................................................................       2,329           22
  Malaysian Ringgit......................................................................       2,287           (2)
  Dutch Guilder..........................................................................       1,550            1
  Portuguese Escudo......................................................................       1,369           (1)
  Austrian Schilling.....................................................................       1,361
  Other..................................................................................       3,369           (1)
                                                                                           -----------  -----------
Total....................................................................................   $  77,152    $     (70)
                                                                                           -----------  -----------
                                                                                           -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
    Other than the use of forward foreign exchange contracts as discussed
immediately above as of December 31, 1996, the Company does not currently invest
in or hold any other financial instruments defined as derivative financial
instruments by FAS 119.
 
NOTE 6--PREFERRED STOCK (UNAUDITED)
 
    In August 1997, the Company sold 160,000 shares of newly issued Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock, face value $250 per share, to a private investor
for aggregate net proceeds of $37.2 million and issued a warrant to the same
investor to purchase up to an additional 140,000 shares of Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock at an aggregate purchase price of up to $35 million. In November
1997, the Company canceled the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock in exchange
for the same number of shares of a substantially identical Series A-1
Convertible Stock issued to the same investor, with a corresponding change to
the warrant shares. The warrant may be exercised from August 13, 1997 through
April 15, 1999.
 
    The Series A-1 Convertible Preferred shares are convertible into common
shares at any time, at the holder's option, at a per share price equal to 101%
of the average price of the Company's common stock for the 30 days ending five
trading days prior to conversion, but not greater than the lesser of (i) 105% of
the common stock's average price of the first five trading days of such thirty
day period, or (ii) $12 per share. If not converted prior, the Series A-1
Convertible Preferred Stock will automatically convert into common shares
eighteen months after their issuance, subject to extension of the automatic
conversion date in certain defined circumstances of default. However, if at the
time of conversion, the aggregate number of shares of common stock already
issued and to be issued as a result of the conversion of the shares of the
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                              INFORMIX CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                       DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995, AND 1994
 
               (INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND FOR THE
                    NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND
                        SEPTEMBER 29, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 6--PREFERRED STOCK (UNAUDITED) (CONTINUED)
Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock were to exceed 19.9% of the total number
of shares of then outstanding common stock, then such excess does not convert
unless or until stockholder approval is obtained.
 
    The mandatory redemption provisions of the new Series A-1 Convertible
Preferred (the "A-1 Preferred") differ from the Series A Convertible Preferred
Stock. The redemption provisions in the A-1 Preferred effectively preclude the
Company from having to redeem the preferred stock except by actions solely
within its control. Accordingly, the Pro Forma September 28, 1997 Consolidated
Balance Sheet reflects the A-1 Preferred under stockholder's equity (deficit).
 
    In November 1997, the Company sold 50,000 shares of newly issued Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock ("Series B Preferred"), face value $1,000 per share,
to private investors for aggregate net proceeds of $48.8 million. In connection
with the sale, the Company also agreed to issue a warrant to such investors upon
conversion of such Series B Preferred to purchase 20% of the shares of Common
Stock but no less than 1,500,000 shares at a per share exercise price which is
presently indeterminable and will depend on the trading price of the Common
Stock of the Company in the period prior to the conversion of the Series B
Preferred. The Company also agreed to issue additional warrants to purchase up
to an aggregate of 200,000 shares at a per share exercise price which is
presently indeterminable and will depend on the trading price of the Common
Stock of the Company in the period prior to the conversion of the Series B
Preferred. The Series B Preferred is convertible at the election of the holder
into shares of Common Stock beginning six months after issuance, and upon the
occurrence of certain events, including a merger. The Series B Preferred will
automatically convert into Common Stock three years following the date of its
issuance. Each Series B Preferred share is convertible into the number of shares
of Common Stock at a per share price equal to the lowest of (i) the average of
the closing prices for the Common Stock for the 22 days immediately prior to the
180th day following the initial issuance date, (ii) 101% of the average closing
price for the 22 trading days prior to the date of actual conversions, or (iii)
101% of the lowest closing price for the Common Stock during the five trading
days immediately prior to the date of actual conversion. The conversion price of
the Series B Preferred is subject to modification and adjustment upon the
occurrence of certain events. The Series B Preferred accrues cumulative
dividends at an annual rate of 5% of per share face value. The dividend is
generally payable upon the conversion or redemption of the Series B Preferred,
and may be paid in cash or, at the holder's election, in shares of Common Stock.
The Series B is junior to the Company's outstanding Series A-1 Preferred in
respect to the right to receive dividend payments and liquidation preferences.
 
NOTE 7--STOCK-BASED BENEFIT PLANS
 
OPTION PLANS
 
    Under the Company's 1986 Employee Stock Option Plan, options are granted at
fair market value on the date of the grant. Options are generally exercisable in
cumulative annual installments over three to five years. Payment for shares
purchased upon exercise of options may be by cash or, with Board approval, by
full recourse promissory note or by exchange of shares of the Company's common
stock at fair market value on the exercise date. Options under the 1986 Plan
expired on July 29, 1996, which was 10 years after the date of grant.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                              INFORMIX CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                        DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
 
               (INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND FOR THE
                    NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND
                        SEPTEMBER 29, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 7--STOCK-BASED BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)
 
    Additionally, 1,600,000 shares were authorized for issuance under the 1989
Outside Directors Stock Option Plan, whereby non-employee directors are
automatically granted non-qualified stock options upon election or re-election
to the Board of Directors. At December 31, 1996, 675,000 shares were available
for grant under this Plan.
 
    In April 1994, the Company adopted the 1994 Stock Option and Award Plan;
8,000,000 shares were authorized for grant under this Plan. Options can be
granted to employees on terms substantially equivalent to those described above.
The 1994 Stock Option and Award Plan also allows the Company to award
performance shares of the Company's common stock to be paid to recipients on the
achievement of certain performance goals set with respect to each recipient. At
December 31, 1996, 788,783 shares were available for grant under this Plan.
 
    In May 1997, the Company's stockholders approved an additional 8,000,000
shares to be reserved for issuance under the Company's 1994 Stock Option and
Award Plan.
 
    In February 1996, on acquisition of Illustra, all of Illustra's outstanding
options were converted into options to purchase 2.3 million shares of Informix
common stock. All stock options were restated to include Illustra's options
under the pooling-of-interests method. There were 172,677 shares available for
grant under this Plan at December 31, 1996.
 
    Following is a summary of activity for all stock option plans for the three
years ended December 31, 1996:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  NUMBER          OPTIONS
                                                                OF SHARES     PRICE PER SHARE
                                                               ------------  -----------------
<S>                                                            <C>           <C>
Outstanding at December 31, 1993.............................    15,739,957  $  0.06 to $13.13
Options granted..............................................     4,029,815      0.19 to 14.44
Options exercised............................................    (3,627,468)     0.06 to 12.75
Options canceled.............................................    (1,128,532)     0.06 to 11.88
                                                               ------------  -----------------
Outstanding at December 31, 1994.............................    15,013,772      0.06 to 14.44
Options granted and assumed..................................     5,456,927      0.19 to 34.00
Options exercised............................................    (3,852,697)     0.19 to 13.88
Options canceled.............................................      (864,920)     0.06 to 32.75
                                                               ------------  -----------------
Outstanding at December 31, 1995.............................    15,753,082  $  0.06 to $34.00
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                  NUMBER         WEIGHTED
                                                                OF SHARES      AVERAGE PRICE
                                                               ------------  -----------------
<S>                                                            <C>           <C>
Options granted and assumed..................................     5,850,225  $         24.3456
Options exercised............................................    (2,927,260)            4.6069
Options canceled.............................................    (1,561,800)           17.1483
                                                               ------------  -----------------
Outstanding at December 31, 1996.............................    17,114,247  $         13.4495
                                                               ------------  -----------------
                                                               ------------  -----------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                              INFORMIX CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                        DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
 
               (INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND FOR THE
                    NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND
                        SEPTEMBER 29, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 7--STOCK-BASED BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)
    The following table summarizes information about options outstanding at
December 31, 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 WEIGHTED                        NUMBER
                                  NUMBER          AVERAGE        WEIGHTED      EXERCISABLE      WEIGHTED
                              OUTSTANDING AT     REMAINING        AVERAGE          AT            AVERAGE
                               DECEMBER 31,     CONTRACTUAL      EXERCISE     DECEMBER 31,      EXERCISE
RANGE OF EXERCISE PRICES           1996            LIFE            PRICE          1996            PRICE
- ----------------------------  --------------  ---------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------
                                           OPTIONS OUTSTANDING                     OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
<S>                           <C>             <C>              <C>            <C>            <C>
$0.0700 - $0.6719...........      2,304,968           6.63       $  0.3911       2,304,968      $  0.3911
$0.6875 - $0.7500...........        380,100           4.38       $  0.7447         380,100      $  0.7447
$0.7656 - $3.5938...........      1,731,085           5.08       $  3.2936       1,730,236      $  3.2943
$3.7188 - $7.5000...........      1,888,065           6.88       $  6.7008       1,087,165      $  6.1130
$7.5938 - $8.6250...........      1,871,601           6.26       $  8.6012       1,286,801      $  8.6017
$8.6875 - $10.7813..........        420,675           6.79       $ 10.0854         184,300      $ 10.1559
$10.8750 - $18.2500.........      2,761,139           8.24       $ 17.8675         723,415      $ 17.6530
$18.3750 - $23.1250.........      2,001,650           9.74       $ 22.1668          37,750      $ 20.9894
$23.2500 - $24.1250.........      2,766,288           9.33       $ 24.0838          59,116      $ 23.8057
$24.2500 - $34.7500.........        988,676           9.08       $ 30.3152         194,325      $ 28.4078
                              --------------           ---     -------------  -------------  ---------------
$0.0700 - $34.7500..........     17,114,247           7.61       $ 13.4495       7,988,176      $  5.8788
                              --------------           ---     -------------  -------------  ---------------
                              --------------           ---     -------------  -------------  ---------------
</TABLE>
 
    In connection with all stock option plans, 18,750,708 shares of Common Stock
were reserved for issuance as of December 31, 1996. At December 31, 1995,
4,898,537 options were exercisable. At September 28, 1997 24,913,000 shares of
Common Stock were reserved for issuance, and 8,149,000 options were exercisable.
 
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
    The Company also has a qualified Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) under
which 7,600,000 shares of common stock, in the aggregate, have been authorized
for issuance. Under the terms of the Plan, employees may contribute, through
payroll deductions, up to 10 percent of their base pay and purchase up to 500
shares per quarter (with the limitation of purchases of $25,000 annually in fair
market value of the shares). Employees may elect to withdraw from the Plan
during any quarter and have their contributions for the period returned to them.
Also, employees may elect to reduce the rate of contribution one time in each
quarter. The price at which employees may purchase shares is 85 percent of the
lower of the fair market value of the stock at the beginning or end of the
quarter. The Plan is qualified under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended. During 1996, 1995, and 1994 the Company issued 616,128 shares,
347,743 shares, and 484,756 shares, respectively, under this Plan. In connection
with the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, 650,587 shares were reserved for issuance
as of December 31, 1996.
 
    In May 1997, the Company's stockholders approved the 1997 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan (the "1997 ESPP"). The Company has reserved 4,000,000 shares of
Common Stock for issuance under the 1997 ESPP. The 1997 ESPP permits
participants to purchase Common Stock through payroll deductions of up to 15
percent of an employee's compensation, including commissions, overtime, bonuses
and other incentive compensation. The price of Common Stock purchased under the
1997 ESPP is equal to 85 percent of the
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                              INFORMIX CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                        DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
 
               (INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND FOR THE
                    NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND
                        SEPTEMBER 29, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 7--STOCK-BASED BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)
lower of the fair market value of the Common Stock at the beginning or at the
end of each three-month offering period. The Plan qualifies as an employee stock
purchase plan under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended. As of September 28, 1997, the Company has not issued any shares of
Common Stock under the 1997 ESPP.
 
STOCK REPURCHASE AUTHORIZATION
 
    The Board of Directors had authorized the purchase of up to 8 million shares
of the Company's common stock in the open market to satisfy requirements under
Stock Option and Stock Purchase Plans under a stock repurchase plan. In 1996,
the Company rescinded the stock repurchase authorization.
 
STOCK BASED COMPENSATION
 
    As permitted under FASB Statement No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation" (FASB 123), the Company has elected to continue to follow
Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees" (APB 25) in accounting for stock-based awards to employees. Under APB
25, the Company generally recognizes no compensation expense with respect to
such awards.
 
    Pro forma information regarding the net income (loss) and earnings per share
(loss) is required by FASB 123 for awards granted or modified after December 31,
1994 as if the Company had accounted for its stock based awards to employees
under the fair value method of FASB 123. The fair value of the Company's
stock-based awards to employees was estimated using a Black-Scholes option
pricing model. The Black-Scholes option valuation model was developed for use in
estimating the fair value of traded options which have no vesting restrictions
and are fully transferable. In addition, the Black-Scholes model requires the
input of highly subjective assumptions including the expected stock price
volatility. Because the Company's stock-based awards to employees have
characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and
because changes in the subjective assumptions can materially affect the fair
value estimate, in management's opinion, the existing models do not necessarily
provide a reasonable single measure of the fair value of its stock-based awards
to employees.
 
    The fair value of the Company's stock-based awards was estimated assuming no
expected dividends and the following weighted-average assumptions:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            OPTIONS                           ESPP
                                                 ------------------------------  ------------------------------
                                                      1996            1995            1996            1995
                                                 --------------  --------------  --------------  --------------
<S>                                              <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
Expected life (years)..........................        4.5 year        4.5 year        .25 year        .25 year
Expected volatility (percent)..................   .5822 - .6327   .5642 - .6239   .5765 - .9662   .4170 - .7295
Risk-free interest rate (percent)..............     5.20 - 6.09     5.82 - 7.72     5.01 - 5.85     5.49 - 6.07
</TABLE>
 
    For pro forma purposes, the estimated fair value of the Company's stock
based awards is amortized over the award's vesting period (for options) and the
three month purchase period (for stock purchases
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                              INFORMIX CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                        DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
 
               (INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND FOR THE
                    NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND
                        SEPTEMBER 29, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 7--STOCK-BASED BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)
under the ESPP). The Company's pro forma information follows, (in thousands
except for per share information):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1996        1995
                                                                         RESTATED    RESTATED
                                                                        -----------  ---------
<S>                                                     <C>             <C>          <C>
Net income (loss).....................................     As reported  $   (73,565) $  38,600
                                                             Pro forma      (94,196)    28,652
 
Net income (loss) per share...........................     As reported  $     (0.49) $    0.26
                                                             Pro forma        (0.63)      0.19
</TABLE>
 
    FASB 123 is applicable only to awards granted subsequent to December 31,
1994. Therefore, its pro forma effect will not be fully reflected until
approximately 1998.
 
    Calculated under FASB 123, the weighted-average fair value of the options
granted during 1996 and 1995 was $13.04 and $10.39 per share, respectively. The
weighted average fair value of employee stock purchase rights granted under the
ESPP during 1996 and 1995 were $7.47 and $5.27, respectively.
 
401(K) PLAN
 
    The Company has a 401(k) plan covering substantially all of its U.S.
employees. Under this plan, participating employees may defer up to 15 percent
of their pre-tax earnings, subject to the Internal Revenue Service annual
contribution limit ($9,500 for 1996). In 1996, the Company matched 50 percent of
each employee's contribution up to a maximum of $2,000. The Company's matching
contributions to this 401(k) plan for 1996, 1995 and 1994 were $3.8 million,
$2.5 million and $1.4 million, respectively.
 
NOTE 8--COMMITMENTS
 
    The Company leases certain computer and office equipment under capital
leases having terms of three-to-five years. Amounts capitalized for such leases
are included on the consolidated balance sheets as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                       1996          1995
                                                                   ------------  -------------
                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                <C>           <C>
Computer equipment...............................................   $    8,825     $   7,924
Office equipment.................................................        2,474         1,636
                                                                   ------------       ------
                                                                        11,299         9,560
Less: accumulated amortization...................................        8,985         7,716
                                                                   ------------       ------
                                                                    $    2,314     $   1,844
                                                                   ------------       ------
                                                                   ------------       ------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                              INFORMIX CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                        DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
 
               (INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND FOR THE
                    NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND
                        SEPTEMBER 29, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 8--COMMITMENTS (CONTINUED)
    During 1996 and 1995, the Company financed approximately $1,800,000 and
$1,677,000, respectively, of equipment purchases under capital lease
arrangements. Amortization with respect to leased equipment is included in
depreciation expense.
 
    The Company leases certain of its office facilities and equipment under
non-cancelable operating leases and total rent expense was $42.4 million, $19.7
million and $17.3 million in 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
 
    The Company planned on relocating its corporate headquarters to Santa Clara,
California approximately 15 miles to the south of the Company's current
headquarters. To facilitate the move, in January 1997, the Company entered into
a two year lease for twenty seven acres of undeveloped commercial real estate.
Upon termination of the lease term, the Company would have had the option to
purchase the land, or if such purchase option was not exercised, arrange for the
sale of the parcels to an unrelated third party. In the event the later option
was exercised, the Company was required to pay the lessor any difference between
the net sales proceeds and the lessor's investment in the parcels, approximately
$61.5 million. In order to secure performance of its obligation under the lease,
the Company was required to pledge certain cash collateral to the lessor
throughout the full term of the lease. Accordingly, in January 1997, the Company
deposited $61.5 million in cash into a collateral account controlled by an
affiliate of the lessor. Interest on these deposits computed at market rates,
otherwise due to the Company, have been assigned by the Company to the lessor in
order to reduce the gross monthly lease payments due under the lease. The real
estate lease also included certain financial performance criteria which must be
met by the Company during the lease term.
 
    Purchase and Sale of Santa Clara Real Estate. In April 1997, the Company
exercised its option to purchase the 27 acres of real estate in Santa Clara,
California so that alternative financing or a third party sale could be pursued.
In the second quarter of 1997, the Company wrote down the carrying value of this
real estate asset to its estimated fair market value (based on a current
independent appraisal) less estimated selling costs, of approximately $58
million. The Company has entered into agreements to sell the land in two
separate transactions. Both sales are expected to be consummated in the fourth
quarter of 1997. See Note 15 to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
    In November 1996, the Company leased approximately 200,000 square feet of
office space in Santa Clara adjacent to the twenty seven acres described above.
The lease term is for fifteen years and minimum lease payments amount to $96.0
million over the term. The minimum lease payments increase within a contractual
range based on changes in the Consumer Price Index. See Note 15 of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements. In the fourth quarter of 1997, the Company
assigned the lease to an unrelated third party. See Note 15 of Notes to
Consolidation Financial Statements.
 
    As of December 31, 1996, the Company was contractually obligated to purchase
approximately $45 million of various computer equipment related to its
SuperStores.
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                              INFORMIX CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                        DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
 
               (INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND FOR THE
 
                    NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND
                        SEPTEMBER 29, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 8--COMMITMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
    Future minimum payments, by year and in the aggregate, under the capital and
non-cancelable operating leases as of December 31, 1996, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     CAPITAL    NON-CANCELABLE
YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31                                              LEASES    OPERATING LEASES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------  ----------------
                                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                 <C>        <C>
1997..............................................................  $   1,265    $     45,941
1998..............................................................        803          44,591
1999..............................................................        386          41,244
2000..............................................................        153          23,438
2001..............................................................     --              16,396
Thereafter........................................................     --              88,904
                                                                    ---------        --------
Total payments....................................................      2,607    $    260,514
                                                                                     --------
                                                                                     --------
Less: amount representing interest................................        279
                                                                    ---------
Present value of minimum lease payments...........................      2,328
Less current portion..............................................        866
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    $   1,462
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 9--GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION
 
    Net revenues, operating income, and identifiable assets for the Company's
U.S., European, Asia/ Pacific and other foreign operations are summarized below
by year:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 UNITED
                                                 STATES       EUROPE    INTERCONTINENTAL ELIMINATIONS    TOTAL
                                              ------------  ----------  ---------------  ------------  ----------
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                           <C>           <C>         <C>              <C>           <C>
1996:
  Net revenues..............................   $  410,549   $  229,588    $   144,451     $  (56,741)  $  727,847
  Operating income (loss)...................      (38,331)     (24,156)        (6,883)         1,353      (68,017)
  Identifiable assets.......................      734,852      218,196        146,006       (217,058)     881,996
 
1995:
  Net revenues..............................   $  365,647   $  199,711    $   120,216     $  (52,804)  $  632,770
  Operating income (loss)...................       69,245       (2,588)          (960)          (749)      64,948
  Identifiable assets.......................      579,306      216,530        110,776       (224,699)     681,913
 
1994:
  Net revenues..............................   $  267,795   $  131,605    $    67,649     $  (15,079)  $  451,970
  Operating income (loss)...................       85,224      (50,527)        41,637            895       77,229
  Identifiable assets.......................      419,006      110,195         37,448       (118,880)     447,769
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
                              INFORMIX CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                        DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
 
               (INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND FOR THE
 
                    NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND
                        SEPTEMBER 29, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 9--GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
    Sales and transfers between geographic areas are accounted for at prices
which the Company believes are arm's length prices, and which in general are in
accordance with the rules and regulations of the respective governing tax
authorities.
 
    Export revenues consisting of sales from the Company's U.S. operating
subsidiary to non-affiliated customers were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1996       1995       1994
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                            <C>        <C>        <C>
Canada.......................................................  $   7,521  $   6,299  $   5,100
Latin America................................................      6,556      6,817      6,641
Asia/Pacific.................................................      3,391      5,887     32,820
Other........................................................      3,437      1,301      3,015
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
Total........................................................  $  20,905  $  20,304  $  47,576
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 10--INCOME TAXES
 
    The provision for income taxes applicable to income before income taxes
consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1996        1995       1994
                                                              ---------  ----------  ---------
                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>         <C>
Currently payable:
  Federal...................................................  $   1,540  $   40,582  $  26,754
  State.....................................................        565       6,463      4,482
  Foreign...................................................      6,216       9,325      5,277
                                                              ---------  ----------  ---------
                                                              $   8,321  $   56,370  $  36,513
                                                              ---------  ----------  ---------
                                                              ---------  ----------  ---------
 
Deferred:
  Federal...................................................  $  (1,748) $  (13,747) $  (2,736)
  State.....................................................     (2,983)     (1,204)       (61)
  Foreign...................................................      8,941      (9,325)    (4,466)
                                                              ---------  ----------  ---------
                                                                  4,210     (24,276)    (7,263)
                                                              ---------  ----------  ---------
                                                              $  12,531  $   32,094  $  29,250
                                                              ---------  ----------  ---------
                                                              ---------  ----------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    In 1996, 1995 and 1994, the Company recognized tax benefits related to stock
option plans of $14.8 million, $21.3 million and $10.1 million, respectively.
Such benefits were recorded as an increase to additional paid-in capital.
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>
                              INFORMIX CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                       DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995, AND 1994
 
               (INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND FOR THE
 
                    NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND
                        SEPTEMBER 29, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 10--INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
 
    Income before income taxes consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1996        1995       1994
                                                             ----------  ----------  ---------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                          <C>         <C>         <C>
Domestic...................................................  $  (26,510) $   83,937  $  81,508
Foreign....................................................     (34,524)    (13,243)    (3,965)
                                                             ----------  ----------  ---------
                                                             $  (61,034) $   70,694  $  77,543
                                                             ----------  ----------  ---------
                                                             ----------  ----------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The provision for income taxes differs from the amount computed by applying
the federal statutory income tax rate to income (loss) before income taxes. The
sources and tax effects of the differences are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1996                    1995                    1994
                                                   ---------------------  ----------------------  ----------------------
                                                     AMOUNT     PERCENT    AMOUNT      PERCENT     AMOUNT      PERCENT
                                                   ----------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------
                                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>
Computed tax at federal statutory rate...........  $  (21,362)     (35.0)% $  24,743       35.0%  $  27,140        35.0%
Valuation allowance..............................      41,192       67.5%     4,239         6.0%        908         1.2%
Research and development credits.................      (1,457)      (2.4)%      (935)       (1.3)%    (1,241)       (1.6)%
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit...      (1,572)      (2.6)%     3,418        4.8%      2,874         3.7%
Benefit from net earnings of foreign subsidiaries
  considered to be permanently reinvested in
  non-U.S. operations                                  --         --         --          --          --          --
Other, net.......................................      (4,270)      (7.0)%       629        0.9%       (431)       (0.6)%
                                                   ----------  ---------  ---------       -----   ---------       -----
                                                   $   12,531       N.M.  $  32,094        45.4%  $  29,250        37.7%
                                                   ----------  ---------  ---------       -----   ---------       -----
                                                   ----------  ---------  ---------       -----   ---------       -----
</TABLE>
 
    Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial statement
purposes and the amounts used for income tax
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>
                              INFORMIX CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                       DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995, AND 1994
 
               (INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND FOR THE
 
                    NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND
                        SEPTEMBER 29, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 10--INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
purposes. Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and
liabilities as of December 31, 1996 and 1995 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            1996       1995
                                                                         ----------  ---------
                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                      <C>         <C>
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS:
Reserves and accrued expenses..........................................  $    7,703  $   8,600
Deferred revenue.......................................................      33,875     15,290
Foreign net operating loss carryforwards...............................      38,067     11,701
Domestic net operating loss carryforwards..............................       9,800      7,984
Foreign taxes in excess of taxes at U.S. rate..........................       9,014      6,483
Other..................................................................         555        646
                                                                         ----------  ---------
Total deferred tax assets..............................................      99,014     50,704
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets............................     (46,339)    (5,147)
                                                                         ----------  ---------
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance........................      52,675     45,557
 
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES:
Capitalized software...................................................      17,704     10,329
Revenue recognition....................................................       1,612      1,612
Taxes on unremitted foreign earnings Valuation of investment
  portfolio............................................................       6,454      2,501
                                                                         ----------  ---------
Total deferred tax liabilities.........................................      25,770     14,442
                                                                         ----------  ---------
Net deferred tax assets................................................  $   26,905  $  31,115
                                                                         ----------  ---------
                                                                         ----------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    At December 31, 1996, the Company had approximately $98.1 million, $21.0
million and $10.5 million of foreign, federal and state net operating loss
carryforwards. The foreign and state net operating loss carryovers expire at
various dates beginning in 1998. The federal net operating loss carryovers
expire at various dates beginning in 2008. Income taxes paid amounted to $22.7
million, $18.6 million and $22.5 million in 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets increased by $41.2 million, $4.2
million and $0.9 million in 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
 
NOTE 11--BUSINESS COMBINATIONS
 
    In January 1995, the Company acquired a 90 percent interest in the database
division of ASCII Corporation, a distributor of its products in Japan. The
Company acquired the remaining 10 percent interest in January 1996. The
acquisition was recorded as a purchase. The purchase price of ASCII's database
division was approximately $46.0 million, of which approximately $35.4 million
has been allocated to intangible assets acquired.
 
    In April 1995, the Company acquired an 80 percent interest in the database
division of Daou Corporation, a distributor of its products in Korea. The
acquisition was recorded as a purchase. The
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>
                              INFORMIX CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                       DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995, AND 1994
 
               (INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND FOR THE
 
                    NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND
                        SEPTEMBER 29, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 11--BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (CONTINUED)
Company has acquired the remaining 20 percent in January 1997 for approximately
$1 million. The initial purchase price of this business was approximately $4.6
million, and was increased by approximately $3.0 million in January 1997 due to
performance incentives outlined in the agreement, of which approximately $7.0
million has been allocated to intangible assets acquired.
 
    The operating results of these businesses have not been material in relation
to those of the Company and are included in the Company's consolidated results
of operations from the date of acquisition.
 
    In February 1996, the Company acquired Illustra Information Technologies,
Inc. (Illustra), a company that provides dynamic content management database
software and tools for managing complex data in the Internet,
multimedia/entertainment, financial services, earth sciences and other markets.
Approximately 12.7 million shares of Informix common stock were issued to
acquire all outstanding shares of Illustra common stock. An additional 2.3
million shares of Informix common stock were reserved for issuance in connection
the assumption of Illustra's outstanding stock options and warrants. The
transaction has been accounted for as a pooling of interests, and accordingly,
the consolidated financial statements for all prior periods presented have been
restated to include the accounts and operations of Illustra as if the merger was
consummated at the beginning of the earliest period presented. Merger fees of
approximately $5.9 million were recorded in the first quarter of 1996. The
following table presents the separate operating results for Informix Corporation
and Illustra for the periods prior to the acquisition date (because the
operating results of Illustra for the period January 1, 1996 to the effective
date of the merger were immaterial to the combined Company, for the purposes of
this table an acquisition date of January 1, 1996 is assumed).
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1995        1994
                                                                        ----------  ----------
                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>
Income Statement
Net revenues
  Informix............................................................  $  627,536  $  450,554
  Illustra............................................................       5,234       1,415
                                                                        ----------  ----------
  Combined............................................................  $  632,770  $  451,969
                                                                        ----------  ----------
                                                                        ----------  ----------
Net income (loss)
  Informix............................................................  $   46,289  $   52,541
  Illustra............................................................      (7,689)     (4,248)
                                                                        ----------  ----------
  Combined............................................................  $   38,600  $   48,293
                                                                        ----------  ----------
                                                                        ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>
                              INFORMIX CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                       DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995, AND 1994
 
               (INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND FOR THE
 
                    NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND
                        SEPTEMBER 29, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 11--BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (CONTINUED)
    In February 1997, the Company acquired all of the outstanding capital stock
of Centerview Software, Inc. ("Centerview"), a privately-owned company which
develops and sells software application development tools. The aggregate
purchase price paid was approximately $8.7 million, which included cash plus
direct costs of acquisition. The transaction has been accounted for as a
purchase and, based on an independent appraisal of the assets acquired and
liabilities assumed, the purchase price has been allocated to the net tangible
and intangible assets acquired including approximately $7 million of research
and development, which has been charged to operations in the period the
acquisition was consummated (the first quarter of 1997).
 
NOTE 12--LITIGATION
 
    Commencing in April 1997, a series of class action lawsuits purportedly by
or on behalf of stockholders and a separate but related stockholder action were
filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of
California. These actions name as defendants the Company, certain of its present
and former officers and directors and, in some cases, its independent auditors.
The complaints allege various violations of the federal securities laws and seek
unspecified but potentially significant damages. Similar actions were also filed
in California state court and in Newfoundland, Canada. While management intends
to defend these actions vigorously, the disposition of this litigation could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows.
 
    Stockholder derivative actions, purportedly on behalf of the Company and
naming virtually the same individual defendants and the Company's independent
auditors, were also filed, commencing in August 1997, in California state court.
While these actions allege various violations of state law, any monetary
judgments in these derivative actions would accrue to the benefit of the
Company.
 
    Pursuant to Delaware law and certain indemnification agreements between the
Company and each of its current and former officers and directors, the Company
is obligated to indemnify its current and former officers and directors for
certain liabilities arising from their employment with or service to the
Company. This includes the costs of defending against the claims asserted in the
above-referenced actions and any amounts paid in settlement or other disposition
of such actions on behalf of these individuals. The Company's obligations do not
permit or require it to provide such indemnification to any such individual who
is adjudicated to be liable for fraudulent or criminal conduct. Although the
Company has purchased directors' and officers' liability insurance to reimburse
it for the costs of indemnification for its directors and officers, the coverage
under its policies is limited. Moreover, although the directors' and officers'
insurance coverage presumes that 100 percent of the costs incurred in defending
claims asserted jointly against the Company and its current and former directors
and officers are allocable to the individuals' defense, the Company does not
have insurance to cover the costs of its own defense or to cover any liability
for any claims asserted against it. The Company has not set aside any financial
reserves relating to any of the above-referenced actions.
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>
                              INFORMIX CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                        DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
 
               (INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND FOR THE
                    NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND
                        SEPTEMBER 29, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 12--LITIGATION (CONTINUED)
 
    In addition, in July 1997, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued a
formal order of investigation of the Company and certain unidentified
individuals associated with the Company with respect to non-specified accounting
matters, public disclosures and trading activity in the Company's securities.
The Company is cooperating with the investigation and is providing all
information subpoenaed by the Commission.
 
    The Company is also party to certain commercial disputes with a number of
its customers, several of which have proceeded to litigation, relating to
amounts paid under license agreements with the Company. Although the Company is
vigorously defending such disputes, there can be no assurance that the outcome
of any current or future disputes will not have a material adverse effect on the
Company's financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In
addition, the Company is unable to predict the extent to which legal action
under the Company's various contracts, licenses and business relationships may
result from the restatement.
 
NOTE 13--QUARTERLY INFORMATION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                 FOURTH
                                           FIRST QUARTER           SECOND QUARTER          THIRD QUARTER        QUARTER
                                           AS                      AS                      AS                      AS
                                        REPORTED    RESTATED    REPORTED    RESTATED    REPORTED    RESTATED    REPORTED
                                       ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                    <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
1997
  Net revenues.......................  $  133,664  $  149,223  $  182,012              $  149,911
  Gross profit.......................      63,185      78,937     123,527                  97,625
  Net income (loss)..................    (140,107)   (144,161)   (111,377)               (110,523)
  Net income (loss) per share........  $    (0.93) $    (0.95) $    (0.73)             $    (0.73)
 
1996
  Net revenues.......................  $  204,021  $  164,605  $  226,282  $  159,323  $  238,180  $  187,073  $  270,828
  Gross profit.......................     160,584     121,378     178,474     112,074     189,003     138,092     218,342
  Net income (loss)..................      15,891     (15,377)     21,628     (34,083)     26,181     (17,095)     34,118
  Net income (loss) per share........  $     0.10  $    (0.10) $     0.14  $    (0.23) $     0.17  $    (0.11) $     0.22
 
1995
  Net revenues.......................  $  148,037  $  146,120  $  164,068  $  141,175  $  182,701  $  166,929  $  219,413
  Gross profit.......................     121,893     120,138     134,042     111,226     150,183     136,595     178,396
  Net income (loss)..................      17,646      16,177      20,184      (2,731)     23,896       7,759      35,918
  Net income (loss) per share........  $     0.12  $     0.11  $     0.14  $    (0.02) $     0.16  $     0.05  $     0.23
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                        RESTATED
                                       ----------
 
<S>                                    <C>
1997
  Net revenues.......................
  Gross profit.......................
  Net income (loss)..................
  Net income (loss) per share........
1996
  Net revenues.......................  $  216,848
  Gross profit.......................     164,669
  Net income (loss)..................      (7,010)
  Net income (loss) per share........  $    (0.05)
1995
  Net revenues.......................  $  178,546
  Gross profit.......................     137,678
  Net income (loss)..................      17,372
  Net income (loss) per share........  $     0.11
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 14--NONRECURRING CHARGES
 
    In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 121,
"Accounting for the Impairment of Long Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to
be Disposed of", the Company records impairment losses on long-lived assets used
in operations when events and circumstances indicate that the assets might be
impaired and the estimated future undiscounted cash flows to be generated by
those assets are less than the assets' carrying amounts. During the first
quarter of 1997, the Company's Japanese subsidiary experienced a significant
shortfall in business activity compared to historical levels. Accordingly,
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>
                              INFORMIX CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                        DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
 
               (INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND FOR THE
                    NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND
                        SEPTEMBER 29, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 14--NONRECURRING CHARGES (CONTINUED)
the Company evaluated the ongoing value of the subsidiary's long-lived assets
(primarily computer and other equipment) and related goodwill. Based on this
evaluation, the Company determined that the subsidiary's assets had been
impaired and wrote them down by $30.5 million to their estimated fair values.
Fair value was determined using estimated future discounted cash flows and/or
resale market quotes as appropriate.
 
    In June and September 1997, the Company approved plans to restructure its
operations to bring expenses in line with forecasted revenues. In connection
with the restructurings, the Company substantially reduced its worldwide
headcount and consolidated facilities and operations to improve efficiency. The
following analysis sets forth the significant components of the restructuring
charge included in other accrued liabilities at September 28, 1997:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          ACCRUAL BALANCE
                                                                    NON-                        AT
                                                     RESTRUCTURING   CASH       CASH       SEPTEMBER 28,
                                                       EXPENSE      COSTS     PAYMENTS         1997
                                                     -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------------
                                                                    (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>
Severance and benefits.............................   $    21.9   $  --       $    14.7      $     7.2
Write-off of assets................................        48.2        30.3      --               17.9
Facility charges...................................        35.9                     3.0           32.9
Other..............................................         3.4         2.2      --                1.2
                                                     -----------  ---------       -----          -----
                                                      $   109.4   $    32.5   $    17.7      $    59.2
                                                     -----------  ---------       -----          -----
                                                     -----------  ---------       -----          -----
</TABLE>
 
    Severance and related costs represented the reduction of approximately 750
employees on a worldwide basis primarily impacting sales and marketing.
Temporary employees and contractors were also reduced. Asset charges included a
write-off or write-down of equipment as a result of the decision to reduce the
number of Superstores, as well as the write-off of equipment associated with
headcount reductions. Facility charges included early termination costs
associated with the closing of certain domestic and international sales offices.
 
    The Company expects to complete most of the actions associated with its
restructuring by the end of the first quarter of fiscal 1998.
 
NOTE 15--SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)
 
    SALE OF SANTA CLARA REAL ESTATE.  In December 1997, the Company consummated
the sale of land originally intended to be the site of a new corporate
headquarters building for aggregate net proceeds of $58.1 million.
 
    ASSIGNMENT OF LEASE.  In November 1996, the Company leased approximately
200,000 square feet of office space adjacent to the Santa Clara land described
above. The lease term was for fifteen years and minimum lease payments amounted
to $96 million over the term. In December 1997, the Company assigned its
leasehold interested and its related obligations under the office space lease to
an unrelated third party.
 
                                      F-30
<PAGE>
                              INFORMIX CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                        DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
 
               (INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND FOR THE
                    NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND
                        SEPTEMBER 29, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 15--SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED) (CONTINUED)
    ISSUANCE OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK.  In November 1997, the Company sold
50,000 shares of newly issued Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, face value
$1000 per share, to a private investor for aggregate net proceeds of $48.8
million.
 
    REPRICING OF OPTIONS.  In September 1997, the Compensation Committee of the
Board of Directors authorized the Company to reprice all options granted before
May 1, 1997. The Company repriced 4,099,573 options through cancellation of the
original option and grant of a new option with an exercise price of $7.1563, the
closing price of a share of Company common stock on November 21, 1997. Executive
officers were required to remit 20% of their designated repriced options to the
Company in order to receive repricing treatment. Non executive officers
participating in the repricing exchanged their options on a one for one bases.
Newly issued stock options have the same vesting status and term as the original
options and are subject to a one year exercise black out period from the
effective date.
 
    In December 1997, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors
authorized a second option repricing to be effective January 9, 1998 (the
"Second Repricing Effective Date") based upon the closing sales price of the
Company's Common Stock as of the Second Repricing Effective Date. Under the
terms of the second repricing, each employee, excluding officers and directors
of the Company, may exchange any option outstanding as of May 1, 1997 for a new
option with an exercise price equal to the closing sales price on the Second
Repricing Effective Date. Options exchanged in the second repricing may not be
exercised for a period of one year from the Second Repricing Effective Date.
 
    SENIOR SECURED CREDIT AGREEMENT.  In December 1997, Informix Software, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation and the Company's principal operating subsidiary
("Informix Software"), entered into a Senior Secured Credit Agreement with a
syndicate of commercial banks, including BankBoston, N.A. as administrative
agent and Canadian Imperial Bank of Commercial as syndication agent, providing
for a revolving credit facility of up to $75 million (the "Credit Facility").
The actual amount available under the Credit Facility, for either direct
borrowings or issuances of letters of credit, is based on eligibility criteria
for certain accounts receivable, which are measured on a revolving basis. As a
result, the aggregate amount available under the Credit Facility will vary from
time to time based on the amount and eligibility of the Company's receivables.
As of the date of this Prospectus, no borrowings were outstanding under the
Credit Facility, and the Company had not yet determined the actual amount
available, although it believes, based on accounts receivable at December 31,
1997, that its borrowing base would have been substantially less than $75
million. The purpose of the Credit Facility is to provide the Company working
capital and finance general corporate purposes. The term of the Credit Facility
is two years. Amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility bear interest at a
premium over one of two alternative variable rates selected by the Company. The
"Base Rate" equals the greater of (i) the rate of interest announced by
BankBoston, N.A. as its "base rate" and (ii) the Federal Funds Effective Rate
plus 1/2 of 1% per year. The "Adjusted LIBOR Rate" equals (i) the London
Interbank Offered Rate divided by (ii) one minus the applicable reserve
requirement under Regulation D of the Federal Reserve Board. The maximum premium
over the Base Rate is 1.25%, and the maximum premium over the LIBOR Rate is
2.50%, subject to downward adjustment based on the Company's realizing certain
financial thresholds. The Credit Facility is secured by all of the assets of
Informix Software and the capital stock of the Company's subsidiaries that are
 
                                      F-31
<PAGE>
                              INFORMIX CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                        DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
 
               (INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND FOR THE
                    NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND
                        SEPTEMBER 29, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 15--SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED) (CONTINUED)
domiciled in the United States, including Informix Software. The availability of
the Credit Facility is also subject to the Company's compliance with certain
covenants, including financial covenants relating to financial ratios and
minimum thresholds for quarterly revenues, operating profits, and cashflows.
 
    SALE OF PARTNERSHIP INTEREST IN LENEXA, KANSAS FACILITY.  In October 1997,
the Company entered into an agreement to sell substantially all of its
partnership interest in its Lenexa, Kansas facility for approximately $8.4
million. Under the terms of the agreement, the purchaser of the Company's
partnership interest holds an option to purchase the Company's remaining DE
MINIMIS interest in the partnership.
 
                                      F-32
<PAGE>
                              INFORMIX CORPORATION
 
                                  SCHEDULE II
 
                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
 
                                   (RESTATED)
                             (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          ADDITIONS
                                                                   ------------------------
                                                                                CHARGED TO
                                                      BALANCE AT   CHARGED TO      OTHER                  BALANCE AT
                                                       BEGINNING    COSTS AND    ACCOUNTS    DEDUCTIONS     END OF
                                                       OF PERIOD    EXPENSES        (1)          (2)        PERIOD
                                                      -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS
 
Nine months ended September 30, 1997................   $  21,429    $  12,962    $  --        $   4,850    $  29,541
 
Year ended December 31, 1996........................   $  12,854    $  15,329    $    (346)   $   6,408    $  21,429
 
Year ended December 31, 1995........................   $   6,049    $   8,247    $     261    $   1,703    $  12,854
 
Year ended December 31, 1994........................   $   3,181    $   1,937    $   1,900    $     969    $   6,049
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Charged to net revenues
 
(2) Uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries
 
                                      F-33
<PAGE>
                                     [LOGO]
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
    The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than
underwriting discounts, commissions and certain accountable expenses, payable by
the Company in connection with the sale of Common Stock being registered. All
amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee and the NASD filing fee.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
SEC Registration Fee..............................................  $  35,255
Printing Fees and Expenses........................................     28,000
Legal Fees and Expenses...........................................     50,000
Accounting Fees and Expenses......................................     60,000
Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees.................................      2,500
Miscellaneous.....................................................     24,245
                                                                    ---------
    Total.........................................................  $ 200,000
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
 
ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
    Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to
include in its charter documents, and in agreements between the corporation and
its directors and officers, provisions expanding the scope of indemnification
beyond that specifically provided by the current law.
 
    Article Eight of the Registrant's Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation provides for the indemnification of directors to the fullest
extent permissible under Delaware law.
 
    Article VI of the Registrant's Bylaws provides for the indemnification of
officers, directors and third parties acting on behalf of the corporation if
such person acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in and
not opposed to the best interest of the corporation, and, with respect to any
criminal action or proceeding, the indemnified party had no reason to believe
his conduct was unlawful.
 
    The Registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with its
directors and executive officers, in addition to indemnification provided for in
the Registrant's Bylaws, and intends to enter into indemnification agreements
with any new directors and executive officers in the future.
 
ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
    Since January 1, 1994, the Registrant has issued and sold the following
unregistered securities:
 
    1.  On August 12, 1997, pursuant to a Subscription Agreement dated the same
(the "Subscription Agreement"), the Registrant sold 160,000 shares of its Series
A Convertible Preferred Stock (the "Series A Preferred") for an aggregate of
$40,000,000 to Fletcher International Limited. The Series A Preferred is
convertible into shares of Common Stock at any time after issuance and will
automatically convert into Common Stock 18 months following the date of its
issuance by the Registrant. At the holder's option, each share of Series A
Preferred, which has a face value of $250, is convertible into Common Stock at a
per share price equal to 101% of the Common Stock average price for the thirty
trading days ending five trading days prior to the conversion, but not greater
than the lesser of (i) 105% of the Common Stock average price of the first five
trading days of such thirty day period, or (ii) $12. The number of shares of
Common Stock to be issued upon conversion will vary based on future stock price
movements. In connection with the sale of the Series A Preferred, the Registrant
issued a warrant to purchase up to 140,000 shares of its Series A Preferred (the
"Series A Warrant") with an aggregated purchase price of $35,000,000. The Series
A Warrant was generally exercisable from and after August 13, 1997 to and
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
including February 15, 1998, with a provision for extension of the warrant
exercise period under certain circumstances.
 
    2.  On November 17, 1997, pursuant to an amendment to the Subscription
Agreement, the Registrant issued 160,000 shares of its Series A-1 Convertible
Preferred Stock (the "A-1 Preferred Stock") in exchange for the cancellation of
the Series A Preferred that had been issued in August 1997. For a description of
the Series A-1 Preferred see "Description of Capital Stock--Preferred Stock." In
connection with the issuance of the Series A-1 Preferred, the Registrant issued
a warrant to purchase up to 140,000 shares of its Series A-1 Preferred in
exchange for the cancellation of the Series A Warrant with an aggregated
purchase price of $35,000,000 (the "Series A-1 Warrant"). The Series A-1 Warrant
is generally exercisable from its date of issuance until April 15, 1999, with a
provision for extension of the warrant exercise period under certain
circumstances.
 
    3.  On November 19, 1997, pursuant to a Securities Purchase Agreement dated
November 17, 1997, the Registrant sold 50,000 shares of newly issued Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock (the "Series B Preferred") for an aggregate purchase
price of $50,000,000 to an investor group led by an affiliate of Credit Suisse
First Boston. In connection with the sale of the Series B Preferred, the Company
is required to issue a warrant to acquire a number of shares equal to 20% of the
shares of Common Stock issued upon the conversion of the Series B Preferred but
no less than 1,300,000 shares, together with an additional increment of warrants
to purchase 200,000 shares of Common Stock. The warrant may be exercised until
2002. For a description of the Series B Preferred and the warrant to be issued
in connection with the sale of the Series B Preferred see "Description of
Capital Stock--Preferred Stock."
 
    The sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration
under the Securities Act in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act,
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, Regulation D promulgated thereunder, Section
3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act
as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering or transactions
pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as
provided under such Rule 701. The recipients of securities in each such
transaction represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment
only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution
thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates and
warrants issued in such transactions. All recipients had adequate access,
through their relationships with the Company, to information about the
Registrant.
 
ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
    (a)  Exhibits
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT NO.   EXHIBIT TITLE
- -------------  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>            <S>
   3.1   (3)   Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended
   3.2   (3)   Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended
   3.3   (4)   Certificate of Designation of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
   3.4   (5)   Certificate of Designation of Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock
   3.5   (5)   Certificate of Designation of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
   4.1   (6)   First Amended and Restated Rights Agreement, dated as of August 12, 1997, between the
                 Registrant and BankBoston N.A., including the form of Rights Certificate attached thereto
                 as Exhibit A
   4.2   (7)   Amendment, dated as of November 17, 1997, to the First Amended and Restated Rights Agreement
                 between the Registrant and BankBoston, N.A.
   5.1   (2)   Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation regarding legality of
                 the securities being registered
  10.1   (1)   Form of Change of Control Agreement
  10.2   (8)   Form of Indemnity Agreement
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT NO.   EXHIBIT TITLE
- -------------  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>            <S>
  10.3   (9)   Form of Amended Indemnity Agreement
  10.4  (10)   1989 Outside Directors Stock Option Plan
  10.5  (11)   Amendment to the 1989 Outside Directors Stock Option Plan
  10.6   (1)   Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the Registrant's 1989 Outside Director's
                 Stock Option Plan
  10.7  (12)   1986 Stock Option Plan, as amended
  10.8  (13)   1994 Stock Option and Award Plan
  10.9   (2)   Form of Stock Option Agreement and Performance Award Agreement under the Registrant's 1994
                 Stock Option and Award Plan
  10.10 (13)   Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the Registrant's 1994 Stock Option Plan
  10.11 (14)   1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
  10.12  (1)   Enrollment/Change Form under the Registrant's 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
  10.13 (15)   Employment Agreement, dated July 18, 1997, between the Registrant and Robert J. Finocchio,
                 Jr.
  10.14 (15)   Offer of Employment Letter, dated September 18, 1997, from the Registrant to Wes Raffel
  10.15 (15)   Offer of Employment Letter, dated September 24, 1997, from the Registrant to Jean-Yves
                 Dexmier
  10.16  (1)   Separation Agreement, dated April 18, 1987, between the Registrant and Ronald M. Alvarez
  10.17  (1)   Separation Agreement, dated May 12, 1997, between the Registrant and Edwin C. Winder
  10.18  (16)  Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 1989, between the Registrant and Phillip E. White
  10.19  (1)   Contract of Employment, dated December 5, 1996, between the Registrant and Kenneth Coulter
  10.20  (1)   Employment Letter Agreement, dated November 25, 1996, between the Registrant and Kenneth
                 Coulter
  10.21  (4)   Subscription Agreement, dated August 12, 1997, between the Company and Fletcher International
                 Limited
  10.22 (17)   Exchange Agreement, dated as of November 17, 1997, between the Company and Fletcher
                 International Limited
  10.23 (17)   Amendment No. 1 to Subscription Agreement, dated as of November 17, 1997, between the Company
                 and Fletcher International Limited
  10.24  (5)   Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 17, 1997, between the Company and the
                 purchasers listed therein
  10.25  (5)   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 17, 1997, between the Company and the
                 purchasers listed therein
  10.26  (8)   Menlo Oaks Corporate Center Standard Business Lease, dated May 16, 1985, between the
                 Registrant and Amarok Bredero Partners for office space at 4100 Bohannon Drive, Menlo Park,
                 California
  10.27  (8)   Lease Amendment #1, dated July 2, 1986, between the Registrant and Amarok Bredero Partners
                 for office space at 4100 Bohannon Drive, Menlo Park, California
  10.28 (18)   Second Amendment to Lease, dated November 7, 1986 between the Registrant and Amarok Bredero
                 Partners for office space at 4100 Bohannon Drive, Menlo Park, California
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT NO.   EXHIBIT TITLE
- -------------  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>            <S>
  10.29 (19)   Third Amendment to Lease, dated June 18, 1991, between the Registrant and Menlo Oaks
                 Partners, L.P. for office space at 4100 Bohannon Drive, Menlo Park, California
  10.30  (1)   Fourth Amendment to Lease, dated June 30, 1997, between the Registrant and Menlo Oaks
                 Partners, L.P. for office space at 4100 Bohannon Drive, Menlo Park, California
  10.31  (9)   Menlo Oaks Corporate Center Standard Business Lease, dated September 4, 1987 between the
                 Registrant and Menlo Oaks Partners, L.P. for office space at 4300/4400 Bohannon Drive,
                 Menlo Park, California
  10.32  (1)   Side Letter Agreement, dated August 31, 1987, between the Registrant and Menlo Oaks Partners,
                 L.P. for office space at 4300/4400 Bohannon Drive, Menlo Park, California
  10.33  (1)   Side Letter Agreement, dated October 27, 1987, between the Registrant and Menlo Oaks
                 Partners, L.P. for office space at 4300/4400 Bohannon Drive, Menlo Park, California
  10.34 (19)   First Amendment to Lease, dated June 18, 1991, between the Registrant and Menlo Oaks
                 Partners, L.P. for office space at 4300/4400 Bohannon Drive, Menlo Park, California
  10.35 (20)   Second Amendment to Lease, dated July 17, 1992, between the Registrant and Menlo Oaks
                 Partners, L.P. for office space at 4300/4400 Bohannon Drive, Menlo Park, California
  10.36  (1)   Third Amendment to Lease, dated June 8, 1993 between the Registrant and Menlo Oaks Partners,
                 L.P. for office space at 4300/4400 Bohannon Drive, Menlo Park, California
  10.37 (21)   Fourth Amendment to Lease, dated February 10, 1994, between the Registrant and Menlo Oaks
                 Partners, L.P. for office space at 4300/4400 Bohannon Drive, Menlo Park, California
  10.38  (1)   Fifth Amendment to Lease, dated June 30, 1997 between the Registrant and Menlo Oaks Partners,
                 L.P. for office space at 4300/4400 Bohannon Drive, Menlo Park, California
  10.39 (21)   Menlo Oaks Corporate Center Standard Business Lease, dated February 10, 1994 between the
                 Registrant and Menlo Oaks Partners, L.P. for office space at 4600/4700 Bohannon Drive,
                 Menlo Park, California
  10.40 (21)   First Amendment to Lease, dated March 17, 1994, between the Registrant and Menlo Oaks
                 Partners, L.P. for office space at 4600/47000 Bohannon Drive, Menlo Park, California
  10.41  (1)   Second Amendment to Lease, dated September 22, 1994, between the Registrant and Menlo Oaks
                 Partners, L.P. for office space at 4600/47000 Bohannon Drive, Menlo Park, California
  10.42  (1)   Third Amendment to Lease, dated December 28, 1994, between the Registrant and Menlo Oaks
                 Partners, L.P. for office space at 4600/47000 Bohannon Drive, Menlo Park, California
  10.43  (9)   Office Lease, dated August 15, 1987, between the Registrant and Southlake Partners #1 for
                 office space at 15961 College Blvd. and 11170 Lakeview Avenue, Lenexa, Kansas
  10.44  (1)   First Amendment to Office Lease, dated April 15, 1988, between the Registrant and Southlake
                 Partners #1 for office space at 15901 College Blvd., Lenexa, Kansas
  10.45  (1)   Amendment to Office Lease, dated October 20, 1997, between the Registrant and Southlake
                 Partners #1 for office space at 15901 College Blvd. (now 16011 College Blvd) Lenexa, Kansas
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT NO.   EXHIBIT TITLE
- -------------  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>            <S>
  10.46  (1)   Office Lease, dated October 20, 1997, between the Registrant and Southlake Partners #1 for
                 office space at 11170 Lakeview Avenue, Lenexa, Kansas
  10.47  (1)   Senior Secured Credit Agreement, dated December 31, 1997, among Informix Software, Inc.,
                 certain banks and other financial institutions that either now or in the future are parties
                 to the agreement, BankBoston, N.A. and Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce
  10.48  (1)   Pledge Agreement, dated December 31, 1997, by and between the Registrant and BankBoston, N.A.
  10.49  (1)   Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of December 31, 1997, between Informix Software, Inc.
                 and BankBoston, N.A.
  10.50  (1)   Continuing Guaranty, dated as of December 31, 1997, by the Registrant
  11.1   (1)   Schedule re: Computation of Net Income (Loss) Per Share
  21.1  (23)   Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  23.1   (1)   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors
  24.1   (1)   Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)
  24.2   (2)   Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit
                 5.1)
  27.1   (1)   Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
 (1) Filed herewith
 
 (2) To be filed by Amendment
 
 (3) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant's quarterly
     report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended July 2, 1995
 
 (4) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant's report on
     Form 8-K filed with the Commission on August 25, 1997
 
 (5) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant's report on
     Form 8-K filed with the Commission on December 4, 1997
 
 (6) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the amendment to the
     Registrant's Registration Statement on Form 8-A/A (File No. 000-15325)
     filed with the Commission on September 3, 1997
 
 (7) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the amendment to the
     Registrant's Registration Statement on Form 8-A/A (File No. 000-15325)
     filed with the Commission on December 3, 1997.
 
 (8) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant's
     Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-8006)
 
 (9) Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with the Registrant's annual
     report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1988
 
 (10) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant's
      Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 33-31116)
 
 (11) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant's
      Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 33-50608)
 
 (12) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with Registrant's Registration
      Statements on Form S-8 (File Nos: 33-22862, 33-31117 and 33-506-10)
 
 (13) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant's
      Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-31369) filed with the
      Commission on July 16, 1997.
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
 (14) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant's
      Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-31371) filed with the
      Commission on July 16, 1997
 
 (15) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant's
      quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 28,
      1997
 
 (16) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with Registrant's annual
      report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1989
 
 (17) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with Registrant's report on
      Form 8-K filed with the Commission on December 2, 1997
 
 (18) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with Registrant's annual
      report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1986
 
 (19) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with Registrant's annual
      report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1991
 
 (20) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with Registrant's annual
      report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1992
 
 (21) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with Registrant's annual
      report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993
 
 (22) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant's
      amendment to its annual report on Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended
      December 31, 1996 filed with the Commission on November 18, 1997
 
 (23) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant's annual
      report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996
 
 (b) Financial Statement Schedule
 
SCHEDULE II--VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
 
    Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information
required to be set forth therein is not, applicable or is shown in the financial
statements or notes thereto.
 
                                      II-6
<PAGE>
ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS
 
    Insofar as indemnification by the Registrant for liabilities arising under
the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling
persons of the Registrant pursuant to the provisions referenced in Item 14 of
this Registration Statement or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that
in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such
liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or
paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered hereunder, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel
the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by
the final adjudication of such issue.
 
    The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
 
        (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made,
    a post-effective amendment to this registration statement (i) to include any
    prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933; (ii)
    to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective
    date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective
    amendment thereto, which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a
    fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration
    statement; and (iii) to include any material information with respect to the
    plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement
    or any material change to such information in the registration statement.
 
        (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
    Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed
    to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
    therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to
    be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
        (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment
    any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the
    termination of this offering.
 
        (4) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities
    Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as
    part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained
    in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1)
    or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
    registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
                                      II-7
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of
Menlo Park, State of California, on the 9th day of January, 1998.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>  <C>
                                INFORMIX CORPORATION
 
                                By:         /s/ ROBERT J. FINOCCHIO, JR.
                                     ------------------------------------------
                                              Robert J. Finocchio, Jr.
                                      CHAIRMAN, PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE
                                                      OFFICER
</TABLE>
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
    KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears
below hereby constitutes and appoints Jean-Yves Dexmier and Karen Blasing and
each one of them, acting individually and without the other, as his
attorney-in-fact, each with full power of substitution, for him in any and all
capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Registration Statement
(including post-effective amendments), and to sign any registration statement
for the same offering covered by this Registration Statement that is to be
effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities
Act of 1933, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same,
with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that
each of said attorneys-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes may do or cause
to be done by virtue hereof.
 
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          SIGNATURE                       TITLE                    DATE
- ------------------------------  --------------------------  -------------------
 
<C>                             <S>                         <C>
  /s/ (ROBERT J. FINOCCHIO,     Chairman, President and
             JR.)                 Chief Executive Officer
- ------------------------------    (Principal Executive        January 9, 1998
  (Robert J. Finocchio, Jr.)      Officer) and Director
 
                                Executive Vice President
   /s/ (JEAN-YVES DEXMIER)        and Chief Financial
- ------------------------------    Officer (Principal          January 9, 1998
     (Jean-Yves Dexmier)          Financial Officer)
 
    /s/ (LESLIE G. DENEND)
- ------------------------------  Director                      January 9, 1998
      (Leslie G. Denend)
 
  /s/ (ALBERT F. KNORP, JR.)
- ------------------------------  Director                      January 9, 1998
    (Albert F. Knorp, Jr.)
 
     /s/ (JAMES L. KOCH)
- ------------------------------  Director                      January 9, 1998
       (James L. Koch)
 
  /s/ (THOMAS A. MCDONNELL)
- ------------------------------  Director                      January 9, 1998
    (Thomas A. McDonnell)
 
   /s/ (CYRIL J. YANSOUNI)
- ------------------------------  Director                      January 9, 1998
     (Cyril J. Yansouni)
 
                                Vice President and
     /s/ (KAREN BLASING)          Corporate Controller
- ------------------------------    (Principal Accounting       January 9, 1998
       (Karen Blasing)            Officer)
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-8
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT NO.   EXHIBIT TITLE
- -------------  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>            <S>
   3.1   (3)   Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended
   3.2   (3)   Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended
   3.3   (4)   Certificate of Designation of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
   3.4   (5)   Certificate of Designation of Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock
   3.5   (5)   Certificate of Designation of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
   4.1   (6)   First Amended and Restated Rights Agreement, dated as of August 12, 1997, between the
                 Registrant and BankBoston N.A., including the form of Rights Certificate attached thereto
                 as Exhibit A
   4.2   (7)   Amendment, dated as of November 17, 1997, to the First Amended and Restated Rights Agreement
                 between the Registrant and BankBoston, N.A.
   5.1   (2)   Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation regarding legality of
                 the securities being registered
  10.1   (1)   Form of Change of Control Agreement
  10.2   (8)   Form of Indemnity Agreement
  10.3   (9)   Form of Amended Indemnity Agreement
  10.4  (10)   1989 Outside Directors Stock Option Plan
  10.5  (11)   Amendment to the 1989 Outside Directors Stock Option Plan
  10.6   (1)   Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the Registrant's 1989 Outside Director's
                 Stock Option Plan
  10.7  (12)   1986 Stock Option Plan, as amended
  10.8  (13)   1994 Stock Option and Award Plan
  10.9   (2)   Form of Stock Option Agreement and Performance Award Agreement under the Registrant's 1994
                 Stock Option and Award Plan
  10.10 (13)   Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the Registrant's 1994 Stock Option Plan
  10.11 (14)   1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
  10.12  (1)   Enrollment/Change Form under the Registrant's 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
  10.13 (15)   Employment Agreement, dated July 18, 1997, between the Registrant and Robert J. Finocchio,
                 Jr.
  10.14 (15)   Offer of Employment Letter, dated September 18, 1997, from the Registrant to Wes Raffel
  10.15 (15)   Offer of Employment Letter, dated September 24, 1997, from the Registrant to Jean-Yves
                 Dexmier
  10.16  (1)   Separation Agreement, dated April 18, 1987, between the Registrant and Ronald M. Alvarez
  10.17  (1)   Separation Agreement, dated May 12, 1997, between the Registrant and Edwin C. Winder
  10.18  (16)  Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 1989, between the Registrant and Phillip E. White
  10.19  (1)   Contract of Employment, dated December 5, 1996, between the Registrant and Kenneth Coulter
  10.20  (1)   Employment Letter Agreement, dated November 25, 1996, between the Registrant and Kenneth
                 Coulter
  10.21  (4)   Subscription Agreement, dated August 12, 1997, between the Company and Fletcher International
                 Limited
  10.22 (17)   Exchange Agreement, dated as of November 17, 1997, between the Company and Fletcher
                 International Limited
  10.23 (17)   Amendment No. 1 to Subscription Agreement, dated as of November 17, 1997, between the Company
                 and Fletcher International Limited
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT NO.   EXHIBIT TITLE
- -------------  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>            <S>
  10.24  (5)   Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 17, 1997, between the Company and the
                 purchasers listed therein
  10.25  (5)   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 17, 1997, between the Company and the
                 purchasers listed therein
  10.26  (8)   Menlo Oaks Corporate Center Standard Business Lease, dated May 16, 1985, between the
                 Registrant and Amarok Bredero Partners for office space at 4100 Bohannon Drive, Menlo Park,
                 California
  10.27  (8)   Lease Amendment #1, dated July 2, 1986, between the Registrant and Amarok Bredero Partners
                 for office space at 4100 Bohannon Drive, Menlo Park, California
  10.28 (18)   Second Amendment to Lease, dated November 7, 1986 between the Registrant and Amarok Bredero
                 Partners for office space at 4100 Bohannon Drive, Menlo Park, California
  10.29 (19)   Third Amendment to Lease, dated June 18, 1991, between the Registrant and Menlo Oaks
                 Partners, L.P. for office space at 4100 Bohannon Drive, Menlo Park, California
  10.30  (1)   Fourth Amendment to Lease, dated June 30, 1997, between the Registrant and Menlo Oaks
                 Partners, L.P. for office space at 4100 Bohannon Drive, Menlo Park, California
  10.31  (9)   Menlo Oaks Corporate Center Standard Business Lease, dated September 4, 1987 between the
                 Registrant and Menlo Oaks Partners, L.P. for office space at 4300/4400 Bohannon Drive,
                 Menlo Park, California
  10.32  (1)   Side Letter Agreement, dated August 31, 1987, between the Registrant and Menlo Oaks Partners,
                 L.P. for office space at 4300/4400 Bohannon Drive, Menlo Park, California
  10.33  (1)   Side Letter Agreement, dated October 27, 1987, between the Registrant and Menlo Oaks
                 Partners, L.P. for office space at 4300/4400 Bohannon Drive, Menlo Park, California
  10.34 (19)   First Amendment to Lease, dated June 18, 1991, between the Registrant and Menlo Oaks
                 Partners, L.P. for office space at 4300/4400 Bohannon Drive, Menlo Park, California
  10.35 (20)   Second Amendment to Lease, dated July 17, 1992, between the Registrant and Menlo Oaks
                 Partners, L.P. for office space at 4300/4400 Bohannon Drive, Menlo Park, California
  10.36  (1)   Third Amendment to Lease, dated June 8, 1993 between the Registrant and Menlo Oaks Partners,
                 L.P. for office space at 4300/4400 Bohannon Drive, Menlo Park, California
  10.37 (21)   Fourth Amendment to Lease, dated February 10, 1994, between the Registrant and Menlo Oaks
                 Partners, L.P. for office space at 4300/4400 Bohannon Drive, Menlo Park, California
  10.38  (1)   Fifth Amendment to Lease, dated June 30, 1997 between the Registrant and Menlo Oaks Partners,
                 L.P. for office space at 4300/4400 Bohannon Drive, Menlo Park, California
  10.39 (21)   Menlo Oaks Corporate Center Standard Business Lease, dated February 10, 1994 between the
                 Registrant and Menlo Oaks Partners, L.P. for office space at 4600/4700 Bohannon Drive,
                 Menlo Park, California
  10.40 (21)   First Amendment to Lease, dated March 17, 1994, between the Registrant and Menlo Oaks
                 Partners, L.P. for office space at 4600/47000 Bohannon Drive, Menlo Park, California
  10.41  (1)   Second Amendment to Lease, dated September 22, 1994, between the Registrant and Menlo Oaks
                 Partners, L.P. for office space at 4600/47000 Bohannon Drive, Menlo Park, California
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT NO.   EXHIBIT TITLE
- -------------  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>            <S>
  10.42  (1)   Third Amendment to Lease, dated December 28, 1994, between the Registrant and Menlo Oaks
                 Partners, L.P. for office space at 4600/47000 Bohannon Drive, Menlo Park, California
  10.43  (9)   Office Lease, dated August 15, 1987, between the Registrant and Southlake Partners #1 for
                 office space at 15961 College Blvd. and 11170 Lakeview Avenue, Lenexa, Kansas
  10.44  (1)   First Amendment to Office Lease, dated April 15, 1988, between the Registrant and Southlake
                 Partners #1 for office space at 15901 College Blvd., Lenexa, Kansas
  10.45  (1)   Amendment to Office Lease, dated October 20, 1997, between the Registrant and Southlake
                 Partners #1 for office space at 15901 College Blvd. (now 16011 College Blvd) Lenexa, Kansas
  10.46  (1)   Office Lease, dated October 20, 1997, between the Registrant and Southlake Partners #1 for
                 office space at 11170 Lakeview Avenue, Lenexa, Kansas
  10.47  (1)   Senior Secured Credit Agreement, dated December 31, 1997, among Informix Software, Inc.,
                 certain banks and other financial institutions that either now or in the future are parties
                 to the agreement, BankBoston, N.A. and Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce
  10.48  (1)   Pledge Agreement, dated December 31, 1997, by and between the Registrant and BankBoston, N.A.
  10.49  (1)   Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of December 31, 1997, between Informix Software, Inc.
                 and BankBoston, N.A.
  10.50  (1)   Continuing Guaranty, dated as of December 31, 1997, by the Registrant
  11.1   (1)   Schedule re: Computation of Net Income (Loss) Per Share
  21.1  (23)   Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  23.1   (1)   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors
  24.1   (1)   Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)
  24.2   (2)   Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit
                 5.1)
  27.1   (1)   Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
 (1) Filed herewith
 
 (2) To be filed by Amendment
 
 (3) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant's quarterly
     report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended July 2, 1995
 
 (4) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant's report on
     Form 8-K filed with the Commission on August 25, 1997
 
 (5) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant's report on
     Form 8-K filed with the Commission on December 4, 1997
 
 (6) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the amendment to the
     Registrant's Registration Statement on Form 8-A/A (File No. 000-15325)
     filed with the Commission on September 3, 1997
 
 (7) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the amendment to the
     Registrant's Registration Statement on Form 8-A/A (File No. 000-15325)
     filed with the Commission on December 3, 1997.
 
 (8) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant's
     Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-8006)
 
 (9) Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with the Registrant's annual
     report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1988
 
 (10) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant's
      Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 33-31116)
<PAGE>
 (11) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant's
      Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 33-50608)
 
 (12) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with Registrant's Registration
      Statements on Form S-8 (File Nos: 33-22862, 33-31117 and 33-506-10)
 
 (13) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant's
      Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-31369) filed with the
      Commission on July 16, 1997.
 
 (14) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant's
      Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-31371) filed with the
      Commission on July 16, 1997
 
 (15) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant's
      quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 28,
      1997
 
 (16) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with Registrant's annual
      report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1989
 
 (17) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with Registrant's report on
      Form 8-K filed with the Commission on December 2, 1997
 
 (18) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with Registrant's annual
      report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1986
 
 (19) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with Registrant's annual
      report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1991
 
 (20) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with Registrant's annual
      report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1992
 
 (21) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with Registrant's annual
      report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993
 
 (22) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant's
      amendment to its annual report on Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended
      December 31, 1996 filed with the Commission on November 18, 1997
 
 (23) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant's annual
      report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996

<PAGE>

                                 INFORMIX CORPORATION

                             CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT



    This Change of Control Agreement (the "Agreement") is made and entered into
by and between ____________ (the "Employee") and Informix Corporation (the
"Company"), effective as of the latest date set forth by the signatures of the
parties hereto below (the "Effective Date").

                                   R E C I T A L S          

    A.   It is expected that the Company from time to time will consider the 
possibility of an acquisition by another company or other change of control. 
The Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") recognizes that such 
consideration can be a distraction to the Employee and can cause the Employee 
to consider alternative employment opportunities.  The Board has determined 
that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to 
assure that the Company will have the continued dedication and objectivity of 
the Employee, notwithstanding the possibility, threat or occurrence of a 
Change of Control (as defined below) of the Company.

    B.   The Board believes that it is in the best interests of the Company and
its stockholders to provide the Employee with an incentive to continue his
employment and to motivate the Employee to maximize the value of the Company
upon a Change of Control for the benefit of its stockholders.

    C.   The Board believes that it is imperative to provide the Employee with
certain benefits upon a Change of Control which provides the Employee with
enhanced financial security and provides incentive and encouragement to the
Employee to remain with the Company notwithstanding the possibility of a Change
of Control.

    The parties hereto agree as follows:

    1.   TERM OF AGREEMENT.  This Agreement shall terminate upon the date that
all obligations of the parties hereto with respect to this Agreement have been
satisfied.

    2.   AT-WILL EMPLOYMENT.  The Company and the Employee acknowledge that the
Employee's employment is and shall continue to be at-will, as defined under
applicable law, and may be terminated at any time by either party, with or
without cause.

    3.   CHANGE OF CONTROL BENEFITS.  In the event a Change of Control occurs
before January 18, 1998, then, if Employee is employed by the Company as of the
date of such Change of Control, all of Employee's Company stock options ("Stock
Options") shall have their vesting accelerated as to two years' additional
vesting (and such Stock Options shall continue to otherwise vest at the same
rate and as to the same number of shares per vesting period as immediately prior
to the Change of Control), and in the event a Change of Control occurs on or
after January 18, 1998, then, if Employee is employed by the Company as of the
date of such Change of Control, Employee's Stock Options shall have their
vesting accelerated in full so as to become 100% vested.

<PAGE>

    For the purposes of this Agreement, "Change of Control" shall mean:

         (i)       Any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and
14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) becomes the
"beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or
indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the total
voting power represented by the Company's then outstanding voting securities; or

         (ii)      A change in the composition of the Board occurring within a
two-year period, as a result of which fewer than  a majority of the directors
are Incumbent Directors.  "Incumbent Directors" shall mean directors who either
(A) are directors of the Company as of the Effective Date, or (B) are elected,
or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a
majority of the Incumbent Directors at the time of such election or nomination
(but shall not include an individual whose election or nomination is in
connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election
of directors to the Company); or

         (iii)     The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company
with any other corporation other than a merger or consolidation which would
result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior
thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being
converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least fifty percent
(50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the
Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or
consolidation; or 

         (iv)      The consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company
of all or substantially all of the Company's assets.

    4.   ATTORNEY FEES, COSTS AND EXPENSES.  The Company shall promptly
reimburse Employee, on a monthly basis, for the reasonable attorney fees, costs
and expenses incurred by the Employee in connection with any action brought by
Employee to enforce his rights hereunder, regardless of the outcome of the
action.

    5.   SUCCESSORS.

         (a)  COMPANY'S SUCCESSORS.  Any successor to the Company (whether
direct or indirect and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, liquidation
or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company's business and/or
assets shall assume the obligations under this Agreement and agree expressly to
perform the obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same
extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the
absence of a succession.  For all purposes under this Agreement, the term
"Company" shall include any successor to the Company's business and/or assets
which executes and delivers the assumption agreement described in this
Section 5(a) or which becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement by operation
of law.


                                         -2-
<PAGE>
         (b)  EMPLOYEE'S SUCCESSORS.  The terms of this Agreement and all
rights of the Employee hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be
enforceable by, the Employee's personal or legal representatives, executors,
administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

    6.   MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

         (a)  WAIVER.  No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived
or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in
writing and signed by the Employee and by an authorized officer of the Company
(other than the Employee).  No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of
compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party
shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same
condition or provision at another time.

         (b)  WHOLE AGREEMENT.  No agreements, representations or
understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) which
are not expressly set forth in this Agreement have been made or entered into by
either party with respect to the subject matter hereof.  This Agreement and the
Stock Options represent the entire understanding of the parties hereto with
respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior arrangements and
understandings regarding same.

         (c)  CHOICE OF LAW.  The validity, interpretation, construction and
performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of
California.

         (d)  SEVERABILITY.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or
enforceability of any other provision hereof, which shall remain in full force
and effect.

         (e)  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts,
each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together will
constitute one and the same instrument.


                                         -3-
<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement,
in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and
year set forth below.


COMPANY                           INFORMIX CORPORATION


                                  --------------------------------------------
                                  Robert J. Finocchio, Jr.
                                  
                                  Date:_______________________________________


EMPLOYEE                          --------------------------------------------
                                  (Name)
                        
                                  Date:_______________________________________


                                         -4-

<PAGE>
                                                                    Exhibit 10.6

                                 INFORMIX CORPORATION

                         NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

                                FOR OUTSIDE DIRECTORS


    Informix Corporation (the "Company"), granted to the individual named below
an option to purchase certain shares of common stock of the Company, in the
manner and subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement.

    1.   DEFINITIONS:

         (a)  "Optionee" shall mean

         (b)  "Date of Option Grant" shall mean

         (c)  "Number of Option Shares" shall mean _______ shares of common
stock of the Company as adjusted from time to time pursuant to paragraph 9
below.

         (d)  "Exercise Price" shall mean  $_____ per share as adjusted from
time to time pursuant to paragraph 9 below.

         (e)  "Initial Exercise Date" shall be the date occurring one (1) year
after the Date of Option Grant.

         (f)  "Initial Vesting Date" shall be the date occurring one (1) year
after the Date of Option Grant.

         (g)  Determination of "Vested Ratio":
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                              Vested Ratio
                                                                              ------------
<S>                                                                          <C>

              Prior to Initial Vesting Date                                              0

              On Initial Vesting Date, provided the Optionee has continuously          1/3
              served as a director of the Company from the Date of Option
              Grant until the Initial Vesting Date

                                                                                      Plus
                                                                                      ----

              For each full year of the Optionee's continuous service as               1/3
              a director of the Company from the Initial Vesting Date
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

              In no event shall the Vested Ratio exceed 1/1.

         (h)  "Option Term Date" shall mean the date ten (10) years after the
Date of Option Grant.

         (i)  "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 

         (j)  "Company" shall mean Informix Corporation, a Delaware
corporation, and any successor corporation thereto.

         (k)  "Plan" shall mean the Informix Corporation 1989 Outside Directors
Stock Option Plan.

    2.   STATUS OF THE OPTION.  This Option is intended to be a nonqualified
stock option and shall not be treated as an incentive stock option as described
in section 422A(b) of the Code.

    3.   ADMINISTRATION.  All questions of interpretation concerning this
Option Agreement shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company
(the "Board") and/or by a duly appointed committee of the Board having such
powers as shall be specified by the Board.  Any subsequent references herein to
the Board shall also mean the committee if such committee has been appointed
and, unless the powers of the committee have been specifically limited, the
committee shall have all of the powers of the Board granted in the Plan,
including, without limitation, the power to terminate or amend the Plan at any
time, subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable limitations imposed by
law.  All determinations by the Board shall be final and binding upon all
persons having an interest in the Option.  Any officer of the Company shall have
the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right,
obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to
the Company herein, provided the officer has apparent authority with respect to
such matter, right, obligation, or election.

    4.   EXERCISE OF THE OPTION.

         (a)  RIGHT TO EXERCISE.  The Option shall first become exercisable on
the Initial Exercise Date.  The Option shall be exercisable on and after the
Initial Exercise Date and prior to the termination of the Option in the amount
equal to the Number of Option Shares multiplied by the Vested Ratio as set forth
in paragraph 1 above less the number of shares previously acquired upon exercise
of the Option.  In no event shall the Option be exercisable for more shares than
the number of Option Shares.

         (b)  METHOD OF EXERCISE.  The Option shall be exercisable by written 
notice to the Company which shall state the election to exercise the Option, 
the number of shares for which the Option is being exercised and such other 
representations and agreements as to the Optionee's investment intent with 
respect to such shares as may be required pursuant to the provisions of this 
Option Agreement.  Such written notice shall be signed by the Optionee and 
shall be delivered in person or by certified or registered mail, return 
receipt requested, to the Chief Financial Officer of the 

                                       -2-
<PAGE>

Company, or other authorized representative of the Company, prior to the 
termination of the Option as set forth in paragraph 6 below, accompanied by 
full payment of the exercise price for the number of shares being purchased.

         (c)  FORM OF PAYMENT OF OPTION PRICE.  Such payment shall be made in
cash, by check, or cash equivalent.

         (d)  WITHHOLDING.  At the time the Option is exercised, in whole or in
part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, the Optionee shall
make adequate provision for foreign, federal and state tax withholding
obligations of the Company, if any, which arise in connection with the Option,
including, without limitation, obligations arising upon (i) the exercise, in
whole or in part, of the option, (ii) the transfer, in whole or in part, of any
shares acquired on exercise of the Option, (iii) the operation of any law or
regulation providing for the imputation of interest, or (iv) the lapsing of any
restriction with respect to any shares acquired on exercise of the Option.

         (e)  CERTIFICATE REGISTRATION.  The certificate or certificates for
the shares as to which the Option shall be exercised shall be registered in the
name of the Optionee, or, if applicable, the heirs of the Optionee.

         (f)  RESTRICTIONS ON GRANT OF THE OPTION AND ISSUANCE OF SHARES.  The
grant of the Option and the issuance of the shares upon exercise of the Option
shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal or
state law with respect to such securities.  The Option may not be exercised if
the issuance of shares upon such exercise would constitute a violation of any
applicable federal or state securities laws or other law or regulations.  In
addition, no Option may be exercised unless (i) a registration statement under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), shall at the time
of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon
exercise of the Option or (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company,
the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with
the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act.  As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the Company may
require the Optionee to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or
appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to
make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by
the Company.

         (g)  FRACTIONAL SHARES.  The Company shall not be required to issue
fractional shares upon the exercise of the Option.

    5.   NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF THE OPTION.  The Option may be exercised during
the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee and may not be assigned or
transferred in any manner except by will or by the laws of descent and
distribution.

    6.   TERMINATION OF THE OPTION.  The Option shall terminate and may no
longer be exercised on the first to occur of (a) the Option Term Date as defined
above, (b) the last date for exercising the Option following the Optionee's
termination of service as a director of the Company as described in paragraph 7
below, or (c) upon a transfer of control as described in paragraph 8 below.

                                       -3-
<PAGE>

    7.   TERMINATION OF SERVICE AS A DIRECTOR.

         (a)  TERMINATION OF DIRECTOR STATUS.  If Optionee ceases to be a
director of the Company for any reason other than Optionee's death or disability
within the meaning of section 422A(c) of the Code, this option, to the extent
unexercised and exercisable, shall, subject to earlier termination pursuant to
paragraph 6 above, expire one (1) month thereafter, and during such period after
Optionee ceases to be a director this Option shall be exercisable only as to
those shares with respect to which installments, if any, had vested pursuant to
paragraph 1 above, as of the date of such termination of director status.

         (b)  DEATH OR DISABILITY.  If Optionee shall die or become disabled
within the meaning of section 422A(c) of the Code while a director of the
Company, the Optionee or the person or persons to whom Optionee's rights under
the Option shall have passed by will or by the applicable laws of descent and
distribution shall have the right, at any time within one (1) year after the
date of Optionee's death or termination of service as director, to exercise such
Option as to those shares with respect to which installments had vested pursuant
to paragraph 1 above as of the date of such termination of director status;
provided, however, that all rights under such option shall expire in any event
on the day specified in paragraph 6 above.

         (c)  EXERCISE PREVENTED BY LAW.  Except as provided in this
paragraph 7, the Option shall terminate and may not be exercised after the
Optionee's director status with the Company terminates unless the exercise of
the Option in accordance with this paragraph 7 is prevented by the provisions of
paragraph 4(f) above.  If the exercise of the Option is so prevented, the Option
shall remain exercisable until three (3) months after the date the Optionee is
notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no
later than the Option Term Date.

         (d)  OPTIONEE SUBJECT TO SECTION 16(b).  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, if the exercise of the Option within the applicable time periods set
forth above would subject the Optionee to suit under Section 16(b) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), the Option
shall remain exercisable until the earliest to occur of (i) the tenth (10th) day
following the date on which the Optionee would no longer be subject to such
suit, (ii) the one hundred and ninetieth (190th) day after the Optionee's
termination of director status, or (iii) the Option Term Date.

         (e)  OPTIONEE BECOMING EMPLOYEE-DIRECTOR.  If Optionee shall become an
employee of the Company while also a director of the Company, (i) this option,
to the extent unexercisable at the time the Optionee becomes an employee of the
Company, shall immediately expire, and (ii) the Optionee shall have the right to
exercise such Option as to those shares with respect to which installments, if
any, had vested pursuant to paragraph 1 above as of the date of such employment
with the Company until the Option Term Date; provided, however, that all rights
under the exercisable portion of such Option, if any, shall expire in any event
on the day specified in paragraph 6 above.

                                       -4-
<PAGE>

    8.   TRANSFER OF CONTROL.  A "Transfer of Control" shall be deemed to have
occurred in the event any of the following occurs with respect to the Company:

         (a)  a merger, consolidation, or reorganization in which the
shareholders of the Company before such merger, consolidation, or reorganization
do not retain, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the beneficial
interest in the voting stock of the Company;

         (b)  the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of
the assets of the Company (other than a sale, exchange, or transfer to one (1)
or more corporations where the shareholders of the Company before such sale,
exchange, or transfer retain, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the
beneficial interest in the voting stock of the corporation(s) to which the
assets were transferred);

         (c)  the direct or indirect sale or exchange by the shareholders of
the Company of eighty percent (80%) or more of the then outstanding voting stock
of the Company where the shareholders of the Company before such sale or
exchange do not retain, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the
beneficial interest in the voting stock of the Company; or

         (d)  the liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

    Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, in the
event of a Transfer of Control, the Optionee shall have the right within a
period commencing not more than thirty (30) days immediately prior to, and
ending on the day immediately prior to, such Transfer of Control to exercise the
Option to the extent of all or any part of the aggregate number of shares
subject to the Option.

    9.   EFFECT OF CHANGE IN STOCK SUBJECT TO THE OPTION.  Appropriate
adjustments shall be made in the number, exercise price and class of shares of
stock subject to the Option in the event of a stock dividend, stock split,
reverse stock split, combination, reclassification, or like change in the
capital structure of the Company.  In the event a majority of the shares which
are of the same class as the shares that are subject to the Option are exchanged
for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an
ownership Change) shares of another corporation (the "New Shares"), the Company
may unilaterally amend the Option to provide that the Option is exercisable for
New Shares.  In the event of any such amendment, the number of shares and the
exercise price shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner.

    10.  RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER.  The Optionee shall have no rights as a
shareholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date of
the issuance of a certificate or certificates for the shares for which the
Option has been exercised.  No adjustment shall be made for dividends or
distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date
such certificate or certificates are issued, except as provided in paragraph 9
above.

    11.  LEGENDS.  The Company may at any time place legends referencing any 
applicable federal or state securities law restrictions on all certificates 
representing shares of stock subject to the 

                                       -5-
<PAGE>

provisions of this Option Agreement. The Optionee shall, at the request of 
the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates 
representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the possession of the 
Optionee in order to effectuate the provisions of this paragraph.

    12.  BINDING EFFECT.  This Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of
and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors,
administrators, successors and assigns.

    13.  TERMINATION OR AMENDMENT.  The Board, including any duly appointed
committee of the Board, may terminate or amend the Plan and/or the Option at any
time; provided, however, that no such termination or amendment may adversely
affect the Option or any unexercised portion hereof without the consent of the
Optionee.

    14.  INTEGRATED AGREEMENT.  This Option Agreement constitutes the entire
understanding and agreement of the Optionee and the Company with respect to the
subject matter contained herein, and there are no agreements, understandings,
restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Optionee and the Company
other than those as set forth or provided for herein.  To the extent
contemplated herein, the provisions of this Option Agreement shall survive any
exercise of the Option and shall remain in full force and effect.

    15.  APPLICABLE LAW.  This Option Agreement shall be governed by the laws
of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between
California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State
of California.

                                       INFORMIX CORPORATION


                                       ----------------------------------------
                                       By:

                                       Title:
                                             ----------------------------------

    The Optionee represents that the Optionee is familiar with the terms and
provisions of this Option Agreement, and hereby accepts the Option subject to
all of the terms and provisions thereof.  The Optionee hereby agrees to accept
as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board
upon any questions arising under this Option Agreement.


Date:
     -----------------------------     ----------------------------------------


                                       -6-

<PAGE>

INFORMIX            HUMAN RESOURCES; CORPORATE EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
                    --------------------------------------------
                    EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
                    ENROLLMENT/CHANGE FORM

        EMPLOYEE MUST COMPLETE AND SUBMIT THIS FORM TO PLAN MEMBER SERVICES
                                 CORPORATION (PSC)
    1200 FIFTH AVENUE, SUITE 600, SEATTLE, WASHINGTON  98101 - 1-800-967-3709 -
                                 FAX: 206-682-8016

1.  EMPLOYEE INFORMATION
Name (Last, First MI):                                 Effective Date:
Home Address:                                          Social Security Number:
Work Location:                     Hire Date:          Telephone Number:

2.  ENROLLMENT/CHANGE ELECTION
    SELECT ONE OPTION BELOW.  COMPLETE SUBSEQUENT SECTIONS NOTED IN PARENTHESES.
/ /  I want to enroll in the Informix Employee Stock Purchase Plan. (COMPLETE
     SECTIONS 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7)
/ /  I want to change my Informix Employee Stock Purchase Plan contribution
     amount. (COMPLETE SECTIONS 1, 3, 7)
/ /  I want to change my Informix Employee Stock Purchase Plan beneficiary
     designation(s). (COMPLETE SECTIONS 1, 6, 7)
/ /  I want to stop my Informix Employee Stock Purchase Plan payroll
     contributions. (COMPLETE SECTIONS 1, 7)

3.  CONTRIBUTION SELECTION
/ /  I choose to contribute _____% (SELECT 1% - 10%) of my covered compensation
     each pay period.

4.  NAME FOR ISSUANCE OF SHARE CERTIFICATE
         SHARES MAY BE ISSUED EITHER 1) IN YOUR NAME ALONE, OR 2) IF YOU ARE
                       MARRIED, YOU MAY HAVE YOUR SHARES ISSUED
         TOGETHER WITH YOUR SPOUSE AS COMMUNITY PROPERTY OR AS JOINT TENANTS.
                           PLEASE SPECIFY AN ISSUANCE TYPE.
     Name           Social Security Number        Address          Type of Issue



5.  SHARES DISTRIBUTION SELECTION
                              SELECT ONE OPTION BELOW.
/ /  I want my share certificate mailed to my home address, indicated above.
/ /  I want my shares issued to my account with Smith Barney.*
/ /  I want my shares issued to my account with Charles Schwab.*
     *IF ELECTING TO HAVE SHARES SENT TO EITHER SMITH BARNEY OR CHARLES SCHWAB,
                   ADDITIONAL FORMS ARE REQUIRED TO BE COMPLETED.
      THESE FORMS CAN BE FOUND ON THE WEB UNDER CORPORATE/FINANCE INFORMATION
                        CENTER/EMPLOYEE STOCK ADMINISTRATION.

6.  BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
     Name           Relationship             Address             % of Benefit
                                                                           %
                                                                           %

7.  APPROVALS:  EMPLOYEE AUTHORIZATION
I hereby elect to participate in the Informix Software, Inc. Employee Stock
Purchase Plan and Authorize payroll deductions each pay period in the amount
indicated above.  I understand whole shares of common stock of Informix
Software, Inc. will be purchased with these contributions.  I have read the Plan
document and agree to the terms and conditions of the Plan as described.  If I
have discontinued during a calendar quarter, my contributions made during the
quarter will be refunded to me.  This Enrollment/Change Form supersedes all
previous forms submitted by me.

Employee's Signature:                                            Date:


                                     Page 1 of 1

<PAGE>

                                    April 18, 1997

Ronald M. Alvarez
3401 Washington Street
San Francisco, CA 94118

Dear Ron:

    This letter, upon your signature, will constitute the Separation Agreement
(Agreement) between you and Informix Software, Inc. (Informix) on the terms of
your separation from employment with Informix.

EMPLOYMENT TERMS

    1.   Your last day of work was April 11, 1997.

    2.   In consideration of your acceptance of this Agreement, Informix will
provide you with the following:

         (a)  A notice period from April 14, 1997 through May 13, 1997.  You
will not accrue additional vacation and sick leave after May 13, 1997.

         (b)  Six (6) months salary at your current rate of $17,083.33 per
month less customary payroll deductions will be paid in accordance with Informix
payroll practice ratably over the period beginning May 14, 1997 and ending
November 13, 1997 (the "Period").  You will continue to receive Informix paid
health insurance benefits during the Period.

         (c)  Your existing stock options will continue to vest during the
Period, however, you will not be eligible to receive any new stock option grants
or any similar benefits which the Board of Directors may extend to active,
regular full-time employees of Informix.

         (d)  A bonus for Q1 in the amount of $7,686.00, less customary
payroll deductions.

         (e)  In addition, Informix will pay Lee Hecht Harrison up to $5,000.00
for outplacement services.

REGULAR BENEFITS

    3.   You have received or will receive by separate cover information
regarding your rights to health insurance continuation (COBRA rights).  To the
extent that you have rights, nothing in this Agreement will impair those rights.

<PAGE>
Ronald M. Alvarez
April 18, 1997
Page 2


RETURN OF COMPANY INFORMATION OR MATERIALS

    4.   You have returned or will immediately return to Informix all Informix
owned property and any information you have about Informix's practices,
procedures, trade secrets, customer lists or product marketing.  You may keep
and hereafter assume sole and complete ownership of, your Informix-issued
Hewlett-Packard computer.  You have previously signed an agreement regarding
Confidential Information and Trade Secrets.  A copy of that agreement is
attached.  Please keep in mind those terms of the agreement that remain in
effect after you leave Informix.

ATTORNEY'S FEES

    5.   Informix will reimburse you, upon submission of invoices, for
attorney's fees which you actually expended for review and finalization of this
Agreement up to the maximum amount of $1,500.00.

INDEMNIFICATION

    6.   You will continue to be defended and indemnified by Informix in
accordance with all the terms and conditions of the Company's applicable
policies of insurance, including D & O Insurance; the Indemnity Agreement
entered into by the Company and yourself; and the Informix By-laws.

REFERENCE

    7.   Upon your request, the Vice President of Human Resources will furnish
you with a favorable letter of reference which includes the dates of your
employment with Informix, your title and positions held.

RELEASE

    8.   You waive and release and promise never to assert any and all claims
that you have or might have against Informix and its predecessors, subsidiaries,
related entities, officers, directors, shareholders, agents, attorneys,
employees, successors, or assigns, arising from or related to your employment
with Informix and/or the termination of your employment with Informix including
claims in contract, tort or under any statute, law or regulation.  These claims
include, but are not limited to, claims for discrimination arising under
federal, state and local statutory or common law, such as the Age Discrimination
in Employment Act, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, California Fair
Employment and Housing Act and the Americans with Disabilities Act.

RELEASE--Section 1542

<PAGE>
Ronald M. Alvarez
April 18, 1997
Page 3


    9.   You also waive and release and promise never to assert any such
claims, even if you do not believe that you have such claims.  You therefore
waive your rights under section 1542 of the Civil Code of California which
state:

    A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does
    not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing the
    release, which if known by him must have materially affected his
    settlement with the debtor.

CONFIDENTIALITY

    10.  You will not, unless required by law, disclose to others any
information regarding the terms of this Agreement, the money and/or benefits
being paid under it or the fact of its payment, except that you may disclose
this information to your attorney, accountant or other professional advisor to
whom you must make the disclosure in order for them to render professional
services to you.  You will instruct them and they must agree, however, to
maintain the confidentiality of this information just as you must.

REMEDY FOR BREACH

    11.  In the event that you breach any of your obligations under this
Agreement or as otherwise imposed by law, Informix will be entitled to recover
the benefit paid under the agreement and to obtain all other relief provided by
law or equity.  In addition, Informix will be entitled to recover its fees and
costs.

INTEGRATION CLAUSE/EFFECTIVE DATE

    12.  This Agreement represents the full agreement between you and Informix
regarding termination of employment.  This Agreement supersedes and is in lieu
of all prior oral or written agreements and may not be changed except in writing
signed by you and myself or my delegee.

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

    13.  Nothing in this Agreement is intended to create any rights to
employment or employment benefits except as expressly set forth in this
Agreement.

OWBPA--PERSONS OVER 40/EFFECTIVE DATE

    14.  The following is required by the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act:

<PAGE>
Ronald M. Alvarez
April 18, 1997
Page 4


    You have up to 21 days from the date of this letter, or May 9,1997 to
accept the terms of this Agreement, although you may accept it at any time
within those 21 days.  You are advised to consult an attorney about the
Agreement.

    To accept the Agreement, please date and sign this letter and return it to
me.  (An extra copy for your files is enclosed.)  Once you do so, you will still
have an additional 7 days in which to revoke your acceptance.  To revoke, you
must send me a written statement of revocation.  If you do not revoke, the
eighth day after the date of your acceptance will be the Effective Date of the
agreement.

<PAGE>
Ronald M. Alvarez
April 18, 1997
Page 5


    Ron, I am pleased that we were able to address and agree on the terms of
your departure from Informix.  Informix and I wish you every success in your
future endeavors.

                             Sincerely,

                             /s/ Jeff Loehr for Ira Dorf

                             On behalf of Informix Software, Inc.
                             Ira Dorf
                             Vice President
                             Human Resources


    By signing this letter, I acknowledge that I have had the opportunity to
review this Agreement with an attorney of my choice; that I understand the terms
of the Agreement; and that I voluntarily agree to them.


    Dated: June 27, 1997
           -------

    
                                  /s/ Ronald M. Alvarez                  
                                  -----------------------------------------
                                  Ronald M. Alvarez



Attachments

<PAGE>

                                     May 12, 1997




Edwin C. Winder
95 Camino Por Los Arboles 
Atherton, CA 94027

Dear Ed:

    This letter, upon your signature, will constitute the Separation Agreement
(Agreement) between you and Informix Software, Inc. (Informix) on the terms of
your separation from employment with Informix.

EMPLOYMENT TERMS

    1.   Your last day of work was April 5, 1997.

    2.   In consideration of your acceptance of this Agreement, Informix will
provide you with the following:

         (a)   A notice period from April 5, 1997 through April 30, 1997.  You
will not accrue additional vacation and sick leave after April 30, 1997.

         (b)   Six (6) months salary at your current rate of $18,250.00 per
month less customary payroll deductions will be paid in accordance with Informix
payroll practice ratably over the period beginning May 1, 1997 and ending
October 31, 1997 (the "Period").  You will continue to receive Informix paid
health insurance benefits during the Period.

         (c)   With your final check at the end of the Period, you will
receive balances due for accrued vacation and one-half of accrued sick leave, up
to a maximum of 40 hours.  Through April 30, 1997, you have accrued, and will be
paid, as set forth herein, for the following:

                   240 hours of vacation
                   40 hours of sick leave

         (d)   Should you be subject to Japanese taxes related to your
Informix salary and bonus (excluding stock options and ESPP income), as a result
of your work conducted in Japan, Informix agrees to provide you with tax
protection.  Under this arrangement, you will be responsible for the payment of
any and all Japanese, US, state income and social taxes incurred while you were
working in Japan.  In recognition of the payment of such actual liabilities by
you, Informix agrees to protect you from the cost of any additional tax in
excess of that which you would have paid if you had remained solely in the
United States.  Specifically, Informix will reimburse you for the incremental
cost of actual taxes in excess of a hypothetical US and state tax based upon
your domestic cash compensation (i.e. base salary and bonus).  This computation
will be made at the end of the 1997 tax

<PAGE>
Edwin C. Winder
May 12, 1997
Page 2


year by the company appointed tax advisor, Ernst and Young.  You should contact
Brent Bergan of Ernst and Young at (415) 496-1682 within two weeks, to determine
if any foreign tax obligations exist.

REGULAR BENEFITS

    3.   You have received or will receive by separate cover information
regarding your rights to health insurance continuation (COBRA rights).  To the
extent that you have rights, nothing in this Agreement will impair those rights.

RETURN OF COMPANY INFORMATION OR MATERIALS

    4.   You have returned or will immediately return to Informix all Informix
owned property and any information you have about Informix's practices,
procedures, trade secrets, customer lists or product marketing.  You have
previously signed an agreement regarding Confidential Information and Trade
Secrets.  A copy of that agreement is attached.  Please keep in mind those terms
of the agreement that remain in effect after you leave Informix.

RELEASE

    5.   You waive and release and promise never to assert any and all claims
that you have or might have against Informix and its predecessors, subsidiaries,
related entities, officers, directors, shareholders, agents, attorneys,
employees, successors, or assigns, arising from or related to your employment
with Informix and/or the termination of your employment with Informix including
claims in contract, tort or under any statute, law or regulation.  These claims
include, but are not limited to, claims for discrimination arising under
federal, state and local statutory or common law, such as the Age Discrimination
in Employment Act, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, California Fair
Employment and Housing Act and the Americans with Disabilities Act.

RELEASE--Section 1542

    6.   You also waive and release and promise never to assert any such
claims, even if you do not believe that you have such claims.  You therefore
waive your rights under section 1542 of the Civil Code of California which
state:

    A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does
    not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing the
    release, which if known by him must have materially affected his
    settlement with the debtor.

CONFIDENTIALITY

<PAGE>
Edwin C. Winder
May 12, 1997
Page 3

    7.   You will not, unless required by law, disclose to others any
information regarding the terms of this Agreement, the money and/or benefits
being paid under it or the fact of its payment, except that you may disclose
this information to your attorney, accountant or other professional advisor to
whom you must make the disclosure in order for them to render professional
services to you.  You will instruct them and they must agree, however, to
maintain the confidentiality of this information just as you must.

REMEDY FOR BREACH

    8.   In the event that you breach any of your obligations under this
Agreement or as otherwise imposed by law, Informix will be entitled to recover
the benefit paid under the agreement and to obtain all other relief provided by
law or equity.  In addition, Informix will be entitled to recover its fees and
costs.

INTEGRATION CLAUSE/EFFECTIVE DATE

    9.   This Agreement represents the full agreement between you and Informix
regarding termination of employment.  This Agreement supersedes and is in lieu
of all prior oral or written agreements and may not be changed except in writing
signed by you and myself or my delegee.

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

    10.  Nothing in this Agreement is intended to create any rights to
employment or employment benefits except as expressly set forth in this
Agreement.

OWBPA--PERSONS OVER 40/EFFECTIVE DATE

    11.  The following is required by the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act:

    You have up to 21 days from the date of this letter, or June 2, 1997 to
accept the terms of this Agreement, although you may accept it at any time
within those 21 days.  You are advised to consult an attorney about the
Agreement.

    To accept the Agreement, please date and sign this letter and return it to
me.  (An extra copy for your files is enclosed.)  Once you do so, you will still
have an additional 7 days in which to revoke your acceptance.  To revoke, you
must send me a written statement of revocation.  If you do not revoke, the
eighth day after the date of your acceptance will be the Effective Date of the
agreement.

    Ed, I am pleased that we were able to address and agree on the terms of
your departure from Informix.  Informix and I wish you every success in your
future endeavors.

<PAGE>
Edwin C. Winder
May 12, 1997
Page 4


                                  Sincerely,

                                  /s/ Ira Dorf

                                  On behalf of Informix Software, Inc.
                                  Ira Dorf
                                  Vice President
                                  Human Resources

    By signing this letter, I acknowledge that I have had the opportunity to
review this Agreement with an attorney of my choice; that I understand the terms
of the Agreement; and that I voluntarily agree to them.


    Dated: June 2, 1997
           ------

                                  /s/ Edwin C. Winder
                                  -------------------
                                  Edwin C. Winder

Attachments

<PAGE>


                     AGREEMENT OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF
                       EMPLOYMENT WITH INFORMIX IHQ LTD.


NAME:         Ken Coulter


JOB TITLE:    Executive Vice President, Worldwide Field Operations



Date of Commencement of Employment                          3rd February 1988 
                                                            ------------------
Confirmed Date Of Commencement Of Assignment
(To be completed by the Company once assignment commences)  
                                                            ------------------



SIGNED AND AGREED ON BEHALF OF INFORMIX IHQ LTD.




SIGNED:  /s/ Authorized Signatory                    DATE:  4, December 1996  
         -------------------------------                    ------------------


TO BE COMPLETED BY EMPLOYEE:

I CONFIRM THAT I HAVE READ UNDERSTOOD AND AGREE WITH THE INFORMIX TERMS AND
CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYMENT (REF: PL/09/92 -EXPAT) AND ACCEPT EMPLOYMENT ON THESE
TERMS. (Except for clause 10.2.1).



SIGNED:  /s/ Ken Coulter                              DATE: 5th December 1996  
         ------------------------                           -------------------

<PAGE>

                STATEMENT OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYMENT
                             WITH INFORMIX IHQ LTD.
                                 (THE COMPANY)


(Given Pursuant to the Employment Protection Consolidation Act 1987 as amended -
this Statement sets out the terms and conditions applicable to your employment
subject to contrary provisions in your letter of employment).

1.   PLACE OF WORK/DUTIES:

     1.1  For the assignment duration the place of work is the Menlo Park
office, 4100 Bohannon Drive, Menlo Park, California, USA.  You will see and hear
references to "Home and Host Country", the "Home Country" is the UK with the
"Home Office" being Ashford, Menlo Park is the "Host Office" with the United
States being the "Host Country".

     1.2  You may be required to travel in the UK or Overseas as Management may
from time to time require should the need arise.  This may involve traveling
outside normal business hours and at weekends, bank or public holidays should
the need arise.

     1.3  The Company reserves the right to require you to undertake additional
or different duties to those you normally perform, provided always that the
Company will not assign you duties which are not reasonably within your
capabilities, or which are substantially inconsistent with your status within
the Company.

2.   SALARY AND TAX OFFICE DETAILS:

     2.1  SALARIES:

          2.1.1     Salaries are paid as per "Host Country" practice, ie: 
semi-monthly.

          2.1.2     Your Salary will be reviewed at least annually.  You will be
notified in writing of any change to your salary.  There is no contractual
entitlement to any increase in your basic salary.

          2.1.3     If you are over/underpaid, whether due to a mistake of fact
or law, this will be remedied at the next suitable payrun(s).  If employment has
since ceased, you agree to repay any monies owed.

          2.1.4     The Company shall be entitled at any time during your
employment, or in any event on termination, howsoever arising, to deduct from
your remuneration hereunder (including salary, commission and any bonus) any
monies due from you to the Company including but not limited to any outstanding
loans, advances, relocation expenses, tuition refunds,


                                      -2-
<PAGE>

recoverable draw, the cost of repairing any damage or loss to the Company's 
property caused by you (and of recovering the same), excess holiday, any sums 
due from you in connection with the Company Car and any other monies owed by 
you to the Company.

3.   OTHER BENEFITS:

     3.1  BONUS PAYMENTS:

          3.1.1     Bonus payments will be determined according to "Host
Country" practice and individual offer letter details.

     3.2  PENSIONS AND OTHER BENEFITS:

          3.2.1     Normal retirement age is 60 for men and women, although the
Company will consider each case on its merits.

          3.2.2     You shall be eligible to participate in the "Home Country"
Company Pension  Scheme, ("the Scheme") subject to its rules from time to time
in force.  Further details of the Scheme are available from Human Resources. 
The Company reserves the right to terminate its participation in the Scheme or
to substitute another pension scheme or to alter the benefits available to you
under the scheme.  There is a contracting-out certificate in force in relation
to the State Earnings related Pension Scheme.

          3.2.3     Where you choose not to join the Company Scheme because you
are already contributing to another scheme the Company may on request and at its
discretion pay a salary supplement in order that you can make contributions to
the scheme of your choice.  Evidence of your scheme and your contributions to it
will be required before the increase will be made.  The supplement will match
your contribution to the maximum of 7% of base salary, subject to review.  This
element of base salary will be kept separate for salary review and comparison
purposes.  Eligibility for the supplement will be following three months service
with the Company and will not be backdated.  The Company shall be at any time
entitled to terminate the entitlement to the salary supplement.

          3.2.4     You are eligible to participate in the Life Assurance and
Long Term Disability Protection Schemes, subject to the terms and conditions of
such schemes from time to time in force.  Further details of the schemes are
available from Fluman Resources.  The Company reserves the right to terminate
its participation in any of the schemes, or substitute other schemes, or alter
the benefits available to you under any of the schemes.

          3.2.5     Medical Insurance will be as per "Host Country" practice.


                                      -3-
<PAGE>

4.   HOURS OF WORK:

     4.1  Normal Office hours are as per "Host Country/Office" Practice to be
communicated locally.  However, these may be varied at the request of or with
the prior approval of your manager (see also next paragraph "Overtime").  You
are required to be punctual at all times.

     4.2  OVERTIME:

          You will be expected to work overtime as and when required by the
Company.  This should be discussed in advance with your manager.  It is not the
Company's policy to pay overtime, although overtime may be paid at the Company's
discretion to lower paid staff where overtime worked is considerable. 
Otherwise, the amount and regularity of overtime worked will be taken into
account when bonus awards (if any) are determined.

5.   HOLIDAYS:

     5.1  You are entitled to 25 days per annum of paid holiday (being your
current entitlement including service related days) plus all regularly scheduled
"Host Country" holidays for the period of your assignment.

     5.2  The holiday entitlement should, where possible, be taken during the
holiday year, but any carry over policy is as per "Host Country".

     5.3  Your holiday dates must be approved by your manager well in advance
and you should ensure that these interfere as little as possible with your work
schedule.

     5.4  If you leave the Company's employment you will receive pay for any
accrued holiday entitlement outstanding.  This pay will be calculated by
deducting holidays already taken from the amount of holiday accrued in that
holiday year to the date of leaving.  The Company may require you (at its
discretion) to take any accrued holiday during the notice period.

     5.5  Should holiday already taken exceed entitlement, the company shall
require you to repay an amount equivalent to the number of days by which you
have exceeded your entitlement.  The Company reserves the right to deduct this
sum from any monies due to you from the Company upon termination, whether final
salary, commission outstanding, or expenses, etc.

     5.6  In any case of termination for gross misconduct or where you leave the
Company without working your full notice (without the Company's consent),
management reserves the right to withhold any accrued holiday pay.


                                      -4-
<PAGE>

6.   ABSENCE FROM WORK:

     6.1  ABSENCE FROM DUTY OTHER THAN THROUGH SICKNESS OR INJURY:

          Prior permission for any absence during working hours other than
sickness absence must be obtained from your manager.  The duration of any such
leave and whether it is paid or not will be wholly at the discretion of the
Company.

     6.2  NOTIFICATION OF ALL ABSENCES (INCLUDING SICKNESS ABSENCE):

          6.2.1     If you are absent from work for any reason and your absence
has not previously been authorized by your manager, you, or someone on your
behalf, most notify your manager or the Human Resources Department as soon as
practicable on the first day of absence of the reason for your absence, and if
possible, the date of your expected return.

          6.2.2     Any unauthorized absence must be property explained and in
the case of an absence of uncertain duration you must keep the Human Resources
Department regularly informed of your situation.

          6.2.3     In addition, all "Host Country" procedure's apply.

     6.3  SICK PAY:

          "Host Country" policy and practice apply.

7.   PAYMENT OF EXPENSES:

     The Company will reimburse you all expenses properly incurred by you in the
proper performance of your duties provided that on request you provide the
Company with such vouchers or the evidence of actual payment of such expenses as
the Company my reasonably require and provided you comply with the Company's
"Host Country" Expense Policy.

     Falsification of expenses is an offence and will result in disciplinary
action.

8.   CONFIDENTIALITY:

     8.1  You shall neither during your employment (except in the proper
performance of your duties) nor at any time (without limit) after the
termination thereof, howsoever arising, directly or indirectly:

          8.1.1     use for your own purposes or those of any other person,
Company, business entity or other organization whatsoever, or


                                      -5-
<PAGE>

          8.1.2     disclose to any person, Company, business entity or other
organization whatsoever,

any trade secrets or confidential information relating or belonging to the
Company or its Associated suppliers including but not limited to any such
information relating to customers, customer lists or requirements, price lists
or pricing structures, marketing and sales information, business plans or
dealings, employees or officers, financial information and plans, technical
information, designs, formulae, product lines, research activities, any document
marked 'confidential', or any information which you have been told is
confidential or which you might reasonably expect the Company would regard as
confidential, or any information which has been given to the Company or any
Associated Company in confidence by customers, suppliers or other persons.

     8.2  You shall not at any time during the continuance of your employment
with the Company make any notes list or memoranda relating to any matter within
the scope of the Company's business, dealings or affairs other than in the
proper performance of your duties.  All such notes lists or memoranda and any
copies thereof are the property of the Company and must be left at the Company's
office upon the termination of your employment.

     8.3  The obligations contained in Clause 3.1 shall cease to apply to any
information or knowledge which may subsequently come into the public domain
after the termination of your employment, other than by way of unauthorized
disclosure.

     8.4  You hereby warrant: 

          8.4.1     That the performance of your duties will not breach any
agreement or obligation to maintain as confidential any proprietary information
belonging to any of your previous employers;

          8.4.2     That you have not taken nor disclosed to any person in the
Company and will not disclose nor use in the performance of your duties
hereunder any confidential or proprietary information or trade secrets belonging
to any previous employer or bring onto the premises of the Company any
unpublished documents or any property belonging to any previous employer unless
with the consent in writing of such previous employer.

9.   TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT:

     9.1  Your contract of employment can be terminated by yourself on giving
the Company three months notice, and by the Company on giving you twelve months.

     9.2  The Company reserves the right to make a payment in lieu of any notice
of termination of employment.  For the avoidance of doubt, where you have
received pay in lieu of


                                      -6-
<PAGE>

notice, you will not be entitled to any additional compensation in respect of 
any holiday which would otherwise have accrued during your notice period.

     9.3  The Company reserves the right to terminate your contract without any
notice if it has reasonable grounds to believe you are guilty or gross
misconduct.  The Company reserves the right to suspend you on full pay pending
any investigation.

          Examples of gross misconduct which will render you liable to summary
     dismissal include:

          -    breach of confidentiality;

          -    theft or attempted theft of property belonging to the Company or
     any employee or third party;

          -    falsifying Company records, self-certification forms or expense
     claims;

          -    a criminal offence committed outside working hours, such as to
     adversely affect the Company's business reputation, or reflect on your
     suitability for the type of work which you perform or which affects your
     acceptability to other employees;

          -    violent, dangerous or intimidatory conduct;

          -    drunkenness or being under the influence of any illegal drugs
     while at work;

          -    disloyal conduct;

          -    gross negligence;

          -    gaining unauthorized access to the Company's computerized
     information;

          -    serious damage to Company property;

          -    unauthorized acceptance of gifts in breach of Clause 14 of your
     terms and conditions of employment;

          -    practical joking or horseplay at work of a kind such as to
     endanger the health and safety of fellow employees, customers or members of
     the public;

          -    gross insubordination to superiors in the Company;


                                      -7-
<PAGE>

          -    any act which you know or ought reasonably to know is likely to
     bring the Company into disrepute;

          -    wilful disregard of health and safety rules or a serious breach
     of any other Company rules, policies or procedures.

          It is stressed that the foregoing does not represent a complete list
of all possible offences for which an employee may be summarily dismissed, but
is only given by way of example.  Other serious misconduct can have the same
result.

     9.4  The Company reserves the right to require you not to attend work
and/or not to undertake all or any of your duties of employment hereunder during
any period of notice (whether given by you or the Company), provided always that
the Company shall continue to pay your salary and contractual benefits.

     9.5  On termination of your employment, you must immediately return to the
Company in accordance with its instructions all equipment, correspondence,
records, specifications, software, models, notes, reports and other documents
and any copies thereof and any other property belonging to the Company or its
Associated Companies (including but not limited to the Company car, keys, credit
cards and passes) which are in your possession or under your control.  You will,
if so required by the Company, confirm in writing that you have complied with
your obligations under this Clause.

10.  RESTRICTIONS UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT:

     10.1 You hereby agree that you will not for a period of 12 months
immediately following the termination of your employment, howsoever arising,
whether on your own behalf or in conjunction with any person, Company, business
entity or other organization whatsoever directly or indirectly

          10.1.1    solicit or assist in soliciting in competition with the
Company, the custom or business of any customer or prospective customer:

                    (a)  with whom you have had personal contact or dealings on
behalf of the Company during the 12 months immediately preceding the Termination
Date;

                    (b)  with whom employees reporting to you have had personal
contact or dealings on behalf of the Company during the 12 months immediately
preceding the Termination Date;

                    (c)  for whom you were directly or indirectly responsible 
during the 12 months immediately preceding the Termination Date.


                                      -8-
<PAGE>

          10.1.2    Accept or facilitate the acceptance of, or deal with, in
competition with the Company the custom or business of any customer or
prospective customer with categories (a) to (c) in clause 10.1.1 above.

     10.2 You hereby agree that you will not for a period of 12 months
immediately following the termination of your employment, howsoever arising,
("the Termination Date"), either on your own account or in conjunction with or
on behalf of any other person, Company, business entity or other organization
whatsoever directly or indirectly:

          10.2.1    induce, solicit, entice or procure, any person who is a
Company Employee to leave such employment, where that person is a Company
Employee on the Termination Date ("this is not in my current contract and is
totally un-nessary", DKC)

          10.2.2    accept into employment or otherwise engage or use the
services of any person referred to in Clause 10.1.1 above.

     10.3 The following words and expressions referred to above shall have the
meanings set out below:

          10.3.1    "customer" shall mean any person, firm, company or other
organization whatsoever with whom the Company has had any significant
negotiation or discussions regarding the possible supply of goods or services.

          10.3.2    "prospective customer" shall mean any person, firm, company
or other organization whatsoever with whom the Company has had any significant
negotiations or discussions regarding the possible supply of goods or services.

          10.3.3    "Termination Date" means the date when your employment
terminates howsoever arising.

          10.3.4    "Company Employee" means any person who was employed by
(i) the Company, or (ii) any Associated company, and

               (a)  with whom you have had personal contact or dealings in
performing your duties of employment; or

               (b)  who reported to you; or

               (c)  Who had material contact with customers or suppliers of the
Company in performing his or her duties of employment with the Company or
Associated company (as applicable); or


                                      -9-
<PAGE>

               (d)  who was a member of the management team of the Company or
any Associated company.

11.  USE OF COMPUTER SOFTWARE:

     11.1 Informix licenses the use of computer software from a variety of
outside companies.  Informix does not own this software or its related
documentation and, unless authorized by the software developer, does not have
the right to copy it in any way.

     11.2 If the software is used on local area networks or on multiple
machines, Informix employees must comply with the licence agreement.

     11.3 Informix employees learning of any misuse of software or related
documentation within the Company must notify the department manager or the
Company's legal department.

     11.4 Under English Copyright law, the unauthorized copying of computer
software is illegal and carries civil penalties, including unlimited fines. 
Such unauthorized copying also constitutes theft and carries criminal penalties
including fines and imprisonment.  In addition to civil and criminal liability
the unauthorized copying of computer software by an employee will render that
employee liable to disciplinary action which may include summary dismissal.

     11.5 Informix does not condone the illegal duplication of software.

12.  COPYRIGHT, INVENTIONS AND PATENTS:

     12.1 All records, documents, papers (including copies and summaries
thereof) and other copyright protected works made or acquired by you in the
course of your employment shall, together with all the worldwide copyright and
design rights in all such works, be and at all times remain the absolute
property of the Company.

     12.2 You hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waive all rights granted by
Chapter IV or Part I of the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988 that vest in
you (whether before, on or after the date hereof) in connection with your
authorship of any copyright works in the course of your employment with the
Company, wherever in the world enforceable, including without limitation the
right to be identified as the author of any such works and the right not to have
any such works subjected to derogatory treatment.

     12.3 You and the Company acknowledge the provisions of Sections 39 to 42 of
the Patents Act 1977 ("the Act") relating to the ownership of employees'
inventions and the compensation of employees for certain inventions
respectively.


                                      -10-
<PAGE>

     12.4 All inventions made, conceived or developed or discovered by you,
either alone or in concert, while you are employed by the Company will forthwith
be disclosed to the Company and subject to Section 39 of the Act will belong to
and be the absolute property of the Company.

          12.4.1    "Inventions" shall mean any invention, development, process,
plan, design, formula, specification, programme or other matter or work
whatsoever which you make, conceive, discover or develop whilst you are employed
by the Company (whether or not during normal business hours, whether or not on
the Company's premises and whether the Company's resources, support or
assistance is used) which relate to the actual or proposed business of the
Company, or to the actual or anticipated research or development of the Company,
or are suggested by or result from any task assigned to you or any person on
behalf of the Company.

     12.5 At the request and cost of the Company (and notwithstanding the
termination of your employment) you will sign and execute all such documents and
do all such acts as the Company may reasonably require:

          12.5.1    to apply for and obtain in the sole name of the Company
alone (unless the Company otherwise directs) patent, registered design, or other
protection of any nature whatsoever in respect of such Inventions in any country
throughout the world and, when so obtained or vested, to renew and maintain the
same;

          12.5.2    to resist any objection or opposition to obtaining, and any
petitions or applications for revocation of any such patent, registered design
or other protection; and

          12.5.3    to bring any proceedings for infringement of any such
patent, registered design or other protection.

     12.6 The Company will decide, in its sole discretion, when and whether to
apply for patent, registered design or other protection in respect of the
Inventions and reserves the right to work any of the Inventions as a secret
process in which event you will observe the obligations relating to confidential
information which are contained in Clause 8 of these Terms & Conditions.

     12.7 Any invention, whether patentable or otherwise related to or capable
of being used in any business of the Company which is made or developed by you
or with which you have been concerned to a material degree within the two years
preceding the commencement of your employment with the Company, should be
disclosed to the Company prior to the commencement of such employment.

13.  OTHER EMPLOYMENT:

     13.1 You must devote the whole of your time, attention and abilities during
your hours of work for the Company to your duties for the Company.  You may not
under any


                                      -11-
<PAGE>

circumstances, whether directly or indirectly undertake any other
activities or duties of whatever kind during your hours of work for the Company.

     13.2 You may not without the prior written consent of your manager, outside
your hours of work for the Company, engage in or be concerned with whether
directly or indirectly any business or employment which is similar to or in any
way connected or competitive with the business of the Company or in any other
business, undertaking, or activity where this is likely to be in conflict with
the interests of the Company or may adversely affect the efficient discharge of
your duties.  However, this does not preclude you from holding up to 5% of any
class of securities in any Company which is quoted on a recognized stock
exchange.

14.  ACCEPTANCE OF GIFTS:

     You may not without prior written consent of your manager accept any gift
and/or favor of what ever kind from any customer, client or supplier of the
Company or any prospective customer, client or supplier of the Company, unless
it is of nominal value eg. diary, calendar etc.  If you are in any doubt, you
should speak to your manager.

15.  EMPLOYEE'S PERSONAL DETAILS:

     You must inform your manager and the Human Resources Department in writing
of any change of name, address, telephone number, bank account, etc.,
immediately the change occurs.

     It is expected that you have given the Human Resources Department all the
correct details concerning age, dependants, qualifications, grades of
examinations passed etc.  Should the Company discover that you have provided any
false information in this or any other material respect, you will be liable to
summary dismissal.

16.  GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE:

     "Host Country" practice applies.

17.  DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURE:

     "Host Country" practice applies.

18.  CHANGES TO YOUR TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT:

     18.1 The Company reserves the right to make reasonable changes to any of
your Terms and Conditions of Employment.

     18.2 You will be notified of minor changes of detail by way of a general
notice to all employees and any such changes take effect from the date of the
Notice.


                                      -12-
<PAGE>

     18.3 You will be given not loss than one month's written notice of any
significant changes which may be given by way of an individual notice or a
general notice to all employees.  Such changes will be deemed to be accepted
unless you notify the Company of any objection in writing before the expiry of
the notice period.

19.  ASSOCIATED COMPANIES:

     19.1 Some of your obligations in these Terms & Conditions (e.g.
confidentiality) are owed not only to the Company but to "Associated Companies".
There is a definition of "Associated Companies" set out below.  The most obvious
example of an Associated Company is Informix Inc.

     19.2 An "Associated Company" includes any firm, Company, corporation or
other organization which is directly or indirectly controlled by the Company or
directly or indirectly controls the Company; or is directly or indirectly
controlled by a third party who also directly or indirectly controls the
Company; or is the successor in title or assign of the firms, companies,
corporations or other organizations referred to above.

20.  MISCELLANEOUS:

     20.1 The various provisions and sub-provisions of these Terms & Conditions
are severable and if any provision or sub-provision or identifiable part thereof
is held to be invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction
then such invalidity or unenforceability will not affect the validity or
enforceability of the remaining provisions or sub-provisions or identifiable
parts thereof in these Terms & Conditions.

     20.2 The provisions of these Terms & Conditions and your employment letter
shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England.


                                      -13-
<PAGE>

                     AGREEMENT OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF
                       EMPLOYMENT WITH INFORMIX IHQ LTD.


NAME:         Ken Coulter


JOB TITLE:    Executive Vice President, Worldwide Field Operations



Date of Commencement of Employment                          3rd February 1988 
                                                            ------------------
Confirmed Date Of Commencement Of Assignment
(To be completed by the Company once assignment commences)  
                                                            ------------------



SIGNED AND AGREED ON BEHALF OF INFORMIX IHQ LTD.




SIGNED:  /s/ Authorized Signatory                    DATE:  4, December 1996  
         -------------------------------                    ------------------


TO BE COMPLETED BY EMPLOYEE:

I CONFIRM THAT I HAVE READ UNDERSTOOD AND AGREE WITH THE INFORMIX TERMS AND
CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYMENT (REF: PL/09/92 -EXPAT) AND ACCEPT EMPLOYMENT ON THESE
TERMS. (Except for clause 10.2.1).



SIGNED:  /s/ DK Coulter                               DATE: 5th December 1996  
         -------------------------------                    -------------------


<PAGE>

                                             Informix Confidential
                                             25 November, 1996



Mr. D. Kenneth Coulter
Informix Software, Inc.



Dear Ken,

     This letter, combined with the attached International Assignment
Policy, will confirm the details that have been discussed with you
regarding your assignment and transfer from the United Kingdom (home
country) to the United States (host country).  This transfer is
contingent upon your and our ability to obtain for your the legal right
to work in the United States.  You will serve as Executive Vice
President of Worldwide Field Operations, reporting to Phil White.

     Your base salary, computed on an annual basis is $326,000
(L200,000) per year effective November 8, 1996.  You will also be able
to participate in a Sales Incentive Compensation plan and the Executive
Incentive Compensation plan in 1997.  You will continue in your current
incentive plan through the end of 1996.  Your total annual incentive
eligibility at 100% achievement of plan effective 1/1/97 will be
$244,500 (L150,000) per year.  You will be able to overachieve on this
amount in accordance with your Award Letter which will be given to you
in the New Year.  Your salary will be reviewed annually consistent with
our focal review practices for officers of the Company.

     While your assignment is covered by Informix Software, Inc.'s
International Assignment Policy, this letter serves to clarify any
points of interpretation and detail specific to your assignment.  It
should be read in conjunction with the policy, but where the letter
differs from the policy, this letter will take precedence.  Any
modifications must be in writing and signed by you, the Vice President
of Human Resources and the President and CEO of Informix.  In addition,
you will be covered by a U.K. contract of employment which will be
prepared and issued by the International Human Resources department.

     In addition to your salary and incentive compensation above, you
have been recommended for a non-qualified stock option under the
Informix Corporation Employee Stock Option Plan to acquire 120,000
shares of the common stock of Informix Corporation.  This option will be
effective as of the date of Board of Director's approval on 8th
November 1996.  You, of course, will be under no obligation to exercise
any stock options which may be granted to you.

     We anticipate that the duration of this assignment will be for 2
years with the option to extend for an additional year (i.e. a total of
3 years).  At the end of 3 years, if you and the Company wish to extend
your stay, your compensation and benefits will begin to transition to a
local (host country) package.  All International Assignment benefits
will end after five years (at the end of the transition period), unless
specifically agreed in writing.  At the end of your assignment, for
whatever reason


<PAGE>

Mr. D. Kenneth Coulter
November 25, 1996
Page 2


other than resignation by you or termination for cause from the Company, 
Informix will meet the costs of you and your family's repatriation to the 
United Kingdom.

EMPLOYER

     Your employer for the assignment duration will be Informix IHQ Ltd.
and all current terms and conditions of employment will apply except
where modified in writing by Informix.

PAYROLL

     Your salary and incentives will be paid from the U.S. Menlo Park
payroll after you transfer with the legal right to work in the United
States, while pension contributions will be paid from the United
Kingdom.  Your salary and benefits will continue to be paid from the
United Kingdom, and you will continue to perform services to the benefit
of that entity, until such time as your are able to lawfully transfer to
the U.S. consistent with United States immigration laws.  Your pension
and National Insurance contributions will be deducted from your U.S.
payroll in U.S. dollars at the rate to be provided from the U.K. office
on an annual basis.

TAX EQUALIZATION

     You will be eligible for tax protection on the assignment
allowances and expatriate benefits (e.g. UK pension and group term life)
in line with company policy.  All additional taxes on taxable assignment
allowances in home or host countries will be paid and grossed up for tax
by Informix.  All taxes on base salary, incentive earnings and stock
option gains will remain your responsibility.

TAX CONSULTANCY

     The prime Ernst and Young tax advisor appointed to handle your tax
affairs is in the Palo Alto office.  If you have not already done so,
you should schedule a pre-assignment consultation with Brent Bergan,
telephone (415) 496-1682.

     Informix will provide a pre-assignment consultation in the U.K. as
well as in the U.S.  Please request the name and number of the Ernst and
Young contact from Liz Baran.

     In addition, Informix will pay for tax preparation services for
your U.S. and U.K. tax returns during your assignment.

RELOCATION COSTS

     Relocation costs will be provided in line with the International
Assignment Policy attached and will be provided for you, your partner
and child.


<PAGE>

Mr. D. Kenneth Coulter
November 25, 1996
Page 3


RELOCATION ALLOWANCE

     You will receive a settling in allowance equivalent to one month
salary based on the your base salary to a maximum of $10,000.00.  This
amount should be requested 30 days prior to your departure.

HOME LEAVE

     You will be provided with return air tickets for you, your partner
and child to visit the UK once per annum.  In addition, your dependent
children who reside in the U.K. will be provided with return air tickets
from the UK to California once per annum during your assignment.  These
are not exchangeable for cash or used for relatives visiting the US.

HOUSING

     Informix will provide a housing and furnishings allowance of
$5,000.00 net per month to offset the additional cost of maintaining
dual residences in the U.K. and the U.S.  If you sell your home in the
U.K. during your assignment to Menlo Park, the housing allowance will be
reduced or eliminated to reflect the change in actual circumstances. 
The housing benefit provided will be in accordance with Informix policy
and published data regarding differentials in housing costs in the two
locations.

CAR

     Informix will provide you with a car allowance of $600.00 net per
month during the period of assignment.  This car allowance will be paid
semi-monthly on your regular payroll check.

BENEFITS

     You will be eligible for all host country benefits plans, details
of which will be provided to you under separate cover.  In addition to
the U.S. benefits programs, you will remain eligible for the U.K.
pension plan and group term life insurance.  The details of the pension
arrangements will be provided to you in your U.K. contract of
employment.

HOLIDAYS

     You are expected to take host country statutory holidays.

VACATION

     You will continue to earn vacation at your home country rate,
currently 25 days per annum.

<PAGE>

Mr. D. Kenneth Coulter
November 25, 1996
Page 4


SABBATICAL (US employees only)

     Your assignment will NOT count towards eligibility for the U.S.
sabbatical program.

VISA/RIGHT TO WORK

     Informix will pay all legal and processing fees for obtaining the
appropriate work and residence visas appropriate to your assignment. 
This offer of transfer is contingent upon our and your ability to obtain
the legal right for you to work in the United States.

     Ken, we look forward to you accepting this assignment and to do so,
you should sign, date and return a copy of this letter to me. 
Meanwhile, if you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact
me.

Yours sincerely,

/s/ Authorized Signatory

Vice-President
Human Resources


     I accept this assignment on the terms and conditions outlined in
the International Assignment Policy as amended/added to by this letter.

Name    D.K. Coulter                                  Date  3/17/97           
        --------------------------------                    ------------------

Signed  /s/ D.K. Coulter
        -------------------------------- 



<PAGE>

                              FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE
                                (4100 Bohannon Drive)


     THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this "Fourth Amendment") is made as of June
30, 1997 ("Effective Date"), between MENLO OAKS PARTNERS, L.P., a Delaware
limited partnership ("Landlord"), and INFORMIX SOFTWARE, INC., a Delaware
corporation ("Tenant").

     THE PARTIES ENTER INTO THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT based upon the following
facts, understandings and intentions:

     A.   Amarok Bredero Partners, a California limited partnership ("Bredero"),
Landlord's predecessor in interest, and Tenant entered into that certain Menlo
Oaks Corporate Center Standard Business Lease, dated as of May 16, 1985, as
amended by:  (i) that certain side letter agreement of even date therewith, (ii)
that certain Lease Amendment #1 dated as of July 2, 1986, (iii) that certain
Second Amendment to Lease dated as of November 7, 1986, and (iv) that certain
Third Amendment to Lease (4100 Bohannon Drive) (the "Third Amendment") dated as
of June 18, 1991 (as amended, the "Lease").  The capitalized terms used in this
Fourth Amendment shall have the meanings given to such terms within the Lease,
unless otherwise set forth herein.

     B.   Pursuant to the terms of the Lease, Landlord currently leases to
Tenant approximately 46,614 rentable square feet of space in Landlord's building
located at 4100 Bohannon Drive in Menlo Park, California.

     C.   Informix Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("Guarantor"), previously
delivered to Landlord its written Guarantee (the "Guarantee") of the obligations
of Tenant under the Lease.

     D.   Tenant has exercised the first of two (2) Options to Extend the Term
of the Lease pursuant to Paragraph 6 of the Third Amendment.

     E.   Landlord and Tenant now desire to amend the Lease to state the new
Term (as extended by Tenant's exercise of its Option to Extend) and the Base
Rent during the Extended Term.

     NOW, THEREFORE, IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants and promises of
the parties, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1.   TERM.  Article 3 of the Lease is hereby amended so that the Term shall
expire on March 31, 2003.

     2.   BASE RENT.  From and after April 1, 1998, the Base Rent for the
Premises payable pursuant to Article 4 of the Lease, as amended, shall be as
follows:


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

         Period                  Monthly Base Rent                    Annual Base Rent
- --------------------    ---------------------------------     -------------------------------------
<S>                     <C>                                   <C>
 April 1, 1998 -        One Hundred Twenty-Three Thousand     One Million Four Hundred Eighty-
 March 31, 1999         Five Hundred Twenty-Seven and         Two Thousand Three Hundred
                        10/100 Dollars ($123,527.10)          Twenty-Five and 20/100 Dollars
                                                              ($1,482,325.20)

 April 1, 1999 -        One Hundred Twenty-Seven Thousand     One Million Five Hundred Thirty-
 March 31, 2000         Eight Hundred Fifty and 55/100        Four Thousand Two Hundred Six
                        Dollars ($127,850.55)                 and 60/100 Dollars ($1,534,206.60)

 April 1, 2000 -        One Hundred Thirty-Two Thousand       One Million Five Hundred Eighty-
 March 31, 2001         Three Hundred Twenty-Five and         Seven Thousand Nine Hundred
                        32/100 dollars ($132,325.32)          Three and 84/100 Dollars 
                                                              ($1,587,903.84)

 April 1, 2001 -        One Hundred Thirty-Six Thousand       One Million Six Hundred Forty-
 March 31, 2002         Nine Hundred Fifty-Six and 71/100     Three Thousand Four Hundred
                        Dollars ($136,956.71)                 Eight and 52/100 Dollars ($1,643,480.52)

 April 1, 2002 -        One Hundred Forty-One Thousand        One Million Seven Hundred One
 March 31, 2003         Seven Hundred Fifty and 19/100        Thousand Two and 28/100 Dollars
                        Dollars ($141,750.19)                 ($1,701,002.28)

</TABLE>

     3.   OPTION TO EXTEND.  Pursuant to paragraph 6 of the third Amendment,
Tenant has one (1) remaining Option to Extend for a period of five (5) years.

     4.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  Tenant hereby represents, warrants
and agrees that:  (i) there exits no breach, default or event of default under
the Lease, or any event or condition which, with notice or passage of time or
both, would constitute a breach, default or event of default under the Lease;
(ii) the Lease continues to be a legal, valid and binding agreement and
obligation of Tenant; and (iii) Landlord is not in default under the Lease and
neither Tenant nor any other party has any offset or defense to their
performance or obligations under the Lease.

     5.   CONTINUING OBLIGATIONS.  Except as expressly set forth to the contrary
in this Fourth Amendment, the Lease remains unmodified and in full force and
effect.  To the extent of any conflict between the terms of this Fourth
Amendment shall control.


                                         -2-
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Fourth Amendment
with duplicate counterparts as of the day and year first above written.

                    "Landlord"

                    MENLO OAKS PARTNERS, L.P.,
                    a Delaware limited partnership

                    By:  AM LIMITED PARTNERS,
                         its General Partner

                         By:  AMAROK MENLO, INC.
                              its Partner


                              By: /s/ J. Marty Brill, Sr.
                                  ----------------------------------------------
                              Name: J. Marty Brill, Sr.
                                    --------------------------------------------
                              Its:  President
                                  ----------------------------------------------


                              By: /s/ David H. Stanley
                                  ----------------------------------------------
                              Name: David H. Stanley
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                              Its: Vice President, Legal and General Counsel
                                  ----------------------------------------------


                                         -3-
<PAGE>

     Guarantor hereby consents to the terms and conditions contained in this
Fourth Amendment and agrees that its obligations under the Guarantee include the
guaranty of the obligations of Tenant under this Fourth Amendment.

                              "Guarantor"

                              INFORMIX CORPORATION,
                              a Delaware corporation


                              By: /s/ David H. Stanley
                                  ----------------------------------------------
                              Name: David H. Stanley
                                    --------------------------------------------
                              Title: Vice President, Legal and General Counsel
                                    --------------------------------------------


                              By:
                                  ----------------------------------------------
                              Name:
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                              Title:
                                     -------------------------------------------


                                         -4-

<PAGE>
                                                                      EXHIBIT A
                                                 90 Middlefield Road, Suite 200
                                                           Menlo Park, CA 94025
                                                                   415/329-9030


August 31, 1987



Mr. Roger Sippl
President
Informix Software, Inc.
4100 Bohannon Drive
Menlo Park, CA 94025

Gentlemen:

This letter shall serve as a side agreement to that certain Lease dated as of   
day of September, 1987 between Menlo Oaks Partners L.P. ("Landlord") and
Informix Software, Inc. ("Tenant") for the Premises known as 4300 Bohannon Drive
and constitutes additional covenants and agreements thereto, with the covenants
and agreements set forth herein to prevail in the event of any conflict between
the covenants and agreements contained herein and those in the Lease. 

The monthly Base Rent described in Section 4.1 of the Lease ($94,694.60) is
determined by multiplying the total rentable square footage of the Premises
(62,920 s.f.) by the monthly rental rate ($1,505 per s.f. per month).

Tenant shall commence with the prorata payment of Base Rent on the intial 31,460
rentable square feet occupied by Tenant on the date which is seven (7) months
from the date of commencement of the term of the Lease.  Tenant shall commence
with the prorata payment of Base Rent on the remainder of the Premises, or a
portion thereof, on the earlier of (a) the date Tenant occupies the remainder of
the Premises, or said portion thereof, or (b) November 1, 1988; provided,
however, if Tenant has provided Landlord with the one hundred twenty (120) day
prior written notice pursuant to Article 2.2 of the 4300 Bohannon Lease, on or
before July 1, 1988 and the Improvements are not Ready for Occupancy on or
before November 1, 1988 due to a delay caused by Landlord, then the prorata
payment of Base Rent shall commence on the earliest of the following dates: (i)
the date on which the Improvements are Ready for Occupancy, as set forth in
Article 2.5; or (ii) the date on which the Improvements would have beeen ready
for Occupancy had there been no delay due to changes in Plans requested by
Tenant, if any; or (iii) the date on which Tenant actually commences to do
business on the Premises with Landlord's written consent.

Tenant shall commence with the prorata payment of Occupancy Expenses as set 
forth in Section 7 of the Lease on the initial 31,460 rentable square feet on 
the commencement of the term of the Lease.  Tenant shall commence with the 
prorata payment of Occupancy Expenses on the remainder of the Premises, or a 
portion thereof, on the EARLIER of (a) the date Tenant occupies the remainder 
of the Premises, or said portion thereof, or (b)

<PAGE>

November 1, 1988; provided, however, if Tenant has provided Landlord with the
one hundred twenty (120) day prior written notice, pursuant to Article 2.2 of
the 4300 Bohannon Lease, on or before July 1, 1988 and the Improvements are not
Ready for occupancy on or before November 1, 1988 due to a delay caused by
Landlord, then the prorata payment of Occupancy Expenses shall commence on the
earliest of the following dates: (i) the date on which the Improvements are
Ready for Occupancy, as set forth in Article 2.5; or (ii) the date on which the
Improvements would have beeen ready for Occupancy had there been no delay due to
changes in Plans requested by Tenant, if any; or (iii) the date on which Tenant
actually commences to do business on the Premises with Landlord's written
consent.

With respect to subparagraph (a) of the two preceeding paragraphs, it is
understood that Tenant shall pay Base Rent and Occupancy Expenses on the portion
of the remainder of the Premises to which Tenant has taken occupancy.  With
respect to subparagraph (b), Tenant shall commence with the payment of Base Rent
and Occupancy Expenses on all of the remainder of the Premises whether or when
Tenant has taken occupancy of all or a portion of the remainder of the Premises.

Upon the sooner of: (i) November 1, 1988, subject to delay caused by Landlord as
described above; or (ii) commencement of Base Rent for the entire Premises
described in the Lease, this side letter shall expire and be of no further force
and effect.

Very truly yours,

"Landlord"                               "Tenant"

Menlo Oaks Partners L.P.                 Informix Software, Inc.,
                                         a California corporation

By:  AM Limited Partners                 By: /s/ Roger Sippl
Its: General Partner                     Its: President

By:  Amarok Menlo, Inc.                  By:__________________________
Its: General Partner                     Its:_________________________

By:  /s/ Signature Illegible
Its: Vice President
                                          

<PAGE>

                                     EXHIBIT I
                                     ---------
                                          
                                     GUARANTEE
                                     ---------


     WHEREAS, Menlo Oaks Partners L.P., a Delaware limited partnership,
____________________ ("Landlord") has entered into a lease ("Lease") with
Informix Software, Inc., a California corporation ("Tenant") dated as of
Illegible, 1987, demising certain improvements to real property located in the
City of Menlo Park, County of San Mateo, State of California, more particularly
described in the Lease.

     WHEREAS, Landlord has requested Informix Corporation, a Delaware
_______________ ("Guarantor") guarantee to Landlord the punctual performance and
observance of all of Tenant's obligations under the Lease as herein provided.

     NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt whereof is
hereby acknowledged, and as a material inducement to and in consideration, of
Landlord entering into the Lease with Tenant, Guarantor hereby convenants and
agrees with Landlord as follows:

     1.   Guarantor hereby guarantees unto Landlord:

          a.   The punctual and full payment as they accrue and become due of
all rents of every kind, additional rents and all other charges to be paid by
Tenant under the Lease, as it may be amended from time to time with or without
notice of Guarantor, and

          b.   The punctual and full performance and observation of all other
Tenant obligations contained in the Lease, as it may be amended from time to
time, with or without notice to Guarantor.

     2.   Guarantor hereby requests notice of default in the punctual and full
payment of said rents, additional rents and other charges and of default in the
punctual and full performance of said Tenant obligations, such notice to be
given in writing at the same time that any notice of default is given to Tenant
under the Lease.  Guarantor convenants and agrees that it shall not be released
from the obligations of this Guarantee, nor shall said obligations be diminished
or otherwise affected by:

          a.   Any extension of time or other indulgence granted of Tenant or 
by any waiver with respect to the payment of rents, additional rents and 
other charges to be paid by Tenant or with respect to the performance and 
observance of any other Tenant obligations under the Lease;

          b.   Any assignment of the Lease or any subletting of all or any 
portion of the premises;*

          c.   The acceptance by Landlord of any security for the punctual 
and full payment of said rents or the punctual and full performance and 
observance of said Tenant obligations, of the release, surrender, 
substitution or omission to set, by Landlord with respect to any such 
security;

          d.   Any amendment or modification of the Lease;

          e.   Any other set or omission to set by Landlord; or

          f.   Any other matter whatsoever whereby Guarantor would of might 
be released, it being the intend hereof that Guarantor shall at all times be 
and remain liable to landlord to the same extent as if it were jointly and 
severally liable with 

<PAGE>

Tenant to Landlord for the performance of all the terms, conditions and 
provisions of the Lease.

     3.   This Guarantee shall extent to each and every payment to be made and
other obligation or condition to be performed or observed under the Lease by
Tenant.  Successive demands may be made upon, and successive actions for the
enforcement of such demands may be brought against Guarantor upon successive
defaults in the making of particular payments and the performance and observance
of particular obligations or conditions under the Lease, and the enforcement of
this Guarantee against Guarantor with respect to any particular payment or
obligations or conditions under the Lease shall not operate to exhaust this
Guarantee or as a waiver of the right to proceed under this Guarantee with
respect to any future default or defaults.
     
     4.   Guarantor further waives any right which it would or might have at
law, in equity or by statute to require that Landlord, before enforcing the
obligations of Guarantor hereunder, pursue or otherwise avail itself of any
rights or remedies which it would or might have against Tenant or against any
security given to Landlord by reason of any failure punctually to pay rents,
additional rents and other
     
                                         1.

* except for an assignment approved by Landlord provided that Tenant pays all
costs actually incurred as a result of such assignment, including but not
limited to real estate brokerage commissions or finder's fees, and provided
further that Landlord thereafter receives one hundred percent (100%) of the rent
payable under such assignment.

<PAGE>

charges to be paid under the Lease or punctually to perform and to serve all
other obligations or conditions to be performed and observed under the Lease by
Tenant.

     5.   Guarantor further waives notice of acceptance of this Guarantee by
Landlord and diligence on Landlord's part in the enforcement of the obligations
of Guarantor hereunder.

     6.   Guarantor agrees that this Guarantee shall be construed as an
absolute, unconditional, continuing and unlimited obligation of Guarantor
without regard to the regularity, validity or enforceability of any liability or
obligation hereby guaranteed.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
the obligations of Guarantor hereunder shall in no way be released, diminished
or otherwise affected by reason of any voluntary or involuntary proceeding by or
against Tenant in bankruptcy or for an arrangement or reorganization or for any
other relief under any provision of the Bankruptcy Act as from time to time in
effect.

     7.   Guarantor further agrees that if any of its obligations hereunder
shall be held to be unenforceable, the remainder of this Guarantee and its
application of all obligations other than those with respect to which it is held
unenforceable shall not be affected thereby and shall remain in full force and
effect.

     8.   Guarantor agrees that any notice or demand upon it shall be deemed to
be sufficiently given or served if in writing and mailed by certified mail
addressed to Guarantor at:

                       Informix Corporation

                       4100 Bohannon Drive

                       Menlo Park, CA 94025 

     9.   This Guarantee shall continue for the term of the Lease and any
extension thereof.

     10.  The terms of this Guarantee and the Lease shall be governed by and
construed according to the law of the State of California.

     11.  All of the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of Landlord
and its successors and assigns and be binding upon Guarantor and its successors
and assigns.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Guarantor has executed this Guarantee the 4th day of
September, 1987, with the intent to be legally bound thereby.

                                   "Guarantor"

                                   Informix Corporation, a

                                   Delaware corporation

                                   By /s/ Authorized Signature

                                   Its President

<PAGE>

October 27, 1987



Informix Software, Inc.
4100 Bohannon Drive
Menlo Park, CA 94025

Attn:   Mr. Roger Sippl

Gentlemen:

This letter shall serve as an additional side agreement to that certain Lease
("Lease") dated September 4, 1987 between Menlo Oaks Partners L.P. ("Landlord")
and Informix Software, Inc. ("Tenant") for the Premises known as 4300 Bohannon
Drive and constitutes additional covenants and agreements thereto, and to the
side agreement between Landlord and Tenant dated August 31, 1987 with the
covenants and agreements set forth herein to prevail in the event of any
conflict between the covenants and agreements contained herein and those in the
Lease and the side agreement dated August 31, 1987.  The capitalized terms
employed herein shall have the meanings employed in the Lease or as otherwise
defined herein.

Tenant has notified Landlord of its desire to occupy one-half of the Premises
"Initial Premises" at the earliest date that such Initial Premises can be made
available for occupancy.  Landlord and Tenant agree to work together diligently
to develop a preliminary plan indicating the Improvements to be constructed in
the Initial Premises by Landlord.

Tenant agrees to take occupancy of the premises described as Area III of the
Building known as 4200 Bohannon Drive ("Area III Premises") (pursuant to a lease
between Landlord and Tenant dated 11/7/86, the "4200 Building Lease") on the
first day immediately following vacation thereof by the present tenant Allstate
Insurance Company, and to commence payment of rent thereon upon such date ("Area
III Occupancy Date").  Landlord and Tenant agree that the Area III Premises
shall be deemed to be delivered to Tenant upon the Area III Occupancy Date for
purposes of determining Liquidated Damages described in Paragraph 1.B. of
Special Provisions Rider To Lease of the 4200 Building Lease.  The Liquidated
Damages payable by Landlord to Tenant due on the Area III Occupancy Date shall
therefore be $500 for each business day, payable monthly from December 2, 1987
to the business day immediately preceeding the Area III Occupancy Date, Upon
completion of the Initial Premises, Tenant agrees to vacate the Area III
Premises in order to allow Landlord to construct Tenant's improvements to the
Area III Premises pursuant to plans

<PAGE>

prepared by MMAP, Inc. described as Informix Software, Inc., Job.  No. 7051.00
pages A-0, A1.1, A1.2, A1.3, A1.4 and A.4 and dated 9-23-87 which improvements
Landlord agrees shall be constructed without cost to Tenant.

In consideration of the foregoing, Landlord agrees to pay Tenant in cash the sum
of $20,326.32 not later than the 15th day after the Area III Occupancy Date, an
additional $20,326.32 not later than the 45th day after the Area III Occupancy
Date, and Landlord agrees to reimburse Tenant within five (5) business days for
the pro rata share of Additional Rent (as defined in the 4200 Building Lease)
attributable to the Area III Premises from the date Tenant vacates the Area III
Premises to permit Landlord to construct Tenant's improvements as provided in
the third paragraph of this letter until Tenant reoccupies the Area III
Premises, but in no event for a period of greater than 60 days.

Landlord further agrees that in the event Landlord is unable to deliver the
Initial Premises to Tenant by March 31, 1987, Landlord shall pay Tenant the sum
of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00) for each business day for which Landlord is
delinquent in delivering the Initial Premises to Tenant; provided, however,
Landlord shall not pay such amount for the period of any delay caused by Tenant.

WITH REFERENCE TO THE SUM OF ONE THOUSAND AND N0/100 DOLLARS ($1000.00) PER DAY,
LANDLORD AND TENANT AGREE THAT THE ACTUAL DAMAGES AND COSTS SUSTAINED BY TENANT
DUE TO THE DELAY IN THE DELIVERY OF THE INITIAL PREMISES TO TENANT WOULD BE
EXTREMELY DIFFICULT TO MEASURE AND THAT THE AMOUNT SPECIFIED ABOVE REPRESENTS A
REASONABLE ESTIMATE BY LANDLORD AND TENANT OF A FAIR AVERAGE COMPENSATION FOR
SUCH DAMAGES AND COSTS. EXCEPT FOR THE TERMINATION RIGHTS SET FORTH IN ARTICLE
2.3 OF THE LEASE, AS MODIFIED BY THIS SIDE AGREEMENT, THE AMOUNT STATED ABOVE
SHALL BE TENANT'S SOLE REMEDY IN THE EVENT OF THE ABOVE-DESCRIBED DELAY IN
DELIVERY OF THE INITIAL PREMISES SPACE TO TENANT, AND TENANT WAIVES ANY OTHER
RIGHT TENANT MAY HAVE AGAINST LANDLORD INCLUDING THE RIGHT TO SPECIFIC
PERFORMANCE.  LANDLORD AND TENANT ELECT THE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES CLAUSE BY
INITIALING THIS SECTION AS FOLLOWS:

                                        LANDLORD:/s/ Authorized Signature
                                        TENANT:  /s/ Authorized Signature

Landlord shall not be in breach of the Lease or any term or covenant thereof if
Landlord is unable to deliver the Initial Premises to Tenant within the
timeframe provided for herein, it being understood and acknowledged by Tenant
that the liquidated damages described herein shall be Tenant's sole remedy for
Landlord's failure to deliver the Initial Premises to Tenant.

Tenant agrees to provide Landlord with Tenant's Floor Plans for the Initial
Premises pursuant to Article 2.1(a) of the Lease on or before November 16, 1987,
and delivery of said plans on a date

<PAGE>

later than November 16, 1987, shall constitute a delay caused by Tenant. 
Landlord's obligation for the payments and reimbursements provided for in the
fourth, fifth and sixth paraqraphs of this agreement is conditioned upon the
faithful performance of Tenant's agreements contained in this letter and the
side agreement dated August 31, 1987 and Tenant not being in default of any
provision of the Lease, the 4200 Building Lease or Tenant's Lease on the
building known as 4100 Bohannon Drive at the time such payments are due.

Landlord and Tenant agree that should the Initial Premises be made Ready for
Occupancy on or before the date three months following the Scheduled Term
Commencement Date and thereafter Landlord fails to complete construction of the
balance of the improvements to the Premises ("Remaining Premises") as provided
for in the Lease, the Rights of both parties to terminate the Lease pursuant to
Article 2.3 of the Lease shall be effective only as to the Remaining Premises. 
In the event of such termination with respect to the Remaining Premises,
("Partial Termination") Landlord and Tenant agree that Landlord shall make such
modifications to the Initial Premises as Landlord may reasonably determine are
necessary for the subsequent marketing and occupancy of the Remaining Premises,
and Landlord shall in its reasonable judgement designate such areas of the
Building including portions of the Initial Premises as Building Common Area for
the enjoyment of all Building Tenants.  Landlord shall redesignate the area of
the Initial Premises reflecting a reasonable allocation of the Building Common
Area, The cost of any Building Common Area Improvements shall be reasonably
determined by Landlord and allocated on a ratable per square foot basis, The
Actual Cost of Tenant's Initial Premises shall be reasonably redetermined by
Landlord pursuant to Article 4.2 of the Wage and Landlord shall prepare a
revised Actual Cost statement.  In the event the Actual Cost of Tenant's Initial
Premises exceeds the sum ("Revised Allowance") which is the product of the
number of square feet in the Area of the initial Premises (as redesignated by
Landlord) multiplied by thirty one dollars ($31.00) Tenant shall reimburse
Landlord for such difference in cash upon Landlord's notice thereof to Tenant
pursuant to Article 4.2 of the Lease.  In the event the Actual Cost of Tenant's
Initial Premises is less than the Revised Allowance, Landlord shall reimburse
Tenant in cash for such difference immediately upon Landlord's determination
thereof.

<PAGE>

In the event of such Partial Termination, Landlord and Tenant agree to execute
an amendment to the Lease reflecting a revised description of the Premises, a
ratable reduction in the allocation of parking spaces to the Premises and such
other provisions as may be appropriate to conform to the intent of this letters.

Very truly yours,

MENLO OAKS PARTNERS L.P.

By:  A.M. Limited Partners,
     Its General Partner

     By:  Amarok Menlo Inc.
     Its General Partner


     By:/s/ Authorized Signature
        Its:   President
Agreed and accepted by:

INFORMIX SOFTWARE INC.

By: /s/ Authorized Signature
   Its:    President
    Date:  10-28-97


<PAGE>

                              THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE
                              ------------------------


     THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE ("Third Amendment") is made as of June 8th,
1993 ("Effective Date"), between MENLO OAKS PARTNERS, L.P., a Delaware limited
partnership ("Landlord"), and INFORMIX SOFTWARE, INC., a Delaware corporation
("Tenant").

     THE PARTIES ENTER INTO THIS THIRD AMENDMENT based upon the following facts,
understandings and intentions:

     A.   Landlord and Tenant are now parties to that certain Menlo Oaks 
Corporate Center Standard Business lease (Net), dated September 4, 1987, as 
amended by: (i) that certain First Amendment of Lease of 4300 Bohannon 
Building, Option to Lease 4500 Bohannon Building and Exercise of Extension 
Option, dated June 22, 1988, (ii) that certain First Amendment to Lease (4300 
Bohannon Drive), dated as of June 18, 1991, (iii) that certain letter 
agreement dated February 7, 1992, and (iv) that certain Second Amendment to 
Lease, dated as of July 17, 1992 (as amended, the "Lease").  The Lease is 
attached hereto as EXHIBIT A.  Pursuant to the terms of the Lease, Landlord 
currently leases to Tenant the following (collectively, the "Existing 
Premises"): (i) approximately 62,920 rentable square feet of space in 
Landlord's building located at 4300 Bohannon Drive in Menlo Park, California, 
and (ii) approximately 13,884 rentable square feet of space in Landlord's 
building located at 4400 Bohannon Drive (the "4400 Building") in Menlo Park, 
California.

     B.   Tenant has recently requested that Landlord also lease to Tenant
approximately Three Thousand One Hundred Forty-six (3,146) rentable square feet
of space (the "Additional Space") more particularly known as Suite 260 and Suite
270 of the 4400 Building.  The Additional Space is more particularly shown as
the cross-hatched areas on EXHIBIT B attached hereto.

     C.   Landlord and Tenant now desire to amend the Lease to provide that the
Additional Space shall be included as a part of the Premises upon the terms and
conditions more particularly described herein.  The capitalized terms used in
this Third Amendment shall have the meanings given to such terms within the
Lease, unless otherwise set forth herein.

     NOW, THEREFORE, IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants and promises of
the parties, the parties hereto agree as follows:

          1.   ADDITIONAL SPACE.  Commencing on the date which is the earlier 
of: (i) July 1, 1993; or (ii) the date upon which Tenant actually takes 
possession of any portion of the Additional Space for the conduct of Tenant's 
business thereon (the

                                         1
<PAGE>

"Additional Space Commencement Date"), Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and
Tenant leases from Landlord the Additional Space, subject to the provisions of
the Lease and the terms and conditions set forth herein.  If the Additional
Space is not ready for occupancy on the Additional Space Commencement Date for
any cause beyond the control of Landlord, this Third Amendment shall remain in
effect and Landlord shall not be subject to any liability, provided the
Additional Space Commencement Date shall be delayed until the date Tenant
actually occupies the Additional Space.  From and after the Additional Space
Commencement Date, the term "Premises" shall include both the Existing Premises
and the Additional Space for all purposes under the Lease.

          2.   CONDITION OF ADDITIONAL SPACE.  Tenant hereby accepts the 
Additional Space in an "as-is, where-is" condition, as exists as of the 
Effective Date, with all defects, whether or not disclosed to Tenant by 
Landlord, and subject to all applicable laws, ordinances and regulations and 
any covenants or restrictions of record relating to the Additional Space.  
Landlord makes no representations or warranties, express or implied, as to 
the physical condition of the Additional Space, its current compliance with 
law or its fitness for Tenant's intended use, or the condition of the 
structural and nonstructural portions of the Additional Space or whether any 
repairs are necessary to correct pre-existing conditions.

          3.   TERM.  The term ("Additional Space Term") shall commence on 
the Additional Space Commencement Date and shall terminate on August 30, 
1995, unless terminated earlier pursuant to the terms of the lease.

          4.   BASE RENT.  From and after the Additional Space Commencement 
Date, the Base Rent for the Premises payable pursuant to Article 4 of the 
lease shall be increased to the following amounts:

                          BASS RENT/RENTABLE               BASE RENT
        PERIOD             SQUARE FOOT/MONTH               PER MONTH
        ------             -----------------               ----------

  July 1, 1993-         $1.505 for Existing Premises     $115,590.02
     July 31, 1993      $0.00 for Additional Space       (based on 79,980
                                                         rentable square
                                                         feet)

  August 1, 1993-       $1.505                           $120,369,90
     April 30, 1994                                      (based on 79.980
                                                         rentable square
                                                         feet)





                                         2.

<PAGE>

  May 1, 1994-          $1.55                            $123,969.00
     April 30, 1995                                      (based on 79,980
                                                         rentable square
                                                         feet)

  May 1, 1995-          $1.70                            $135,966.00
     August 30, 1995                                     (based on 79,980
                                                         rentable square
                                                         feet)

  September 1, 1995-    $1.70                            $130,566.80
     March 31, 1998                                      (based on 76,804
                                                         rentable square
                                                         feet)

          5.   TENANT'S SHARE. From the time period commencing on the 
Additional Space Commencement Date and terminating on August 31, 1995, 
Tenant's Share, as set forth in Article 7.1 of the Lease, shall be thirty-six 
and 82/100 percent (36.82%) of the Operating Expenses attributable to the 
4400 Building, which includes Fifteen and 60/100 percent (15.60%) of the 
Operating Expenses attributable to Phase II, and one hundred percent (100%) 
of Operating Expenses attributable to the 4300 Building, which includes 
Fifty-Seven and 63/100 percent (57.63%) of the Operating Expenses 
attributable to Phase II.  As of September 1, 1995, Tenant's Share shall be 
reduced to thirty percent (30%) of the Operating Expenses attributable to the 
4400 Building, which includes Twelve and 72/100 percent (12.72%) of the 
Operating Expenses attributable to Phase II, and one hundred percent (100%) 
of the Operating Expenses attributable to the 4300 Building, which includes 
Fifty-Seven and 63/100 percent (57.63%) of the Operating Expenses 
attributable to Phase II.

          6.   PARKING ACCESS.  From and after the Additional Space 
Commencement Date until August 31, 1995, Tenant's allocation for the use of 
the parking spaces provided for Phase II of Menlo Oaks Corporate Center, as 
indicated in EXHIBIT F and in Article 10.3 of the Lease, shall be increased 
to seventy-three and 23/100 percent (73.23%). As of September 1, 1995, 
Tenant's allocation for the use of the parking spaces provided for Phase II 
of Menlo Oaks Corporate Center, as indicated in EXHIBIT F and in Article 10.3 
of the Lease, shall be reduced to seventy and 35/100 percent (70.35%).

          7.   SECURITY DEPOSIT.  Upon the Effective Date, Tenant shall 
deliver to Landlord the amount of Four Thousand Seven Hundred Thirty-Four 
Dollars and Seventy-Three Cents ($4,734.73) ("Additional Space Security 
Deposit") as an additional security deposit to secure Tenant's obligations 
under the Lease. Landlord's use, retention and return of the Additional Space

                                         3.

<PAGE>

Security Deposit, and Tenant's remittance obligations with respect thereto,
shall be governed by Article 4.6 of the Lease.

          8.   TENANT IMPROVEMENTS.  Subject to the terms of this Section 8, 
Tenant shall have the right, without need for Landlord's consent, to make the 
alterations to the Additional Space more particularly described in EXHIBIT C 
attached hereto ("Approved Improvements") . All of the Approved Improvements 
shall be performed: (i) in a good and workmanlike manner, (ii) in compliance 
with all applicable laws or permits, (iii) using materials and methods that 
are at least equal to Landlord's then existing building standards for tenant 
improvements to the 4400 Building, and (iv) by a contractor reasonably 
satisfactory to Landlord.  The final plans and specifications for any 
Approved Improvements shall be subject to the prior written consent of 
Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, Tenant shall not be 
obligated to remove the Approved Improvements from the Additional Space at 
the expiration or earlier termination of the Additional Space Term.

          9.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  Tenant hereby represents, 
warrants and agrees that: (i) there exists no breach, default or event of 
default under the Lease, or any event or condition which, with notice or 
passage of time or both, would constitute a breach, default or event of 
default under the Lease; (ii) the Lease continues to be a legal, valid and 
binding agreement and obligation of Tenant; and (iii) Landlord is not in 
default under the Lease and neither Tenant nor any other party has any offset 
or defense to their performance or obligations under the Lease.

          10.  CONTINUING OBLIGATIONS.  Except as expressly set forth to the 
contrary in this Third Amendment, the Lease remains unmodified and in full 
force and effect.  To the extent of any conflict between the terms of this 
Third Amendment and the terms of the Lease, the terms of this Third Amendment 
shall control.

                                         4.
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amendment
with duplicate counterparts as of the day and year first above written.


                                   "LANDLORD"

                                   MENLO OAKS PARTNERS, L.P., a
                                   Delaware limited partnership

                                   By:  AM LIMITED PARTNERS,
                                        as a General Partner

                                        By:  AMAROK MENLO, INC.,
                                             as a General Partner


                                             By: /s/ J. Marty Brill, Jr.
                                                     J. Marty Brill, Jr.
                                                     President



                                   "TENANT"

                                   INFORMIX SOFTWARE, INC.,
                                   a Delaware corporation



                                   By: /s/ Authorized Signature
                                       Its: Vice President



                                   By: /s/ Authorized Signature
                                       Its: Director Corporate Real Estate


<PAGE>

                       FIFTH AMENDMENT T0 LEASE
                       ------------------------
                      (4300/4400 Bohannon Drive)


     THIS FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this "Fifth Amendment") is made as of 
June 30, 1997 ("Effective Date"), between MENLO OAKS PARTNERS, L.P., a 
Delaware limited partnership ("Landlord"), and INFORMIX SOFTWARE, INC., a 
Delaware corporation ("Tenant").

     THE PARTIES ENTER INTO THIS FIFTH AMENDMENT based upon the following 
facts, understandings and intentions:

     A.  Landlord and Tenant are now parties to that certain Menlo Oaks 
Corporate Center Standard Business Lease (Net) dated as of September 4, 1987, 
as amended by: (i) that certain side letter agreement dated August 31, 1987, 
(ii) that certain side letter agreement dated October 27, 1987, (iii) that 
certain First Amendment to Lease of 4300 Bohannon Building, Option to Lease 
4500 Bohannon Building and Exercise of Extension Option dated as of June 22, 
1988, (iv) that certain First Amendment to Lease (4300 Bohannon Drive) dated 
as of June 18, 1991 (the "First Amendment") , (v) that certain letter 
agreement dated February 7, 1992, (vi) that certain Second Amendment to Lease 
dated as of July 17, 1992, (vii) that certain Third Amendment to Lease dated 
as of June 8, 1993 and (viii) that certain Fourth Amendment to Lease dated as 
of February 10, 1994 (as amended, the "Lease").  The capitalized terms used 
in this Fifth Amendment shall have the meanings given to such terms within 
the Lease, unless otherwise set forth herein.

     B.  Pursuant to the terms of the Lease, Landlord currently leases to 
Tenant the following: (i) approximately 62,920 rentable square feet of space 
in Landlord's building located at 4300 Bohannon Drive in Menlo Park, 
California, and (ii) approximately 13,884 rentable square feet of space in 
Landlord's building located at 4400 Bohannon Drive in Menlo Park, California.

     C.  Informix Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("Guarantor"), 
previously delivered to Landlord its written Guarantee (the "Guarantee") of 
the obligations of Tenant under the Lease.

     D.  Tenant has exercised the first of two (2) Options to Extend the Term 
of the Lease pursuant to Paragraph 5 of the First Amendment.

     E.  Landlord and Tenant now desire to amend the Lease to state the new 
Term (as extended by Tenant's exercise of its option to Extend) and the Base 
Rent during the first Extended Term.


                                         1.
<PAGE>

     NOW, THEREFORE, IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants and promises of 
the parties, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     l.  TERM.  Article 3 of the Lease is hereby amended so that the Term 
shall expire on March 31, 2003.

     2.  BASE RENT.  From and after April 1, 1998, the Base Rent for the 
Premises payable pursuant to Article 4 of the Lease, as amended, shall be as 
follows:

        Period               Monthly Base Rent          Annual Base Rent
        ------               -----------------          ----------------

     April 1, 1998-         Two Hundred Three         Two Million Four
     March 31, 1999         Thousand Five Hundred     Hundred Forty-Two
                            Thirty and 60/100         Thousand Three
                            Dollars ($203,530.60)     Hundred Sixty-Seven
                                                      and 20/100 Dollars
                                                      ($2,442,367.20)

     April 1, 1999-         Two Hundred Ten           Two Million Five
     March 31, 2000         Thousand Six Hundred      Hundred Twenty-Seven
                            Fifty-Four and 17/100     Thousand Eight
                            Dollars ($210,654.17)     Hundred Fifty and
                                                      04/100 Dollars
                                                      ($2,527,850.04)

     April 1, 2000-         Two Hundred Eighteen      Two Million Six
     March 31, 2001         Thousand Twenty-Seven     Hundred Sixteen
                            and 07/100 Dollars        Thousand Three
                            ($218,027.07)             Hundred Twenty-Four
                                                      and 84/100 Dollars
                                                      ($2,616,324.84)

     April 1, 2001-         Two Hundred Twenty-       Two Million Seven
     March 31, 2002         Five Thousand Six         Hundred Seven
                            Hundred Fifty-Eight       Thousand Eight
                            and 08/100 Dollars        Hundred Ninety-Six
                            ($225,658.08)             and 96/100 Dollars
                                                      ($2,707,896.96)

     April 1, 2002-         Two Hundred Thirty-       Two Million Eight
     March 31, 2003         Three Thousand Five       Hundred Two Thousand
                            Hundred Fifty-Six and     Six Hundred Seventy-
                            22/100 Dollars            Four and 64/100
                            ($233,556.22)             Dollars
                                                      ($2,802,674.64)

     3.  OPTION TO EXTEND. Pursuant to Paragraph 5 of the First Amendment, 
Tenant has one (1) remaining Option to Extend for a period of five (5) years.


                                         2.
<PAGE>

     4.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  Tenant hereby represents, warrants 
and agrees that: (i) there exists no breach, default or event of default 
under the Lease, or any event or condition which, with notice or passage of 
time or both, would constitute a breach, default or event of default under 
the Lease; (ii) the Lease continues to be a legal, valid and binding 
agreement and obligation of Tenant; and (iii) Landlord is not in default 
under the Lease and neither Tenant nor any other party has any offset or 
defense to their performance or obligations under the Lease.

     5.  CONTINUING OBLIGATIONS.  Except as expressly set forth to the 
contrary in this Fifth Amendment, the Lease remains unmodified and in full 
force and effect.  To the extent of any conflict between the terms of this 
Fifth Amendment and the terms of the Lease, the terms of this Fifth Amendment 
shall control.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Fifth 
Amendment with duplicate counterparts as of the day and year first above 
written.

                                       "LANDLORD"

                                       MENLO OAKS PARTNERS, L.P., a
                                       Delaware limited partnership

                                       By:  AM LIMITED PARTNERS,
                                            its General Partner

                                            By:  AMAROK MENLO, INC.,
                                                 its Partner


                                                 By: /s/ J. Marty Brill, Jr.
                                                         J. Marty Brill, Jr.
                                                         President


                                       "TENANT"

                                       INFORMIX SOFTWARE INC.,
                                       a Delaware corporation

                                       By: /s/ David H. Stanley
                                             Name: David H. Stanley
                                             Title: Vice President, Legal
                                                    and General Counsel


                                       By:_________________________________
                                       Name:_______________________________
                                       Its:________________________________


                                         3.
<PAGE>

     Guarantor hereby consents to the terms and conditions contained in this 
Fifth Amendment and agrees that its obligations under the Guarantee include 
the guaranty of the obligations of Tenant under this Fifth Amendment.


                                       "GUARANTOR"

                                       INFORMIX, CORPORATION, a
                                       Delaware corporation

                                       By: /s/ David H. Stanley
                                             Name: DAVID H. STANLEY
                                             Title: Vice President, Legal and 
                                                    General Counsel


                                       By:_____________________________________
                                             Name:_____________________________
                                             Title:____________________________


                                         4.

<PAGE>
                                                                Exhibit 10.41


                              SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE
                               ------------------------
                                           

     THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this "Amendment") is made as of Sept 22,
1994, between MENLO OAKS PARTNERS, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
("Landlord"), and INFORMIX SOFTWARE, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Tenant").

     THE PARTIES ENTER INTO THIS AMENDMENT based upon the following facts,
understandings and intentions:

     A.   Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Menlo Oaks Corporate
Center Standard Business Lease dated as of February 10, 1994, as amended by that
certain First Amendment to Lease dated March 17, 1994, and that certain letter
agreement dated September 2. 1994 (as amended, the "Lease"), whereby Landlord
leased to Tenant approximately 62,920 rentable square feet of space (the
"Premises") in Landlord's building located at 4700 Bohannon Drive, Menlo Park,
California, commonly known as Menlo Oaks Corporate Center, Phase III, as more
particularly described in the Lease.

     B.   Landlord and Tenant now desire to amend the Lease to, among other
things, modify the Phase II Lease Commencement Date subject to the terms and
conditions of the Lease and such further terms and conditions as set forth in
this Amendment.  The capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the
meaning given to such terms within the Lease, unless otherwise set forth herein.

     NOW, THEREFORE, IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants and promises of
the parties, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     l.   PHASE II PRELIMINARY PLANS.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary 
          -------------------------
contained in the Lease, Tenant shall submit the Phase II Preliminary Plans to
Landlord for Landlord's review on or prior to December 1, 1994.

     2.   PHASE II SPACE COMMENCEMENT DATE.  Notwithstanding anything to the
          --------------------------------
contrary contained in the Lease, the Phase II Lease Commencement Date shall 
be the later to occur of (i) April 1, 1995 or (ii) the date the Phase II 
Space is Ready for occupancy; provided, however, if Tenant fails to deliver 
to Landlord its written approval of the Phase II Final Plans and Phase II 
Estimated Cost of Improvements on or prior to January 1, 1995, then the Phase 
II Lease Commencement Date shall be the date on which the Improvements in the 
Phase II Space would have been Ready for Occupancy had Tenant approved the 
Phase II Final Plans and Phase II Estimated Cost of Improvements on January 
1. 1995, Tenant's failure to deliver to Landlord its written approval of the 
Phase II Plans and Phase II Estimated Cost of Improvements on or prior to 
January 30, 1995 constitutes a material default under the Lease and entitles 
Landlord to pursue all of its rights and remedies under Article 13 of the 
Lease.

                                          1.


<PAGE>

     3.   CONTINUING OBLIGATIONS.  Except as expressly set forth to the contrary
          ----------------------
in this Amendment, the Lease remains unmodified and in full force and effect. 
To the extent of any conflict between the terms of this Amendment and the 
terms of the Lease, the terms of this Amendment shall control.

     4.   ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Amendment represents the entire understanding
          ----------------
between Landlord and Tenant concerning the subject matter hereof, and there 
are no understandings or agreements between them relating to the Lease and 
the Premises not set forth in writing and signed by the parties hereto.  No 
party hereto has relied upon any representation, warranty or understanding 
not set forth herein, either oral or written, as an inducement to enter into 
this Amendment.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of
the day and year first above written.

                              "LANDLORD"
                         
                              MENLO OAKS PARTNERS, L.P., a
                              Delaware limited partnership
                         
                                   By:  AM LIMITED PARTNERS, a California
                                        limited partnership, as a General
                                        Partner
                         
                                   By:  AMAROK MENLO, INC., a
                                        California corporation, as a General
                                        Partner
                         
                                        By: /s/ J. Marty Brill
                                            J. Marty Brill, Jr.,
                                            President
                         
                         
                              "TENANT"
                         
                              INFORMIX SOFTWARE, INC., a Delaware
                              corporation
                         
                              By:  /s/ David H. Stanley
                                   Name: DAVID H. STANLEY
                                   Its:  Vice President Legal and General
                                         Counsel
                         
                              By:  /s/ Richard J. Palomba
                                   Name: RICHARD J. PALOMBA
                                   Its:  DIRECTED, CORPORATE REAL ESTATE



                                      2.

<PAGE>
                                                            Exhibit 10.42


                               THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE
                               ------------------------
                                           

    THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this "Amendment") is made as of December 28,
1994, between MENLO OAKS PARTNERS, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
("Landlord"), INFORMIX SOFTWARE, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Tenant"), and
INFORMIX CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation ("Guarantor").

    THE PARTIES ENTER INTO THIS AMENDMENT based upon the following facts,
understandings and intentions:

    A.  Landlord and Tenant previously entered into that certain Menlo Oaks 
Corporate Center Standard Business Lease (the "Lease Agreement") dated as of 
February 10, 1994, whereby Landlord leased to Tenant approximately 62,920 
rentable square feet of space in Landlord's building (the "4700 Bohannon 
Building") located at 4700 Bohannon Drive, Menlo Park, California, as more 
particularly described in the Lease Agreement.

    B.  Pursuant to Section 1.5 of the Lease Agreement, Landlord also leased 
to Tenant, on a short term basis, approximately 12,336 rentable square feet 
of space (the "Temporary Premises") in Landlord's building (the "4600 
Bohannon Building") located at 4600 Bohannon Drive, Menlo Park, California, 
as more particularly described in the Lease Agreement.

    C.  Landlord and Tenant amended the Lease Agreement pursuant to (i) that 
certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of March 17, 1994, (ii) that 
certain side letter agreement dated September 2, 1994 and (iii) that certain 
Second Amendment to Lease dated as of September 22, 1994 (as amended, the 
"Lease"). The capitalized terms used in this Amendment and not otherwise 
defined herein shall have the same meaning given to such terms in the Lease.

    D.  Guarantor previously has delivered to Landlord its written Guaranty 
of the obligations of Tenant under the Lease.

    E.   Landlord and Tenant now desire to further amend the Lease to, among
other things, (i) expand the Premises to include approximately 19,946 additional
square feet of space in the 4600 Bohannon Building, including the entire
Temporary Premises, and (ii) terminate Tenant's short term lease of the
Temporary Premises, upon the terms and conditions more particularly described
herein.

                                          1.

<PAGE>

    NOW, THEREFORE, IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants and promises of
the parties, the parties hereto agree as follows:

    1.   EXPANSION OF PREMISES.  Effective as of the date of this Amendment
         ---------------------
(the "Expansion Effective Date"), the Premises shall be expanded to include, 
in addition to the space presently leased to Tenant under the Lease, 
approximately 19,946 square feet of additional space (the "Additional Space") 
in the 4600 Building.  The Additional Space is comprised of (i) the Temporary 
Premises (hereinafter referred to as the "Phase 1 Additional Space") and (ii) 
approximately 7,610 square feet of additional space in the 4600 Bohannon 
Building contiguous to the Phase 1 Additional Space (the "Phase 2 Additional 
Space"), as more particularly shown on Exhibit-A attached hereto.

                                     ---------

    2.   DEFINITIONS.  Effective as of the Expansion Effective Date, (i) the
         -----------
term "Premises" as used in the Lease shall refer to both the existing 
Premises and the Additional Space and (ii) the term "Building" as used in the 
Lease shall refer to both the 4700 Bohannon Building and the 4600 Bohannon 
Building (with the exception of the use of the term "Building" in Sections 
1.1, 2.3, 3.1 and 10.2 of the Lease wherein the term "Building" shall refer 
solely to the 4700 Bohannon Building).

    3.   ADDITIONAL BASE RENT.
         --------------------

         a.   Phase 1 Additional Space Base Rent.  In addition to Tenant's
              ----------------------------------
obligation to pay to Landlord Base Rent, Tenant shall pay to Landlord 
additional rent in the amount set forth below with respect to Tenant's lease 
of the Phase 1 Additional Space (hereinafter referred to as the "Phase 1 
Additional Space Base Rent").  Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Phase I 
Additional Space Base Rent in advance, commencing on the Expansion Effective 
Date and continuing thereafter on the first day of each calendar month of the 
Term, together with Tenant's payment to Landlord of the Base Rent, without 
any deduction, abatement or setoff whatsoever.  The Phase I Additional Space 
Base Rent for the partial calendar month immediately following the Expansion 
Effective Date and the partical calendar month at the end of the Term, if 
any, shall be prorated on a per diem basis, based on the number of days in 
such partial month.

                                          2.

<PAGE>

                         Phase I Additional Space Base Rent
                         -----------------------------------
                                           
                                  Monthly Phase 1          Annual Phase 1
                                  Additional Space         Additional Space
Period                            Base Rent                Base Rent
- ------                            ----------------         -----------------

Expansion Effective               $19,120.80               $229,449.60
Date through April 30,
1995

May 1, 1995 through               $20,971.20               $251,654.40
March 31, 1999
                                                           $273,919.20

April 1, 1999 through             $22,826.60
expiration of the Term


         b.   Phase 2 Additional Space Base Rent.  In addition to Tenant's
              ----------------------------------
obligation to pay to Landlord Base Rent and Phase 1 Additional Space Base 
Rent, Tenant shall pay to Landlord additional rent in the amount set forth 
below with respect to Tenant's lease of the Phase 2 Additional Space 
(hereinafter referred to as the "Phase 2 Additional Space Base Rent"). 
Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Phase 2 Additional Space Base Rent in 
advance, commencing on (the "Phase 2 Additional Space Rent Commencement 
Date") the earlier to occur of (i) April 1, 1995, (ii) the date on which 
Tenant occupies the Phase 2 Additional Space or (iii) the date the Phase 2 
Additional Space is Ready for Occupancy, and continuing thereafter on the 
first day of each calendar month of the Term, together with Tenant's payment 
to Landlord of the Base Rent and Phase 1 Additional Space Base Rent, without 
any deduction, abatement or setoff whatsoever.  The Phase 2 Additional Space 
Base Rent for the partial calendar month immediately following the Phase 2 
Additional Space Rent Commencement Date and the partial calendar month at the 
end of the Term, if any, shall be prorated on a per diem basis, based an the 
number of days in such partial month.

                                          3.


<PAGE>

                          Phase 2 Additional Space Base Rent
                          ----------------------------------
                                           
                                  Monthly Phase 2          Annual Phase 2
                                  Additional Space         Additional Space
Period                            Base Rent                Base Rent
- ------                            ----------------         -----------------

Expansion Effective                  $11,795.50                $141,546.00
Date through April 30,               
1995

May 1, 1995 through                  $12,937.00                $155,244.00
March 31, 1999

April l, 1999 through                $14,078.50                $168,942.00
expiration of the Term


    4.   OPERATING EXPENSES.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
         ------------------
contained in the Lease, Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses for the 4700 
Bohannon Building and the 4600 Bohannon Building are as follows:

         a.   4700 Bohannon Building.  Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses
              ----------------------
with respect to the 4700 Bohannon Building is eighty-seven and 8/10ths 
percent (87.80%) until the Phase II Lease Commencement Date (as defined in 
Section 3.1 of the Lease), whereafter Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses 
with respect to the 4700 Bohannon Building shall be increased to one hundred 
percent (100%).

         b.   4600 Bohannon Building.  Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses
              ----------------------
with respect to the 4600 Bohannon Building is twenty-six and 67/100ths 
percent (26.67%) until the Phase 2 Additional Space Rent Commencement Date 
(as defined in section 3.b above), whereafter Tenant's Share of Operating 
Expenses with respect to the 4600 Bohannon Building shall be increased to 
forty-three and 12/100ths percent (43.12%).

    5.   IMPROVEMENTS.  Landlord shall construct certain general purpose office 
         ------------
improvements (the "Improvements") in the Additional Space, as more fully
described below.

         a.   Plans and Specifications: Cost Estimate.  Tenant shall submit to
              --------------------------------------
Landlord for Landlord's review and approval plans and specifications (the 
"Plans") prepared by Tenant's architect for the Improvements to be 
constructed in the Additional Space.  If Landlord approves Tenant's Plans, 
Landlord shall arrange for Landlord's contractor (the "Contractor") to 
prepare a binding cost estimate (the "Cost Estimate") of the cost of 
constructing the Improvements and deliver a copy of the Cost Estimate to 
Tenant for its review and approval.  Tenant shall approve or

                                          4.

<PAGE>

disapprove the Cost Estimate by written notice to Landlord within five (5) days
after Tenant's receipt of the Cost Estimate.  If Tenant fails to approve or
disapprove the Cost Estimate within said five (5) day period, Tenant shall be
deemed to have approved the Cost Estimate.  If Tenant disapproves the Cost
Estimate.  If Tenant shall revise the Plans and resubmit the revised Plans to
Landlord for its approval as provided above.

         b.   Construction.  Upon Tenant's approval of the Cost Estimate,
              ------------
Landlord will cause the Contractor to commence construction of the 
Improvements. Landlord will use its best efforts to ensure that the 
Contractor diligently proceeds with the construction of the Improvements 
until completion.  The Improvements will be constructed in a good and 
workmanlike manner substantially in accordance with the Plans.

         c.   Costs.  Landlord will be responsible for the cost of constructing
              -----
the Improvements in an amount not to exceed Two Hundred Thousand Thirty-Eight 
and 43/100 Dollars ($200,038.43). The foregoing costs shall include, but not 
be limited to, any architectural, engineering and design fees and permit and 
application fees incurred by Landlord in constructing the Improvements.  If 
the cost of constructing the Improvements exceeds Two Hundred Thousand 
Thirty-Eight and 43/100 Dollars ($200,038.43), Tenant shall pay such excess 
to Landlord within ten (10) days of Landlord's written request therefor.

         d.   No Representations or Warranties.  Landlord's participation in
              --------------------------------
the preparation of the Plans, the Cost Estimate and the construction of the 
Improvements shall not constitute any representation or warranty, express or 
implied, that (i) the Plans are in conformity with applicable governmental 
codes, regulations or rules or (ii) the Improvements, if built in accordance 
with the Plans, will be suitable for Tenant's intended purpose.  Except as 
noted above, Landlord's sole obligation shall be to arrange the construction 
of the Improvements in accordance with the requirements of the Plans.

    6.   PARKING.  Effective as of the Expansion Effective Date, Tenant shall
         -------
be allocated the use of an additional seven percent (7%) of the parking 
spaces provided for Phase III of the Menlo Oaks Corporate Center.  Effective 
as of the Phase 2 Additional Space Rent Commencement Date, Tenant's 
percentage of additional parking spaces provided for Phase III of the Menlo 
Oaks Corporate Center shall be increased from seven percent (7%) to eleven 
percent (11%).

    7.   TERMINATION OF TENANT'S LEASE OF THE TEMPORARY PREMISES. 
         -------------------------------------------------------
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, effective as 
of the Expansion Effective Date, Tenant's

                                          5.

<PAGE>

lease of the Temporary Premises pursuant to Section 1.5 of the Lease is
terminated and of no further force or effect.

    8.   RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER.
         --------------------

         (a)  Right of Tenant.  Provided that Tenant is not in default under
              ---------------
the Lease, Tenant shall have a right of first offer ("Offer Right") to lease 
approximately 1,980 square feet of space (the "Phase 3 Additional Space") on 
the second floor of the 4600 Bohannon Building, as more particularly shown 
on Exhibit A during the remainder of the Term.
   ---------


         (b)  Commencement of Right.  If the Phase 3 Additional Space becomes 
              ---------------------
available for lease during the Term and Landlord desires to lease the Phase 3
Additional Space to a third party, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing
("Landlord's Notice") that the Phase 3 Additional Space is available for lease.

         (c)  Exercise of Tenant's Offer Right.  Tenant shall have three (3)
              --------------------------------
business days following the day on which it receives Landlord's Notice to 
notify Landlord in writing ("Tenant's Notice") that it has agreed to lease 
the Phase 3 Additional Space on the terms set forth herein.  If Tenant fails 
to notify Landlord that it has agreed to lease the Phase 3 Additional space 
within said three (3) Business day period, Tenant's Offer Right shall 
terminate and, thereafter, Landlord shall have the right to lease the Phase 3 
Additional Space to another party without first offering to lease the Phase 3 
Additional Space to Tenant.

         (d)  Terms for Offer Right.  If Tenant exercises Tenant's Offer Right, 
              ---------------------
Tenant's lease of the Phase 3 Additional Space shall be on all of the same terms
and conditions relating to Tenant's lease of the Additional Premises, except
Landlord's obligation to pay for the cost of constructing general purpose office
improvements in the Phase 3 Additional Space shall not exceed an amount equal to
the product of (A) Two Hundred Thirty-Seven and 44/100 Dollars ($237.44) and (B)
the total number of full calendar months between the Phase 3 Additional Space
Commencement Date (as defined below) and the end of the Term.

         (e)  Occupancy of Available Space.  Tenant's obligation to pay rent
              ----------------------------
for the Phase 3 Additional Space shall commence (the "Phase 3 Additional 
Spaces Commencement Date") on the earlier to occur of: (i) the date Tenant 
takes possession of the Phase 3 Additional Space or (ii) the thirty-first 
(31st) day after Landlord receives Tenant's Notice.

         (f)  Amendment to Lease.  Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to execute
              ------------------
an amendment to the Lease prior to Tenant's occupancy of the Phase 3 
Additional Space. That amendment shall

                                          6.

<PAGE>

specify, among other things, the date of occupancy in connection with Tenant's
exercise of Tenant's Offer Right.

    9.   CONTINUING OBLIGATIONS.  Except as expressly set forth to the contrary
         ----------------------
in this Amendment, the Lease remains unmodified and in full force and effect. 
To the extent of any conflict between the terms of this Amendment and the 
terms of the Lease, the terms of this Amendment shall control.

    10.  GUARANTY.  Guarantor consents to the foregoing and agrees that its
         --------
obligations under its Guaranty include the guaranty of the obligations of 
Tenant under the Lease a amended by this Amendment.

    11.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Amendment represents the entire understanding
         ----------------
between Landlord and Tenant concerning the subject matter hereof, and there 
are no understandings or agreements between them relating to the Lease or the 
Premises not set forth in writing and signed by the parties hereto.  No party 
hereto has relied upon any representation, warranty or understanding not set 
forth herein, either oral or written, as an inducement to enter into this 
Amendment.

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of
the day and year first above written.

                                   "LANDLORD"

                                   MENLO OAKS PARTNERS, L.P., a
                                   Delaware limited partnership


                                   By:   AM Limited Partners, a California
                                         limited partnership, as a General
                                         Partner


                                         By:  Amarok Menlo, Inc., a
                                              California corporation, as a
                                              General Partner


                                         By: /s/ J. Marty Brill
                                             J. Marty Brill, Jr.,
                                             President


                                          7.


<PAGE>

                                   "TENANT"


                                   INFORMIX SOFTWARE, INC.,
                                   a Delaware corporation

                                   By: /s/ David H. Stanley
                                       Name: David H. Stanley
                                       Its:  Vice President


                                   By: ________________________
                                       Name:___________________
                                       Its: ____________________


                                   "GUARANTOR"

                                   INFORMIX CORPORATION,
                                   a Delaware corporation

                                   By: /s/ David H. Stanley
                                       Name: David H. Stanley
                                       Its:  Vice President

                                   By: ________________________
                                       Name:___________________
                                       Its: ____________________


                                      8.

<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT A

                   [SCHEMATIC DRAWING OF ADDITIONAL SPACE]



<PAGE>
                           FIRST AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE
                           -------------------------------


          This Amendment is made and entered into as of the 15th day of April,
1988, by and between Southlake Partners #1, a Kansas general partnership,
hereinafter referred to as Lessor, and INFORMIX Software, Inc., a Delaware
corporation, hereinafter referred to as Lessee.


                                      RECITALS

          A.   Lessee is the owner and holder of a leasehold estate in the land
and buildings known as 16011 College Boulevard, Lenexa, Kansas and 11200
Lakeview Avenue, Lenexa, Kansas (the "Premises"), said leasehold estate being
under and pursuant to that certain Office Lease between Lessor and Lessee (then
known as Innovative Software, Inc.), dated as of August 15, 1987 (the "Office
Lease"), notice of which was given by Memorandum of Lease, dated as of August
15, 1987, recorded in the Register of Deeds Office for Johnson County, Kansas on
October 14, 1987, in Volume 2683, Page 94.

          B.   On February 8, 1988, Informix Software, Inc., a California
corporation, merged into Lessee and Lessee became a wholly-owned subsidiary of
Informix Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and Lessee changed its name to
INFORMIX Software, Inc.

          C.   Southlake has made application to The Travelers Insurance
Company, a Connecticut corporation ("Lender") for a loan in the amount of
$7,400,000 (the "Loan"), the terms and conditions of such Loan being set forth
in that certain Application for Mortgage Loan No. CKC-31-87 (the "Commitment"),

          D.   The Commitment requires, among other things, that as a condition
to making the Loan, the office Lease must be acceptable to Lender and consistent
with the terms and provisions of the Loan Documents (as defined in the
Commitment).

          E.   Lessor and Lessee do now desire to supplement, amend and modify
the Office Lease as hereinafter stated.

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the recitals, incorporated herein
by this reference, the covenants and agreements hereafter set forth and other
good and valuable considerations, the receipt and sufficiency of which are
hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto, it is agreed as follows:

          1.   RENTAL.  Section 2 of the Office Lease shall be amended to 
read in its entirety as follows:

     2.   RENTAL:

               The Base Rental for the Premises shall be at the rate of Nine 
     Hundred Fifty-Three Thousand Four Hundred Sixty-Six Dollars 
     ($953,466.00) annually for the first five (5) years of the original term 
     and One Million Forty-Eight Thousand Eight Hundred Thirteen Dollars 
     ($1,048,813.00) annually for the second five (5) years of the original 
     term, payable in equal monthly installments, with proration for any 
     partial month's occupancy, without deduction or set off, except as 
     herein provided, each due and payable to Lessor on the first day of each 
     and every month of the term hereof in advance.  Any rentals not received 
     by Lessor within ten (10) days after this due date set forth herein 
     shall be subject to a late charge of five percent (5%) of the amount 
     thereof for each full or partial calendar month said rental remains 
     unpaid.  Failure by Lessee to pay said late charge within thirty (30) 
     days 

<PAGE>

     after receipt of notice from Lessor that it is due shall in addition to 
     any other default consitute a default of this Lease by Lessee.  Lessor 
     acknowledges receipt of Eighty-Two Thousand Two Hundred Sixty-Eight 
     Dollars ($82,268.00) paid to Lessor by Lessee concurrently with the 
     execution of this Lease as a deposit, to be applied as rent for the 
     first month of the term hereof, any balance to be applied to the second 
     month's rent.  All rental payments and other payments required under 
     this Lease shall be made to Lessor at P. 0. Box 41437, Kansas City, 
     Missouri 64141, or at such other place as may be requested by Lessor in 
     writing.  Lessor acknowledges that Lessee has requested Lessor to 
     construct and/or pay for tenant finish improvements in addition to those 
     specified in Exhibit B to this Lease, at an additional cost not to 
     exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000), and Lessor and Lessee 
     acknowledge and agree that any agreement by Lessor to construct and/or 
     pay for such additional tenant finish improvements shall be conditioned 
     upon the annual rent under this Lease being increased to an amount to be 
     mutually agreed to by Lessor and Lessee.

          2.   Lessor and Lessee acknowledge and agree that possession of the
Premises was delivered to Lessee on April 15, 1988 and that in accordance with
Section 4 of the Office Lease, the commencement date of the term of the Office
Lease is April 15, 1988 and the expiration date of the term of the Office Lease
is April 30, 1998.  Lessee hereby waives any and all right and option to
terminate the Office Lease under and pursuant to Section 4 of the Office Lease.





                                        - 2 -

<PAGE>

          3.   Lessee acknowledges and agrees that Lender, its successors and
assigns, shall have no obligation respecting or be responsible for any security
deposit (or the proceeds thereof if the security deposit is in the form of a
letter of credit or a promissory note) provided for under Section 20 of the
Office Lease, unless such security deposit is actually received by Lender.

          4.   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Office Lease,
Lessee recognizes and agrees that as long as the mortgage provided for in the
Commitment continues as a lien against the Premises, the provisions of the Loan
Documents (as defined in the Commitment) respecting insurance or the use and
disposition of insurance proceeds shall govern and control and take precedence
over any conflicting provisions, if any, in the Office Lease, except to the
extent such insurance proceeds are payable with respect to personal property and
trade fixtures owned by Lessee or any subtenant.  For the purposes of this
paragraph a conflict shall be deemed to exist between the Loan Documents and the
Office Lease only if and to the extent the provisions of the Office Lease cannot
be performed by the respective parties thereto without violation of a provision
contained in the Loan Documents.

          5.   Lessor and Lessee agree that no amendment, modification or
supplement to the Office Lease will be effective without the prior written
consent of Lender, its successors or assigns, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld, and any of the aforesaid shall, without prior written
consent, be null and void and of no force or effect; provided, however, that
from and after the date that all obligations under the Loan Documents have been
paid in full, this Section 5 shall be of no further force or effect.

          6.   Lessee acknowledges that Lessor has or will make an Assignment of
Leases (as defined in the Commitment) and a collateral assignment of rents. 
Lessee agrees that in the event that Lessee acquires all of the partnership
interests in Lessor or acquires title to the Premises (as defined in the Office
Lease), there shall be no merger of the Lease or Lessee's interest in the Lease
with the interest of Lessor, and, upon written notice from Lender or its
successors and assigns that Lender has succeeded to the interests of Lessor
under the Office Lease, or has terminated the license granted to Lessor to
collect rent, Lessee will pay any and all rent under the Office Lease to Lender
with or without judicial action or the appointment of a receiver.  Lessor hereby
agrees that Lessee may comply with any such payment or performance instructions
from Lender without the necessity of any further consent from, and regardless of
any objections of Lessor.

          7.   Lessor and Lessee hereby acknowledge and agree that Lender shall
be entitled to receive two percent (2%) of the outstanding loan balance under
the Loan as an assumption fee in



                                       - 3 -
<PAGE>

the event that Lessee purchases Lenexa Industrial Park, Inc.'s interest in
Lessor pursuant to paragraph 5.02 or 5.04 of Lessor's Partnership Agreement at
any time while the Mortgage provided for in the Commitment continues as a lien
against the Premises.  As between Lessor and Lessee it is agreed that in the
event of such purchase, and except to the extent, if any, otherwise provided in
such Partnership Agreement, the assumption fee due to Lender shall be paid by
Lessee.

          8.   Any and all documents and instruments referred to in the Office
Lease to be entered into by either or both Lessor and Lessee in connection with
or arising out of the Lease shall be subject to the prior written approval of
Lender, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

          9.   Lessor and Lessee acknowledge that the plat of "Southlake Third
Plat", recorded in Plat Book 68 at Page 50 under Document No. 1771063, in the
Office of the Register of Deeds for Johnson County, Kansas, affects the Premises
and that from and after the date hereof, it shall be proper for all purposes in
connection with the Office Lease to refer to the Premises by reference to such
plat, as more particularly set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and made a
part hereof and that the final addresses of the buildings constructed on the
Premises are those referred to in Exhibit A attached hereto rather than the
addresses referred to in Exhibit A to the Office Lease.

          10.  From and after the date hereof, the lease between the parties
hereto relating to the Premises shall consist of the Office Lease, as amended
and modified by this First Amendment to Office Lease.  All covenants and
conditions contained in said Office Lease not expressly or by implication
amended by this First Amendment to Office Lease shall be and remain in full
force and effect.  Any capitalized term used herein and not otherwise defined
shall have that meaning as set forth in the Office Lease.

          11.  The covenants and agreements herein contained shall be binding
upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective
successors and assigns.








                                       - 4 -

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this First Amendment
to Office Lease to be effective as of the day and year first above written,

                                SOUTHLAKE PARTNERS #1, a Kansas
                                general partnership

                                By:  LENEXA INDUSTRIAL PARK, INC.,
                                     a Kansas corporation,
                                     general partner
ATTEST:



/s/ Cheryl A. Brockman               By: /s/ Hugh J. Zimmer, President
                Secretary

                                By:  INFORMIX SOFTWARE, INC.,
                                     a Delaware corporation,
                                     general partner
ATTEST:

/s/ Thomas J. Koehler           By:  /s/ Joseph E. Poskin,
                                     Joseph E. Poskin
                                     Vice President of Operations



                                By:  /s/ Wayne R. Jennings
                                     Wayne R. Jennings
                                     Vice President of Finance
                                     Chief Financial Officer








                                       - 5 -

                                          
<PAGE>

                                     EXHIBIT A
                                     ---------


          The Premises consist of the land described below, together with the 
improvements to be constructed by Lessor, as called for elsewhere in this 
Lease, all of which shall be known and numbered as 16011 College Boulevard, 
Lenexa, Kansas 66219 and 11200 Lakeview Avenue, Lenexa, Kansas 66219.

          Legal description of the land is as set forth below:

          Lots 1 and 2, Block 3. SOUTHLAKE THIRD PLAT, a subdivision in the 
          City of Lenexa, Johnson County, Kansas, according to the 
          recorded plat thereof.

                                          
<PAGE>

                          AMENDMENT TO MEMORANDUM OF LEASE
                          --------------------------------



          THIS AMENDMENT TO MEMORANDUM OF LEASE is made and entered into as of
April 15, 1988, by and between LENEXA INDUSTRIAL PARK, INC., a Kansas
corporation, having an office at 1220 Washington Street, Kansas City, Missouri
64105, hereinafter referred to as Lessor, and SOUTHLAKE PARTNERS #1 a Kansas
partnership, having an office at 1220 Washington, Kansas City, Missouri 64105,
hereinafter referred to as Lessee.

          WITNESSETH:

          WHEREAS, Lessor and Lessee entered into that certain Memorandum of
Lease dated as of August 15, 1987, recorded on page 90, Book 2683 in the Office
of the Register of Deeds for Johnson County, Kansas (the "Memorandum");

          WHEREAS, Lessor and Lessee entered into that certain Correction of
Memorandum of Lease dated February 19, 1988, recorded on page 1, Book 2749 in
the Office of the Register of Deeds for Johnson County, Kansas (the "Correction
Memorandum");

          WHEREAS, additional easements appurtenant have been granted with
respect to the premises described in Exhibit A to the Correction Memorandum;

          NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed as follows:

          Lessor, in consideration of the rents reserved and the terms,
covenants, agreements and conditions contained in that certain Lease between
Lessor and Lessee, dated as of August 15, 1987, as amended by that certain First
Amendment to Lease between Lessor and Lessee, dated as of April 15, 1988
(hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Lease"), hereby leases to and
Lessee hereby takes the premises described in Exhibit A hereto subject to all of
the terms, covenants agreements and conditions contained in said Lease,
including but not limited to the conditions specified in the Memorandum,

<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lessor and Lessee have executed this Amendment to
Memorandum of Lease as of the day and year first above written.

                                LENEXA INDUSTRIAL PARK, INC.


ATTEST:
                                By /s/ Hugh J. Zimmer
                                   Hugh J. Zimmer, President

Cheryl A. Brockman
Cheryl A. Brockman,  Secretary                                     LESSOR


                                SOUTHLAKE PARTNERS #1, by its 
                                general partners

                                     LENEXA INDUSTRIAL PARK, INC.

ATTEST:                         By /s/ Hugh J. Zimmer
                                  Hugh J. Zimmer, President

Cheryl A. Brockman
Cheryl A. Brockman,  Secretary                                     

                                INFORMIX SOFTWARE, INC.


ATTEST:
                                By /s/ Joseph E. Poskin
                                  Joseph E. Poskin,
                                  Vice President of
Thomas J. Koehler,                Operations
Assistant Secretary


                                By /s/ Wynne R. Jennings
                                  Wynne R. Jennings
                                  Vice President of Finance,
                                  Chief Financial Officer

STATE OF KANSAS
               ss.
COUNTY OF JOHNSON

This instrument was acknowledged before me on April 11, 1988 by Joseph E.
Poskin, Vice President of Operations and Wynne R. Jennings, Vice President of
Finance and chief Financial Officer of Informix Software, Inc., a Delaware
corporation and a general partner of Southlake Partners #1, a Kansas general
partnership.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the
day and year last above written.


     
     
                                 /s/ Joan R. Bynne
                                 Notary Public
[SEAL OMITTED]
                                       - 2 -

<PAGE>

STATE OF Missouri )
                  )ss.
COUNTY OF Jackson )

          This instrument was acknowledged before me on April 13, 1988 by Hugh
J. Zimmer, President of Lenexa Industrial Park, Inc., a Kansas corporation.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my
official seal the day and year last above written.




                                      /s/ Roberta L. Knipp
                                      Notary Public

My Commission Expires:
SEAL OMITTED


STATE OF Missouri
                  ss.
COUNTY OF Jackson

          This instrument was acknowledged before me on April 13, 1988 by Hugh
J. Zimmer, President of Lenexa Industrial Park, Inc., a Kansas corporation and a
general partner of Southlake Partners of a Kansas general partnership.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my
official seal the day and year last above written.


                                    /s/ Roberta L. Knipp
                                    Notary Public

My Commission Expires:
SEAL OMITTED



                                        -3-
                                          
<PAGE>

                                     EXHIBIT A
                                     ---------
                                 LEGAL DESCRIPTION
                                 -----------------


          Lots 1 and 2, Block 3, SOUTHLAKE THIRD PLAT, a subdivision in the City
of Lenexa, Johnson County, Kansas, according to the recorded plat thereof.

          Together with the following easements, all recorded in the Office of
the Register of Deeds of Johnson County, Kansas:

1.   An easement for roadway purposes over the following described property 
     as established by the instrument filed October 14, 1987 as File No. 
     1747473, in Volume 2683, at Page 77:

     A strip of land being 30 feet in width, lying 15 feet on each side of 
     the following described centerline:

     Commencing at the point of intersection of the West right-of-way line of 
     Lakeview Avenue with the North right-of-way line of 113th Street, both 
     as dedicated by 113TH STREET, LAKEVIEW AND THOMPSON AVENUE, a 
     subdivision of land in the North 1/2 of Section 17, Township 13, Range 
     24, now in the City of Lenexa, Johnson County, Kansas; thence North 90 
     degrees 00 minutes 00 seconds West along the North right-of-way line of 
     said 113th Street, a distance of 4.95 feet to a point of curvature; 
     thence Westerly and Southwesterly along said North right-of-way line, 
     and along a curve to the left having a radius of 1830.00 feet and a 
     central angle of 9 degrees 29 minutes 59 seconds, a distance of 303.41 
     feet to the Point of Beginning; thence North 9 degrees 29 minutes 59 
     seconds West a distance of 83.22 feet; thence North 23 degrees 08 
     minutes 06 seconds East a distance of 168.17 feet; thence North 0 
     degrees 00 minutes 00 seconds East a distance of 210.37 feet to the 
     Point of Termination.

2.   An easement for roadway purposes over the following described property 
     as established by the instrument filed April 1, 1988 as File No. 
     1780698, in Volume 2766, at Page 893:

     All that part of the Northwest Quarter of Section 17, Township 13, Range 
     24, Lenexa, Johnson County, Kansas, described as follows:

     Beginning at a point on the South line of Lot 1, Block 3, SOUTHLAKE 
     THIRD PLAT, a subdivision of land, that is 370.80 feet West of the 
     Southeast corner thereof; thence South 90degree00'00" East, along said 
     South line, a

<PAGE>

     distance of 90.80 feet, to the Westerly line of a "30.00 foot 
     Ingress-Egress Easement" described in the instrument recorded under 
     Document No. 1747473 in Volume 2683 at Page 77; thence South 
     0degree00'00" West, along said Westerly line, a distance of 118.95 feet; 
     thence North 37degree21'20" West, a distance of 149.65 feet, to the 
     Point of Beginning.

3.   An easement for drainage purposes over the following described property 
     as established by the instrument filed April 1, 1988 as File No. 
     1780702, in Volume 2766, at Page 908:

     3 strips of land 10.00 feet in width, across Tract 3, SOUTHLAKE SECOND 
     PLAT, a subdivision of land in Lenexa, Johnson County, Kansas, lying 
     5.00 feet on each side of the following described centerlines:

     Commencing at the intersection of the Easterly line of said Tract 3, 
     with the South line of Lot 1, Block 3. Southlake Third Plat; thence 
     North 37degree21'20" West, along said Easterly line, a distance of 25.32 
     feet, to a point designed and hereinafte referred to as Point "A"; 
     thence continuing North 37degree21'20" West, along said Easterly line, a 
     distance of 5.84 feet; thence North 2degree20'59" East, continuing along 
     said Easterly line, a distance of 141.13 feet, to a point designed and 
     hereinafter referred to as Point "B"; thence continuing North 
     2degree20'59" East, along said Easterly line, a distance of 16.87 feet; 
     thence North 22degree17'32" West, along said Easterly line, a distance 
     of 213.02 feet, to the Point of Beginning of the 1st centerline to be 
     herein described; thence South 53degree3'43" West, a distance of 28.42 
     feet, to the point of termination of this centerline; ALSO,

     Beginning at the aforesaid Point "B", as the Point of Beginning of the 
     2nd centerline to be herein described; thence South 85degree11'11" West, 
     a distance of 34.71 feet, to the point of termination of this 
     centerline; ALSO,

     Beginning at the aforesaid Point "A". as the Point of Beginning of the 
     3rd centerline to, be herein described; thence South 7degree41'23" West, 
     a distance of 33.13 feet, to the point of termination of this centerline.

                                    Exhibit A-2

<PAGE>

                               AMENDMENT TO LEASE


     THIS AGREEMENT is made as of October 20, 1997, between SOUTHLAKE 
PARTNERS #1, a Kansas general partnership, hereinafter referred to as Lessor, 
and INFORMIX SOFTWARE, INC., a Delaware corporation, hereinafter referred to 
as Lessee.

     WHEREAS, Lessor and Lessee entered into a Lease dated August 15, 1987, 
as amended on April 15, 1988, covering Premises known and numbered as 15901 
College Boulevard, Lenexa, Kansas and 11170 Lakeview Avenue, Lenexa, Kansas, 
all as more particularly set forth in said agreements; and

     WHEREAS, Lessor and Lessee wish to modify the Lease referred to above as 
set forth herein.

     NOW THEREFORE, it is agreed between the parties hereto as follows:

     The Premises are modified, effective May 1, 1998, by deleting that part 
of the premises known and numbered as 11170 Lakeview Avenue, Lenexa, Kansas. 
Effective May 1, 1998, the Premises shall be known as 15901 College 
Boulevard, Lenexa, Kansas, as legally described on Exhibit "A" hereto.

     1.  The original term of this Lease is hereby extended for a period of 
five (5) years, commencing May 1, 1998 and ending April 30, 2003 (Extended 
Term).

     2.  During the Extended Term the base rental for the Premises shall be 
at the rate of $966,000.00 annually, payable in equal monthly installments of 
$80,500.00.

     3.  Paragraph 28 of the Lease is hereby deleted and the following 
substituted therefor:

     Lessee is hereby given two (2) separate and successive five-year renewal 
     options to extend the original term and the Extended Term of this lease. 
     In the event that Lessee wishes to exercise either or both of said 
     options, it shall give written notice of its desire to renew this Lease 
     not later than twelve (12) months prior to the expiration of the 
     then-existing original or renewal term. Said options shall be as follows:

          a)  The first option to extend shall be for a term commencing May 
          1, 2003 and ending April 30, 2008.  During said renewal term, the 
          base rental shall be $1,085,600.00 annually, payable in equal 
          monthly installments of $90,466.67.

          b)  The second renewal option shall be for a term commencing May 1, 
          2008 and ending April 30, 2013.  During said period of renewal the 
          base rental shall be at the rate of $1,251,200.00 annually, payable 
          in equal monthly installments of $104,266.67.

<PAGE>

AMENDMENT TO LEASE                                                      Page 2
  LESSEE:  INFORMIX SOFTWARE, INC.
  LESSOR:  SOUTHLAKE PARTNERS #1


     4.  Except as specifically set forth herein, all terms and conditions of 
the Lease shall remain in full force and effect during the Extended Term 
created herein.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment to 
Lease to be effective as of the day and year first above written.


                                    INFORMIX SOFTWARE, INC.
                                    a Delaware corporation
                                                                 LESSEE


                                    By: /s/ John P. Wolfe
                                        John P. Wolfe
                                        Senior Counsel and Assistant Secretary

                                    SOUTHLAKE PARTNERS #1, a Kansas
                                    general partnership          LESSOR

                                    By: LENEXA INDUSTRIAL PARK, INC.,
                                        a Kansas corporation
                                        General Partner

                                          By: /s/ David Zimmer
                                              VP & Asst. Sec.

                                    By: INFORMIX SOFTWARE, INC.
                                        Delaware corporation
                                        General Partner


                                    By: /s/ John P. Wolfe
                                        John P. Wolfe
                                        Senior Counsel and Assistant Secretary

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT "A"

Lot 2, Block 3, SOUTHLAKE Third Plat, a subdivision in the City of Lenexa, 
Johnson County, Kansas, as shown on the attached Exhibit "A-1".               

<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT A-1

                       [SCHEMATIC DRAWING OF PREMISES]

<PAGE>

                                  OFFICE LEASE


     THIS LEASE is made and entered into as of the 20th day of October 1997, 
by and between SOUTHLAKE PARTNERS #1, a Kansas general partnership, 
hereinafter referred to as Lessor, and INFORMIX SOFTWARE, INC., a Delware 
corporation, hereinafter referred to as Lessee.


                                   WITNESSETH:

     Lessor, for and in consideration of the rent and other covenants 
hereinafter mentioned and contained to be kept and performed by Lessee, does 
hereby demise, lease, and let to Lessee, and Lessee does hereby rent, hire, 
and take from Lessor, in accordance with the covenants hereinafter set forth, 
the land and buildings known as 11170 Lakeview Avenue, Lenexa, Kansas, as 
legally described on Exhibit "A" hereto.  It is contemplated that for 
purposes of this Lease the premises will contain 44,131 square feet of net 
rentable area, The foregoing shall hereinafter be referred to as the 
"Premises."

1.   TERM:

          The original term of this Lease shall commence on the 1st day of 
May, 1998, and shall continue for five (5) years, ending on the 30th day of 
April, 2003, unless sooner terminated in accordance with the provisions 
hereof, Upon the expiration of the term of this Lease or its termination for 
any reason contained herein.  Lessee shall return all keys, remove all of its 
personal property, and return the Premises to Lessor in accordance with the 
terms of this Lease.

2.   RENTAL:

          The Base Rental for the Premises shall be at the rate of Two 
Hundred Seventy-Five Thousand Eight Hundred Twenty and No/100 Dollars 
($275,820.00) annually, payable in equal monthly installments of Twenty-Two 
Thousand Nine Hundred Eighty Five and No/100 Dollars ($22,985.00), with 
proration for any partial month's occupancy, without deduction or set off, 
except as herein provided, each due and payable to Lessor on the first day of 
each and every month of the term hereof in advance.  Any rentals not received 
by Lessor within ten (10) days after this due date set forth herein shall be 
subject to a late charge of five percent (5%) of the amount thereof for each 
full or partial calendar month said rental remains unpaid.  Failure by Lessee 
to pay said late charge within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice from 
Lessor that it is due shall in addition to any other default constitute a 
default of this Lease by Lessee.  All rental payments and other payments 
required under this Lease shall be made to Lessor at P. O. Box 414317, Kansas 
City, Missouri 64141, or at such other place as may be requested by Lessor in 
writing.

3.   ADDITIONAL RENT:

          (a)  In addition to the Base Rental and all other sums payable 
pursuant hereto, Lessee shall pay to Lessor, as additional rental, the amount 
of the "Direct Expenses" as defined below for each calendar year of the 
original or extended term of this Lease with proration for the first and last 
years of the original or extended term.  Each calendar year is hereafter 
called a. "Cost Year".  Beginning on the

                               PAGE 1 - OFFICE LEASE
                                 ANSI 265.1 - 1980
<PAGE>

commencement date of the original term of this Lease and on the first day of 
each month thereafter, Lessee shall pay to Lessor an amount equal to 
one-twelfth (1/12) of the Direct Expenses, as reasonably estimated from time 
to time by Lessor by written notice delivered to Lessee.  As soon as 
reasonably possible after the expiration of each Cost Year, Lessor shall 
furnish Lessee with a statement setting forth in reasonable detail the Direct 
Expenses for the Cost Year and any excess of said costs over the estimated 
expenses paid by Lessee during said Cost Year.  Lessee (in person or through 
its agents or employees) shall have the right to inspect and audit the books 
of Lessor setting forth said expenses during normal business hours.  If the 
amount paid by Lessee as additional rental on a monthly basis for a Cost Year 
as provided for above is greater than the amount set forth in the statement, 
then Lessor shall credit the additional amount paid by Lessee toward the next 
installments of additional rental.  If the amount paid by Lessee is less than 
the amount of the statement, then Lessee shall pay the additional amount 
owing to Lessor on or before thirty (30) days after receipt by Lessee of said 
statement.  If the term of this Lease or any extension or renewal hereof ends 
on a day other than the last day of a calendar year, Lessee's payment of 
Direct Expenses for the Cost Year in which the Lease term ends shall be 
prorated on a per diem basis.  If Lessor's statement for said final Cost Year 
discloses that Lessee has overpaid Lessee's obligation, then Lessor shall 
remit to Lessee the amount of such overpayment on or before thirty (30) days 
after Lessee's receipt of said statement. if Lessee's audit of the books of 
Lessor setting forth such expenses reveals any improper charges or 
overcharges for expenses, Lessor shall promptly remit such amounts to Lessee.

          (b)  "Direct Expenses" shall be defined as the sum of any and all 
costs, expenses, and disbursements of every kind and character which Lessor 
shall incur, pay, or become obligated to pay in any calendar year in 
connection with the ownership, operation, maintenance, repair, replacement of 
all or portions of the improvements, and security of the Premises which shall 
include but not be limited to the following: real estate taxes and 
assessments (provided, however, that as to any assessments which may be paid 
in installments, Lessee shall be responsible only for those installments 
becoming due during the term of this Lease and, with respect to the 
assessment for Lenexa Benefit District created by City of Lenexa Resolution 
No. 85-39, as amended from time to time, Lessee shall only be responsible to 
the extent the amount exceeds the actual number of square feet of land 
included in the Premises multiplied by $.50 per square foot); charges levied 
pursuant to the Declaration of Covenants and Restrictions Affecting 
SOUTHLAKE; rent taxes, gross receipts taxes' water and sewer charges; 
insurance premiums, license, permit and inspection charges; utilities; 
service contracts; labor; management of the Premises (not to exceed 3% of 
rental); air conditioning, heating and elevator maintenance; supplies; 
maintenance to all other parts of the building; security; garbage service; 
maintenance and upkeep costs of all parking areas, drives, lawns, trees, 
shrubbery and common areas; and the cost of contesting by appropriate 
proceedings increases in real estate taxes and assessments and the 
applicability to, or the validity of, any statute, ordinance, rule or 
regulation affecting the Building or land which might increase Direct 
Expenses; provided however, that the cost of such contest shall be a Direct 
Expense only if such contest is consented to by Lessee.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the total cost (less 
the amount paid with proceeds of insurance or to the extent covered by 
warranty) of any repair, replacement or

                               PAGE 2 - OFFICE LEASE
                                 ANSI 265.1 - 1980
<PAGE>

general maintenance item incurred after the Commencement Date and which, in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, is considered or 
deemed to be a capital expenditure, exceeds $5,000.00, the amount to be 
included in "Direct Expenses" for any' Cost Year shall be equal to the amount 
necessary to amortize by equal monthly payments such cost, together with 
interest as specified below, over the expected useful life of the asset 
created thereby multiplied by the number of months of such expected life 
which fall within such Cost Year.  For purposes of the preceding sentence, 
the interest shall be 150 basis points over the effective yield to maturity 
on United States Government bonds with a term closest to the expected useful 
life of the assets and most -recently auctioned before the completion of the 
asset.

          "Direct Expenses" shall not include expenses for repairs, 
replacements, and general maintenance to the extent paid by proceeds of 
insurance or to the extent covered by warranty; principal and interest 
payments made by Lessor on mortgages on the Premises; depreciation; and 
leasing commissions.

          All payments, including those previously specified above, as 
required in this Lease by Lessee to Lessor shall be deemed to be and shall 
become additional rental hereunder, whether or not the same shall be 
designated as such, and shall be due and payable along with usual rental 
payments subject to the same conditions and remedies as exist for said rental 
payments.

4.   POSSESSION AND CONDITION AT BEGINNING OF TERM:

          Lessee is in possession of the Premises by virtue of a Lease 
expiring April 30, 1998.  This Lease provides a continuation of occupancy to 
Lessee by Lessor.  Accordingly, Lessee accepts possession of the Premises 
existing as of the date of this Lease.

5.   USE OF PREMISES:

          The demised Premises are leased for the business of Lessee, 
consisting of general and administration offices, the manufacture, storage, 
sale and distribution of computer software and related items and any other 
lawful purpose consistent with the design and construction of the 
improvements on the Premises and permitted under the Declaration of Covenants 
and Restrictions Affecting SOUTHLAKE, which are filed of record in the office 
of the Recorder of Deeds of Johnson County, Kansas, as the same may be 
lawfully modified from time to time, and are not to be used for any other 
purpose without first having secured the written consent of the Lessor.

6.   PUBLIC REQUIREMENTS:

          Lessee shall comply with all laws, ordinances, governmental orders 
and regulations and other public requirements now and hereafter affecting the 
Premises or the use thereof, and shall save and hold Lessor harmless from 
expense or damage resulting from failure to do so; provided however, that if 
any actions are hereafter required to cause the Premises to be in compliance 
with any public requirements which existed as of the Commencement Date of 
this Lease and which was not then complied with, then Lessor shall be 
responsible for such compliance and the cost of satisfying and complying with 
such public requirements shall be Lessor's expense and shall not be a "Direct 
Expense".

                               PAGE 3 - OFFICE LEASE 
                                 ANSI 265.1 - 1980

<PAGE>

7.   ASSIGNING AND SUBLEASING:

          Lessee shall not sublet the Premises or any part thereof and Lessee 
shall not assign, transfer, pledge, mortgage or otherwise encumber this 
Lease, or any portion of the term thereof, without the previous written 
consent in each instance of Lessor, and Lessee shall furnish to Lessor a copy 
of such proposed instrument; Lessor agreeing, however, not to arbitrarily 
withhold consent to subletting for any legitimate business not detrimental to 
the Premises or occupants thereof, and not more hazardous on account of fire 
or otherwise, and not creating wear and tear to the Premises more than the 
business for which the Premises are herein leased.  Permission is, however, 
granted Lessee to assign this Lease and also to sublet the Premises in 
connection with any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all 
of Lessee's assets or to any person or entity which controls Lessee, which 
Lessee controls or which is under common control with Lessee, upon giving 
Lessor written notice of intent to do so.  In the event of any assignment or 
subletting, Lessee shall remain the principal obligor to the Lessor under all 
covenants of this Lease, and by accepting any assignment or subletting, an 
assignee or sublessee shall become bound by and shall perform and shall 
become entitled to the benefits of all of the terms, conditions and covenants 
by which the Lessee hereunder is bound.  As used herein, the term "control" 
means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause 
the direction of management and policies, whether through the ownership of 
voting securities, by contract or otherwise.  Lessor and Lessee acknowledge 
that if, at any time after the end of the third year following the 
commencement date of this Lease, Lessee is subletting in the aggregate more 
than fifty percent (50%) of the net rentable area contained in the Premises, 
then all of Lessee's options to lease land set forth in that certain Option 
to Lease Land Agreement dated as of August 15. 1987, executed by Lessee and 
Lenexa Industrial Park, Inc. and certain ground leases which may be executed 
pursuant to said Option to Lease Land may be terminated in accordance with 
the terms set forth in said Option to Lease Land and ground leases by either 
Lessor or Lessee.

8.   INSURANCE

          Lessor at all times during the term of this Lease shall maintain a 
policy or policies insuring the building in which the Premises are located 
against loss or damage by fire, explosives, or other hazards and 
contingencies. The form of such policy shall be an "all risk" form, and the 
amount of such policy shall be equal to 100% of the replacement cost thereof, 
unless a different form or a lesser amount is approved by Lessee.  Lessor 
shall not be required to maintain a policy insuring the property of Lessee.  
Lessor shall also at all times during the term of this Lease maintain a 
policy or policies insuring against loss of rents in an amount not to exceed 
the total annual rent provided herein from time to time.  Lessee is hereby 
restricted from using any machinery, storing any supplies, operating in any 
manner or otherwise occupying or using the Premises so as to constitute a 
hazard that would cause the cancellation of such insurance.  The cost of the 
foregoing is a part of Direct Expenses.

9.   MAINTENANCE AND CARE OF PREMISES

          Lessor shall maintain the roof and exterior walls of the building, 
all downspouts, hallways, stairways, and other common facilities of the 
building, including parking and landscaped areas.  Lessor shall also maintain 
elevators,

                               PAGE 4 - OFFICE LEASE 
                                 ANSI 265.1 - 1980

<PAGE>

plumbing systems, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems, fire 
protection systems and electrical systems, installed by Lessor and serving 
the building and the Premises, except for the responsibilities of Lessee as 
set forth below.

          Lessee shall promptly notify Lessor of the need for any repairs or 
maintenance for which Lessor is obligated as described above, and Lessor 
shall have reasonable time after receipt of such notice to complete such 
repairs. Except as provided in Section 3(b) and Section 6 hereof, Lessor's 
cost of the foregoing shall be a part of Direct Expenses.

          Subject to the foregoing obligations, Lessee agrees to take good 
care of the Premises, keep them free from filth, overloading, danger of fire, 
or any pest or nuisance, and shall cause the Premises to be regularly cleaned 
by a competent janitorial service for the healthful conduct of Lessee's 
business.  If requested by Lessee, Lessor may provide said janitorial service 
and the same shall be a part of Direct Expenses.

10.  ALTERATIONS BY LESSEE:

          Lessee shall make no alterations in, or additions to the Premises 
without first obtaining the Lessor's written consent for such alterations or 
additions, which shall be made at the sole cost of the Lessee.  All such 
alterations, additions and improvements, made in or upon the Premises, either 
by Lessor or Lessee, and attached to the Premises, to include carpet, shall 
be the Lessor's property, and shall remain upon the Premises at the 
termination of this Lease by lapse of time or otherwise, or upon entry by 
Lessor without termination pursuant to Paragraph 15, without compensation to 
the Lessee and without disturbance or injury.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, 
Lessee shall have the right to make non-structural, interior alterations and 
additions without obtaining Lessor's consent but after giving Lessor prior 
written notice.  Lessee agrees to restore the portion of the Premises 
affected by each non-structural, interior alteration or addition to its 
condition on the Commencement Date if Lessor gives Lessee written notice of 
its desire for restoration within twenty (20) days of Lessor's receipt of 
Lessee's notice of intent to make such non-structural, interior alteration or 
addition.

          Lessee hereby agrees that prior to the commencement of alterations 
to the Premises by a contractor employed by Lessee, Lessor shall approve in 
writing said alterations.  Any alterations so made shall be of a quality 
equal to or exceeding building standard.  Lessor hereby reserves the right to 
require said contractor to provide lien waivers or payment and performance 
bonds and liability insurance and such other instruments as may be necessary 
to protect Lessor against loss resulting from work performed or to be 
performed by said contractor.  Lessee shall indemnify and hold Lessor 
harmless for any loss which Lessor may incur as a result of any work 
performed or  services rendered to the Premises by persons or parties 
employed by Lessee.

11.  LESSOR'S RIGHT OF ENTRY

          Lessor may enter the Premises at reasonable hours to exhibit the 
Premises to prospective purchasers or, during the last six (6) months of the 
term hereof, prospective tenants, to inspect the Premises to see that Lessee 
is complying with all Lessee's obligations hereunder and to make repairs 
required of Lessor under the terms of this Lease.  Except in cases 
constituting emergencies, Lessor will give Lessee

                               PAGE 5 - OFFICE LEASE 
                                 ANSI 265.1 - 1980

<PAGE>

reasonable prior notice of Lessor's desire to enter the Premises and the 
identity of all persons that Lessor proposes enter the Premises with or on 
behalf of Lessor; provided, however, such notice need not be written 
notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Lease.  Lessee may deny 
access to the Premises to any of Lessor's invitees if in the sole reasonable 
judgment of Lessee admission would be detrimental to the proprietary nature 
of Lessee's business.  Additionally, Lessor agrees that it will exercise its 
rights hereunder in such manner as to not unreasonably interfere with 
Lessee's operations of its business in the Premises.  Without limiting the 
generality of the foregoing, Lessor agrees that it will use its best 
reasonable efforts in exercising its rights hereunder to preserve the 
confidentiality of Lessee's business operations, products and processes kept 
in, on or about the Premises.

12.  SIGNS AND ADVERTISEMENTS:

          Any signs placed by Lessee on the Premises which are visible from 
the exterior of the Premises shall be subject, in each instance, to the terms 
and provisions of the Declaration of Covenants and Restrictions Affecting 
SOUTHLAKE.

13.  LIABILITY:

          Lessee hereby relinquishes all claims, releases, assumes all risks 
and agrees to hold Lessor harmless from any liability for any damage done or 
occasioned by or from any plumbing, wiring, gas, water, steam, sprinkler 
system, equipment or other pipes, or the bursting, leaking or running of any 
tank, washstand, water closet, waste pipe or other articles in, above, upon 
or about the building or Premises, or for damage occasioned from or by water, 
snow or ice being upon, above or about the Premises unless caused by the 
gross negligence or intentional act of Lessor.

          Lessor and Lessee hereby expressly waive any cause of action or 
right of recovery which either may have hereafter against the other for any 
loss or damage to the leased Premises, or to the contents thereof, from all 
claims and liabilities arising from or caused by any hazard that is actually 
insured against or that could be covered by a standard fire insurance policy 
with extended coverage and "all risk" endorsement on the leased Premises, or 
on the contents thereof, and each party hereto shall obtain a waiver from any 
insurance carrier with which it carries insurance covering the leased 
Premises, or the contents thereof, releasing its subrogation rights as 
against the other party, and upon request by either party evidence of said 
waiver shall be furnished by each party hereto to the other party.

          Subject to the provisions of the next preceding paragraph, Lessee 
agrees to save and hold harmless the Lessor from any claim, damage, 
liability, or expense arising from any injury (including death) to persons or 
damage to property occurring in, on or about the leased Premises, unless 
caused by the gross negligence or intentional act of Lessor.  Lessee shall 
maintain in effect throughout the term of this Lease, general public 
liability insurance covering the Premises, and including the Lessor as an 
additional insured, with limits not less than $1,000,000 for injury 
(including death) to person or persons, and $100,000 for property damage.

          All merchandise and property now owned by Lessor or Lessor's 
invitees and in or about the Premises shall be at Lessee's sole duty and risk 
and Lessee does hereby now and

                               PAGE 6 - OFFICE LEASE 
                                 ANSI 265.1 - 1980

<PAGE>

forever relinquish all claims, release, and agree to hold Lessor harmless 
from any claims for damages thereto or any of same, howsoever caused.

14.  DAMAGE BY CASUALTY:

          If, during the term hereof, or previous thereto, the Premises or 
any building of which the Premises are a part, shall become untenantable or 
otherwise damaged by virtue of damage by fire, explosion, providential means, 
or any other casualty, and (in the case of untenantability) if the Premises 
or building can be reasonably repaired within one hundred eighty (180) days 
after date of such damage, Lessor shall repair the Premises as soon as 
practicable with due diligence, placing the same in as good condition as they 
were just before such damage, and rent shall abate pro rata and in proportion 
to untenantability of the Premises from the time of such damage until 
restoration of the Premises by Lessor.  In the case of untenantability, if 
the Premises or building cannot be repaired within one hundred eighty (180) 
days after the date of such damage, then either Lessor or Lessee may 
terminate this Lease by written notice to the other party in which event the 
term hereby created shall terminate as of the date of such damage and rent 
shall cease as of the date of such damage, with proportionate refund of any 
prepayment, on condition Lessee forthwith surrenders the Premises to Lessor.  
It is further agreed that the period for reconstruction shall be extended for 
such time during which strikes, riots, civil commotion, governmental 
intervention, acts of God or any other contingency beyond Lessor's control, 
shall delay the construction.  In the case of such damage, whether this Lease 
is thereby terminated or not, Lessee shall remove all of the rubbish and 
debris of Lessee's property within five (5) days after written request by 
Lessor, and if this Lease is not thereby terminated, Lessee shall not do 
anything to hinder or delay Lessor's work of repair, and will cooperate with 
Lessor in such work.  Lessor shall not be liable for inconvenience to Lessee 
by making repairs to any part of the Premises or building, nor for the 
restoration of any improvements made by Lessee, nor for the restoration of 
any property of Lessee.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in 
the event the holder of any indebtedness secured by a mortgage or deed of 
trust covering the Premises requires that the insurance proceeds be applied 
to such indebtedness, then Lessor shall have the right to terminate this 
Lease by delivering written notice of termination to Lessee, whereupon all 
rights and obligations hereunder shall cease and terminate, except for 
Lessee's option to purchase the Premises hereafter set forth.  Lessor agrees 
to use its best efforts to see that the holder of any such indebtedness does 
not require that insurance proceeds be applied to indebtedness.  For the 
purposes of this Lease, said Premises shall be considered tenantable so long 
as and to the extent that they are occupied.  In the event Lessor terminates 
this Lease under the provisions of this Paragraph 14, then Lessee shall have 
an option to purchase the Premises under the following terms and conditions:

     a.   If Lessee desires to purchase the Premises, Lessee shall, within 
          ten (10) days of Lessee's receipt of notice of Lessor's election to 
          terminate this Lease, give notice in writing to Lessor of such 
          desire to purchase and the purchase price shall be fair market 
          value of the Premises which shall be determined by Lessor and 
          Lessee or in the absence of such agreement by appraisal.  If the 
          parties have failed to agree on the value of the Premises or have 
          failed to agree on an appraiser to determine the value

                               PAGE 7 - OFFICE LEASE 
                                 ANSI 265.1 - 1980
                                          
<PAGE>

          twenty (20) days after Lessee's notice of Lessee's desire to 
          purchase, then either party may request the then-President of the 
          Metropolitan Kansas City Board of Realtors to designate a member of 
          the American Institute of Real Estate Appraiser Chapter having 
          jurisdiction over the area in which the Premises are located and 
          who has at least ten (10) years' experience in appraising property 
          similar to the Premises (provided, however, in the event an 
          appraiser has been designated pursuant to the provisions of Section 
          Twenty-Three of that certain lease (the "Ground Lease") as of 
          August 15, 1987, between Lessor and Lenexa Industrial Park, Inc., 
          then the same appraiser shall be utilized for purposes of this 
          subparagraph) to appraise the Premises and report the fair market 
          value thereof which shall be deemed to be the fair market value of 
          the Premises and shall be binding upon Lessor and Lessee.  In the 
          event said appraiser, or any substitute appraiser designated as 
          herein provided, fails to deliver a written report of the fair 
          market value of the demised premises within sixty (60) days after 
          such designation, then either party may request the designation of 
          a substitute appraiser in the same manner and with the same 
          qualifications as set forth above for the designation of the 
          appraiser who failed to report, Said appraiser shall be retained 
          jointly by Lessor and Lessee who shall each pay one-half of the 
          cost of the appraisal.

     b.   The Premises shall be conveyed by Lessor to Lessee subject to 
          easements, restrictions, reservations and other encumbrances of 
          record, and Lessor shall provide Lessee an owner's policy of title 
          insurance in the amount of the purchase price.

     c.   Closing of the sale shall occur not more than thirty (30) days 
          after determination of the fair market value of the Premises, and 
          payment of the purchase price shall be in cash, or, if later, upon 
          the date on which Lessor acquires title to all property included in 
          the Premises.  Lessor shall act with diligence to exercise and 
          close its option to purchase fee title to the ground included 
          in the Premises in accordance with the Ground Lease.

15. DEFAULT:

          If there be default in payment of any rent or other sums payable 
hereunder and if such default shall continue after ten (10) days' notice, in 
writing, from Lessor to Lessee to make good such default, or if Lessee 
defaults or fails to perform any other of Lessee's obligations hereunder or 
if the Premises are abandoned or vacated and if such default or condition 
shall continue after thirty (30) days' notice, in writing, from Lessor to 
Lessee to make good such default or correct such condition, Lessor may, at 
Lessor's option, at any time thereafter while such default or condition 
continues, without further notice or demand, declare this Lease terminated 
and enter upon and repossess the Premises free of this Lease; or Lessor may, 
at Lessor's option, enter upon and repossess the Premises as aforesaid or 
receive the keys thereto, Lessee hereby acknowledging that the Lessor has 
received same as Agent of the Lessee and is authorized to

                               PAGE 8 - OFFICE LEASE 
                                 ANSI 265.1 - 1980
                                          
<PAGE>

relet the Premises as Agent for the Lessee for the balance of the term of 
this Lease, for a shorter or longer term, at such rental as Lessor deems fit, 
and may receive the rents therefor, applying the same first to the payment of 
the expense of such reletting and second to the payment of rent due and to 
become due under this Lease, Lessee remaining liable for and agreeing hereby 
to pay Lessor any deficiency.  Provided, however, if any such default be 
other than for non-payment of money and it would take more than thirty (30) 
days to cure the same, Lessor shall not be entitled to terminate this Lease 
or enter upon the Premises for such default if Lessee begins the cure of such 
default within said thirty (30) days and prosecutes the cure thereof with due 
diligence to completion.  If any proceedings under the present or any other 
Bankruptcy Code, including but not being limited to voluntary or involuntary 
straight bankruptcy proceedings, arrangements or reorganizations, be 
instituted by or against Lessee, or if a receiver or trustee be appointed for 
or ordered to dispose of Lessee's business or property, or if Lessee makes 
any assignment or conveyance for benefit of creditors, the same shall 
constitute a breach of this Lease and Lessor shall forthwith on such breach 
be entitled to collect damages therefore as provided by law, and, in addition 
thereto, Lessor shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right of 
termination, entry and repossession as above, in this paragraph set forth.

16.  EMINENT DOMAIN:

          If the Premises, or any such portion thereof as will make the 
Premises unusable for the purposes herein leased, be taken by any legally 
constituted authority for any public use or purpose or by right of eminent 
domain, or be conveyed in lieu of or in anticipation of such taking or the 
exercise of such right, then in any of said events the term hereby granted 
and all rights of the Lessee hereunder shall cease and terminate from the 
time possession thereof is taken by public authorities, and rental shall be 
accounted for as between Lessor and Lessee as of that date.  Any lesser 
condemnation shall in no way affect the respective rights and obligations of 
Lessor and Lessee hereunder except for a pro rata abatement of rent in 
proportion to the amount of useable space so taken. It is expressly agreed 
that the Lessee shall not have any right or claim to any part of any award or 
payment made to or received by the Lessor for such taking or for such 
conveyance.

17.  UTILITIES:

          All utilities used in or serving the Premises and the improvements 
thereon shall be contracted for by Lessee and the charges shall be paid by 
Lessee directly to the furnishing company or organization.

18.  MECHANIC'S LIENS:

          Lessee will not permit any mechanic's liens, or other liens, to be 
placed upon the Premises or any building or improvement thereon during the 
term hereof, and in case of the filing of any such lien, Lessee will promptly 
pay same; provided, however, that Lessee shall have the right to contest the 
validity or amount of any such lien upon posting security with Lessor which 
in Lessor's sole reasonable judgment is adequate to pay and discharge any 
such lien in full if held valid.  If default in payment thereof (without the 
posting of security as herein provided) shall continue for thirty (30) days 
after notice thereof from Lessor to Lessee, Lessor shall have the right and 
privilege at Lessor's option of paying the same or any portion thereof 
without inquiry as to the validity

                               Page 9 - Office Lease 
                                 ANSI 265.1 - 1980

<PAGE>

thereof and any amounts so paid, including expenses and interest, shall be 
immediately due by Lessee to Lessor and shall be paid promptly upon 
presentation of bill therefor.

19.  MORTGAGES AND ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES:

          As of the date of this Lease, the Premises are subject to a 
mortgage in favor of Travelers Insurance Company which matures in April, 
1998.  It is anticipated that Lessor will refinance the Premises on or about 
the maturity date of said existing indebtedness.  This Lease shall be subject 
and subordinate to any future mortgage or deed of trust at any time 
thereafter constituting a lien or charge upon the Premises or the 
improvements situated thereon.  Lessee shall at any time hereafter on demand 
execute any instruments, releases or other documents which may be reasonably 
required by any such mortgagee for the purpose of subjecting and 
subordinating this Lease to the lien of any such mortgage. Notwithstanding 
the provisions of this Agreement, Lessee's agreement to subordinate this 
Lease is conditioned upon Lessor obtaining from any mortgagee of Lessor and 
delivering to Lessee an agreement whereby said mortgagee agrees that so long 
as Lessee is not in default under the terms of this Lease beyond any 
applicable cure periods provided herein, the occupancy of Lessee in the 
Premises pursuant to this Lease shall not be disturbed by the mortgagee in 
the event of foreclosure of any mortgage or deed of trust on the Premises.   
Lessee may participate with Lessor in any discussions on this subject with a 
mortgagee.

          Each party shall at any time and from time to time, upon not less 
than ten (10) days' prior request by the other party execute, acknowledge and 
deliver to the requesting party, a statement in writing certifying that (I) 
this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been 
modifications that the same is in full force and effect as modified and 
identifying the modifications), (ii) the dates to which the base rent and 
other charges have been paid, and (iii) so far as the person making the 
certificate knows, such party is not in default under any provisions of this 
Lease (or if there are defaults specifying the defaults).  It is intended 
that any such statement may be relied upon by any person proposing to acquire 
Lessor's or Lessee's interest in this lease or the real estate or any 
prospective mortgagee of, or assignee of any mortgage upon, such interest or 
the real estate of this Lease.

          At the option and cost of Lessee, Lessor shall cause to be 
delivered to Lessee a leasehold owner's policy of title insurance in favor of 
Lessee as insured in form reasonably satisfactory to Lessee showing title to 
the Premises as represented above and also subject to a lease between Lessor 
and Lenexa Industrial Park, Inc. and the lien of a mortgage or mortgages 
securing payment of the debt incurred by Lessor to finance the construction 
of the Premises.

20.  SECURITY DEPOSIT:

          This paragraph has been deleted.

21.  WAIVER:

          A waiver by either party of any default or breach hereunder shall 
not be construed to be a continuing waiver of such default or breach, nor as 
a waiver or permission, expressed or implied, of any other or subsequent 
default or breach.  All waivers must be in writing and no course of

                               PAGE 10 - OFFICE LEASE
                                 ANSI 265.1 - 1980
<PAGE>

conduct shall establish a custom or confer any rights upon the other party.

22.  NOTICES:

          All notices, elections, demands, offers and acceptance 
(collectively "notice") provided for in this Lease shall be in writing 
delivered by hand or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid and 
return receipt requested, and in the latter case shall be directed to the 
other party at the address set forth below:

     To Lessor:     SOUTHLAKE PARTNERS #1
                    c/o Zimmer Management Company
                    1220 Washington
                    Kansas City, Missouri 64105
                    Attn: President

     To Lessee:     Informix Software, Inc.
                    16011 College Boulevard
                    Overland Park, Kansas 66219
                    Attn: Site Controller

In the event of mailing, notice shall be effective the day of deposit in the 
mail, but the period for responding to such notice shall begin to run three 
days after deposit in the mail.  Refusal to accept or inability to deliver 
because of changed address for which no notice was given shall be deemed a 
receipt.  Either party may change its address by giving notice in writing to 
the other party.

23.  SUCCESSORS:

          All of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease shall 
apply and inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon the parties hereto, 
and upon their respective successors in interest, heirs, assigns, and legal 
representatives, except as otherwise provided herein, subject always to the 
provision of Paragraph 7.

          Lessor covenants with Lessee that said Lessee, on paying the rent 
herein required to be paid and performing the covenants herein contained, 
shall and may peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises during 
the term of this Lease.

24.  PROCUREMENT OF THIS LEASE:

          This paragraph has been deleted.

25.  REMOVAL OF PERSONAL PROPERTY:

          Lessee may (if not in default hereunder) prior to the expiration of 
this Lease, or any extension thereof, remove all personal property which it 
has placed in the Premises, provided Lessee repairs all damages to the 
Premises caused by such removal.  If Lessee shall not remove all its personal 
property from the Premises upon the event of termination of this Lease or at 
Lessor's request upon entry by Lessor without termination pursuant to 
Paragraph 15, Lessor may, at Lessor's option, remove all or part of said 
personal property in any manner that Lessor shall choose and store the same 
without liability to Lessor for loss thereof, and Lessee agrees to pay to 
Lessor upon demand all expenses incurred in such removal and storage of said 
personal property including court costs, attorney fees and storage charges, 
or Lessor may, at its option, sell all or any part of said personal property 
at foreclosure as provided above for such price as Lessor may

                              PAGE 11 - OFFICE LEASE 
                                 ANSI 265.1 - 1980
<PAGE>

obtain and apply the proceeds thereof to any amount due under this Lease from 
Lessee to Lessor including the expenses of the removal and sale.

26.  HOLDING OVER:

          If Lessee remains in possession after expiration of the term 
hereof, with Lessor's acquiescence and without any distinct agreement of 
parties, Lessee shall be a tenant at will; and there shall be no renewal of 
this Lease by operation of law.

27.  ATTORNEY'S FEES:

          If any action at law or in equity shall be brought to enforce any 
of the covenants, terms or conditions of this Lease, the prevailing party 
shall be entitled to recover from the other party, as part of the prevailing 
party's costs, reasonable attorney's fees, the amount of which shall be fixed 
by the court, and shall be made a part of any judgment or decree rendered.

28.  OPTIONS TO RENEW:

          Lessee is hereby given two (2) separate and successive five (5) 
year renewal options to extend the original term of this Lease.  In the event 
that Lessee wishes to exercise either or both of said options, it shall give 
written notice of its desire to renew this Lease not later than twelve (12) 
months prior to the expiration of the then-existing original or renewal term. 
Said options shall be as follows:

     (a)  The first option to extend shall be for a term commencing May 1, 
          2003 and ending April 30, 2008.  During said renewal term the base 
          rental shall be $308,940.00 annually, payable in equal monthly 
          installments of $25,745.00.

     (b)  The second renewal option shall be for a term commencing on May 1, 
          2008 and ending April 30, 2013.  During said period of renewal the 
          base rental shall be at the rate of $355,200.00 annually, payable 
          in equal monthly installments of $29,600.00.

29.  LEASE CONSTITUTES ENTIRE CONTRACT:

          Each party to this Lease acknowledges that this Lease constitutes 
all of the agreements between the parties hereto, and that no 
representations, warranties, or other covenants are included except as set 
forth herein, and same shall not be recordable, but a "Memorandum of Lease" 
in usual and customary form will be executed and acknowledged by the parties, 
upon request of either party, which may be recorded.

30.  CONSENT NOT UNREASONABLY WITHHELD:

          Whenever consent or approval is required under this Lease, Lessor 
and Lessee agree that such consent will not be unreasonably withheld or 
delayed.

31.  CONSTRUCTION WARRANTIES AND GUARANTEES:

          This paragraph has been deleted.

32.  LESSOR'S DEFAULT:

          If Lessor shall default in the performance of Lessor's obligations 
hereunder, and such default shall continue for

                              PAGE 12 - OFFICE LEASE 
                                 ANSI 265.1 - 1980
<PAGE>

thirty (30) days after written notice from Lessee to Lessor, and any lender 
of Lessor which Lessor has requested receive notice of such default, then 
Lessee shall have the right, at Lessee's option, (a) to cure such default, 
expending such sums as may be reasonably necessary for such purposes, and 
thereafter to recover such amounts so expended but in no event by offsetting 
the same against rent and other sums due to Lessor hereunder, or (b) if such 
default continues for ninety (90) days after written notice from Lessee to 
Lessor, and any lender of Lessor which Lessor has requested to receive 
notice, of such default, to declare this Lease terminated by written notice 
to Lessor, in which event Lessee shall, within sixty (60) days after such 
notice, deliver possession of the Premises to Lessor.  In the event of 
termination by Lessee, rent shall cease as of the date Lessee pays all sums 
due and payable by Lessee under the Lease and returns the Premises to Lessor 
in the condition which would be required if the Lessor were terminating this 
Lease.

33.  PARKING AND APPURTENANCES:

          Lessor agrees that subject to recorded easements, reservations, 
restrictions, encumbrances and common areas, this Lease includes a lease to 
Lessee of all parking areas, drives and access roads and walkways upon the 
real property described on Exhibit "A" hereto.  In addition, included herein 
is a grant of a right to use all appurtenances, easements and privileges 
accruing to said real property.

34.  LESSEE'S PROTEST OF TAXES:

          Lessor agrees to give notice to Lessee within ten (10) days of 
receipt by Lessor of notice of any change in the valuation of the Premises 
for purposes of assessment of real estate taxes.  In the event Lessor decides 
not to protest the proposed change in valuation, Lessee may protest the same, 
but only to the extent Lessor would be permitted to do so under the terms of 
any mortgage covering the Premises.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lessor and Lessee have executed this Lease 
Agreement or have caused it to be executed by their respective authorized 
representatives the day and year first above written.

ATTEST                                 INFORMIX SOFTWARE, INC.


/s/ Signature Illegible                By: /s/ Authorized Signature
            Secretary                      ________________________
                                                      LESSEE



                                       SOUTHLAKE PARTNERS #1 by its
                                          general partners

ATTEST:                                LENEXA INDUSTRIAL PARK, INC.

/s/ Cheryl A. Brockman                 By: /s/ David J. Zimmer
             Secretary                      David J. Zimmer VP & Asst. Sec.


                              PAGE 13 - OFFICE LEASE 
                                 ANSI 265.1 - 1980
<PAGE>

ATTEST:                                INFORMIX SOFTWARE, INC.

/s/ Signature Illegible                By: /s/ Authorized Signature
             Secretary                                     LESSORS




This Lease consists of 14 pages, together with attached Exhibits "A" and 
"A.-1".

                              PAGE 14 - OFFICE LEASE 
                                 ANSI 265.1 - 1980
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT "A"



Lot 1, Block 3, SOUTHLAKE Third Plat, a subdivision in the City of Lenexa, 
Johnson County, Kansas, as shown on the attached Exhibit "A-1".

<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT A-1

      [Schematic drawing of Southlake Third Plat from aerial perspective]


<PAGE>

                          SENIOR SECURED CREDIT AGREEMENT

                                       among
                             INFORMIX SOFTWARE , INC.,
                              THE BANKS LISTED HEREIN
                                  BANKBOSTON, N.A.
                              as Administrative Agent
                                        and
                         CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF COMMERCE
                                as Syndication Agent

                                 December 31, 1997

                           $75,000,000 Revolving Facility



<PAGE>

                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----

ARTICLE 1.  DEFINITIONS AND RELATED MATTERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
     Section 1.1.  Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
     Section 1.2.  Related Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
ARTICLE 2.  AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE CREDIT FACILITY . . . . . . . . . . . .19
     Section 2.1.  Revolving Loans.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
     Section 2.2.  Letters of Credit.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
     Section 2.3.  Use of Proceeds.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
     Section 2.4.  Interest; Interest Periods; Conversion/Continuation.. . .25
     Section 2.5.  Notes, Etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
     Section 2.6.  Fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
     Section 2.7.  Termination and Reduction of Revolving Commitments. . . .29
     Section 2.8.  Repayments and Prepayments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
     Section 2.9.  Manner of Payment.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
     Section 2.10.  Pro Rata Treatment.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
     Section 2.11.  Mandatory Suspension and Conversion of LIBOR Rate
                Loans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
     Section 2.12.  Regulatory Changes.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
     Section 2.13.  Taxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
     Section 2.14.  Compensation for Funding Losses. . . . . . . . . . . . .35
     Section 2.15.  Certificates Regarding Yield Protection, Etc.. . . . . .36
     Section 2.16.  Applicable Lending Office; Discretion of Lenders as to
                Manner of Funding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
ARTICLE 3.  CONDITIONS TO LOANS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
     Section 3.1.  Closing Conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
     Section 3.2.  Conditions Precedent to Revolving Loans and Letters of
               Credit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
ARTICLE 4.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
     Section 4.1.  Organization, Powers and Good Standing. . . . . . . . . .41
     Section 4.2.  Authorization, Binding Effect, No Conflict, Etc.. . . . .41
     Section 4.3.  Subsidiaries; Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
     Section 4.4.  Financial Information.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
     Section 4.5.  No Material Adverse Changes; Solvency.. . . . . . . . . .44
     Section 4.6.  Litigation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
     Section 4.7.  Agreements; Applicable Law. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
     Section 4.8.  Governmental Regulation.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
     Section 4.9.  Margin Regulations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
     Section 4.10.  Employee Benefit Plans.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
     Section 4.11.  Title to Property. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45


                                          i
<PAGE>

     Section 4.12.  Intellectual Property, Etc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
     Section 4.13.  Environmental Condition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
     Section 4.14.  Absence of Certain Restrictions. . . . . . . . . . . . .46
     Section 4.15.  Labor Matters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
     Section 4.16.  Tax Returns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
     Section 4.17.  Disclosure.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
ARTICLE 5.  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER. . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
     Section 5.1.  Financial Statements and Other Reports. . . . . . . . . .47
     Section 5.2.  Records and Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
     Section 0.1.  Audits of the Collateral. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
     Section 5.4.  Corporate Existence, Etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
     Section 5.5.  Payment of Taxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
     Section 5.6.  Maintenance of Properties.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
     Section 5.7.  Maintenance of Insurance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
     Section 5.8.  Conduct of Business.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
     Section 5.9.  Future Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
     Section 5.10.  Additional Collateral. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
     Section 5.11.  Subordination of Intercompany Debt.. . . . . . . . . . .53
     Section 0.2.  Environmental Compliance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
ARTICLE 6.  NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
     Section 6.1.  Liens.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
     Section 6.2.  Debt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
     Section 6.3.  Restricted Affiliate Payments; Restricted Payments. . . .56
     Section 6.4.  Investments.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
     Section 6.5.  Financial Covenants.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
     Section 6.6.  Restriction on Fundamental Changes. . . . . . . . . . . .58
     Section 6.7.  Asset Dispositions; Sales of Receivables. . . . . . . . .59
     Section 6.8.  Transactions with Affiliates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
     Section 6.9.  Prepayment of Debt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
     Section 6.10.  Employee Benefit Plans.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
     Section 6.11.  Amendments of Charter Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . .61
     Section 6.12.  Restrictive Agreements.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
     Section 0.4.  Negative Pledges, Etc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
     Section 0.5.  Sale/Lease Backs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
     Section 0.6.  Acquisitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
ARTICLE 7.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
     Section 7.1.  Events of Default.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
     Section 7.2.  Remedies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
ARTICLE 8.  THE AGENT AND THE LENDERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65


                                          ii
<PAGE>

     Section 8.1.  Authorization and Action. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
     Section 8.2.  Exculpation; Reliance; Etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
     Section 8.3.  Agent and Affiliates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
     Section 8.4.  Lender Credit Decision. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
     Section 8.5.  Indemnification.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
     Section 8.6.  Successor Agent.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
     Section 8.7.  Excess Payments.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
     Section 8.8.  Lender Parties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
     Section 8.9.  Collateral and Guaranty Matters.. . . . . . . . . . . . .69
     Section 8.10.  Payments; Availability of Funds; Certain Notices.. . . .70
     Section 8.11.  Obligations of Lender Parties Several; Enforcement by
                the Agent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
ARTICLE 9.  MISCELLANEOUS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
     Section 9.1.  Expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
     Section 9.2.  Indemnity.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
     Section 9.3.  Waivers; Amendments in Writing. . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
     Section 9.4.  Cumulative Remedies; Failure or Delay.. . . . . . . . . .75
     Section 9.5.  Notices, Etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
     Section 9.6.  Successors and Assigns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
     Section 9.7.  Confidentiality.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
     Section 9.8.  Governing Law.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78
     Section 9.9.  Service of Process and Choice of Forum. . . . . . . . . .78
     Section 9.10.  Set Off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78
     Section 9.11.  Changes in Accounting Principles.. . . . . . . . . . . .79
     Section 9.12.  Headings.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
     Section 9.13.  Severability.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
     Section 9.14.  Survival of Agreements, Representations and Warranties. 79
     Section 9.15.  Execution in Counterparts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
     Section 9.16.  Complete Agreement.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
     Section 9.17.  Limitation of Liability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
     Section 9.18.  WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80



EXHIBITS

Exhibit A-1              Form of Revolving Loan Note
Exhibit B-1              Form of Guaranty
Exhibit C-1              Form of Pledge and Security Agreement
Exhibit C-2              Form of Pledge Agreement
Exhibit E-1              Form of Notice of Borrowing
Exhibit E-3              Form of Notice of Conversion/Continuation
Exhibit E-7              Form of Notice of Responsible Officers
Exhibit F-1              Form of Secretary's Certificate
Exhibit F-3              Form of Officers' Closing Certificate


                                         iii
<PAGE>

Exhibit F-5              Form of Borrowing Base Certificate
Exhibit F-6              Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit G-1              Form of Borrower's Counsel Opinion
Exhibit H                Form of Assignment and Acceptance

SCHEDULES

Schedule 1.1A            Revolving Commitments
Schedule 1.1B            Lender Information
Schedule 1.1C            Existing Debt
Schedule 1.1D            Existing Liens
Schedule 1.1E            Applicable Margin
Schedule 3.1.2.          Closing Documents
Schedule 4.1.            Organization of Borrower and Subsidiaries
Schedule 4.3.            Subsidiaries and Other Investments
Schedule 4.6.            Material Litigation
Schedule 4.13.           Environmental Condition
Schedule 4.14.           Certain Restrictions
Schedule 4.15.           Labor Matters
Schedule 2.11.           Existing Contractual Obligations
Schedule 2.11.           Borrower Information


                                          iv
<PAGE>

                           SENIOR SECURED CREDIT AGREEMENT

     SENIOR SECURED CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of December 31, 1997 (as amended
from time to time, the "AGREEMENT"), by and among Informix Software, Inc., a
Delaware corporation (the "BORROWER"), and the banks and other financial
institutions that either now or in the future are parties hereto as lenders
(collectively the "LENDERS" and each individually a "LENDER"), BankBoston, N.A.
in its capacity as the L/C Issuer (in such capacity, together with any
successors thereto in such capacity, the "L/C ISSUER"), Canadian Imperial Bank
of Commerce, as syndication agent (in such capacity, the "Syndication Agent"),
and BankBoston N.A., as administrative agent and representative for the Lenders
(in such capacity BankBoston N.A. or any successor in such capacity is referred
to herein as the "AGENT").  The Lenders, the L/C Issuer, the Syndication Agent
and the Agent are collectively referred to herein as the "LENDER PARTIES" and
each individually as a "LENDER PARTY".

                                      ARTICLE 1.

                           DEFINITIONS AND RELATED MATTERS

     SECTION 1.1.  DEFINITIONS.  The following terms with initial capital
letters have the following meanings:

     "ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE" means, as of any measurement date, all "accounts," as
such term is defined in Section 9106 of the UCC, then owned by the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, all accounts receivable,
book debts and other forms of obligations (other than forms of obligations
evidenced by chattel paper, documents or instruments) now owned by or belonging
or owing to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (including, without
limitation, under any trade name, style or division thereof) arising out of
goods sold, software and other intellectual property licensed, or services
rendered by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, whether billed or unbilled,
and all monies due or to become due to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
under all purchase orders and contracts for the sale of goods, software or other
intellectual property licensing, or the performance of services by the Borrower
or any of its Subsidiaries (whether or not yet earned by performance on the part
of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or in connection with any other
transaction).

     "ACQUISITION" shall mean any transaction or series of transactions for the
purpose of or resulting, directly or indirectly, in (a) the acquisition of all
or substantially all of the assets of a Person, or of any business or division
of a Person, (b) the acquisition of in excess of 50% of the capital stock,
partnership interest, membership or equity of any Person, or otherwise causing
any Person to become a Subsidiary, (c) the power to elect, appoint, or cause the
election or appointment of at least a majority of the members of the board of
directors or similar governing body of such Person, or (d) a merger or
consolidation or any other combination with another Person (other than a Person
that is a Subsidiary) provided that the Borrower or Subsidiary is the surviving
entity.


                                          1.
<PAGE>

     "ADJUSTED LIBOR RATE" means, with respect to any day during any Interest
Period, a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher
1/100 of 1%) equal to (i) the applicable London Interbank Offered Rate for such
Interest Period, DIVIDED BY (ii) 1.00 MINUS the LIBOR Reserve Requirement for
such day (expressed as a decimal).

     "AFFILIATE" means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that,
directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is
controlled by, or is under common control with, such first Person.  The term
"CONTROL" means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power, whether or
not exercised, (i) to vote ten percent (10%) or more of the securities having
voting power for the election of directors (or Persons performing similar
functions) of such Person or (ii) to direct or cause the direction of the
management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms "CONTROLLED" and "COMMON
CONTROL" have correlative meanings.  Unless otherwise indicated, "AFFILIATE"
refers to an Affiliate of the Borrower.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no
event shall any Lender Party or any Affiliate of any Lender Party be deemed to
be an Affiliate of the Borrower.

     "AGENT" is defined in the Preamble and, where the context so requires,
includes BankBoston, N.A. in its individual capacity.

     "AGENT'S ACCOUNT" means the account of the Agent identified as such on
Schedule 1.1.B, or such other account as the Agent may hereafter designate by
notice to the Borrower and each Lender Party.

     "AGENT'S OFFICE" means the office of the Agent identified as such on
Schedule 1.1.B, or such other office as the Agent may hereafter designate by
notice to the Borrower and each Lender Party.

     "AGREEMENT" is defined in the Preamble and includes all Schedules and
Exhibits.

     "APPLICABLE BASE RATE MARGIN" is defined on Schedule 1.1.E.

     "APPLICABLE LAW" means all applicable provisions of all (i) constitutions,
treaties, statutes, laws, rules, regulations and ordinances of any Governmental
Authority, (ii) Governmental Approvals, and (iii) orders, decisions, judgments,
awards and decrees of any Governmental Authority.

     "APPLICABLE LENDING OFFICE" means, with respect to any Lender, (i) in the
case of any payment with respect to LIBOR Rate Loans, the Lender's LIBOR Lending
Office, and (ii) in the case of any payment with respect to Base Rate Loans or
any other payment under the Loan Documents, the Lender's Domestic Lending
Office.

     "APPLICABLE LIBOR MARGIN" is defined on Schedule 1.1.E.

     "ARRANGERS" means BancBoston Securities Inc. and Canadian Imperial Bank of
Commerce.


                                          2.
<PAGE>

     "ASSET DISPOSITION"  means any sale or other disposition of any assets with
an aggregate value in excess of $1,000,000 by the Borrower or any Subsidiary
(including sales of any receivables but excluding sales of inventory and
dispositions of obsolete or worn-out equipment in the ordinary course of
business).

     "ASSIGNMENT" and "ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE" are defined in Section 9.6.2.

     "BANKRUPTCY CODE" means Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U.S.C.
Section 101 ET SEQ.), as amended from time to time.

     "BASE RATE" means the greater of (i) the rate of interest announced from
time to time by BankBoston, N.A. at its head office as its "Base Rate," and (ii)
the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 1/2 of 1% per annum (rounded upwards, if
necessary, to the next 1/8 of 1%).

     "BASE RATE LOAN" means a Loan, or portion thereof, that bears interest by
reference to the Base Rate.

     "BORROWER" means Informix Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any
successor thereof.

     "BORROWER ACCOUNT" means the account of the Borrower identified as such on
Schedule 9.5., or such other account as the Borrower may hereafter designate by
notice to the Agent.

     "BORROWING" means a contemporaneous borrowing of Loans of the same Type or
the issuance of a Letter of Credit, as applicable.

     "BORROWING BASE" means, at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a)
eighty percent (80%) times the aggregate amount of Eligible Domestic Receivables
and (b) fifty percent (50%) times the aggregate amount of Eligible Foreign
Receivables.

     "BUSINESS DAY" means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on
which banks in Boston, Massachusetts or San Francisco, California are authorized
or obligated to close.

     "CAPITAL EXPENDITURES" means, for any period, the expenditures (whether
paid in cash or committed to be made in such period and including payments made
with respect to Capitalized Leases during such period) of the Borrower during
such period with respect to property, plant and equipment and improvements
thereto (other than repairs) that are required to be capitalized on the
consolidated balance sheet of Informix and its consolidated Subsidiaries.

     "CAPITAL STOCK" means, with respect to any Person, all (i) shares,
interests, participations or other equivalents (howsoever designated) of capital
stock and other equity interests of such Person and (ii) rights (other than debt
securities convertible into capital stock or other equity interests), warrants
or options to acquire any such capital stock or other equity interests.


                                          3.
<PAGE>

     "CAPITALIZED LEASES" means all leases of the Borrower of real, personal or
mixed property that are required to be capitalized on the consolidated balance
sheet of Informix and its Subsidiaries.  The amount of any Capitalized Lease
shall be the capitalized amount thereof.

     "CASH" means cash and cash equivalents.

     "CASH COLLATERAL COVER" is defined in Section 7.2.3.

     "CAPITALIZED SOFTWARE COSTS" means, for any period, the expenditures for
software (whether paid in cash or committed to be made in such period) of the
Borrower and the Subsidiaries thereof during such period with respect to
computer software that are required in accordance with GAAP to be capitalized on
the consolidated balance sheet of Informix.

     "CARRY FORWARD AMOUNT" means, the unused portion of Permitted Capital
Expenditures for the immediately preceding Fiscal Year, PROVIDED that in no
event shall the Carry Forward Amount exceed $5,000,000.

     "CHANGE OF CONTROL" means the acquisition, directly or indirectly, by any
person (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), of 50% or more of
the total voting power in the aggregate of all classes of common stock or other
equity securities of the Borrower, then outstanding or the power, directly or
indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of
the Borrower, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract,
or otherwise.

     "CLOSING DATE" means the later of the date of this Agreement or such date
on which all conditions set forth in Section 3.1. have been satisfied or waived.

     "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to
time.

     "COLLATERAL" means the collateral under the Collateral Documents, however
defined.

     "COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS" means the Pledge and Security Agreement, financing
statements and all other documents executed or delivered from time to time in
connection therewith or otherwise to secure the Borrower's obligations under the
Loan Documents, in each case as amended from time to time.

     "COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE" is defined in Section 5.1.3.

     "CONTINGENT OBLIGATION" means, as to any Person, any obligation, direct or
indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (i) with respect to any Debt
or other obligation of another Person, including any direct or indirect
guarantee of such Debt (other than any endorsement for collection in the
ordinary course of business) or any other direct or indirect obligation, by
agreement or otherwise, to purchase or repurchase any such Debt or obligation or
any security therefor, or to provide funds for the payment or discharge of any
such Debt or obligation (whether in the form of loans, advances, stock
purchases, capital contributions or otherwise), (ii) to provide funds to
maintain the financial condition of any other Person,


                                          4.
<PAGE>

(iii) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the holders of Debt or other
obligations of another Person against loss in respect thereof, or (iv) with
respect to "off balance sheet" or "synthetic" leases (i.e. leases where for tax
purposes the lessee is treated as the owner of the leased property but for GAAP
purposes the lease is treated as an operating lease and the lessor is treated as
the owner of the leased property).  The amount of any Contingent Obligation
under clause (i) or (ii) shall be the lesser of (a) the amount of the Debt or
obligation guarantied or otherwise supported thereby, and (b) the maximum amount
guarantied or supported by the Contingent Obligation.

     "CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATION" means, as applied to any Person, any provision of
any security issued by that Person or of any agreement or other instrument to
which that Person is a party or by which it or any of the properties owned or
leased by it is bound or otherwise subject.

     "DEBT" means, with respect to any Person, without duplication: (i) all
obligations for borrowed money; (ii) all obligations evidenced by bonds,
debentures, notes or other similar instruments; (iii) all obligations to pay the
deferred purchase price of property or services, except trade accounts payable
arising in the ordinary course of business; (iv) all Capitalized Leases; (v) all
obligations of others secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person or
Persons whether or not such obligation or liability is assumed; (vi) all
obligations of such Person or Persons, contingent or otherwise, in respect of
any letters of credit or bankers' acceptances; (vii) all Contingent Obligations;
and (viii) all obligations under facilities for the discount or sale of
receivables.

     "DEFAULT" means any condition or event that, with the giving of notice or
lapse of time or both, would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of
Default.

     "DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN" means any plan subject to Title IV of ERISA that is
not a Multiemployer Plan.

     "DOLLARS" AND "$" means lawful money of the United States of America.

     "DOMESTIC LENDING OFFICE" means the office, branch or Affiliate of any
Lender identified on Schedule 1.1.B as its Domestic Lending Office or such other
office, branch or Affiliate as the Lender may hereafter designate as its
Domestic Lending Office for one or more Types of Loans by notice to the Borrower
and the Agent.

     "EARLY TERMINATION FEE" is defined in Section 2.6.3.

     "ELIGIBLE DOMESTIC RECEIVABLES"  means at any time, the aggregate of the
Borrower's and its Subsidiaries' Accounts Receivable due from account debtors
whose principal place of business is in the United States of America, excluding,
however, (a) all Accounts Receivable in respect of which full payment has not
been received within sixty (60) days of the due date; (b) all Accounts
Receivable against which the account debtor or any other person obligated to
make payment thereon asserts any defense, offset, counterclaim or other right to
avoid or reduce the liability represented by such Accounts Receivable, but only
to the extent there exists a colorable claim for such in the reasonable
determination of Required Lenders and then only to the extent of such defense,
offset, counterclaim or other right; (c) all Accounts Receivable as to which the


                                          5.
<PAGE>

account debtor or other person obligated to make payment thereon is insolvent,
subject to bankruptcy or receivership proceedings or has made an assignment for
the benefit of creditors or whose credit standing is unacceptable to Agent and
Agent has so notified Borrower; (d) all Accounts Receivable in which Borrower or
an affiliate of Borrower is the account debtor; (e) in the event thirty percent
(30%) or more of the Accounts Receivable of any account debtor shall be deemed
ineligible under clause (a) above, all accounts of such account debtor; and (f)
any Account Receivable not previously included as an Eligible Domestic
Receivable which Agent in its reasonable discretion shall deem not to qualify as
an Eligible Domestic Receivable and for which Agent has provided an explanation,
in reasonable detail, for such failure to qualify.  For purposes of calculating
the Borrowing Base, otherwise Eligible Foreign Receivables that are backed by a
letter of credit issued or confirmed by a financial institution or a branch or
agency of such a financial institution that is rated "A" or higher by Standard &
Poor's Rating Group or such analogous rating by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
or has been approved in writing by the Required Lenders shall be deemed to be
Eligible Domestic Receivables.

     "ELIGIBLE FOREIGN RECEIVABLES" means at any time, the aggregate of the
Borrower's and its Subsidiaries' Accounts Receivable due from account debtors
whose principal place of business is located in the Hong Kong special political
district of the People's Republic of China or any of the following countries:
Argentina, Brazil, Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Mexico, Singapore, or the
United Kingdom, PROVIDED that none of the Lenders is prohibited from doing
business in any such country, excluding, however (a) all Accounts Receivable in
respect of which full payment has not been received within sixty (60) days of
the due date; (b) all Accounts Receivable against which the account debtor or
any other person obligated to make payment thereon asserts any defense, offset,
counterclaim or other right to avoid or reduce the liability represented by such
Accounts Receivable, but only to the extent there exists a colorable claim in
the reasonable determination of Required Lenders and then only to the extent of
such defense, offset, counterclaim or other right; (c) all Accounts Receivable
as to which the account debtor or other person obligated to make payment thereon
is insolvent, subject to bankruptcy or receivership proceedings or has made an
assignment for the benefit of creditors or whose credit standing is unacceptable
to Agent and Agent has so notified Borrower; (d) all Accounts Receivable in
which Borrower or an affiliate of Borrower is the account debtor; (e) in the
event thirty percent (30%) or more of the Accounts Receivable of any account
debtor shall be deemed ineligible under clause (a) above, all accounts of such
account debtor; and (f) any Account Receivable not previously included as an
Eligible Foreign Receivable which Agent in its reasonable discretion shall deem
not to qualify as an Eligible Foreign Receivable and for which Agent has
provided an explanation, in reasonable detail, for such failure to qualify.

     "ENVIRONMENTAL DAMAGES" means all claims, judgments, damages, losses,
penalties, liabilities (including strict liability), costs and expenses,
including costs of investigation, remediation, defense, settlement and
reasonable attorneys' fees and consultants' fees, that are incurred at any time
as a result of the existence of Hazardous Material upon, about or beneath any
Real Property or migrating or threatening to migrate to or from any Real
Property, or arising in any manner whatsoever out of any violation of
Environmental Requirements.


                                          6.
<PAGE>

     "ENVIRONMENTAL LIEN" means a Lien in favor of any Governmental Authority
for Environmental Damages.

     "ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS" means all Applicable Laws relating to
Hazardous Materials or the protection of human health or the environment,
including all requirements pertaining to reporting, permitting, investigation
and remediation of releases or threatened releases of Hazardous Materials into
the environment, or relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use,
treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials.

     "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended from time to time.

     "ERISA AFFILIATE" means any Person (including for this purpose any trade or
business) that is or was a member of the controlled group of corporations or
trades or businesses (as defined in Subsection (b), (c), (m) or (o) of
Section 414 of the Code) of which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is or was a
member at any time within the last six years.

     "EVENT OF DEFAULT" is defined in Section 7.1.

     "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from
time to time.

     "EXCLUDED TAXES" is defined in Section 2.13.1.

     "EXISTING DEBT" means the Debt described on Schedule 1.1.C.

     "EXISTING LIENS" means the Liens described on Schedule 1.1.D.

     "FEDERAL FUNDS EFFECTIVE RATE" means, for any day, a fluctuating interest
rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal
funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by
Federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a
Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day), by the Federal Reserve Bank
of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business
Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by
Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by the
Agent.

     "FEDERAL RESERVE BOARD" means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System, or any successor thereto.

     "FEE LETTER" means that certain letter dated November 15, 1997 among the
Borrower, the Syndication Agent, the Arrangers and the Agent.

     "FEES" means, collectively, the fees described or referenced in Section
2.6.

     "FISCAL YEAR" means the fiscal year of Informix, which shall be the
12-month period ending on December 31 in each year or such other period as
Informix may designate and the


                                          7.
<PAGE>

Agent may approve in writing.  "FISCAL QUARTER" or "FISCAL QUARTER" means any
quarter of a Fiscal Year.  "FISCAL MONTH" or "FISCAL MONTH" means any month of a
Fiscal Year.

     "FUNDING DATE" means any date on which a Loan is (or is requested to be)
made or a Letter of Credit is (or is requested to be) issued.

     "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles as in effect in the
United States of America from time to time.

     "GOVERNMENTAL APPROVAL" means an authorization, consent, approval, permit
or license issued by, or a registration or filing with, any Governmental
Authority.

     "GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY" means any nation and any state or political
subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial,
regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government and any
tribunal or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction.

     "GUARANTEES" means a guaranty of the Borrower's Obligations hereunder
issued by the Guarantor, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

     "GUARANTOR" means Informix.

     "HAZARDOUS MATERIALS" means any substance (i) the presence of which
requires investigation or remediation under any Applicable Law; (ii) that is or
becomes defined as a "hazardous waste" or "hazardous substance" under any
Applicable Law, including the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation
and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. Section 9601 ET SEQ.) or the Resource Conservation
and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. Section 6901 ET SEQ.); (iii) that is toxic,
explosive, corrosive, inflammable, infectious, radioactive, carcinogenic,
mutagenic, or otherwise hazardous and is or becomes regulated by any
Governmental Authority; (iv) the presence of which on any Real Property causes
or threatens to cause a nuisance upon the Real Property or to adjacent
properties or poses or threatens to pose a hazard to any Real Property or to the
health or safety of Persons on or about any Real Property; or (v) without
limitation, that contains gasoline or other petroleum hydrocarbons,
polychlorinated biphenyls or asbestos.

     "HONOR DATE" is defined in Section 2.2.4.1.

     "INDEMNIFIED LIABILITIES" is defined in Section 9.2.1.

     "INDEMNITEE" is defined in Section 9.2.1.

     "INFORMIX" means Informix Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

     "INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHT" means (i) any patent, copyright, trademark,
service mark, trade name, trade secret or other intellectual property right,
(ii) all registrations and applications to register any such patent, copyright,
trademark, service mark, trade name or other intellectual property right with
any Governmental Authority and all renewals and extensions thereof, and (iii)


                                          8.
<PAGE>

the goodwill of the business associated with or relating to any such trademark,
service mark, trade name or other intellectual property right.

     "INTERCOMPANY DEBT" means any Debt of the Borrower that is owed to any
Affiliate or any Debt of any Affiliate owed to the Borrower or other Affiliate

     "INTEREST COVERAGE RATIO" means, at the end of any Fiscal Quarter, the
ratio of (i) Operating Cash Flow for the Fiscal Quarter then ended to
(ii) (a) Interest Expense for such period, PLUS (b) scheduled amortization of
Debt of the Borrower or any Subsidiary for such period.

     "INTEREST EXPENSE" means, for any period, total consolidated interest
expense of the Borrower, including Fees, charges in respect of Letters of Credit
and the portion of any Capitalized Lease obligations allocable to interest
expense, but excluding amortization or write-off of debt discount and expense

     "INTEREST PAYMENT DATE" means (i) as to any Base Rate Loan, the day
immediately following the last day of March, June, September and December in
each year (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business
Day), and (ii) as to any LIBOR Rate Loan (A) last day of the Interest Period in
respect of such LIBOR Rate Loan, and (B) if the interest period with respect to
such LIBOR Rate Loan exceeds three months the day which is three months after
the making of such LIBOR Rate Loan.

     "INTEREST PERIOD" means, subject to the next sentence, with respect to each
LIBOR Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date specified in the related
Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation (or telephonic notice
in lieu thereof) and ending one, two, three, or six months thereafter, as the
Borrower may elect pursuant to Section 2.1.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing: (a) if a LIBOR Rate Loan is continued, the
Interest Period applicable to the continued or converted Loan shall commence on
the day on which the Interest Period applicable to such LIBOR Rate Loan ends;
(b) any Interest Period applicable to a LIBOR Rate Loan (x) that would otherwise
end on a day that is not a LIBOR Business Day shall be extended to the next
succeeding LIBOR Business Day, unless such succeeding LIBOR Business Day falls
in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the
next preceding LIBOR Business Day, or (y) that begins on the last LIBOR Business
Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically
corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period)
shall end on the last LIBOR Business Day of the calendar month; and (d) no
Interest Period shall end after the Stated Termination Date.

     "INVESTMENT" means, with respect to any Person, (i) any direct or indirect
purchase or other acquisition by that Person of stock or securities, or any
beneficial interest in stock or other securities, of any other Person, any
partnership (whether general or limited) or limited liability company interest
in any other Person, or all or any substantial part of the business or assets of
any other Person, or (ii) any direct or indirect loan, advance or capital
contribution by that Person to any other Person, including all indebtedness from
that other Person that are not current assets or did not arise from sales to
that other Person in the ordinary course of business.  The amount of


                                          9.
<PAGE>

any Investment shall be the original cost of such Investment plus the cost of
all additions thereto, without any adjustments for increases or decreases in
value, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to such Investment.

     "LENDER" is defined in the Preamble.  For purposes of the Sections referred
to in (and subject to) the last sentence of Section 9.6.4., "LENDER" includes a
holder of a Participation.

     "LENDER PARTY" is defined in the Preamble.  For purposes of the
Sections referred to in (and subject to) the last sentence of Section 9.6.4.,
"LENDER PARTY" includes a holder of a Participation.

     "L/C ISSUER" is defined in the Preamble.

     "LETTER OF CREDIT" is defined in Section 2.2.1.

     "LETTER OF CREDIT APPLICATION" is defined in Section 2.2.2.

     "LETTER OF CREDIT FEE" is defined in Section 2.6.2.

     "LETTER OF CREDIT LIABILITY" means, at any time, all liabilities of the
Borrower to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer in respect of Letters of Credit at
such time, whether or not such liability is contingent, and shall consist of the
sum of (i) the aggregate Stated Amount of all Letters of Credit then
outstanding, and (ii) all amounts that then have been paid by the L/C Issuer if
and to the extent reimbursement has not been received therefor.

     "LIBOR BUSINESS DAY" means any Business Day on which commercial banks are
open for international business (including dealings in interbank Dollar
deposits) in London, England.

     "LIBOR LENDING OFFICE" means the office, branch or Affiliate of any Lender
identified on Schedule 1.1.B as its LIBOR Lending Office or such other office,
branch or Affiliate as the Lender may hereafter designate as its LIBOR Lending
Office by notice to the Borrower and the Agent.

     "LIBOR RATE LOAN" means a Loan, or portion thereof, that bears interest at
a rate determined by reference to an Adjusted LIBOR Rate (and as to which a
single Interest Period is applicable).

     "LIBOR RESERVE REQUIREMENT" means, with respect to any LIBOR Rate Loan and
for any day, the maximum rate at which reserves (including any marginal,
supplemental, special or emergency reserve) are required to be maintained on
such day under Regulation D by member banks of the Federal Reserve System in New
York City with deposits exceeding $5 billion against "Euro-Currency
Liabilities," as that term is used in Regulation D (or in respect of any other
category of liabilities that includes deposits by reference to which the
interest rate on LIBOR Rate Loans is determined or any category of extensions of
credit or other assets that includes loans by a non-United States office of any
bank to United States residents).


                                         10.
<PAGE>

     "LIEN" means any lien, mortgage, pledge, security interest, charge, or
encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention
agreement or any lease in the nature thereof) and any agreement to give or
refrain from giving any lien, mortgage, pledge, security interest, charge, or
other encumbrance of any kind.

     "LOAN" means a Revolving Loan made or to be made pursuant to Article 2.

     "LOAN ACCOUNT" is defined in Section 2.5.3.

     "LOAN DOCUMENTS" means, collectively, this Agreement, the Revolving Loan
Notes, the Letters of Credit, the Pledge Agreement, the Collateral Documents,
the Guarantee and any other agreement, instrument or other writing executed or
delivered by the Borrower or any Affiliate in connection herewith, and all
amendments, exhibits and schedules to any of the foregoing.

     "LONDON INTERBANK OFFERED RATE" means, with respect to any Interest Period,
a rate of interest per annum, determined by the Agent acting in good faith, to
be the prevailing rate per annum at which deposits in dollars are offered to the
Agent in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 A.M. (London time)
two LIBOR Business Days before the first day of such Interest Period in an
amount approximately equal to the principal amount of the LIBOR Rate Loan to
which such Interest Period is to apply and for a period of time comparable to
such Interest Period.

     "MANAGEMENT PLAN AND PROJECTIONS" means the management plan and projections
of the Borrower, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and the
Syndication Agent, meeting the requirements contained in Section 5.1.11.

     "MANDATORY PREPAYMENTS" means any amounts required to be paid by the
Borrower pursuant to Section 2.8.2.

     "MARGIN REGULATIONS" means Regulations G, T, U and X of the Federal Reserve
Board, as amended from time to time.

     "MARGIN STOCK" means "margin stock" as defined in the Margin Regulations.

     "MATERIAL," "MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" or "MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE" means a
condition or event material to, a material adverse effect on or a material
adverse change in, as the case may be, any one or more of the following: (i) the
operations, business, properties, or condition (financial or otherwise) of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (ii) the Borrower's ability to
perform its obligations under any Loan Document and avoid any Event of Default;
or (iii) the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of any Loan
Document.  "MATERIALLY" has a correlative meaning.

     "MINIMUM QUARTERLY REVENUE" means, (i) with respect to Informix's fiscal
quarters ending on the last fiscal day of December 1997, March 1998 and June
1998, an amount equal to or greater than $150,000,000, and (ii) with respect to
each of Informix's fiscal quarters ending on


                                         11.
<PAGE>

the last fiscal day of September 1998 or thereafter, an amount equal to or
greater than $160,000,000.

     "MULTIEMPLOYER PLAN" means a "multiemployer plan" as defined in
Section 3(37) and Section 4001(a)(3)(A) of ERISA to which the Borrower or any of
the ERISA Affiliates is making or accruing an obligation to make contributions
or to which any such Person has within any of the preceding five plan years made
or accrued an obligation to make contributions.

     "MULTIPLE EMPLOYER PLAN" means a "single employer plan," as defined in
Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA, that (i) is maintained for employees of the
Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate and at least one person other than the Borrower
and the ERISA Affiliates or (ii) was so maintained and in respect of which the
Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate could have liability under Section 4064 or 4069
of ERISA if such plan has been or were to be terminated.

     "NET INCOME" means, for any period, consolidated net income (or loss) after
taxes, determined in accordance with GAAP, of Informix and its consolidated
Subsidiaries for such period taken as a single accounting period.

     "NOTICE OF BORROWING" is defined in Section 2.1.3.

     "NOTICE OF CONTINUATION/CONVERSION" is defined in Section 2.4.3.2.

     "NOTICE OF ISSUANCE" is defined in Section 2.2.2.

     "NOTICE OF RESPONSIBLE OFFICER" is defined in Section 2.1.3.3.

     "OBLIGATIONS" means all present and future obligations and liabilities of
the Borrower and its Affiliates of every type and description arising under or
in connection with the Loan Documents due or to become due to the Lender Parties
or any Person entitled to indemnification, or any of their respective
successors, transferees or assigns, whether for principal, interest, letter of
credit or other reimbursement obligations, cash collateral cover, Fees,
expenses, indemnities or other amounts (including attorneys' fees and expenses)
and whether due or not due, direct or indirect, joint and/or several, absolute
or contingent, voluntary or involuntary, liquidated or unliquidated, determined
or undetermined, and whether now or hereafter existing, renewed or restructured.

     "OPERATING CASH FLOW" means, for any period, operating income MINUS  (a)
the sum of (i) Restated Revenue (to the extent the related cash was collected in
prior periods), (ii) Capitalized Software Costs, (iii) Capital Expenditures, and
(iv) cash outlays in respect of accrued expenses arising from restructuring
charges taken in prior periods, PLUS (b) the sum of (i) depreciation, and
(ii) amortization.

     "OPERATING LEASE" means, as applied to any Person, any lease of any
property (whether real, personal, or mixed) under which such Person is the
lessee and that is not capitalized on the balance sheet of such Person.


                                         12.
<PAGE>

     "OPERATING PROFIT" means, for any period, (i) Net Income, PLUS
(ii) Interest Expense deducted in the determination of Net Income, PLUS
(iii) the amount of Taxes, based on or measured by income, deducted in the
determination of Net Income, PLUS (iv) the amount of any extraordinary losses
included in the determination of Net Income, MINUS (v) the amount of any
extraordinary gains included in the determination of Net Income  If the
foregoing calculation produces a negative number, such number shall be the
"Operating Loss".

     "PARTICIPATION" is defined in Section 9.6.4.

     "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, as defined in
Title IV of ERISA, or any successor.

     "PERMITTED CAPITAL EXPENDITURES" is defined in Section 6.5.5.

     "PERMITTED DEBT" means all Debt which is permitted under Section 6.2.
hereof.

     "PERMITTED LIENS" means, with respect to any asset, the Liens (if any)
permitted to exist on such asset under Section 6.1.

     "PERSON" means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a limited
liability company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or any other entity
or organization, including a government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof.

     "PLAN" means any pension, retirement, disability, defined benefit, defined
contribution, profit sharing, deferred compensation, employee stock ownership,
employee stock purchase, health, life insurance, or other employee benefit plan
or arrangement, other than a Multiemployer Plan, irrespective of whether any of
the foregoing is funded, in which any personnel of the Borrower or ERISA
Affiliate participates or from which any such personnel may derive a benefit.

     "PLEDGE AGREEMENT" means the Pledge Agreement between Informix and the
Agent in substantially the form of Exhibit C-2, as amended from time to time.

     "PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT" means the Pledge and Security Agreement
between the Borrower and the Agent in substantially the form of Exhibit C-1, as
amended from time to time.

     "POST-DEFAULT RATE" means, at any time after the occurrence of an Event of
Default, including but not limited to the failure to pay any amount when due
after giving effect to any grace period, and during the continuance of such
Event of Default, with respect to any amount due hereunder (whether principal,
interest, reimbursement obligation or otherwise), the Base Rate in effect at
such time PLUS 3%.

     "PROHIBITED TRANSACTION" means a transaction that is prohibited under
Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 or 407 of ERISA and not exempt under
Section 4975 of the Code or Section 408 of ERISA.


                                         13.
<PAGE>

     "QUARTERLY REVENUE" means with respect to any fiscal quarter, the total
revenue earned by Informix and its consolidated Subsidiaries during such fiscal
quarter minus the Restated Revenue.

     "QUICK RATIO" means, at any time of determination thereof, (i) the sum of
(x) the aggregate of all of Borrower's Cash plus (y) the aggregate of all of
Borrower's Accounts Receivable (net of any reserves required pursuant to GAAP),
divided by (ii) the difference of (a) the aggregate of all of Borrower's current
liabilities (including Borrowings hereunder) minus (b) deferred and unearned
revenues.

     "REAL PROPERTY" means each of those parcels (or portions thereof) of real
property, improvements and fixtures thereon and appurtenances thereto now or
hereafter owned or leased by the Borrower.

     "REGULATION D" means Regulation D of the Federal Reserve Board, as amended
from time to time.

     "REGULATORY CHANGE" means (i) the adoption or becoming effective after the
date hereof of any treaty, law, rule or regulation, (ii) any change in any such
treaty, law, rule or regulation (including Regulation D), or any change in the
administration or enforcement thereof, by any Governmental Authority, central
bank or other monetary authority charged with the interpretation or
administration thereof, in each case after the date hereof, or (iii) compliance
after the date hereof by any Lender Party (or its Applicable Lending Office or,
in the case of capital adequacy requirements, any holding company of any Lender
Party) with, any interpretation, directive, request, order or decree (whether or
not having the force of law) of any such Governmental Authority, central bank or
other monetary authority.

     "REPORTABLE EVENT" means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(b) of
ERISA or the regulations thereunder, except any such event (other than the
failure to meet minimum funding standards of Section 412 of the Code or
Section 302 of ERISA) as to which the provision for 30 days' notice to the PBGC
is waived under applicable regulations.

     "REQUIRED LENDERS" means (i) with respect to any vote or action taken with
respect to any default or waiver of any of the Borrower's covenants or other
obligations contained in Sections 6.2. through 6.7. (but not including Section
6.4.1), 6.11., 6.15., 7.1.2., 7.1.9. through  7.1.12. during any period in which
the Level I Pricing contained in Schedule 1.1.E shall be in effect, Lenders
having 100% of the aggregate amount of the Commitments or (ii) with respect to
Section 7.2.2. or any other matter, any three or more Lenders having at least
66-2/3% of the aggregate amount of the Commitments or, if the Revolving
Commitments have terminated, any three or more Lenders holding at least 66-2/3%
of the sum of (a) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Revolving Loans
PLUS (b) the aggregate amount of all Letter of Credit Liability.

     "RESPONSIBLE OFFICER" is defined in Section 2.1.3.3.


                                         14.
<PAGE>

     "RESTATED REVENUE" means, for any period, the portion of Informix's revenue
for such period that was attributable to recognition of "unearned license
revenue" which recognition arises from the restatement of Informix's financial
statements completed in November 1997.

     "RESTRICTED PAYMENT" means any payment in excess of insurance by Informix,
the Borrower or any of Borrower's Subsidiaries in connection with any
settlement, judgment or other disposition of any litigation, dispute, or other
regulatory investigation or proceeding to which Informix, the Borrower or any
Subsidiary of the Borrower is a party.

     "RESTRICTED AFFILIATE PAYMENT" means (i) any dividend or other
distribution, direct or indirect, on account of any Capital Stock of the
Borrower or any Subsidiary now or hereafter outstanding, except (a) a dividend
or other distribution payable solely in shares or equivalents of the same class
of Capital Stock and (b) the issuance of equity interests upon the exercise of
outstanding warrants, options or other rights, or (ii) any redemption,
retirement, sinking fund or similar payment, purchase or other acquisition for
value, direct or indirect, of any Capital Stock of the Borrower or any
Subsidiary now or hereafter outstanding.

     "REVOLVING COMMITMENT" means, with respect to each Lender, the amount set
forth for such Lender as its "Revolving Commitment" on Schedule 1.1.A as the
amount of such Lender's commitment to make Revolving Loans, as reduced or
terminated from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof.

     "REVOLVING COMMITMENT USAGE" means, at any time, (i) with respect to any
Lender, the sum of (A) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Revolving
Loans made by such Lender, and (B) the Lender's PRO RATA share of all Letter of
Credit Liability, and (ii) with respect to all Lenders, the sum of (A) the
aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Revolving Loans, and (B) all Letter of
Credit Liability, in each case giving effect to Borrowings then requested.

     "REVOLVING LOAN NOTE" means a Revolving Loan Note made by the Borrower
payable to the order of any Lender, in the amount of the lesser of (i) such
Lender's Revolving Commitment and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of
Revolving Loans made by such Lender, which note is in substantially the form of
Exhibit A-1, as amended from time to time.

     "REVOLVING LOANS" is defined in Section 2.1.1.

     "SANTA CLARA REAL PROPERTY" means, a 27.14 acre parcel of improved and
unimproved land located along Freedom Circle in the City of Santa Clara,
California that has been subdivided into two parcels, one to be sold to Tishman
Speyer, and  the other to be sold to the Intel Corporation.

     "SEC" means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, and any
successor.

     "SECURITIES ACT" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to
time.


                                         15.
<PAGE>

     "SENIOR OFFICER" means the President, the Chief Executive Officer, the
Chief Financial Officer, or the Treasurer of the Borrower.

     "SHAREHOLDER LITIGATION" means (i) the federal and state class action
lawsuits (including shareholder derivative actions) filed against Informix
and/or the Borrower by certain shareholders, and (ii) any investigation of or
other governmental action or proceeding against the Borrower or Informix by the
SEC.

     "SINGLE EMPLOYER PLAN" means a Plan other than a Multiemployer Plan.

     "SOLVENT" means, with respect to any Person, that: (i) the total present
fair salable value of such Person's business on a going concern basis is in
excess of the total amount of such Person's liabilities, including contingent
liabilities; (ii) such Person is able to pay its liabilities and contingent
liabilities as they become due; and (iii) such Person does not have unreasonably
small capital to carry on such Person's business as theretofore operated and as
proposed to be operated.

     "STATED AMOUNT" means, with respect to a Letter of Credit, the maximum
amount available to be drawn thereunder, without regard to whether any
conditions to drawing could be met.

     "STATED TERMINATION DATE" is defined in Section 2.7.

     "SUBSIDIARY" means, with respect to any Person, any other Person of which
more than 50% of the total voting power of the Capital Stock entitled to vote in
the election of the board of directors (or other Persons performing similar
functions) are at the time directly or indirectly owned by such first Person.
Unless otherwise indicated, "SUBSIDIARY" refers to a Subsidiary of the Borrower.

     "SYNDICATION AGENT" is defined in the Preamble.

     "TAXES" means any present or future income, stamp and other taxes, charges,
fees, levies, duties, imposts, withholdings or other assessments, together with
any interest and penalties, additions to tax and additional amounts imposed by
any federal, state, local or foreign taxing authority upon any Person.

     "TERMINATION DATE" is defined in Section 2.7.1.

     "TERMINATION EVENT" means:  (i) a Reportable Event or an event described in
Section 4068(f) of ERISA; (ii) the withdrawal of the Borrower or any of its
ERISA Affiliates from a Multiple Employer Plan during a plan year in which it
was a "substantial employer" as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA or the
cessation of operations at a facility in the circumstances described in
Section 4068(f) of ERISA; (iii) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate a
Defined Benefit Plan (including any such notice with respect to a Defined
Benefit Plan amendment referred to in Section 4041(e) of ERISA) or the
termination of a Defined Benefit Plan excluding, for purposes of this
clause (iii), any standard termination under


                                         16.
<PAGE>

Section 4041(b) of ERISA; (iv) the institution of proceedings to terminate a
Defined Benefit Plan by the PBGC; or (v) the appointment of a trustee to
administer any Defined Benefit Plan under Section 4042 of ERISA; or (vi) any
other event or condition that might reasonably constitute grounds under
Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to
administer, any Defined Benefit Plan.

     "TOTAL LIQUIDITY" means, at any time with respect to the Borrower, the sum
of the Borrower's Cash at such time PLUS the difference between (i) the lesser
of (a) the aggregate Revolving Commitments of all Lenders, and (b) the Borrowing
Base then in effect MINUS (ii) the Revolving Commitment Usage of all Lenders at
such time.

     "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code (as amended from time to time) of
the State of California.

     "WHOLLY-OWNED" means, with respect to any Subsidiary, that all the Capital
Stock (except for directors' qualifying shares) of such Subsidiary is directly
or indirectly owned by the Borrower.


                                         17.
<PAGE>

     SECTION 1.2.  RELATED MATTERS.

          1.2.1.  CONSTRUCTION.  Unless the context of this Agreement clearly
requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular, the singular
includes the plural, the part includes the whole, "including" is not limiting,
and "or" has the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase "and/or."  The
words "hereof," "herein," "hereby," "hereunder" and similar terms in this
Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole (including the Preamble, the
Recitals, the Schedules and the Exhibits) and not to any particular provision of
this Agreement.  Article, section, subsection, exhibit, schedule, recital and
preamble references in this Agreement are to this Agreement unless otherwise
specified.  References in this Agreement to any agreement, other document or law
"as amended" or "as amended from time to time," or to amendments of any document
or law, shall include any amendments, supplements, replacements, renewals,
waivers or other modifications not prohibited by the Loan Documents.  References
in this Agreement to any law (or any part thereof) include any rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder (or with respect to such part) by the
relevant Governmental Authority, as amended from time to time.

          1.2.2.  DETERMINATIONS.  Any determination or calculation contemplated
by this Agreement that is made by any Lender Party shall be final and conclusive
and binding upon the Borrower, and, in the case of determinations by the Agent,
also the other Lender Parties, in the absence of manifest error.  References in
this Agreement to any "determination" by any Lender Party include good faith
estimates by such Lender Party (in the case of quantitative determinations), and
good faith beliefs by such Lender Party (in the case of qualitative
determinations). All references herein to "discretion" of any Lender Party  (or
terms of similar import) shall mean "absolute and sole discretion."  All
consents and other actions of any Lender Party contemplated by this Agreement
may be given, taken, withheld or not taken in such Lender Party's discretion
(whether or not so expressed), except as otherwise expressly provided herein.

          1.2.3.  ACCOUNTING TERMS AND DETERMINATIONS.  Unless otherwise
specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all
accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements
required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP,
applied on a basis consistent with the audited financial statements referred to
in Section 4.4.

          1.2.4.  INDEPENDENCE OF COVENANTS.  All covenants under this Agreement
shall each be given independent effect so that if a particular action or
condition is not permitted by any such covenant, the fact that it would be
permitted by another covenant, by an exception thereto, or be otherwise within
the limitations thereof, shall not avoid the occurrence of a Default or an Event
of Default if such action is taken or condition exists.


                                         18.
<PAGE>

                                     ARTICLE 2.

                       AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE CREDIT FACILITY

     SECTION 2.1.  REVOLVING LOANS.

          2.1.1.  REVOLVING COMMITMENT.  2.1.1.1.  Each Lender severally agrees,
     upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement,
     at any time from and after the Closing Date until the Business Day next
     preceding the Termination Date, to make revolving loans (each, a "REVOLVING
     LOAN") to the Borrower, PROVIDED THAT (a) the Revolving Commitment Usage of
     any Lender shall not exceed, at any time, the Revolving Commitment of such
     Lender, and (b) the Revolving Commitment Usage of all Lenders at any time,
     in the aggregate, shall not exceed the lesser of (i) the aggregate
     Revolving Commitments of all Lenders, and (ii) the Borrowing Base then in
     effect.

          2.1.1.2.  Revolving Loans may be voluntarily prepaid pursuant to
     Section 2.8.3. and, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, any
     amounts so prepaid may be re-borrowed, up to the amount available under
     this Section 2.1. at the time of such re-borrowing.

          2.1.2.  TYPE OF LOANS AND MINIMUM AMOUNTS.

          2.1.2.1.  Revolving Loans made under this Section 2.1. may be Base
     Rate Loans, or LIBOR Rate Loans (each a "TYPE" of Loan), subject, however,
     to Section 2.4.2 and 2.11.

          2.1.2.2.  Each Borrowing of Revolving Loans shall be in a minimum
     aggregate amount of $500,000 and integral multiples of $100,000, in the
     case of a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, or a minimum aggregate amount of
     $1,000,000, and integral multiples of $1,000,000, in the case of a
     Borrowing of LIBOR Rate Loans.

          2.1.3.  NOTICE OF BORROWING.

          2.1.3.1.  When the Borrower desires to borrow Revolving Loans pursuant
     to Section 2.1., it shall deliver to the Agent a Notice of Borrowing
     substantially in the form of Exhibit E-1, duly completed and executed by a
     Responsible Officer (a "NOTICE OF BORROWING"),  no later than 11:00 a.m.
     (California time) (a) at least one Business Day before the proposed Funding
     Date, in the case of a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, or (b) at least three
     LIBOR Business Days before the proposed Funding Date, in the case of a
     Borrowing of LIBOR Rate Loans.

          2.1.3.2.  In lieu of delivering a Notice of Borrowing, the Borrower,
     through a Responsible Officer, may give the Agent telephonic notice of any
     proposed Borrowing by the time a Notice of Borrowing would be required to
     be delivered and containing all information required for a Notice of
     Borrowing; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such notice shall be confirmed in
     writing by delivery of a Notice of Borrowing to the Agent on or before


                                         19.
<PAGE>

     the proposed Funding Date (or, in case of a Base Rate Borrowing, one
     Business Day after the Funding Date).  The Lender Parties shall incur no
     liability to the Borrower or the other Lender Parties in acting upon any
     telephonic notice that the Agent believes to have been given by a
     Responsible Officer or for otherwise acting in good faith under this
     Section 2.1. and in making any Loan in accordance with this Agreement
     pursuant to any telephonic notice.

          2.1.3.3.  The Borrower shall notify the Agent of the names of its
     officers and employees authorized to request and take other actions with
     respect to Loans on behalf of the Borrower (each a "RESPONSIBLE OFFICER")
     by providing the Agent with a Notice of Responsible Officers substantially
     in the form of Exhibit E-7, duly completed and executed by a Senior Officer
     (a "NOTICE OF RESPONSIBLE OFFICER").  The Agent shall be entitled to rely
     conclusively on a Responsible Officer's authority to request and take other
     actions with respect to Loans or Letters of Credit on behalf of the
     Borrower until the Agent receives a new Notice of Responsible Officer that
     no longer designates such Person as a Responsible Officer.  The Agent shall
     have no duty to verify the authenticity of the signature appearing on any
     Notice of Borrowing, Notice of Responsible Officer or any other notice
     given under the Loan Documents.

          2.1.3.4.  Any Notice of Borrowing (or telephone notice in lieu
     thereof) delivered pursuant to this Section 2.1.3. shall be irrevocable and
     the Borrower shall be bound to make a Borrowing in accordance therewith.

          2.1.3.5.  The Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the contents
     of any Notice of Borrowing (or telephonic notice in lieu thereof) received
     by it and such Lender's pro rata portion of the Borrowing requested.  Not
     later than 11:30 a.m. (California time) on the date specified in such
     notice as the Funding Date (or, in the case of Base Rate Loans, 10:30 a.m.
     (California time) on such date), each Lender, subject to the terms and
     conditions hereof, shall make its pro rata portion of the Borrowing
     available, in immediately available funds, to the Agent at the Agent's
     Account.

          2.1.4.  FUNDING.  Not later than 11:00 a.m. (California time) or such
later time as may be agreed to by the Borrower and the Agent, and subject to and
upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Article 3. as
determined by the Agent, the Agent shall arrange for a wire transfer of
immediately available funds in the amount of the requested Loans to the account
designated by the Borrower pursuant to wire instructions set forth in the Notice
of Borrowing.

     SECTION 2.2.  LETTERS OF CREDIT.  2.2.1.  IN GENERAL.  The L/C Issuer
hereby agrees, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this
Agreement, at any time from and after the Closing Date until the Business Day
preceding the Termination Date, to issue for the account of the Borrower one or
more letters of credit (each a "LETTER OF CREDIT"), PROVIDED that (a) the
aggregate Stated Amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit shall not exceed
$15,000,000, (b) the Revolving Commitment Usage of all Lenders, in the
aggregate, shall not exceed at any time the lesser of (i) the aggregate
Revolving Commitments of all Lenders, and (ii) the


                                         20.
<PAGE>

Borrowing Base then in effect and (c) no order, judgment or decree of, or any
request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from, any
Governmental Authority, or any other Applicable Law, shall purport by its terms
to enjoin, restrain, prohibit or otherwise prevent the L/C Issuer from issuing
letters of credit generally or the Letter of Credit or shall impose upon the L/C
Issuer with respect to that Letter of Credit any restriction, unreimbursed
reserve requirement or unreimbursed cost or expense that was not applicable, in
effect or known to the L/C Issuer on the Closing Date and that the L/C Issuer in
good faith deems materially adverse to it.  Letters of Credit shall (i) have
expiry dates not later than twelve (12) months from the date of issuance and in
any event not later than 10 Business Days prior to the Stated Termination Date
and (ii) either (A) constitute a payment mechanism for the purchase of inventory
by the Borrower or any Subsidiary or (B) support performance, payment, deposit
or surety obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, in each case under
circumstances where provision of a letter of credit is required by Applicable
Law, in accordance with the custom or practice in the industry of the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries or requested by a customer or client of or vendor to the
Borrower or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business.  The provisions
of this Section 2.2. and Section 3.2. shall apply to any extension, renewal or
increase of a Letter of Credit as if it were a new Letter of Credit.

          2.2.2.  NOTICES OF ISSUANCE, ETC.  When the Borrower desires the
issuance of a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall deliver to the L/C Issuer and
the Agent at least three Business Days before the Funding Date, (a) a Notice of
Issuance substantially in the form of Exhibit E-2, duly completed and executed
by a Responsible Officer (the "NOTICE OF ISSUANCE"), and (b) a letter of credit
application, a letter of credit reimbursement agreement and such other documents
and materials as may be required by the L/C Issuer, each in form and substance
satisfactory to the L/C Issuer (collectively, a "LETTER OF CREDIT APPLICATION").
In the event of a conflict between the terms of any Letter of Credit Application
and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall govern.  Upon receipt by
the Agent of a Notice of Issuance, the Agent shall promptly notify each Lender
of the contents thereof and such Lender's pro rata share of such Letter of
Credit.

          2.2.3.  PARTICIPATIONS IN LETTERS OF CREDIT.  Immediately upon the
issuance of a Letter of Credit, each Lender shall be deemed to have irrevocably
purchased from the L/C Issuer a participation in such Letter of Credit and any
drawing thereunder in an amount equal to such Lender's pro rata share of the
Stated Amount of such Letter of Credit.  An amount equal to the Letter of Credit
Liability for each Letter of Credit shall be reserved under the Revolving
Commitment and shall not be available for borrowing for any purpose other than
reimbursement of amounts drawn under the Letters of Credit pursuant to the terms
of this Section 2.2.

          2.2.4.  REIMBURSEMENT FOR DRAWINGS, ETC.  Notwithstanding any
provisions to the contrary in any Letter of Credit Application:

          2.2.4.1.  In case of a drawing under any Letter of Credit, the L/C
     Issuer will notify the Borrower and the Agent (which notification may be
     verbal).  The Borrower shall reimburse the L/C Issuer for any and all
     amounts that the L/C Issuer pays under any


                                         21.
<PAGE>

     Letter of Credit no later than the date of payment by the L/C Issuer (the
     "HONOR DATE"), whether or not the notice referred to in the preceding
     sentence is given.

          2.2.4.2.  If the L/C Issuer shall not be reimbursed for any drawing
     under any Letter of Credit issued by it as provided in Section 2.2.4.1.,
     the L/C Issuer shall promptly notify the Agent, the Borrower shall be
     automatically deemed to have requested a Base Rate Borrowing in an amount
     equal to such unreimbursed drawing, and the Agent shall promptly notify
     each Lender of the unreimbursed amount of such drawing and of such Lender's
     respective participation therein.  Each Lender shall make available to the
     L/C Issuer an amount equal to its respective participation in immediately
     available funds, at the office of such L/C Issuer specified in such notice,
     not later than the Business Day after the date on which the Agent gives
     such notice.  Each Lender's obligations under this Section 2.2.4.2.
     (a) shall not be subject to any set-off, counterclaim or defense to payment
     that the Lender may have against the Borrower or against the L/C Issuer and
     (b) shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and as a primary
     obligor, not as a surety, notwithstanding any circumstance or event
     whatsoever, including (i) the occurrence of an Event of Default or Default,
     (ii) the failure of any other Lender to fund its participation as required
     hereby, (iii) the financial condition of the Borrower or any Lender Party
     or any set-off, counterclaim or defense to payment that the Borrower may
     have, or (iv) the termination or cancellation of the Revolving Commitments.
     If any Lender fails to make available to the L/C Issuer the amount of such
     Lender's participation in the Letter of Credit as provided in this
     Section 2.2.4.2., such amount shall bear interest at the Federal Funds
     Effective Rate (or, commencing with the third day, the Base Rate) from the
     day on which the Agent's notice to such Lender referred to above is given
     until paid.   The L/C Issuer shall pay to the Agent, and the Agent shall
     distribute to each Lender that has paid all amounts payable by it under
     this Section 2.2.4.2., such Lender's pro rata share of all payments
     received by the L/C Issuer from the Borrower in reimbursement of drawings
     honored by the L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit, as and when such
     payments are received.

          2.2.4.3.  The obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the L/C Issuer
     for drawings honored under a Letter of Credit in accordance with the terms
     of this Agreement shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable,
     notwithstanding any circumstance or event whatsoever, including the
     following:

               (a)  any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of
          Credit, any instrument transferring or assigning such Letter of Credit
          or of any other Loan Document or the rights or benefits thereunder;

               (b)  any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in
          any other term of, all or any of the Obligations or any other
          amendments of or relating to such Letter of Credit or any other Loan
          Document;

               (c)  the existence of any claim, setoff, defense or other right
          that the Borrower or any of its Affiliates may have at any time
          against any Lender Party or


                                         22.
<PAGE>

          any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any persons or entities
          for whom such Lender Party or transferee may be acting), the L/C
          Issuer or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement,
          the transactions contemplated herein or any unrelated transaction
          (including any underlying transaction between the Borrower or one of
          its Subsidiaries and the L/C Issuer);

               (d)  any draft, demand, certificate or any other document
          presented under any such Letter of Credit proving to be forged,
          fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement
          therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;

               (e)  honor under any Letter of Credit upon presentation of a
          demand, draft or certificate or other document that does not comply on
          its face with the terms of such Letter of Credit;

               (f)  any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Collateral
          for the Letter of Credit Liability;

               (g)  any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any
          documents required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of
          Credit or of the proceeds thereof;

               (h)  any misapplication of the proceeds of such Letter of Credit;

               (i)  the fact that a Default or and Event of Default shall have
          occurred and be continuing; or

               (j)  any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or
          not similar to any of the foregoing.

     As between the Borrower and the Lender Parties, the Borrower assumes all
risks of the acts and omissions of, or misuse of Letters of Credit by, the
respective beneficiaries and the Lender Parties in respect of the Letters of
Credit and all risks of any loss, errors, omissions or delays in the
transmission of any document required in order to make a drawing under any
Letter of Credit.  Nothing in this Section 2.2.4.3. shall impair any claim the
Borrower or any Lender may otherwise have against the L/C Issuer for any direct,
but not consequential, damages suffered by the Borrower or such Lender that the
Borrower or such Lender proves were caused by (i) the L/C Issuer's willful
misconduct or gross negligence in determining whether documents presented under
any Letter of Credit comply with the term of the Letter of Credit, or (ii) the
L/C Issuer's willful failure to make lawful payment under a Letter of Credit
after the presentation of documents strictly complying with the terms and
conditions of the Letter of Credit.

     SECTION 2.3.  USE OF PROCEEDS.  The proceeds of the Loans shall be used by
the Borrower only for working capital and other general corporate purposes.  No
part of the proceeds of the Loans or Letters of Credit shall be used directly or
indirectly for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of
purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock or maintaining or extending


                                         23.
<PAGE>

credit to others for such purpose or for any other purpose that otherwise
violates the Margin Regulations.

     SECTION 2.4.  INTEREST; INTEREST PERIODS; CONVERSION/CONTINUATION.

          2.4.1.  INTEREST RATE AND PAYMENT.

          2.4.1.1.  Each Loan shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount
     thereof, from and including the date of the making of such Loan to and
     excluding the due date or the date of any repayment thereof, at the
     following rates per annum: (a) for so long as and to the extent that such
     Loan is a Base Rate Loan, at the Base Rate (as in effect from time to time)
     PLUS the Applicable Base Rate Margin; (b) for so long as and to the extent
     that such Loan is a LIBOR Rate Loan, at the Adjusted LIBOR Rate for each
     day during each Interest Period applicable thereto PLUS the Applicable
     LIBOR Margin;

          2.4.1.2.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this
     Section 2.4.1., any principal, interest or other amount payable under this
     Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall, upon the occurrence of an
     Event of Default and during the continuance of any such Event of Default,
     bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Post-Default Rate, without
     notice or demand of any kind.

          2.4.1.3.  Accrued interest shall be payable in arrears (a) in the case
     of a Base Rate Loan, on each Interest Payment Date; (b) in the case of a
     LIBOR Rate Loan, on each Interest Payment Date, ; (c) in the case of any
     interest accrued at the Post-Default Rate, on demand, and (d) in the case
     of any Loan, when the Loan shall become due (whether at maturity, by reason
     of prepayment, acceleration or otherwise).

          2.4.2.  INTEREST PERIODS AND MINIMUM AMOUNTS.  Notwithstanding
anything herein to the contrary, (a) all Interest Periods applicable to LIBOR
Rate Loans shall comply with the definition of "Interest Period," (b) there may
be no more than five different Interest Periods for all LIBOR Rate Loans
outstanding at the same time, and (c) LIBOR Rate Loans of each Type and with the
same Interest Period outstanding at any time shall be in an aggregate amount at
least equal to $1,000,000 and in an integral multiple of $1,000,000.  For
purposes of the foregoing clause (b), Interest Periods applicable to Loans of
different Types shall constitute different Interest Periods even if they are
coterminous.

          2.4.3.  CONVERSION OR CONTINUATION.

          2.4.3.1.  Subject to this Section 2.4.3. and Sections 2.4.2.
     and 2.11., the Borrower shall have the option (a) at any time, to convert
     all or any part of its outstanding Base Rate Loans to LIBOR Rate Loans,
     (b) on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, to (i)
     convert all or any part of its outstanding LIBOR Rate Loans to Base Rate
     Loans, (ii) to continue all or any part of its LIBOR Rate Loans as Loans of
     the same Type, or (iii) to convert all or any part of its outstanding LIBOR
     Rate Loans to LIBOR Rate Loans of another Type; PROVIDED that, in the case
     of clause (a), (b) (ii) or (b)(iii), there does not exist a Default or an
     Event of Default at such time.  If a Default or an


                                         24.
<PAGE>

     Event of Default shall exist upon the expiration of the Interest Period
     applicable to any LIBOR Rate Loan, such Loan automatically shall be
     converted into a Base Rate Loan.

          2.4.3.2.  If the Borrower elects to convert or continue a Loan under
     this Section 2.4.3., it shall deliver to the Agent a Notice of
     Continuation/Conversion substantially in the form of Exhibit E-3, duly
     completed and executed by a Responsible Officer (a "NOTICE OF
     CONTINUATION/CONVERSION"), (a) not later than 11:00 a.m. (California time)
     at least three LIBOR Business Days before the proposed conversion or
     continuation date, if the Borrower proposes to convert into, or to
     continue, a LIBOR Rate Loan, and (b) otherwise not later than 11:00 a.m.
     (California time) on the Business Day next preceding the proposed
     conversion or continuation date.

          2.4.3.3.  In lieu of delivering a Notice of Continuation/Conversion,
     the Borrower, through a Responsible Officer, may give the Agent telephonic
     notice of any proposed continuation or conversion by the time a Notice of
     Continuation/Conversion would be required to be delivered and containing
     all information required therefor; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such notice
     shall be confirmed in writing by delivery of a Notice of
     Continuation/Conversion to the Agent on or before the proposed continuation
     or conversion date.  The Lender Parties shall incur no liability to the
     Borrower or the other Lender Parties in acting upon any telephonic notice
     that the Agent believes to have been given by a Responsible Officer or for
     otherwise acting in good faith under this Section 2.4.3. and in converting
     or continuing any Loan (or a part thereof) pursuant to any telephonic
     notice.

          2.4.3.4.  Any Notice of Conversion/Continuation (or telephonic notice
     in lieu thereof) shall be irrevocable and the Borrower shall be bound to
     convert or continue in accordance therewith.  If any request for the
     conversion or continuation of a Loan is not made in accordance with this
     Section 2.4.3., or if no notice is so given with respect to a LIBOR Rate
     Loan as to which the Interest Period expires, then such Loan automatically
     shall be converted into a Base Rate Loan.

          2.4.4.  COMPUTATIONS.  Interest on each Base Rate Loan, each LIBOR
Rate Loan and all Fees and other amounts payable hereunder or the other Loan
Documents shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number
of days elapsed (including the first and excluding the last day of the period).
Any change in the interest rate on any Loan or other amount resulting from a
change in the rate applicable thereto (or any component thereof) pursuant to the
terms hereof shall become effective as of the opening of business on the day on
which such change in the applicable rate (or component) shall become effective.

          2.4.5.  MAXIMUM LAWFUL RATE OF INTEREST.  The rate of interest payable
on any Loan or other amount shall in no event exceed the maximum rate
permissible under Applicable Law.  If the rate of interest payable on any Loan
or other amount is ever reduced as a result of this Section and at any time
thereafter the maximum rate permitted by Applicable Law shall exceed the rate of
interest provided for in this Agreement, then the rate provided for in this
Agreement shall be increased to the maximum rate provided by Applicable Law for
such period


                                         25.
<PAGE>

as is required so that the total amount of interest received by the Lenders is
that which would have been received by the Lenders but for the operation of the
first sentence of this Section.

     SECTION 2.5.  NOTES, ETC.

          2.5.1.  LOANS EVIDENCED BY NOTES.  The Revolving Loans made by each
Lender to the Borrower shall be evidenced by one or more Revolving Loan Notes
executed by the Borrower, PROVIDED that all of such Revolving Loan Notes shall
comprise an obligation in an amount not exceeding the aggregate amount of the
Lenders' Revolving Commitments.

          2.5.2.  NOTATION OF AMOUNTS AND MATURITIES, ETC.  Each Lender is
hereby irrevocably authorized to record on the schedule attached to its
Revolving Loan Note (or a continuation thereof) the information contemplated by
such schedule.  The failure to record, or any error in recording, any such
information shall not, however, affect the obligations of the Borrower hereunder
or under any Revolving Loan Note to repay the principal amount of the Loans
evidenced thereby, together with all interest accrued thereon.  All such
notations shall constitute conclusive evidence of the accuracy of the
information so recorded, in the absence of manifest error.

          2.5.3.  LOAN ACCOUNT.  The Agent shall maintain a loan account (the
"LOAN ACCOUNT") on its books in which shall be recorded (a) all Loans made by
the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement, (b) all other
appropriate debits and credits as and when due in accordance with this
Agreement, including all Fees, charges, expenses and interest, and (c) all
payments made by the Borrower on the Obligations.  All entries in the Loan
Account shall be made in accordance with the customary accounting practices of
the Agent as in effect from time to time.  The balance in the Loan Account shall
be rebuttable presumptive evidence of the amounts due and owing the Lenders by
the Borrower.

     SECTION 2.6.  FEES.

          2.6.1.  FACILITY FEE.  The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, for the
pro rata benefit of the Lenders, a facility fee for each day from and after the
Closing Date until the Stated Termination Date, upon the aggregate Revolving
Commitments of the Lenders for such day.  Such Fee shall be payable in advance
on each Interest Payment Date with respect to Base Rate Loans.  The facility fee
shall accrue at a rate of (i) at any time when the Applicable Base Rate Margin
is 1.25%, 1.25% per annum; (ii) at any time when the Applicable Base Rate Margin
is 0.50%, 0.75% per annum; (iii) at any time when the Applicable Base Rate
Margin is 0.25%, 0.625% per annum, and (iv) at any time when the Applicable Base
Rate Margin is 0.00%, 0.50% per annum.

          2.6.2.  LETTER OF CREDIT FEES.  The Borrower shall pay to the Agent,
for the pro rata benefit of the Lenders, a letter of credit fee for each Letter
of Credit issued in an amount equal to (i) the Applicable LIBOR Margin
multiplied by (ii) the average Stated Amount of the Letter of Credit for the
period from the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit until its expiry.
Such Fee shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date with respect
to Base Rate Loans and the Termination Date.  In addition, the Borrower shall
pay to the L/C Issuer (a) on the


                                         26.
<PAGE>

date of issuance of such letter of credit, a letter of credit fronting fee equal
to 1/8% per annum of the Stated Amount of such Letter of Credit, and (b) the L/C
Issuer's standard administration (including drawing, cancellation, and
transfer), amendment and handling charges, which charges shall be payable at
such times and in such amounts as may be set forth in the standard schedule of
the L/C Issuer for such charges.

          2.6.3.  EARLY TERMINATION FEE.  If, on or before December 31, 1998,
the Borrower shall permanently terminate or reduce all or any portion of the
aggregate amount of the Lender's Revolving Commitments, the Borrower shall pay
to the Agent, for the pro rata benefit of the Lenders, a fee equal to 1.00% of
the Dollar amount of such reduction (the "Early Termination Fee"), PLUS any
amounts due under Section 2.14.

          2.6.4.  OTHER FEES.  On the Closing Date and from time to time
thereafter as specified in the Fee Letter, the Borrower shall pay to the Agent
the fees specified in the Fee Letter.

          2.6.5.  FEES NON-REFUNDABLE.  All Fees shall be fully earned when
payable hereunder and shall be non-refundable.

     SECTION 2.7.  TERMINATION AND REDUCTION OF REVOLVING COMMITMENTS.

          2.7.1.  Each Lender's Revolving Commitment shall terminate without
further action on the part of such Lender on the earlier to occur of
(a) December 31, 1999 (or if that date is not a LIBOR Business Day, the next
preceding LIBOR Business Day) (the "STATED TERMINATION DATE"), and (b) the date
of termination of the Revolving Commitment pursuant to Section 2.7.2. or  7.2.
(such earlier date being referred to herein as the "TERMINATION DATE").

          2.7.2.  The Borrower shall have the right, at any time or from time to
time after the Closing Date, to terminate in whole or permanently reduce in
part, subject to payment of the Early Termination Fee, if any, the Revolving
Commitments of the Lenders on a pro rata basis to an amount not less than the
Revolving Commitment Usage of all Lenders and all Letter of Credit Liability, by
giving the Agent not less than seven Business Days' prior written notice of such
termination or reduction and the amount of any partial reduction.  Any such
termination or partial reduction shall be effective on the date specified in the
Borrower's notice and shall be in a minimum amount of $10,000,000 and integral
multiples of $5,000,000.

     SECTION 2.8.  REPAYMENTS AND PREPAYMENTS.

          2.8.1.  REPAYMENT.  The unpaid principal amount of all Revolving Loans
     shall be paid in full on the Termination Date.

          2.8.2.  MANDATORY PREPAYMENT.

          2.8.2.1.  EXCESS REVOLVING LOANS.  If at any time the aggregate 
     Revolving Commitment Usage of all Lenders exceeds the aggregate amount 
     of the Revolving Commitments or the Borrowing Base then in effect, such 
     excess shall be immediately due


                                         27.
<PAGE>

     and payable and the Borrower shall, on the Business Day on which the
     Borrower learns or is notified of the excess, notify the Agent that on the
     next Business Day the Borrower will make mandatory prepayments of the
     Revolving Loans (and thereafter in respect of any Letters of Credit as
     provided in Section 2.8.2.3.) as may be necessary so that, after such
     prepayment and provision, such excess is eliminated.

          2.8.2.2.  PROCEEDS OF COLLATERAL.  All amounts received by the Agent
     pursuant to the provisions of the Pledge and Security Agreement, including
     proceeds of Collateral, shall be credited to Borrower's Loan Account and
     applied to the repayment of the Obligations one Business Day after the
     Agent's receipt thereof (conditional upon the Agent's receipt of
     immediately available funds at the end of such one-Business Day period).

          2.8.2.3.  NOTICE AND APPLICATION OF MANDATORY PREPAYMENTS;
     INTEREST.  The Borrower shall give the Agent not less than one Business
     Day's prior written notice of the date on which a Mandatory Prepayment will
     be made.  Each Mandatory Prepayment shall be applied to the unpaid
     principal amount of the Loans; PROVIDED that each Mandatory Prepayment
     shall be applied first to reduce the Base Rate Loan constituting a portion
     of the respective Loan and then to the LIBOR Rate Loans constituting a
     portion thereof, in the inverse order of termination of Interest Periods
     applicable thereto.  Each Mandatory Prepayment shall be made together with
     accrued interest on the amount prepaid to the date of prepayment.  If no
     Loans are outstanding when all or any portion of a Mandatory Prepayment is
     required to be made, the balance of the Mandatory Prepayment shall be
     applied to reduce any outstanding Letter of Credit Liability, first to pay
     any amounts then due and payable and then to provide Cash Collateral Cover
     for any outstanding Letters of Credit.

          2.8.3.  OPTIONAL PREPAYMENTS

          2.8.3.1.  Subject to this Section 2.8.3. and Section 2.14, the
     Borrower may, at its option, at any time or from time to time, prepay the
     Loans in whole or in part, without premium or penalty.

          2.8.3.2.  If the Borrower elects to prepay a Loan under this
     Section 2.8.3., it shall deliver to the Agent a notice of optional
     prepayment (i) not later than 11:00 a.m. (California time) at least three
     LIBOR Business Days before the proposed prepayment, if the Borrower
     proposes to prepay a  LIBOR Rate Loan, and (ii) otherwise not later than
     12:00 noon (California time) on the proposed prepayment date (which shall
     be a Business Day).  Any notice of optional prepayment shall be
     irrevocable, and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due
     and payable on the date specified in such notice, together with interest
     accrued thereon to such date.

          2.8.4.  PAYMENTS SET ASIDE.  To the extent the Agent or any Lender
receives payment of any amount under the Loan Documents, whether by way of
payment by the Borrower, set-off, as proceeds of Collateral or otherwise, which
payment is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential,
set aside or required to be repaid to a


                                         28.
<PAGE>

trustee, receiver or any other party under any bankruptcy law, other law or
equitable cause, in whole or in part, then, to the extent of such payment
received, the Obligations or part thereof intended to be satisfied thereby shall
be revived and continue in full force and effect, together with all Collateral
security therefor, as if such payment had not been received by the Agent or
Lender.  If prior to any such invalidation, declaration, setting aside or
requirement, this Agreement shall have been canceled or surrendered, this
Agreement shall be reinstated in full force and effect, and such prior
cancellation or surrender shall not diminish, discharge or otherwise affect the
obligations of the Borrower in respect of the amount of the affected payment.

     SECTION 2.9.  MANNER OF PAYMENT.

          2.9.1.  Except as otherwise expressly provided, the Borrower shall
make each payment under the Loan Documents to the Agent in Dollars and in
immediately available funds, without any deduction whatsoever, including any
deduction for any set-off, recoupment, counterclaim or Taxes (other than
Excluded Taxes), at the Agent's Office, for the account of the Applicable
Lending Offices of the Lender Party entitled to such payment, by depositing such
payment in the Agent's Account not later than 11:00 a.m. (California time) on
the due date thereof.  Any payments received after 11:00 a.m. (California time)
on any Business Day shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business
Day.  Not later than 1:00 p.m. (California time) on the day such payment is
made, the Agent shall deliver to each Lender, for the account of the Lender's
Applicable Lending Office, in Dollars and in immediately available funds, such
Lender's share of the payment so made, determined pursuant to Section 2.15.
Delivery shall be made in accordance with the written instructions satisfactory
to the Agent from time to time given to the Agent by each Lender.  Without
limiting the rights of the Lender Parties under Section 9.10., each Lender Party
shall have the right, at any time after giving notice to the Borrower, to charge
any account of the Borrower maintained with the Lender Party for the amount of
any payment due by the Borrower under the Loan Documents or to deduct the amount
of any such payment from any remittance due to the Borrower hereunder.

          2.9.2.  Whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall be due on a
day that is not a Business Day (or, in the case of any payment with respect to
any LIBOR Rate Loan, not a LIBOR Business Day), such payment shall instead be
made on the next succeeding Business Day (or, in the case of any such payment
with respect to any LIBOR Rate Loan, the next succeeding LIBOR Business Day,
subject to clause (b) of the definition of "Interest Period"), together with
interest accrued during the period of such extension.

     SECTION 2.10.  PRO RATA TREATMENT.  Except to the extent otherwise
expressly provided herein,

          2.10.1.  Revolving Loans shall be requested from the Lenders pro rata
according to their respective Revolving Commitments.

          2.10.2.  Each reduction of the Revolving Commitments of the Lenders
shall be applied to the respective Revolving Commitments of the Lenders pro rata
according to their respective Revolving Commitments before such reduction.


                                         29.
<PAGE>

          2.10.3.  Each payment or prepayment by the Borrower of principal of
the Revolving Loans shall be made for the account of the Lenders pro rata
according to the respective unpaid principal amount of the Revolving Loans, owed
to the Lenders, and each payment by the Borrower of interest on the Revolving
Loans shall be made for the account of the Lenders pro rata according to the
respective accrued but unpaid interest on the Revolving Loans owed to such
Lenders.  Each payment by the Borrower of Fees payable to the Lenders pursuant
to Section 2.6.1. through Section 2.6.4. shall be made for the account of the
Lenders pro rata according to the respective amounts of their Revolving
Commitments.

     SECTION 2.11.  MANDATORY SUSPENSION AND CONVERSION OF LIBOR RATE LOANS.
With respect to clause  2.11.1. below, each Lender's obligation and with respect
to clause 2.11.2. below, the affected Lender's obligation, to make, continue or
convert Loans into LIBOR Rate Loans shall be suspended, all outstanding LIBOR
Rate Loans shall be automatically converted into Base Rate Loans on the last day
of the respective Interest Periods applicable thereto (or, if earlier, in the
case of clause 2.11.2. below, on the last day that such Lender can lawfully
continue to maintain LIBOR Rate Loans) and all pending requests for the making
or continuation of, or conversion into, LIBOR Rate Loans shall be disregarded,
if:

          2.11.1.  on or prior to the determination of the interest rate for a
LIBOR Rate Loan for any Interest Period, the Agent determines that for any
reason appropriate quotations are not available to the Agent in the relevant
interbank market for purposes of determining the Adjusted LIBOR Rate or that
such rate would not accurately reflect the cost to the Lenders of making,
continuing, or converting a Loan into, a LIBOR Rate Loan for such Interest
Period; or

          2.11.2.  after the date hereof a Lender notifies the Agent (which
shall thereupon notify the Borrower and the other Lenders) of its determination
that any Regulatory Change makes it unlawful or impossible for such Lender or
its LIBOR Lending Office to make or maintain any LIBOR Rate Loan, to obtain in
the interbank eurodollar market through its LIBOR Lending Office the funds with
which to make any LIBOR Rate Loan or to comply with its obligations hereunder in
respect thereof.

     SECTION 2.12.  REGULATORY CHANGES.  2.12.1.  INCREASED COSTS.  Without
duplication of amounts referred to in clause 2.12.2. below if, on or after the
date hereof, any Regulatory Change shall impose, modify or deem applicable any
reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance or similar requirement
(other than any such requirement with respect to any LIBOR Rate Loan to the
extent included in the LIBOR Reserve Requirement), against, or any fees or
charges in respect of, assets held by, deposits with or other liabilities for
the account of, commitments of, advances or Loans by, Letters of Credit (or
participations therein) or other credit extended by, any Lender Party (or its
Applicable Lending Office) or shall impose on any Lender Party (or its
Applicable Lending Office) or on the relevant interbank market any other
condition affecting any LIBOR Rate Loan, or any Letter of Credit (or
participations therein) or any obligation to make LIBOR Rate Loans, or in
respect of Letter of Credit participations and the effect of the foregoing is
(i) to increase the cost to such Lender Party (or its Applicable Lending Office)
of making, issuing, renewing or maintaining any LIBOR Rate Loan or its Revolving
Commitment or Revolving Commitments in respect thereof or any Letter of Credit
(or participations therein) or


                                         30.
<PAGE>

(ii) to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender Party
(or its Applicable Lending Office) hereunder or under any other Loan Document
with respect thereto, then, subject to Section 2.15.1., and so long as the
Borrower is being treated the same as similarly situated borrowers of such
Lender Party, the Borrower shall from time to time pay to such Lender Party,
within 15 days after request by such Lender Party, such additional amounts as
may be specified by such Lender Party as sufficient to compensate such Lender
Party for such increased cost or reduction.

          2.12.2.  CAPITAL COSTS.  Without duplication of amounts referred to in
clause 2.12.1. above if a Regulatory Change regarding capital adequacy
(including the adoption or becoming effective of any treaty, law, rule,
regulation or guideline adopted pursuant to or arising out of the July 1988
report of the Basle Committee on Banking Regulations and Supervisory Practices
entitled "International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital
Standards") has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on the
capital of or maintained by any Lender Party or any company controlling such
Lender Party as a consequence of such Lender Party's Loans, Letters of Credit,
Revolving Commitments or obligations hereunder and other commitments of this
type to a level below that which such Lender Party or company could have
achieved but for such Regulatory Change (taking into account such Lender Party's
or company's policies with respect to capital adequacy), then, subject to
Section 2.15.1., and so long as the Borrower is being treated the same as
similarly situated borrowers of such Lender Party, the Borrower shall from time
to time pay to such Lender Party, within 15 days after request by such Lender
Party, such additional amounts as may be specified by such Lender Party as
sufficient to compensate such Lender Party or company for such reduction in
return, to the extent such Lender Party or such company determines such
reduction to be attributable to the existence, issuance or maintenance of such
Loans, Letters of Credit or obligations for the account of the Borrower.

     SECTION 2.13.  TAXES.  2.13.1.  If the Borrower is required by Applicable
Law to make any deduction or withholding in respect of any Taxes (other than
Excluded Taxes) from any amount payable under any Loan Document to or for the
account of any Lender Party, the Borrower shall pay to or for the account of
such Lender Party, on the date such amount is payable, such additional amounts
as such Lender Party reasonably determines may be necessary so that the net
amounts received by it or for its account, in the aggregate, after all
applicable deductions or withholdings, shall equal the amount that such Lender
Party would have been entitled to receive if no deductions or withholdings were
made.  "EXCLUDED TAXES" means, with respect to any payment to any Lender Party,
(a) any taxes imposed on or measured by the overall net income (including a
franchise tax based on net income) of such Lender Party or its Agent's Office or
Applicable Lending Office by the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated,
maintains its principal executive office or in which such Agent's Office or
Applicable Lending Office is located, and (b) "Excluded Taxes" arising under
Section 2.13.3.  If the Borrower shall deduct or withhold any Taxes from any
payments under the Loan Documents, it shall provide to the relevant Lender Party
(i) a statement setting forth the amount and type of Taxes so deducted or
withheld, the applicable rate and any other information or documentation that
such Lender Party may reasonably request and (ii) as promptly as possible after
payment is made to the relevant


                                         31.
<PAGE>

Governmental Authority, a certified copy of any original official receipt
received by the Borrower showing payment.

          2.13.2.  If any Lender Party is required by law to make any payment on
account of Taxes (other than Excluded Taxes) on or in relation to any sum
received or receivable by it under any Loan Document, or any liability for Taxes
(other than Excluded Taxes) in respect of any such payment is imposed, levied or
assessed against such Lender Party, then the Borrower shall pay when due such
additional amounts as such Lender Party reasonably determines to be necessary so
that the amount received by it, less any such Taxes paid, imposed, levied or
assessed, including any Taxes (other than Excluded Taxes) imposed on such
additional amounts, shall equal the amount that such Lender Party would have
been entitled to retain in the absence of the payment, imposition, levy or
assessment of such Taxes.

          2.13.3.  If any Lender Party is not organized and existing under 
the laws of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof 
or therein (a "FOREIGN LENDER PARTY"), to the extent entitled to do so under 
Applicable Law, such Lender Party shall furnish to the Borrower, on the 
Closing Date (or on the date on which such Foreign Lender Party first becomes 
a Lender Party pursuant to Section 9.3.) a duly executed certificate to the 
effect that such Foreign Lender Party is entitled to receive all amounts 
payable under the Loan Documents without deduction or withholding (or at a 
reduced rate of deduction or withholding) on account of Taxes imposed by the 
United States (A) pursuant to the terms of an applicable tax treaty in effect 
with the United States of America (in which case such certificate shall be 
accompanied by two executed copies of IRS Form 1001), or (B) under Code 
Section 1441(c) (in which case such certificate shall be accompanied by two 
executed copies of IRS Form 4224) (such forms being the "PRESCRIBED FORMS").  
If requested by the Borrower from time to time after the Closing Date (upon 
the obsolescence of any previously delivered form or otherwise), a Foreign 
Lender Party shall, to the extent entitled thereto under Applicable Law, 
provide to the Borrower new Prescribed Forms, in each case duly executed and 
completed by such Foreign Lender Party.  If a Foreign Lender Party does not 
furnish Prescribed Forms establishing a complete exemption from deduction and 
withholding on account of Taxes imposed by the United States of America, any 
deductions or withholdings required to be made by the Borrower under 
Applicable Law on account of Taxes imposed by the United States of America 
(including deductions or withholdings on account of such Taxes at the rate 
shown in such Prescribed Forms), and any payments required to be made by, and 
any liability imposed, levied or assessed against, such Lender Party on 
account of such Taxes, shall constitute "EXCLUDED TAXES," PROVIDED that any 
such deductions, withholdings, payments or liabilities shall not constitute 
"Excluded Taxes" to the extent they are attributable to a Regulatory Change 
occurring after the date hereof (or, in the case of any Person who becomes a 
Lender Party after the date hereof pursuant to Section 9.3., the date on 
which such Person becomes a Lender Party) if such Lender Party has furnished 
to the Borrower all Prescribed Forms required to be furnished by this Section 
2.13.3.

     SECTION 2.14.  COMPENSATION FOR FUNDING LOSSES.  The Borrower shall pay to
any Lender, within 15 days after demand by such Lender, such amount or amounts
as such Lender determines is or are necessary to compensate it for any loss,
cost, expense or liabilities actually incurred (including any loss, cost,
expense or liability incurred by reason of the liquidation or


                                         32.
<PAGE>

redeployment of deposits but excluding loss of future margin) by it as a 
result of (a) any payment, prepayment or conversion of any LIBOR Rate Loan 
for any reason (including by reason of a Mandatory Prepayment, an 
acceleration pursuant to Section 7.2. or by operation of Section 2.11.) on a 
date other than the last day of an Interest Period applicable to such LIBOR 
Rate Loan, or (b) any LIBOR Rate Loan for any reason not being made (other 
than a wrongful failure to fund by such Lender), converted or continued, or 
any payment of principal of or interest thereon not being made, on the date 
therefor determined in accordance with the applicable provisions of this 
Agreement.

     SECTION 2.15.  CERTIFICATES REGARDING YIELD PROTECTION, ETC.  2.15.1.  Any
request by any Lender for payment of additional amounts pursuant to Sections
2.12., 2.13. and 2.14. shall be submitted through the Agent and shall be
accompanied by a certificate of such Lender Party setting forth the basis and
amount of such request, including a description or explanation in reasonable
detail of how such amount was determined.  In determining the amount of such
payment, such Lender Party may use such reasonable attribution or averaging
methods as it deems appropriate and practical.

          2.15.2.  Before any Lender Party requests compensation under Section
2.12. or 2.13., such Lender Party shall designate a different Applicable Lending
Office if such designation (a) will avoid the need for such request or reduce
the amount payable under such Section and (b) will not cause the imposition on
such Lender Party of any additional costs or legal, regulatory or administrative
burdens deemed by such Lender Party to be material or otherwise be deemed by
such Lender Party in its discretion to be disadvantageous to it.

     SECTION 2.16.  APPLICABLE LENDING OFFICE; DISCRETION OF LENDERS AS TO
MANNER OF FUNDING.  Each Lender may make, carry or transfer LIBOR Rate Loans at,
to, or for the account of an Affiliate of the Lender, PROVIDED that such Lender
shall not be entitled to receive any greater amount under Section 2.12. or 2.13.
as a result of the transfer of any such Loan than such Lender would be entitled
to immediately prior thereto unless (a) such transfer occurred at a time when
circumstances giving rise to the claim for such greater amount did not exist or
(b) such claim would have arisen even if such transfer had not occurred.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each Lender Party shall
be entitled to fund and maintain its funding of all or any part of its LIBOR
Rate Loans in any manner it sees fit, it being understood, HOWEVER, that for
purposes of this Agreement all determinations hereunder shall be made as if each
Lender Party had actually funded and maintained each LIBOR Rate Loan through the
purchase of deposits in the relevant interbank market having a maturity
corresponding to such Loan's Interest Period and bearing interest at the
applicable rate.


                                      ARTICLE 3.

                                 CONDITIONS TO LOANS

     Section 3.1.  CLOSING CONDITIONS.  The occurrence of the Closing Date shall
be subject to satisfaction of the following conditions:


                                         33.
<PAGE>

          3.1.1.  CLOSING DATE.  The Closing Date shall occur on or before
December 31, 1997, but in no event later than January 15, 1998.

          3.1.2.  CERTAIN DOCUMENTS.  The Agent shall have received the
documents listed on Schedule 3.1.2., all of which shall be duly executed and in
form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

          3.1.3.  FEES AND EXPENSES PAID.  The Borrower shall have paid (a) all
Fees due on or before the Closing Date and (b) all expenses for which the
Borrower shall have been billed at least one Business Day before the Closing
Date.

          3.1.4.  SATISFACTION OF CERTAIN CONDITIONS.  The conditions set forth
in Sections 3.2.3., 3.2.4. and 3.2.5. shall be satisfied on and as of the
Closing Date as if such date were a Funding Date.

          3.1.5.  ABSENCE OF LITIGATION EVENTS.  There shall not have been
issued any injunction, order or decree that prohibits or limits any of the
transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and there shall not be any
action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the best knowledge of
the Borrower, currently threatened against the Borrower, any of its Affiliates
or any Lender Party that (i) draws into question the validity, legality or
enforceability of any Loan Document or to consummate the transactions
contemplated thereby or (ii) could reasonably be expected to result, either
individually or in the aggregate, in any Material Adverse Change, except as set
forth in Schedule 4.6.

          3.1.6.  SATISFACTORY INSURANCE.  Borrower shall have delivered to the
Agent and the Syndication Agent evidence of all insurance coverage on Borrower's
property, in form and substance and amounts, covering risks and issued by
companies rated A- or better by A.M. Best Co., and where required by Agent or
this Agreement, with loss payable endorsements in favor of Agent, as agent for
the Lender Parties.

          3.1.7.  SATISFACTORY MANAGEMENT PLAN AND PROJECTIONS.  Borrower shall
have delivered to the Agent and the Syndication Agent its Management Plan and
Projections in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and the Syndication
Agent.

          3.1.8.  SATISFACTORY AUDITOR'S LETTERS.  Borrower shall have delivered
to the Agent and the Syndication Agent copies of all final letters and other
written communications received from Ernst & Young during the preceding twelve
months.

          3.1.9.  INDEBTEDNESS.  As of the Closing Date, Borrower shall have no
Debt that is not Permitted Debt.

          3.1.10.  SEC FILINGS.  Borrower shall have delivered to the Agent and
the Syndication Agent copies of all currently filed documents relating to
Informix with the SEC (including restated Forms 10-K/A and 10-Q), and the
provisional information previously provided to the Agent, the Syndication Agent
and the Arrangers shall not be Materially different from such restated Forms
10-K and 10-Q.


                                         34.
<PAGE>

          3.1.11.  DUE DILIGENCE.  The Agent and the Syndication Agent shall
have completed due diligence to their satisfaction, including but not limited to
examination of the Collateral by the commercial finance examiners of the Agent
or a qualified examination firm satisfactory to the Agent and the Syndication
Agent.

          3.1.12.  SALE OF SANTA CLARA REAL PROPERTY.  Borrower shall have
delivered to the Agent and the Syndication Agent, evidence of the sale of the
Santa Clara Real Property and receipt by Informix of a minimum of $50,000,000
net proceeds from such sale.

          3.1.13.  EQUITY INVESTMENT.  Informix shall have issued $50,000,000 of
convertible preferred equity securities to CS First Boston and other investors
and Informix shall have received minimum net proceeds of $48,000,000 in
connection therewith.

          3.1.14. ABSENCE OF MARKET DISRUPTION OR CHANGES IN GOVERNMENTAL
REGULATIONS.  There shall not have occurred any disruption or material adverse
change in the financial or capital markets in general that would have a material
adverse effect on the market for loan syndications, or in the technology sector
in particular, or in the markets for equity securities in particular adversely
affecting the syndication, nor shall any material changes have occurred in
regulations or policies of any Governmental Authority affecting the Borrower,
the Agent, the Syndication Agent, Arrangers or Lenders involved in this
transaction occur prior to the Closing Date.

          3.1.15.  GENERAL.  All other documents and legal matters in connection
with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall have been delivered
or executed or recorded in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and the
Agent shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified copies
thereof as Agent may request.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
the Agent shall have received UCC-1 financing statements reflecting the Agent's
security interest in the collateral described in the Security and Pledge
Agreement duly executed and in proper form for filing in the office of the
California Secretary of State and all other filing offices deemed necessary or
appropriate by the Agent, reflecting that the Agent's security interest holds
first priority, subject only to exceptions consented to by all Lenders.

          3.1.16.  COMPLIANCE WITH MANAGEMENT PLAN AND PROJECTIONS.  No Material
Adverse Change in the ability of the Company and its Subsidiaries or other
Affiliates to (i) operate in accordance with the Management Plan and Projections
furnished pursuant to Section 3.1.7. or any other financial projections
furnished to the Agent and the Syndication Agent, or (ii) comply with the
covenants contained in Section 6.5.

          3.1.17.  NO MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE.  No Material Adverse Change shall
have occurred since September 28, 1997 other than conditions and events
previously disclosed to and consented to by the Agent, the Syndication Agent and
the Arrangers, PROVIDED that for purposes of determining whether a Material
Adverse Change has occurred, any changes, modifications or developments relating
to any such previously disclosed conditions and events that occur subsequent to
September 28, 1997 shall be deemed to not have been a part of any such prior
disclosure.


                                         35.
<PAGE>

          3.1.18.  NO MISSTATEMENTS.  No information or materials furnished to
the Lender Parties by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, at the
time of delivery thereof, was untrue or omitted any material fact or information
necessary in order to make any statements made not misleading in light of the
circumstances under which they were made.

     SECTION 3.2.  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO REVOLVING LOANS AND LETTERS OF
CREDIT.  The obligation of the Lenders to make any Loan or the L/C Issuer to
issue any Letter of Credit on any Funding Date shall be subject to the following
conditions precedent:

          3.2.1.  OCCURRENCE OF CLOSING DATE.  The conditions precedent set
forth in Section 3.1. shall have been satisfied or waived in writing by the
Agent.

          3.2.2.  NOTICE OF BORROWING OR ISSUANCE.  The Borrower shall have
delivered to the Agent after the time the conditions set forth in Section 3.1.
shall have been satisfied or waived and otherwise in accordance with the
applicable provisions of this Agreement, a Notice of Borrowing (or telephonic
notice in lieu thereof), in the case of a Loan, or a Notice of Issuance and
Letter of Credit Application, in the case of a Letter of Credit.

          3.2.3.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  All of the representations
and warranties of the Borrower contained in the Loan Documents shall be true and
correct in all material respects on and as of the Funding Date as though made on
and as of that date (except to the extent that such representations and
warranties expressly were made only as of a specific date).

          3.2.4.  NO DEFAULT.  No Default or Event of Default shall exist or
result from the making of the Loan or the issuance of the Letter of Credit.

          3.2.5.  NO MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE.  No Material Adverse Change shall
have occurred since the date of the financial statements referred to in
Section 4.4.1., PROVIDED that for purposes of determining whether a Material
Adverse Change has occurred, any changes, modifications or developments relating
to any previously disclosed conditions and events that occur subsequent to such
date shall be deemed to not have been a part of any such prior disclosure.

          3.2.6.  QUICK RATIO.

          As of the last date of the fiscal month ending not fewer than 15 days
prior to the date of the requested Borrowing, the Quick Ratio shall not have
been less than 1.25 to 1.00 and there shall have been no material adverse
changes to the Borrower's finances since the date upon which such calculation is
based.

          3.2.7.  SATISFACTION OF CONDITIONS.  Each borrowing of a Loan and
Letter of Credit issuance shall constitute a representation and warranty by the
Borrower as of the Funding Date that the conditions contained in Sections 3.2.3.
through 3.2.6. have been satisfied.


                                         36.
<PAGE>

          3.2.8.  NO VIOLATION OF APPLICABLE LAW.  No Lender shall be prohibited
by any Applicable Law from extending the credit requested in such Notice of
Borrowing pr Notice of Issuance.


                                      ARTICLE 4.

                            REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lender Parties as follows:

     SECTION 4.1.  ORGANIZATION, POWERS AND GOOD STANDING.  Each of Informix,
the Borrower and each of its Material Subsidiaries is a corporation duly
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its
jurisdiction of organization, as shown as of the date hereof on Schedule 4.1.,
and has all requisite corporate power and authority and the legal right to own
and operate its properties, to carry on its business as heretofore conducted and
as proposed to be conducted,  to enter into the Loan Documents to which it is a
party and to carry out the transactions contemplated thereby.  Each of Informix,
the Borrower and each of its Material Subsidiaries possesses all Governmental
Approvals, in full force and effect, free from unduly burdensome restrictions,
that are necessary for the ownership, maintenance and operation of its
properties and conduct of its business as now conducted and proposed to be
conducted, and is not in Material violation thereof.  Each of Informix, the
Borrower and each of its Material Subsidiaries is duly qualified to do business
and in good standing in each jurisdiction where any failure to be so qualified,
individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.

     SECTION 4.2.  AUTHORIZATION, BINDING EFFECT, NO CONFLICT, ETC.

          4.2.1.  AUTHORIZATION, BINDING EFFECT, ETC.  The execution, delivery
and performance by the Borrower of each Loan Document and each other Transaction
Document have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action on
the part of the Borrower.  Each such Loan Document has been duly executed and
delivered by the Borrower and is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the
Borrower, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as
enforcement may be limited by equitable principles and by bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to creditors'
rights generally.

          4.2.2.  NO CONFLICT.  The execution, delivery and performance by the
Borrower of each Loan Document and the consummation of the transactions
contemplated thereby, do not and will not (a) violate any provision of the
charter or other organizational documents of the Borrower, (b) except for
consents that have been obtained and are in full force and effect, conflict
with, result in a breach of, or constitute (or, with the giving of notice or
lapse of time or both, would constitute) a default under, or require the
approval or consent of the Person pursuant to, any material Contractual
Obligation of the Borrower, or violate any Applicable Law binding on the
Borrower, except where such violation, conflict, breach, or default would not,
individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect and would not reasonably be expected to subject any Lender Party
to any liability, or (c) result in the creation or


                                         37.
<PAGE>

imposition of any Lien upon any asset of the Borrower, except for Liens in favor
of the Agent under the Collateral Documents.

          4.2.3.  GOVERNMENTAL APPROVALS.  Except for filings and recordings in
connection with the perfection of Liens created by the Collateral Documents
listed on Schedule 3.1.2., no Governmental Approval is or will be required in
connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of any
Loan Document to which it is party or the transactions contemplated thereby or
to ensure the legality, validity or enforceability thereof, except where the
failure to obtain such Governmental Approval would not reasonably be expected
to, individually and in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect and would
not reasonably be expected to subject any Lender Party to any liability.

     SECTION 4.3.  SUBSIDIARIES; INVESTMENTS .

          4.3.1.  SUBSIDIARIES.  Each Subsidiary of the Borrower, the authorized
and issued Capital Stock of each such Subsidiary and the record and beneficial
owner of such Capital Stock are identified in Schedule 4.3., as amended from
time to time.  All of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock of each of the
Subsidiaries of the Borrower have been duly authorized and validly issued and
are fully paid and nonassessable.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.3., as
amended from time to time, there are not outstanding any securities convertible
into or exchangeable for shares of Capital Stock of any of the Subsidiaries of
the Borrower, or any options, warrants or other rights to purchase any such
Capital Stock, or any commitments of any kind for the issuance of additional
shares of such Capital Stock or any such convertible or exchangeable securities
or options, warrants or rights to purchase such Capital Stock.  Except for
directors qualifying shares or similar arrangements or as disclosed on
Schedule 4.3., neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary thereof is a party to any
agreement with respect to the issuance, voting or sale of issued or unissued
shares of Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of the Borrower.

          4.3.2.  BORROWER CAPITAL STOCK.  The authorized and outstanding
Capital Stock of the Borrower is as set forth on Schedule 4.3.  All outstanding
shares of such Capital Stock are duly authorized and validly issued and are
fully paid and nonassessable, and Borrower's ownership interest in its
Subsidiaries is free and clear of all Liens except for Liens in favor of the
Agent.

     SECTION 4.4.  FINANCIAL INFORMATION.

          4.4.1.  The consolidated balance sheets of Informix and its
consolidated subsidiaries (including the Borrower) as of December 31, 1996 and
the consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flow of
Informix and its consolidated subsidiaries (including the Borrower) for the
Fiscal Years then ended, certified by Informix's independent certified public
accountants, copies of which have been filed as part of the restated Form 10-K/A
and restated Form 10-Q filed with the SEC and delivered to the Lender Parties,
were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied and fairly present
the consolidated financial position of Informix and its consolidated
subsidiaries (including the Borrower), as of the respective dates thereof and
the results of operations and cash flow of Informix and its consolidated
subsidiaries (including the Borrower) for the periods then ended.  None of
Informix, the Borrower or any


                                         38.
<PAGE>

Subsidiary on such dates had any material Contingent Obligations, liabilities
for Taxes or long-term leases, forward or long-term commitments or unrealized
losses from any unfavorable commitments that are not reflected in the foregoing
statements or in the notes thereto and that, individually or in the aggregate,
are Material.

          4.4.2.  The unaudited consolidated balance of Informix and its
consolidated subsidiaries (including the Borrower) as of September 28, 1997 and
the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash
flow for the periods then ended, certified by the Chief Financial Officer of the
Borrower, copies of which have been delivered to the Lender Parties, were
prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied (except to the extent
noted therein) and fairly present the consolidated financial position of
Informix and its consolidated subsidiaries (including the Borrower) as of such
date and the results of operations and cash flow for the periods covered
thereby, subject to the absence of footnotes and normal year-end audit
adjustments.  None of Informix, the Borrower or any Subsidiary on such dates had
any material Contingent Obligations, liabilities for Taxes or long-term leases,
forward or long-term commitments or unrealized losses from any unfavorable
commitments that are not reflected in the foregoing statements or in the notes
thereto and that, individually or in the aggregate, are Material.

          4.4.3.  The projected consolidated statements of income and cash flow
of Informix and its consolidated subsidiaries (including the Borrower) for the
period from October 1, 1997 to and including December 31, 1998 and for the
period from January 1, 1999 to and including December 31, 1999, and the
projected annual consolidated balance of Informix and its consolidated
subsidiaries (including the Borrower) as of the end of each Fiscal Year through
December 31, 1999, copies of which have been furnished to the Lender Parties,
were prepared by or under the supervision of the Chief Financial Officer of the
Borrower, are complete and have been prepared on the basis of reasonable
assumptions and in good faith utilizing historical financial information that
was prepared in accordance with GAAP.  Nothing herein shall be deemed to be a
representation that any projections will, in fact, be attained.

     SECTION 4.5.  NO MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGES; SOLVENCY.  Since the date of the
Financial Statements referred to in Section 4.4.1., there has been no Material
Adverse Change.  Each of Informix, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is and will
be Solvent after giving effect to any Loans then being requested.

     SECTION 4.6.  LITIGATION.  Except as disclosed in Schedule 4.6., there are
no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the best knowledge of the
Borrower, threatened against or affecting Informix, the Borrower, any of its
Subsidiaries or any of its or their properties before any Governmental Authority
(a) in which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination that
could result in a Material liability or could have a Material Adverse Effect or
(b) that in any manner draws into question the validity, legality or
enforceability of any Loan Document or any transaction contemplated thereby.

     SECTION 4.7.  AGREEMENTS; APPLICABLE LAW.  None of Informix, the Borrower
or its Subsidiaries is in violation of any Applicable Law, or in default under
its charter or bylaws or


                                         39.
<PAGE>

any of its Contractual Obligations, except where such violation or default could
not individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.  None of Informix, the Borrower or its Subsidiaries a party to
or bound by any unduly burdensome material Contractual Obligation that,
individually or in the aggregate, has a Material Adverse Effect.

     SECTION 4.8.  GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION.  None of Informix, the Borrower or
its Subsidiaries is (a) an "investment company" registered or required to be
registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or a company
controlled by such a company, or (b) subject to regulation under any Federal or
state, statute or regulation limiting its ability to incur Debt for money
borrowed (other than the Margin Regulations).

     SECTION 4.9.  MARGIN REGULATIONS.  None of Informix, the Borrower or its
Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in
the business of extending credit for the purposes of purchasing or carrying
Margin Stock.  The aggregate value of all Margin Stock held by the Borrower
constitutes less than 25% of the value, as determined in accordance with the
Margin Regulations, of all aggregate assets of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries.

     SECTION 4.10.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS.

          0.0.11.  None of the Borrower or its ERISA Affiliates sponsors,
maintains or contributes to, or has an obligation to contribute to, or, within
the five years prior to the Closing Date, maintained, contributed to or was
required to contribute to, any "employee pension benefit plan" within the
meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA that is subject to Title IV of ERISA.

          4.10.2.  There exists no Multiemployer Plan.  The Borrower and each of
the ERISA Affiliates is in compliance in all Material respects with all
Applicable Laws, including any applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code, with
respect to all Plans.  There have been no Prohibited Transactions with respect
to any Plan that are reasonably likely to result in any Material liability of
the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.  The Borrower and the ERISA Affiliates have
not had asserted and do not expect to have asserted against them any Material
penalty, interest or excise tax under Sections 4971, 4972, 4975, 4976, 4977,
4979, 4980 or 4980B of the Code or Sections 502(c)(1) or 502(i) of ERISA.  Each
Plan covering employees of any of the Borrower or any of the ERISA Affiliates is
able to pay benefits thereunder when due.  There is no claim pending or, to the
best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened, against or involving any Plan by any
Governmental Authority or other Plan, other than ordinary claims for benefits
pursuant to terms of any Plan and other claims that are not Material.

     SECTION 4.11.  TITLE TO PROPERTY.  The Borrower has good title to or valid
and subsisting leasehold interests in all of its property reflected in its books
and records as being owned or leased by it.  No such property is subject to any
Lien, other than Permitted Liens.

     SECTION 4.12.  INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY, ETC.  Each of Informix, the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries owns, or holds valid licenses in and to, all Intellectual
Property Rights that are material to the conduct of its business as heretofore
operated and as proposed to be conducted.  None of Informix, the Borrower or its
Subsidiaries has infringed, or been charged or, to the best knowledge of the
Borrower, threatened to be charged with any infringement of, any unexpired


                                         40.
<PAGE>

Intellectual Property Right of any Person, except where the effect thereof would
not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.  None of
Informix, the Borrower or its Subsidiaries is bound by or a party to any
options, licenses or agreements of any kind with respect to the Intellectual
Property Rights of any other Person except for arrangements that, if terminated,
would not be reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  None of
Informix, the Borrower or its Subsidiaries is aware that any of its employees is
obligated under any Contractual Obligation (including licenses, covenants or
commitments of any nature), or subject to any judgment, decree (except as
imposed by laws of general application) or order (except as imposed by laws of
general application) of any Governmental Authority, that would interfere with
the use of his or her best efforts to promote the interests of the Borrower or
that would conflict with its business as proposed to be and as currently
conducted.  To the best knowledge of the Borrower, there is no material
violation by any Person of any right of Informix, the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries with respect to any Intellectual Property Rights owned or used by
it.

     SECTION 4.13.  ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION.  Except as set forth on
Schedule 4.13.:

          4.13.1.  There exists no order, judgment or decree, and to the best
knowledge of the Borrower, there is not pending or threatened, any action, suit,
proceeding or investigation relating to any actual or alleged liability arising
out of the presence or suspected presence of Hazardous Material, any actual or
alleged violation of Environmental Requirements or any actual or alleged
liability for Environmental Damages in connection with any Real Property or the
business or operations of Informix, the Borrower or its Subsidiaries that has
had, or as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse
determination that could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse
Effect nor, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, does there exist any basis
for such action, suit, proceeding or investigation being instituted or filed.

     SECTION 4.14.  ABSENCE OF CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS.  Except as set forth in
Schedule 4.14., none of Informix, the Borrower or its Subsidiaries is subject to
any Contractual Obligation that restricts or limits the ability of Informix or
any such Subsidiary to (a) make Restricted Affiliate Payments to the Borrower,
(b) pay Debt owed to the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof, (c) make any loans
or advances to the Borrower (except as provided in Section 5.11.) or (d) except
as provided in Contractual Obligations respecting the specific assets subject to
Permitted Liens, transfer any of its property to the Borrower.

     SECTION 4.15.  LABOR MATTERS.  There are no material strikes or other labor
disputes or grievances pending or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower,
threatened against Informix, the Borrower or its Subsidiaries.  Except as set
forth in Schedule 4.15., there are no collective bargaining agreements to which
Informix, the Borrower or its Subsidiaries is a party.  Each of Informix, the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries has complied in all material respects with the
requirements of the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, 29 U.S.C.
Section 2101 ET SEQ. (the "WARN ACT").  No claim under the WARN Act is pending
or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against Informix, the
Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof nor is there any reasonable basis to
anticipate any such claim, except where the effect thereof, individually or in
the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.


                                         41.
<PAGE>

     SECTION 4.16.  TAX RETURNS.  All tax returns required to be filed by
Informix, the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have been timely filed with
the appropriate tax authorities, and all taxes, assessments, fees and other
governmental charges payable pursuant to such returns or otherwise have been
paid or adequate reserves have been provided for payment thereof.  Borrower has
no knowledge of any pending assessments or adjustments of its income tax payable
with respect to any year, except for amounts which are contested in good faith
and for which the Borrower has reserved under GAAP.

     SECTION 4.17.  DISCLOSURE.  The information in each document, certificate
or written statement (other than information referred to in Section 4.4.)
furnished to the Lender Parties by or on behalf of Informix, the Borrower or any
Subsidiary with respect to the business, assets, prospects, results of operation
or financial condition of Informix, the Borrower or any Subsidiary for use in
connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement at the time of
delivery thereof, was true and correct in all Material respects and did not
omit, when considered as a whole, any material fact necessary in order to make
the statements made not misleading, in light of the circumstances under which
they were made, PROVIDED that to the extent any such information was based upon
information provided by third parties, or constitutes a forecast or projection,
the Borrower represents only that it acted in good faith and utilized reasonable
assumptions in its preparation or review of, or reliance upon, such information.
There is no fact known to the Borrower (other than matters of a general economic
nature) that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect and that has not been disclosed herein or in such other documents,
certificates or statements.


                                      ARTICLE 5.

                        AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER

     So long as any portion of the Revolving Commitments is in effect or any
Obligations remain unpaid or have not been performed in full:

     SECTION 5.1.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND OTHER REPORTS.  The Borrower shall
deliver to the Lender Parties:

          5.1.1.  as soon as practicable and in any event within 90 days after
the end of each Fiscal Year, the consolidated (and consolidating) balance sheet
of Informix and its consolidated subsidiaries (including the Borrower) as of the
end of such year and the related consolidated (and consolidating) statements of
income, stockholders' equity and cash flow of Informix and its consolidated
subsidiaries (including the Borrower) for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in
each case in comparative form the consolidated (and consolidating) figures for
the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail and (i) in the case of such
consolidated (and consolidating) financial statements, accompanied by an
unqualified report thereon of Ernst & Young or other independent certified
public accountants of recognized national standing selected by Informix and
reasonably satisfactory to the Required Lenders, which report shall state that
such consolidated financial statements fairly present the consolidated financial
position of Informix and its consolidated subsidiaries (including the Borrower)
as of the date indicated and their


                                         42.
<PAGE>

results of operations and cash flows for the periods indicated are in conformity
with GAAP (except as otherwise stated therein) and that the examination by such
accountants in connection with such consolidated financial statements has been
made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and (ii) in the
case of such consolidating financial statements, certified by the chief
financial officer of the Borrower as being fairly stated in all material
respects when considered in relation to the audited consolidated financial
statements of Informix and its consolidated subsidiaries (including the
Borrower);

          5.1.2.  as soon as practicable and in any event within 45 days after
the end of each Fiscal Quarter a consolidated (and consolidating) balance sheet
of Informix and its consolidated subsidiaries (including the Borrower) as of the
end of such fiscal quarter and the related consolidated (and consolidating)
statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flow for such fiscal quarter
and the portion of the Fiscal Year ended at the end of such fiscal quarter,
setting forth in each case in comparative form the consolidated figures for the
corresponding periods of the prior Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail and
certified by the Borrower's chief financial officer as fairly presenting the
consolidated financial condition of Informix and its consolidated subsidiaries
(including the Borrower) as of the dates indicated, and their consolidated
results of operations and cash flows for the periods indicated, in conformity
with GAAP, subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

          5.1.3.  together with each delivery of financial statements pursuant
to Sections 5.1.1. and 5.1.2. above, a certificate of the chief financial
officer of the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit F-6 (a "COMPLIANCE
CERTIFICATE"), duly completed and setting forth the calculations required to
establish compliance with Section 6.5. on the date of such financial statements;

          5.1.4.  as soon as practicable and in any event within fifteen days
after the end of each fiscal month, a Borrowing Base Certificate, in
substantially the form of EXHIBIT F-5 (a "BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE", setting
forth Borrower's calculation of the Borrowing Base as of the end of such fiscal
month;

          5.1.5.  as soon as practicable and in any event within fifteen days
after the end of each fiscal month, a consolidated (and consolidating) balance
sheet of Informix and its consolidated subsidiaries (including the Borrower) as
of the end of such month and the related consolidated (and consolidating)
statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flow for such month and the
portion of the Fiscal Year ended at the end of such month, setting forth in each
case in comparative form the consolidated figures for the corresponding periods
of the prior Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail and certified by the
Borrower's chief financial officer as fairly presenting the consolidated
financial condition of Informix and its consolidated subsidiaries (including the
Borrower) as of the dates indicated, and their consolidated results of
operations and cash flows for the periods indicated, in conformity with GAAP,
subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes.

          5.1.6.  within three Business Days after any Senior Officer of the
Borrower becomes aware of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default,
written or telephonic notice


                                         43.
<PAGE>

of the nature of such Default or Event of Default, and within seven days
thereafter, a certificate of a Senior Officer of the Borrower setting forth the
details thereof and the action that the Borrower is taking or proposes to take
with respect thereto;

          5.1.7.  promptly upon their becoming available, copies of all
financial statements, reports, notices and proxy statements sent or made
available by the Borrower to its security holders, all registration statements
(other than the exhibits thereto) and annual, quarterly or monthly reports, if
any, filed by Informix or the Borrower with the SEC and all press releases by
Informix, the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof concerning material
developments in the business of Informix, the Borrower or any such Subsidiary;

          5.1.8.  within three days after the Borrower becomes aware of the
occurrence of (a) any Reportable Event in connection with any Plan, or (b) any
Prohibited Transaction in connection with any Plan (or any trust created
thereunder), notice providing reasonable details about such Reportable Event or
Prohibited Transaction;

          5.1.9.  within three days after the Borrower obtains knowledge of the
threat or commencement of litigation or proceedings affecting Informix, the
Borrower or any Subsidiary, or of any material development in any pending or
future litigation, (a) that involves alleged liability in excess of $5,000,000
(in the aggregate), (b) in which injunctive or similar relief is sought that, if
obtained, could have a Material Adverse Effect or (c) that questions the
validity or enforceability of any Loan Document, notice providing reasonable
details about the threat or commencement of such litigation or about such
material development;

          5.1.10.  within three days after receipt thereof, copies of all final
reports or letters submitted to Informix or the Borrower by their independent
certified public accountants in connection with each audit of the financial
statements of Informix, the Borrower or its consolidated subsidiaries made by
such accountants, including any management report, which reports Informix or the
Borrower agrees to obtain in connection with each of its annual audits;

          5.1.11.  within 30 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the
Borrower, a budget for the next succeeding Fiscal Year of the consolidated
balance sheet and the consolidated results of operations and cash flow of
Informix and its consolidated subsidiaries (including the Borrower), together
with (a) an outline of the major assumptions in reasonable detail upon which the
budget is based, and (b) a calculation in reasonable detail evidencing
compliance with all covenants set forth herein on the basis of, and after giving
effect to, such forecast;

          5.1.12.  within three days after the receipt thereof by any Senior
Officer of the Borrower, a copy of any notice, summons, citation or written
communication concerning any actual, alleged, suspected or threatened violation
of Environmental Requirements, or liability of Informix, the Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries for Environmental Damages;

          5.1.13.  within five days after the availability thereof, copies of
all amendments to the charter, bylaws or other organizational documents of
Informix, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;


                                         44.
<PAGE>

          5.1.14.  from time to time, such additional information regarding
Informix, the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or its business, assets, liabilities,
prospects, results of operation or financial condition as any Lender Party may
reasonably request.

     SECTION 5.2.  RECORDS AND INSPECTION.  The Borrower shall, and shall cause
each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain adequate books, records and accounts as
may be required or necessary to permit the preparation of consolidated financial
statements in accordance with sound business practices and GAAP.  The Borrower
shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit the Agent, the
Lenders and such Persons as the Agent may designate, at reasonable times upon
reasonable notice and as often as may be reasonably requested, under reasonable
circumstances, to (a) visit and inspect any of its properties, (b) inspect and
copy its books and records, and (c) discuss with its officers and employees, its
investment bankers and its independent accountants, its business, assets,
liabilities, prospects, results of operation or financial condition.

     SECTION 0.1.  AUDITS OF THE COLLATERAL.  The Borrower shall, upon the
request of the Agent, cause auditors selected and engaged by the Agent to
perform an annual audit (or, if an Event of Default then exists, additional
audits) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, of the
Collateral.

          5.3.1.  The Borrower shall permit, and shall cause each of its
Subsidiaries to permit, the Agent or its designee to perform such additional
audits of the Collateral as the Agent may reasonably request.

     SECTION 5.4.  CORPORATE EXISTENCE, ETC.  The Borrower shall, and shall
cause each of its Subsidiaries to, at all times preserve and keep in full force
and effect its corporate existence and all Material rights and franchises,
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the corporate existence of any Subsidiary of the
Borrower may be terminated (a) as contemplated and permitted by Section 6.6. or
(b) if such termination is determined by the Board of Directors of the Borrower
to be in the best interest of the Borrower and is not disadvantageous in any
Material respect to the Lender Parties.

     SECTION 5.5.  PAYMENT OF TAXES.  The Borrower shall, and shall cause each
of its Subsidiaries to, pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or any of
its properties or in respect of any of its franchises, business, income or
property before any penalty shall be incurred with respect to such Taxes,
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, unless and until foreclosure, distraint, levy, sale or
similar proceedings shall have commenced, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries need
not pay or discharge any such Tax so long as the validity or amount thereof is
being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and so long as any
reserves or other appropriate provisions as may be required by GAAP shall have
been made therefor.

     SECTION 5.6.  MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES.  The Borrower shall, and shall
cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain or cause to be maintained in good
repair, working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted), all
properties and other assets useful or necessary to its business, and from time
to time the Borrower shall make or cause to be made all appropriate repairs,
renewals and replacements thereto.


                                         45.
<PAGE>

     SECTION 5.7.  MAINTENANCE OF INSURANCE.

          5.7.1.  The Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries
to, maintain with insurance companies rated A- or better by A.M. BEST Co.
insurance in at least such amounts, of such character and against at least such
risks as is usually maintained by companies of established repute engaged in the
same or a similar business in the same general area.  All liability insurance
policies of the Borrower and each domestic Subsidiary shall name the Agent as an
additional insured.  Each insurance policy covering Collateral shall include
endorsements or stipulations providing that coverages will not be canceled or
diminished without at least 10 days' prior written notice to the Agent and
further providing, if available on commercially reasonable terms, that coverage
in favor of the Agent will not be impaired in any way by any act, omission or
default of the Borrower or any other Person.  In connection with all policies of
insurance covering Collateral, the Borrower will cause the Agent to be named
loss payee and shall provide the Agent with such loss payable or other
endorsements as the Agent may reasonably require.

          0.1.1.  In addition to any requirements under the Collateral
Documents, (a) all property loss or damage insurance policies with respect to
any assets of the Borrower shall contain lender's loss payable endorsements in
favor of the Agent in form and substance satisfactory to it, which shall provide
that all insurance proceeds (i) in excess of $500,000 or (ii) payable after the
insurer has received written notice from the Agent that an Event of Default then
exists (until a contrary notice is received), shall be payable directly to the
Agent, (b) all insurance policies shall (i) provide that no cancellation,
reduction in amount or material adverse change in coverage thereof shall be
effective until at least 30 days after receipt by the Agent of written notice
thereof, (ii) insure the interests of the Lender Parties regardless of any
breach of or violation by the Borrower or any other Person of any warranties,
declarations or conditions contained therein, (iii) provide that the Lender
Parties shall have no obligation or liability for premiums, commissions,
assessments or calls in connection with such insurance or in connection with any
representation or warranty made by the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof in
connection with obtaining of such insurance, and (c) all applicable insurance
policies shall contain such other provisions as are required under the relevant
Collateral Documents.

          5.7.3.  Thirty days prior to the expiration date of each insurance
policy maintained hereunder, the Borrower shall either (a) deliver to the Agent
either (i) if available, a certificate of insurance or (ii) a copy of the binder
for such renewal or (b) notify the Agent that such policy has not been renewed.
If a copy of a binder is delivered pursuant to clause (a)(i) hereof, then as
soon as it is available, but in any event not more than sixty (60) days after
the effective date of renewal of the policy, the Borrower shall deliver to the
Agent a certificate of insurance, certified to be true and correct by the
insurer named therein.  If at any time after the Closing Date the Borrower or
any Subsidiary thereof obtains any new property loss or damage insurance policy
providing coverage in excess of $500,000, the Borrower shall, within 30 days
after such new policy is obtained, give notice to the Agent describing the new
insurance and provide to the Agent a copy of such policy, including endorsements
as required hereby, certified to be true and correct by the insurer named
therein.


                                         46.
<PAGE>

     SECTION 5.8.  CONDUCT OF BUSINESS.  The Borrower shall, and shall cause
each of its Subsidiaries to, engage only in the businesses in which the Borrower
or such Subsidiary is engaged on the date hereof, except for other businesses
that are ancillary, incidental or necessary to its ongoing business as presently
conducted.  The Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to,
conduct its business in compliance in all material respects with all Applicable
Law and all its Contractual Obligations.

     SECTION 5.9.  FUTURE INFORMATION.  All data, certificates, reports, 
statements, documents and other information required to be furnished to the 
Lender Parties in connection with the Loan Documents shall, at the time the 
information is furnished, not contain any untrue statement of a material 
fact, shall be complete and correct in all material respects to the extent 
necessary to give the Lender Parties sufficient and accurate knowledge of the 
subject matter thereof, and shall not omit to state a material fact necessary 
in order to make the statements contained therein not misleading in light of 
the circumstances under which such information is furnished.

     SECTION 5.10.  ADDITIONAL COLLATERAL.  Within 10 calendar days of the 
creation or acquisition after the date hereof of any Subsidiary located in, 
doing business in, or organized under the laws of, any jurisdiction other 
than the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof, the 
Borrower shall grant, or cause to be granted, a first priority Lien on the 
maximum amount of issued and outstanding Capital Stock of such Subsidiary 
that can be pledged without creating a deemed dividend (up to 65% of such 
Capital Stock), pursuant to the Pledge and Security Agreement, in form and 
substance satisfactory to the Agent.  Upon the acquisition or lease by the 
Borrower of any Material personal property asset that is not then subject to 
a first priority Lien in favor of the Agent, the Borrower shall execute and 
deliver, to the Agent a Collateral Document creating such a first priority 
Lien, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.  The Borrower  at its 
own expense, shall execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and 
delivered, and thereafter cause to be registered, filed or recorded with the 
appropriate Governmental Authority, any and all documents and instruments 
deemed by the Agent to be necessary or desirable for the creation and 
perfection of the foregoing Liens and shall pay all Taxes and fees related to 
such registration, filing or recording.

     SECTION 5.11.  SUBORDINATION OF INTERCOMPANY DEBT.  The Borrower shall 
cause all Intercompany Debt to be subordinated to the prior payment in full 
in cash of the Obligations on terms of subordination satisfactory to the 
Required Lenders; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that as long as no Event of Default then 
exists, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may pay such Intercompany Debt in 
the ordinary course of business.

     SECTION 0.2.  ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE.  The Borrower shall comply, and 
shall cause its Subsidiaries to comply, in all material respects with all 
Environmental Requirements and shall not cause or permit to exist on any Real 
Property any Hazardous Materials.

                                         47.
<PAGE>


                                      ARTICLE 6.

                          NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER

     So long as any portion of the Revolving Commitments is in effect or any
Obligations remain unpaid or have not been performed in full:

     SECTION 6.1.  LIENS.  The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of
its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or permit to
exist any Lien on or with respect to any asset of the Borrower or any Subsidiary
of the Borrower (including any indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower), whether now
owned or hereafter acquired, except, without duplication:

          6.1.1.  Liens securing the Obligations;

          6.1.2.  Existing Liens;

          6.1.3.  (a) Liens for taxes, assessments or charges of any
Governmental Authority for claims that are not Material and are not yet due or
are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to
which adequate reserves or other appropriate provisions are being maintained in
accordance with of GAAP; (b) statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of carriers,
warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen, bankers and other Liens imposed by law and
created in the ordinary course of business for amounts that are not Material and
are not yet due or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings
and with respect to which adequate reserves or other appropriate provisions are
being maintained in accordance with GAAP; (c) Liens incurred and deposits made
in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers' compensation,
unemployment insurance and other types of social security benefits or to secure
the performance (including by way of surety bonds or appeal bonds) of tenders,
bids, leases, contracts, statutory obligations or similar obligations or arising
as a result of progress payments under contracts, in each case in the ordinary
course of business and not relating to the repayment of Debt; (d) easements,
rights-of-way, covenants, consents, reservations, encroachments, variations and
other restrictions, charges or encumbrances (whether or not recorded) that do
not Materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of business, Materially
detract from the value of the asset to which they attach or Materially impair
the use thereof; (e) building restrictions, zoning laws and other statutes,
laws, rules, regulations, ordinances and restrictions; and (f) leases or
subleases granted in the ordinary course of business to others not Materially
interfering with the business of the Borrower, PROVIDED that clauses (a), (b)
and (c) shall not apply to Environmental Liens, Liens that, under Applicable
Law, would have priority over the Lien of the Collateral Documents or Liens
imposed under ERISA;

          6.1.4.  any attachment or judgment Lien not constituting an Event of
Default;

          6.1.5.  Liens on assets securing Debt permitted to be incurred or
assumed on a secured basis pursuant to Section 6.2.5., including any interest or
title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease, PROVIDED that any such Lien does
not encumber any property other than assets acquired, constructed or improved
with the proceeds of such Debt;


                                         48.
<PAGE>

          6.1.6.  Liens existing on assets of any Person at the time such Person
becomes a Subsidiary, PROVIDED (a) such Lien was not created in contemplation of
such Person becoming a Subsidiary, and (b) such Lien does not encumber any
assets other than the assets subject to such Lien at the time such Person
becomes a Subsidiary;

          6.1.7.  Liens relating to Capital Leases permitted by Section 6.2.6.;
and

          6.1.8.  any Lien constituting a renewal, extension or replacement of
any Existing Lien or any Lien permitted by Section 6.1.5. or 6.1.6., PROVIDED
(a) the principal amount of Debt or other obligation secured by such renewal,
extension or replacement Lien does not exceed the principal amount of the Debt
or other obligation renewed, extended or replaced unless such excess is
otherwise permitted hereby at the time of the extension, renewal or replacement,
(b) the average weighted maturity of such Debt or other obligation is not
shortened and (c) such Lien is limited to all or a part of the property subject
to the Lien extended, renewed or replaced.

     SECTION 6.2.  DEBT.  The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of
its Subsidiaries (including any indirect Subsidiaries) to, directly or
indirectly, create, incur, assume, guarantee, or otherwise become or remain
liable with respect to, any Debt, except:

          6.2.1.  the Obligations;

          6.2.2.  Existing Debt;

          6.2.3.  Intercompany Debt between the Borrower and any Subsidiary of
the Borrower, to the extent in compliance with Section 5.11.;

          6.2.4.  Debt incurred to refinance Debt described in Section 6.2.2.;
PROVIDED that (a) the unpaid principal balance is not increased (except to the
extent the increase is then otherwise permitted hereunder), and (b) if such
refinanced Debt is repaid prior to its scheduled maturity, such refinancing Debt
shall comply with the provisions of Section 6.9.2.;

          6.2.5.  Debt incurred in the ordinary course of business for
purchase-money obligations, in an amount not exceeding $2,000,000 at any time;
and

          6.2.6.  Capital Leases in an amount not exceeding $2,000,000 at any
time.

     SECTION 6.3.  RESTRICTED AFFILIATE PAYMENTS; RESTRICTED
PAYMENTS.  6.3.1.  The Borrower shall not nor shall the Borrower permit any
Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, declare, pay or make, or agree to
declare, pay or make, any Restricted Affiliate Payment, PROVIDED that the
Borrower can make Restricted Affiliate Payments, not to exceed $1,000,000 in the
aggregate, in order to recapitalize any foreign Subsidiary to the extent
necessary to comply with local governmental regulations.

          6.3.2.  The Borrower shall not nor shall the Borrower permit any
Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, pay or make, or agree to pay or make, any
Restricted Payment if upon the making of such a Restricted Payment or at any
time during the ninety days following the making


                                         49.
<PAGE>

of any such Restricted Payment, the Borrower's Total Liquidity shall fail to be
in excess of $185,000,000.

     SECTION 6.4.  INVESTMENTS.  No Borrower shall, nor shall the Borrower
permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make or own any Investment,
except:

          6.4.1.  (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally
guaranteed by the United States Government or issued by any agency thereof and
backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing
within one year from the date of acquisition thereof, (b) marketable direct
obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political
subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing
within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and having, at the time of
acquisition, the highest rating obtainable from either Standard & Poor's Rating
Group or Moody's Investors Service, Inc., (c) commercial paper having, at the
time of acquisition, the highest rating obtainable from either Standard & Poor's
Rating Group or Moody's Investors Service, Inc., (d) demand deposits,
certificates of deposit, other time deposits, and bankers' acceptances maturing
within one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any bank
operating under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the
District of Columbia that has combined capital and surplus of not less than
$500,000,000, PROVIDED that with respect to foreign Subsidiaries making deposits
in the ordinary course of business such bank need not be operating under the
laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, or
(e) institutional money market funds organized under the laws of the United
States of America or any state thereof that are approved in writing by the Agent
or, if not so described or approved, substantially all of whose assets are
securities of the types described in the foregoing clauses (a), (b), (c), and
(d);

          6.4.2.  (a) trade credit extended on usual and customary terms in the
ordinary course of business, and (b) advances to employees for moving,
relocation and travel expenses, drawing accounts and similar expenditures in the
ordinary course of business;

          6.4.3.  any Investment identified on Schedule 4.3., limited to the
amount of such Investment on the date hereof;

          6.4.4.  Investments in non-cash proceeds of permitted Asset
Dispositions;

          6.4.5.  Investments to form new Subsidiaries and to establish joint
ventures and other similar investments not exceeding $2,000,000 in the aggregate
per year.

     SECTION 6.5.  FINANCIAL COVENANTS.

          6.5.1.  QUICK RATIO.  The Quick Ratio as of the last day of any Fiscal
Quarter shall not be less than 1.25 to 1.00.

          6.5.2.  QUARTERLY REVENUE.  The Quarterly Revenue as of the last day
of each Fiscal Quarter shall equal or exceed the Minimum Quarterly Revenue.


                                         50.
<PAGE>

          6.5.3.  OPERATING PROFITABILITY.  As of the last fiscal day of each
Fiscal Quarter ending in December 1997 and March 1998, Informix's Operating Loss
(on a consolidated basis) for such Fiscal Quarter shall not be greater than
$10,000,000.  As of the last fiscal day of the Fiscal Quarter ending on the last
Business Day of June 1998, Informix's Operating Profit (on a consolidated basis)
for such Fiscal Quarter shall be at least $10,000,000.  As of the last fiscal
day of each Fiscal Quarter ending in September 1998 and each Fiscal Quarter
thereafter, Informix's Operating Profit (on a consolidated basis) for such
Fiscal Quarter shall at least $15,000,000.

          6.5.4.  MINIMUM CASH FLOW.  As of the last day of each fiscal quarter,
beginning with the fiscal quarter ending in June 1998, Informix's Operating Cash
Flow for such fiscal quarter shall be in excess of $1.00 and the Interest
Coverage Ratio for such fiscal quarter shall exceed 1.25 to 1.00.

          0.2.1.  CAPITAL EXPENDITURES.  The Borrower shall not make any
additional investment in fixed or capital assets, including with respect to
Capitalized Leases (but excluding Capitalized Software Costs), in any Fiscal
Year, in the aggregate, in excess of $15,000,000 PLUS any Carry Forward Amount
(the capital expenditures permitted under this Section 6.5.5. shall be referred
to as "PERMITTED CAPITAL EXPENDITURES").

     SECTION 6.6.  RESTRICTION ON FUNDAMENTAL CHANGES.  The Borrower shall not,
and the Borrower shall not permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly,
enter into any merger, consolidation, reorganization or recapitalization,
reclassify its Capital Stock, liquidate, wind up or dissolve or sell, lease,
transfer or otherwise dispose of, in one transaction or a series of
transactions, a significant portion of its or their business or assets, whether
now owned or hereafter acquired, PROVIDED that as long as no Default or Event of
Default shall exist after giving effect to such merger, consolidation or sale,
any Subsidiary of the Borrower may be merged or consolidated with or into the
Borrower or any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower or be liquidated, wound
up or dissolved, or all or substantially all of its business or assets may be
sold, leased, transferred or otherwise disposed of, in one transaction or a
series of transactions, to the Borrower or any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the
Borrower.

     SECTION 6.7.  ASSET DISPOSITIONS; SALES OF RECEIVABLES.

          6.7.1.  The Borrower shall not and the Borrower shall not permit any
Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make or agree to make, any Asset
Disposition unless

          6.7.1.1.  the Board of Directors of the Borrower has reasonably
determined in good faith that the terms of such transaction are fair and
reasonable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, if the
transaction involves assets having a Material fair market value; and

          6.7.1.2.  the Asset Disposition is otherwise permissible under the
Collateral Documents and under Sections 6.6. and 6.8. and if the transaction
involves assets having a Material fair market value, the terms of such
transaction shall have been approved in advance by the Required Lenders.


                                         51.
<PAGE>

          6.7.2.  As promptly as practicable but in no event later than 10 days
prior to any Asset Disposition, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent a
certificate, duly executed by a Senior Officer of the Borrower, setting forth in
detail a description of such Asset Disposition, copies of any related
agreements, the date or scheduled date of such Asset Disposition, the
determination of the net cash proceeds of such Asset Disposition, the
description of any non-cash proceeds and the collateral arrangements with
respect thereto and such other documents and information as is necessary to
demonstrate compliance with this Section 6.7.

          6.7.3.  The Borrower shall not nor shall the Borrower permit any
Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, sell with or without recourse, discount
(except in the ordinary course of business to compromise disputes with
customers) or otherwise sell for less than the face value thereof or for
consideration other than cash, Accounts Receivable and other receivables with an
aggregate face value in excess of $20,000,000 during any twelve month period.

     SECTION 6.8.  TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES.  The Borrower shall not, and
the Borrower shall not permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter
into any transaction (including the transfer or lease of any property or the
rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Borrower, unless (a) such
transaction is in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower, and (b) such
transaction is on fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Borrower or
its Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those terms that might be obtained at
the time in a comparable arm's length transaction with a Person who is not an
Affiliate of the Borrower or, if such transaction is not one that by its nature
could be obtained from such other Person, is on fair and reasonable terms and
was negotiated in good faith, (c) if such transaction is Material, the Borrower
shall have delivered to the Agent a certified resolution of its Board of
Directors determining that the standards set forth in clause (b) above are
satisfied with respect to such transaction and (d) if such transaction is
Material, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent an opinion of a recognized
appraisal or valuation firm that the transaction is fair to the Borrower from a
financial point of view, PROVIDED that this Section 6.8. shall not restrict
(i) dividends, distributions and other payments and transfers on account of the
Capital Stock of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, (ii) payments
pursuant to the terms of any Contractual Obligations in effect on the date
hereof listed on Schedule 6.8., or (iii) any transaction in the ordinary course
of business between the Borrower and any Subsidiary of the Borrower.

     SECTION 6.9.  PREPAYMENT OF DEBT.  The Borrower shall not, nor shall the
Borrower permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make any payment or
distribution on account of, or voluntarily purchase, acquire, redeem or retire,
any Debt, prior to 30 days before its originally stated maturity (or its stated
maturity on the date hereof, in the case of Debt outstanding on the date
hereof), or in the case of interest, its stated due date, or directly or
indirectly become obligated to do any of the foregoing by amending the terms
thereof or otherwise, except for:

          6.9.1.  Prepayments of the Loans or of other amounts pursuant to the
Loan Documents;

          6.9.2.  Prepayments made with the proceeds of new Debt incurred for
the purpose of refinancing the Debt being prepaid, PROVIDED that (a) no portion
of such new Debt matures or


                                         52.
<PAGE>

is required to be prepaid, purchased or otherwise retired earlier than the
corresponding portion of the Debt being prepaid, (b) such new Debt has the same
priority vis-a-vis other Debt, and the same provision for recourse, as the Debt
being paid, (c) no Default or Event of Default then exists or would result from
such prepayment or refinancing; and

          6.9.3.  Payments of Intercompany Debt.

     SECTION 6.10.  Employee Benefit Plans.  Except to the extent that the
Borrower gives thirty (30) days' prior written notice to the Agent, the Borrower
will not sponsor or contribute to any new Plan, make any change to any existing
Plan, or incur any obligations in respect of any Multiemployer Plan that would
in any Material way increase the obligations of the Borrower in any Material
respect.

     SECTION 6.11.  AMENDMENTS OF CHARTER DOCUMENTS.  The Borrower shall not,
nor permit any Subsidiary to, amend its charter, bylaws or other charter
documents in any respect that affects the voting rights of Capital Stock
included in the Collateral or holders thereof, increases payment obligations of
the Borrower, affects the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document or
Lien thereunder or that otherwise could have a Material Adverse Effect, without
in each case obtaining the prior written consent of the Required Lenders.

     SECTION 6.12.  RESTRICTIVE AGREEMENTS.  The Borrower shall not, nor shall
the Borrower permit any Subsidiary to, enter into any Contractual Obligation
that, directly or indirectly, restricts or limits the ability of such Subsidiary
to (a) pay dividends or make distributions on its Capital Stock, (b) pay Debt
owed to the Borrower or any Subsidiary, (c) make any loans or advances to the
Borrower (except as provided in Section 5.11.), or (d) except as provided in
Contractual Obligations respecting the specific assets subject to Permitted
Liens, transfer any of its property to the Borrower.

     SECTION 0.4.  NEGATIVE PLEDGES, ETC.  The Borrower shall not, or nor shall
the Borrower permit any Subsidiary to, enter into or otherwise become subject
to, directly or indirectly, any agreement

          0.4.1.  prohibiting or restricting the Borrower or any Subsidiary of
the Borrower in any manner (including by way of covenant, representation or
default), from (a) incurring, creating or assuming any Debt or Lien upon any of
its assets, (b) selling or otherwise disposing of any of its assets, (c) making
any Investments or Capital Expenditures, (d) suffering any change of control, or
(e) amending any Loan Document, except that clauses (a) and (b) shall not apply
to any Debt otherwise permissible under Section 6.2; or

          0.4.2.  providing that any default by the Borrower if the Borrower is
not a party to such agreement with respect to any obligation not arising under
such agreement is a default under such agreement.

     SECTION 0.5.  SALE/LEASE BACKS.  The Borrower shall not enter into any sale
and leaseback agreement covering any of its fixed or capital assets.


                                         53.
<PAGE>

     SECTION 0.6.  ACQUISITIONS.  Without the prior written consent of the
Required Lenders, the Borrower shall not make or become contractually obligated
to make one or more Acquisitions which requires the payment of aggregate
consideration in excess of $5,000,000 per year.


                                      ARTICLE 7.

                                  EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     SECTION 7.1.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  The occurrence of any one or more of the
following events, acts or occurrences shall constitute an event of default (each
an "EVENT OF DEFAULT"):

          7.1.1.  FAILURE TO MAKE PAYMENTS.  The Borrower (a) shall fail to pay
as and when due (whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration, upon required
prepayment or otherwise) any principal of any Loan or any reimbursement for a
drawing under any Letter of Credit, or (b) shall fail to pay any interest, Fees
or other amounts payable under the Loan Documents within three Business Days of
the date when due under the Loan Documents; or

          7.1.2.  DEFAULT IN OTHER DEBT.  (a) The Borrower or any Subsidiary of
the Borrower shall default in the payment (whether at stated maturity, upon
acceleration, upon required prepayment or otherwise), beyond any period of grace
provided therefor, of any principal of or interest on any other Debt with a
principal amount in excess of $2,000,000 or (b) any other breach or default (or
other event or condition) shall occur under any agreement, indenture or
instrument relating to any such other Debt, if the effect of such breach or
default (or such other event or condition) is to cause, or to permit the holder
or holders of the other Debt (or a Person on behalf of such holder or holders)
to cause (upon the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both, or otherwise),
such other Debt to become or be declared due and payable, or required to be
prepaid, redeemed, purchased or defeased (or an offer of prepayment, redemption,
purchase or defeasance be made), prior to its stated maturity (other than by a
scheduled mandatory prepayment); or

          7.1.3.  BREACH OF CERTAIN COVENANTS.  The Borrower shall fail to
perform, comply with or observe any agreement, covenant or obligation under
Section 2.3., Section 5.1.6., Section 5.4. (insofar as it requires the
preservation of the corporate existence of the Borrower), or any Section of
Article 6. not covered by 7.1.4 hereof; or

          7.1.4.  CERTAIN DEFAULTS UNDER ARTICLE 6.  The Borrower shall fail to
perform, comply with or observe any agreement, covenant or obligation under any
provision of Sections 6.1. through 6.4., 6.7., 6.8., 6.12. though 6.13.
(inclusive of subsections thereof) and such failure shall not have been remedied
within ten (10) days after a Senior Officer of Borrower has knowledge of such
failure; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such ten (10) day cure period shall be
available with respect to any failure by the Borrower that by its nature is
incapable of being remedied; or


                                         54.
<PAGE>

          7.1.5.  OTHER DEFAULTS UNDER LOAN DOCUMENTS.  The Borrower shall fail
to perform, comply with or observe any agreement, covenant or obligation under
any provision of any Loan Document (other than those provisions referred to in
Sections 7.1.1. and 7.1.3.) and such failure shall not have been remedied within
20 days after a Senior Officer of the Borrower becomes aware of such failure; or

          7.1.6.  BREACH OF WARRANTY.  Any representation or warranty or
certification made or furnished by the Borrower under any Loan Document shall
have been false or incorrect in any material respect when made (or deemed made);
or

          7.1.7.  INVOLUNTARY BANKRUPTCY; APPOINTMENT OF RECEIVER, ETC.  There
shall be commenced against the Borrower, or any Subsidiary, an involuntary case
seeking the liquidation or reorganization of the Borrower or such Subsidiary
under Chapter 7 or Chapter 11, respectively, of the Bankruptcy Code or any
similar proceeding under any other Applicable Law or an involuntary case or
proceeding seeking the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, sequestrator,
custodian, trustee or other officer having similar powers of the Borrower or
such Subsidiary or to take possession of all or a substantial portion of its
property or to operate all or a substantial portion of its business, and any of
the following events occur:  (a) the Borrower or such Subsidiary consents to the
institution of the involuntary case or proceeding; (b) such petition commencing
the involuntary case or proceeding is not timely controverted; (c) the petition
commencing the involuntary case or proceeding remains undismissed and unstayed
for a period of 60 days; or (d) an order for relief shall have been issued or
entered therein; or

          7.1.8.  VOLUNTARY BANKRUPTCY; APPOINTMENT OF RECEIVER, ETC.  The
Borrower or any Subsidiary shall institute a voluntary case seeking liquidation
or reorganization under Chapter 7 or Chapter 11, respectively, of the Bankruptcy
Code or any similar proceeding under any other Applicable Law, or shall consent
thereto; or shall consent to the conversion of an involuntary case to a
voluntary case; or shall file a petition, answer a complaint or otherwise
institute any proceeding seeking, or shall consent to or acquiesce in the
appointment of, a receiver, liquidator, sequestrator, custodian, trustee or
other officer with similar powers of it or to take possession of all or a
substantial portion of its property or to operate all or a substantial portion
of its business; or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of
creditors; or shall generally not pay its debts as they become due; or the Board
of Directors of the Borrower or Subsidiary (or any committee thereof) adopts any
resolution or otherwise authorizes action to approve any of the foregoing; or

          7.1.9.  CHANGE OF CONTROL.  A Change of Control shall occur at any
time; or

          7.1.10.  TERMINATION OF LOAN DOCUMENTS, ETC.  Any Loan Document, or
any material provision thereof, shall cease to be in full force and effect for
any reason, or any Lien in favor of the Agent thereunder shall fail to have the
priority required thereunder with respect to any Collateral, except upon a
release or termination of such Loan Document or Lien pursuant to the terms
thereof; or the Borrower shall contest or purport to repudiate or disavow any of
its obligations under or the validity of enforceability of any Loan Document or
any Material provision thereof; or


                                         55.
<PAGE>

          7.1.11.  MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE.  A Material Adverse Change shall
have occurred since the Closing Date, PROVIDED that for purposes of determining
whether a Material Adverse Change has occurred, any changes, modifications or
developments relating to any such previously disclosed conditions and events
that occur subsequent to the Closing Date shall be deemed to not have been a
part of any such prior disclosure; or

          7.1.12.  JUDGMENTS AND ATTACHMENTS.  (a) Other than the Shareholder
Litigation, the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall suffer any money judgments,
fines, writs or warrants of attachment or similar processes that, individually
or in the aggregate, involve an amount or value in excess of $2,000,000
(excluding therefrom money judgments to the extent covered by insurance as to
which the carrier has accepted liability) and such judgments, writs, warrants or
other orders shall continue unsatisfied and unstayed for a period of 30 days or,
in any event, within 10 days of the date of any proposed sale thereunder; or
(b) a judgment creditor shall obtain possession of any Material portion of the
assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary by any means, including levy,
distraint, replevin or self-help.

     SECTION 7.2.  REMEDIES.  Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default:

          7.2.1.  If an Event of Default occurs under Section 7.1.7. or 7.1.8.,
then the Revolving Commitments shall automatically and immediately terminate,
and the obligation of the Lender Parties to make any Loan or issue any Letter of
Credit hereunder shall cease, and the unpaid principal amount of the Loans and
all other Obligations shall automatically become immediately due and payable,
without presentment, demand, protest, notice or other requirements of any kind,
all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.

          7.2.2.  If an Event of Default occurs, other than under Section 7.1.7.
or 7.1.8., the Agent may, or upon written request of the Required Lenders shall,
by written notice to the Borrower, declare the Revolving Commitments terminated,
whereupon the obligation of the Lender Parties to make any Loan or issue any
Letter of Credit hereunder shall cease, and/or declare the unpaid principal
amount of the Loans and all other Obligations to be, and the same shall
thereupon become, due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest, any
additional notice or other requirements of any kind, all of which are hereby
expressly waived by the Borrower.

          7.2.3.  If an Event of Default occurs under Section 7.1.7. or 7.1.8.
or if any other Event of Default occurs and the Agent declares the Loans due and
payable, the Borrower shall be immediately obligated, without presentment,
demand, protest, notice or other requirements of any kind, all of which are
hereby expressly waived by the Borrower, to pay immediately to the Agent, an
amount of cash equal to the Letter of Credit Liability.  Any amounts so received
shall be deposited in an interest bearing account maintained by the Agent as
collateral (the "CASH COLLATERAL COVER") for all Obligations of the Borrower.
At any time after any such Obligations shall become due and payable  (whether by
drawing on a Letter of Credit or otherwise) the Cash Collateral Cover may be
applied in whole or in part by the Agent against or on account of all or any
part of the Obligations that have become so due and payable.  Interest earned on
this account,


                                         56.
<PAGE>

to the extent such interest is not required for, or applied to, the payment or
repayment of the Obligations, shall be paid to the Borrower.


                                      ARTICLE 8.

                              THE AGENT AND THE LENDERS

     SECTION 8.1.  AUTHORIZATION AND ACTION.

          8.1.1.  Each Lender and the L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints and
authorizes the Agent to act as its agent hereunder and under the other Loan
Documents (including as its collateral agent under the Collateral Documents), to
execute and deliver or accept, on its behalf, the other Loan Documents and any
other documents, instruments and agreements related thereto or hereto to take
such action on its behalf under the provisions hereof and thereof and to
exercise such rights, remedies, powers and privileges hereunder and thereunder
as are delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof and thereof, together with
such rights, remedies, powers and privileges as are reasonably incidental
thereto.

          8.1.2.  Except for any matters expressly subject to the consent or
approval of the Agent under the Loan Documents, the Agent shall not, without the
prior approval of the Required Lenders (or, as provided in Section 9.3., all of
the Lenders), consent to any departure by the Borrower from the terms of, waive
any default or otherwise amend this Agreement or any other Loan Documents.  The
Agent will, to the extent practicable under the circumstances, consult with the
other Lender Parties prior to taking action on their behalf under the Loan
Documents and in acting as their Agent thereunder.  The Agent will not take any
action contrary to the written direction of Required Lenders, will take any
lawful action not contrary to the provisions of the Loan Documents prescribed in
written instructions of the Required Lenders (or, as provided in Section 9.3.,
all the Lenders) and, as to any matters not expressly provided for by the Loan
Documents (including enforcement or collection), may decline to take any action,
except upon the written instructions of the Required Lenders (or, as provided in
Section 9.3., all the Lenders).  If such instructions are requested reasonably
promptly, the Agent shall be absolutely entitled to refrain from taking any
action and shall not have any liability to the Borrower or any Lender for
refraining from taking any action until it shall have received such
instructions; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Agent shall in no event be required to
take or refrain from taking any action that would, in the Agent's opinion, be
inconsistent with the Agent's practice in similar situations when acting solely
for its own account or be contrary to the provisions of any Loan Document or
Applicable Law.

          8.1.3.  The Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities except
those expressly set forth in the Loan Documents.  No duty to act, or refrain
from acting, and no other obligation whatsoever, shall be implied on the basis
of any right, power or authority granted to the Agent or shall become effective
in the event of any temporary or partial exercise of such rights, power or
authority.  The Agent shall not be required to exercise any right, power, remedy
or privilege granted to it in any Loan Document, to ascertain or inquire whether
any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or to inspect
the property (including the books


                                         57.
<PAGE>

and records) of the Borrower or to take any other affirmative action, except as
provided in Section 7.2., or unless requested or directed to do so in accordance
with the provisions of Section 8.1.2.

          8.1.4.  The duties of the Agent shall be mechanical and administrative
in nature.  The Agent shall not have by reason of this Agreement a fiduciary
relationship in respect of any other Lender Party.  Except for notices, reports
and other documents and information expressly required to be furnished to the
Lender Parties by the Agent hereunder, the Agent shall not have any duty or
responsibility to provide any Lender Party with any credit or other information
concerning the affairs, financial condition or business of the Borrower that may
come into the possession of the Agent or any of its Affiliates.

     SECTION 8.2.  EXCULPATION; RELIANCE; ETC.  None of  the Agent, the
Syndication Agent, or any of their respective directors, officers, agents,
attorneys or employees shall be liable to the Borrower or any other Lender Party
for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them under or in connection
with any Loan Document (a) with the consent or at the request of the Required
Lenders (or, as provided in Section 9.3., all the Lenders), or (b) in any other
circumstances, except for its or their own gross negligence or willful
misconduct as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent
jurisdiction.  Neither the Agent nor the Syndication Agent makes any warranty or
representation to any other Lender Party and neither shall be responsible to any
other Lender Party for any recitals, statements, warranties or representations
made in, or in connection with, any Loan Document or for the execution,
effectiveness, genuineness, validity, enforceability, collectibility, or
sufficiency of any Loan Document or any financial information, opinions of
counsel or other documents executed and delivered pursuant thereto, or for the
financial condition of the Borrower.  Neither the Agent nor the Syndication
Agent shall be responsible to any Lender for the satisfaction of any condition
specified in Article 3., except receipt of items required to be delivered to the
Agent or the Syndication Agent, or for the value, effectiveness, priority,
genuineness, validity, of any Collateral or any Lien thereon.  The Agent may
treat the payee of any Revolving Loan Note as the holder thereof until the Agent
receives the related Assignment and Acceptance signed by such holder and the
assignee and in form satisfactory to the Agent.  The Agent shall be entitled to
rely upon any notice, certificate or other writing believed by the Agent to be
genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person or
Persons.  The Agent shall be entitled to consult with legal counsel, independent
public accountants and other experts selected by the Agent and to act in
reliance upon the advice of such counsel and other experts concerning its
actions and duties hereunder.

     SECTION 8.3.  AGENT AND AFFILIATES.  The Agent and each other Lender that
is a party hereto as a Lender and in some other capacity, shall in its capacity
as a Lender, have the same rights, powers and obligations under this Agreement
and the other Loan Documents as any other Lender and may exercise or refrain
from exercising the same as though it were not the Agent or such other Lender
Party, including the right to give or deny consent to any action requiring
consent or direction of the Required Lenders or all the Lenders.  The Agent,
each such other Lender Party and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend
money to, act as trustee under indentures of, and generally engage in any kind
of business with, the Borrower, any Subsidiary


                                         58.
<PAGE>

and any Affiliate of the Borrower, all as if the Agent or such other Lender
Party were not the Agent or such other Lender Party and without any duty to
account therefor to the Lenders.  The Agent or such other Lender Party shall be
entitled to receive from the Borrower its fees or portions thereof in connection
with this transaction without any liability to account therefor to any other
Lender, except as the Agent or such other Lender Party may have expressly
agreed.

     SECTION 8.4.  LENDER CREDIT DECISION.  Each Lender Party acknowledges that
it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agent, the Syndication Agent
or any other Lender Party and based on such documents and information as it has
deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this
Agreement.  Each Lender Party also acknowledges that it will, independently and
without reliance upon the Agent, the Syndication Agent or any other Lender Party
and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the
time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action
under the Loan Documents.

     SECTION 8.5.  INDEMNIFICATION.  The Agent shall in no event be required to
take any action under the Loan Documents or in relation thereto unless it shall
first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the other Lender Parties against any
and all liability and expense that it may incur by reason of taking any such
action.  Each Lender agrees to indemnify and hold the Agent harmless (to the
extent not promptly paid or reimbursed by the Borrower), ratably according to
their respective Revolving Commitments, from and against any and all (a) costs,
expenses and other amounts incurred by the Agent otherwise payable by the
Borrower pursuant to Section 9.1. and (b) Indemnified Liabilities that may be
imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against the Agent, except to the extent
they are finally adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to have directly
resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Agent.  Without
limitation of the foregoing, each Lender agrees to reimburse the Agent promptly
upon demand for its ratable share of any out-of-pocket expenses (including
counsel fees) incurred by the Agent in connection with the preparation,
execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement
(whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal
advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, the Loan Documents, to
the extent that the Agent is not promptly reimbursed for such expenses by the
Borrower.

     SECTION 8.6.  SUCCESSOR AGENT.  The Agent may resign at any time as Agent
under the Loan Documents by giving written notice thereof to the Lenders and the
Borrower and the Agent may be removed at any time with or without cause by
written action of all Lenders (other than the Agent) delivered to the Agent.
Upon any such resignation or removal, the Required Lenders shall have the right
to appoint a successor Agent with the written consent of Borrower.  If no
successor Agent shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders, and shall
have accepted such appointment, within 30 days after the retiring Agent's notice
of resignation or the removal of the Agent, then the retiring or removed Agent
may, on behalf of the other Lender Parties, appoint a successor Agent, which
shall be a financial institution having a combined capital and surplus of at
least $100,000,000, or a branch or agency of such a financial institution,
organized or licensed to do business under the laws of the United States of
America or any State thereof.  Upon the acceptance of any appointment as the
Agent by a successor Agent, such successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and
become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and


                                         59.
<PAGE>

duties of the retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged of its
duties and obligations under the Loan Documents.  Upon any retiring Agent's
resignation or removal, the provisions of this Article 8. (as well as other
expense reimbursement, indemnification and exculpatory provisions in the other
Loan Documents) shall continue in effect for its benefit as to any actions taken
or omitted by it while it was Agent.

     SECTION 8.7.  EXCESS PAYMENTS.  If any Lender shall obtain any payment or
other recovery (whether voluntary, involuntary, by application of setoff or
otherwise) on account of any Obligations in excess of its pro rata share of
payments and other recoveries on account of such Obligations obtained by all
Lenders, such Lender shall purchase from the other Lenders such participations
in such Obligations held by them as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing
Lender to share the excess payment or other recovery ratably with each of the
other Lenders; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if all or any portion of the excess
payment or other recovery is thereafter recovered from such purchasing Lender,
the purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to such Lender
to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.  The Borrower agrees that
any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender pursuant to this
Section 8.7. may, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law and by
Section 9.10., exercise all of its rights of payment (including setoff) with
respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct
creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

     SECTION 8.8.  LENDER PARTIES.  The provisions of this Article 8. are solely
for the benefit of the Agent and the other Lender Parties and the Borrower shall
not have any right to rely on or enforce any of the provisions hereof (except
that (i) the provisions of Sections 8.6. and 8.9.5. are also for the benefit of
the Borrower and (ii) the Borrower is entitled to rely on any release executed
by the Agent as authorized by Section 8.9.).  In performing its functions and
duties under the Loan Documents, the Agent shall act solely as agent of the
Lenders and does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any
obligation toward or relationship of agency or trust with or for the Borrower.

     SECTION 8.9.  COLLATERAL AND GUARANTY MATTERS.

          8.9.1.  Except as specifically otherwise provided in any of the
Collateral Documents, the Agent is hereby authorized on behalf of all of the
Lenders, without assumption of any duty or obligation in respect of and without
the necessity of any notice to or further consent from any other Lender Party,
to take any action with respect to any Collateral or Collateral Documents that
may be necessary to perfect and maintain perfected the Agent's Liens upon the
Collateral.

          8.9.2.  The Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize the Agent, in its
discretion, to release any Lien held by the Agent upon any Collateral (a) from
and after the day of termination of any Collateral Document pursuant to the
terms thereof; (b) constituting property being sold or disposed of if the
Borrower certifies to the Agent that the sale or disposition is permitted under
the relevant Collateral Document (and the Agent may rely conclusively on any
such certificate, without further inquiry, unless notified to the contrary by
the Required Lenders); or (c) approved, authorized or ratified in writing by all
Lender Parties in accordance with Section 9.3.; PROVIDED,


                                         60.
<PAGE>

HOWEVER, that (i) the Agent shall not be required to execute any such documents
on terms that create any obligation or entail any consequence other than the
release of such Liens without recourse or warranty, and (ii) such release shall
not in any manner discharge, affect or impair the Obligations or any Liens upon
(or obligations of the Borrower in respect of) all assets retained by the
Borrower, including the proceeds of any Asset Disposition, all of which shall
continue to constitute part of the Collateral.  Upon request by the Agent at any
time, the other Lender Parties will confirm in writing the Agent's authority to
release particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this Section 8.9.2.

          8.9.3.  The Agent shall have no obligation whatsoever to any other
Lender Party or other Person to assure that the Collateral exists or is owned by
the Borrower or (except as otherwise expressly required by the Collateral
Documents) is cared for, protected or insured, or that the Liens of the Agent
thereunder have been properly created, perfected, protected or enforced or are
entitled to any particular priority.

          8.9.4.  Except as otherwise provided in the Loan Documents, the Agent
may act in any manner it may deem appropriate in respect of the Collateral, in
its discretion, given the Agent's own interest in the Collateral as a Lender,
and the Agent shall have no duty or liability whatsoever with respect thereto to
any other Lender Party.

          8.9.5.  Each Lender Party hereby approves the form of the other Loan
Documents attached as exhibits to this Agreement and hereby authorizes the Agent
on its behalf to accept from the Borrower and execute and deliver as Agent, the
other Loan Documents in substantially the form of such exhibits, with such
changes, additions or deletions as the Agent, in its discretion, may approve as
necessary or appropriate, such approval to be conclusively evidenced by the
Agent's acceptance or execution thereof.  Each Lender Party also authorizes the
Agent to accept, or execute and deliver, such additional documents (including
financing statements, opinions, certificates and other documents in form and
substance satisfactory to the Agent, in its discretion) in connection with the
closing pursuant to Section 3.1. or any subsequent closing for the pledge of any
other Collateral or any additional guaranties as the Agent, in its discretion,
may approve, such approval to be conclusively evidenced by the Agent's
acceptance or execution thereof.

     SECTION 8.10.  PAYMENTS; AVAILABILITY OF FUNDS; CERTAIN NOTICES.

          8.10.1.  If the Agent shall fail to deliver to any other Lender Party
its share of any payment received from the Borrower as and when required by
Section 2.9., the Agent shall pay to such Lender its share of such payment
together with interest on such amount at the Federal Funds Effective Rate, for
each day from the date such amount was required to be paid to such Lender until
the date the Agent pays such amount to such Lender, calculated as set forth in
Section 2.4.4.

          8.10.2.  Unless (a) the Agent shall have been notified by a Lender
prior to the date upon which a Loan is to be made or (b) the Agent shall have
been notified by the Borrower prior to the date on which the Borrower is
required to make any payment hereunder that such Lender or the Borrower, as the
case may be (the "OBLIGATED PARTY"), does not intend to make available to


                                         61.
<PAGE>

the Agent the Obligated Party's portion of such Loan or such payment, the Agent
may assume that the Obligated Party will make such amount available to the Agent
on such date and the Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption (but shall not
be required to), make available to the Borrower (in the case of a Loan) or the
Lenders (in the case of a payment by the Borrower) a corresponding amount.  If
such corresponding amount is not in fact made available to the Agent by the
Obligated Party, the Agent shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand
from the Obligated Party (or, in the case of a Loan, if the Lender that is the
Obligated Party fails to pay such amount forthwith upon such demand, from the
Borrower).  Such amount shall be payable together with interest thereon from the
day on which such corresponding amount was made available by the Agent to the
Lender or the Borrower, as applicable, to the date of payment by the Obligated
Party (or the Borrower, as applicable), at a rate of interest equal to (i) in
the case of any payment by any other Lender Party, the Federal Funds Effective
Rate, and (ii) in the case of any payment by the Borrower, the interest rate
applicable to the Loan.

          8.10.3.  The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders by telecopy of
each Interest Period chosen by the Borrower, the Adjusted LIBOR Rate for each
Interest Period (and the relevant interest rate), the date of any expected
payment and all other material notices transmitted by the Borrower.

     SECTION 8.11.  OBLIGATIONS OF LENDER PARTIES SEVERAL; ENFORCEMENT BY THE
AGENT.

          8.11.1.  Each Lender Party's obligations hereunder are several, and
not joint or joint and several.  The failure of any Lender Party to make any
Loan or otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder will not increase the
obligations of any other Lender Party.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any
Lender may assume, but shall have no obligation to any Person to assume, any
non-performing Lender's obligation to make a Loan.  Nothing contained in this
Agreement and no action taken by the Agent or any other Lender Party pursuant to
this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute the Agent and any other Lender
Party to be a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of
entity.

          8.11.2.  Each Lender agrees that, except with the prior written
consent of the Agent or as provided in Section 9.10., no Lender Party shall have
any right individually to realize upon the Collateral or otherwise enforce any
Loan Document or any provision thereof, or make demand thereunder, it being
agreed that such rights and remedies may only be exercised by the Agent for the
ratable benefit of the Lenders upon the terms of this Agreement.


                                      ARTICLE 9.

                                    MISCELLANEOUS

     SECTION 9.1.  EXPENSES.  The Borrower shall pay within 10 days (or, in the
case of costs and expenses incurred prior to the Closing Date, within two
Business Days after receipt of invoices) after demand:


                                         62.
<PAGE>

          9.1.1.  any and all reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements and
all reasonable (including allocated costs of in-house counsel) and out-of-pocket
costs, fees and expenses incurred by the Agent or the Syndication Agent in
connection with (a) the development, drafting and negotiation of the Loan
Documents and the syndication and closing of the transactions contemplated
thereby including, without limitation, costs, fees and expenses relating to
collateral examination and audits, filing fees, appraisals, independent
financial consultant reports and environmental surveys, and (b) any amendments
to or the administration of the Loan Documents (including reasonable costs and
expenses incurred in connection with any appraisal or environmental assessment);
and

          9.1.2.  any and all reasonable costs and expenses (including fees and
disbursements of in-house and other attorneys, appraisers and consultants)
incurred by the Lender Parties in any workout, restructuring or similar
arrangements or, after a Default, in connection with the protection,
preservation, exercise or enforcement of any of the terms of the Loan Documents
or in connection with any foreclosure, collection or bankruptcy proceedings.

     SECTION 9.2.  INDEMNITY.

          9.2.1.  The Borrower shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless each
Lender Party and the officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys,
affiliates, successors and assigns of each Lender Party (collectively, the
"INDEMNITEES") from and against (a) any and all transfer taxes, documentary
taxes, assessments or charges made by any Governmental Authority by reason of
the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents or the making of the Loans or
the issuance of Letters of Credit, and (b) any and all liabilities, losses,
damages, penalties, judgments, claims, costs and expenses of any kind or nature
whatsoever (including reasonable attorneys' fees, including allocated costs of
in-house counsel, and disbursements in connection with any actual or threatened
investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding, whether or not such
Indemnitee shall be designated a party thereto) that may be imposed on, incurred
by or asserted against such Indemnitee, in any manner relating to or arising out
of the Loan Documents, Letters of Credit, the use or intended use of the
proceeds of the Loans or Letters of Credit (including the failure of the L/C
Issuer to honor a drawing as a result of any act or omission, whether rightful
or wrongful, of any Governmental Authority) (the "INDEMNIFIED LIABILITIES");
PROVIDED that (i) no Indemnitee shall have the right to be indemnified or held
harmless hereunder for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as
determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, and
(ii) Indemnified Liabilities shall include amounts attributable to the passive
or active negligence of any Lender Party, and (iii) the Borrower shall not have
any obligation hereunder in respect of (A) legal proceedings between the Lender
Parties or between any Lender Party and any participant or (B) Indemnified
Liabilities arising from a breach of any Loan Document by the Indemnitee making
a claim hereunder.

          9.2.2.  Each Indemnitee will promptly notify the Borrower of each
event of which it has knowledge that may give rise to a claim under clause (b)
of Section 9.2.1., PROVIDED that the failure to so notify the Borrower shall in
no way impair the Borrower's obligations under this Section 9.2.2 (except to the
extent that such failure to so notify arises from the gross negligence or
willful misconduct of such Indemnitee and has a Material Adverse Effect on the
Borrower).  If


                                         63.
<PAGE>

any investigative, judicial or administrative proceeding is brought against any
Indemnitee indemnified or intended to be indemnified pursuant to this
Section 9.2.2, the Borrower, to the extent and in the manner directed by the
Indemnitee, will resist and defend such proceeding with counsel designated by
the Borrower (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee).
Each Indemnitee will use its best efforts to cooperate in the defense of any
such action, writ, or proceeding.  The Borrower shall keep such Indemnitee
advised of the status of such defense and consult with such Indemnitee prior to
taking any material position with respect thereto.  Such Indemnitee shall,
however, be entitled to employ counsel separate from counsel for the Borrower
and from any other party in such proceeding if such Indemnitee shall reasonably
determine that a conflict of interest or other circumstance exists that makes
representation by counsel chosen by the Borrower not advisable.  The reasonable
fees and disbursements of such separate counsel shall be paid by the Borrower.
Such Indemnitee shall not agree to the settlement of any such claim without the
consent of the Borrower, unless the Borrower shall have been given notice of the
commencement of an action and shall have failed to provide the defense thereof
as herein provided or an Event of Default shall have occurred.

          9.2.3.  To the extent that the undertaking to indemnify and hold
harmless set forth in Section 9.2.1. may be unenforceable as violative of any
Applicable Law or public policy, the Borrower shall make the maximum
contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Indemnified
Liabilities that is permissible under Applicable Law.  All Indemnified
Liabilities shall be payable on demand.

     SECTION 9.3.  WAIVERS; AMENDMENTS IN WRITING.

          9.3.1.  No amendment of any provision of this Agreement or any other
Loan Document (including a waiver thereof or consent relating thereto) shall be
effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Agent in its
capacity as Agent and the Required Lenders.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,

          9.3.1.1.  no amendment that has the effect of (a) reducing the rate or
     amount, or extending the stated maturity or due date, of any amount payable
     by the Borrower to any Lender Party under the Loan Documents, (b)
     increasing the amount, or extending the stated termination or reduction
     date, of any Lender's Revolving Commitment hereunder or subjecting any
     Lender Party to any additional obligation to extend credit, (c) altering
     the rights and obligations of the Borrower to prepay the Loans,
     (d) permitting the creation of any Lien ranking prior to or on a parity
     with the Lien of any Collateral Document, releasing any part of the
     Collateral (except as permitted under the Loan Documents) or otherwise
     depriving any Lender Party of the security afforded by the Lien of any
     Collateral Document, (e) releasing the Guarantor under any guaranty (except
     as permitted under the Loan Documents), or (f) changing this Section 9.3.
     or the definition of the term "Required Lenders," shall be effective unless
     the same shall be signed by or on behalf of all of the Lenders;

          9.3.1.2.  no amendment that has the effect of (a) increasing the
     duties or obligations of the Agent, (b) increasing the standard of care or
     performance required on


                                         64.
<PAGE>

     the part of the Agent, or (c) reducing or eliminating the indemnities or
     immunities to which the Agent is entitled (including any amendment of this
     Section 9.3.1.2.), shall be effective unless the same shall be signed by or
     on behalf of the Agent; and

          9.3.1.3.  no amendment that has the effect of (a) increasing the
     duties or obligations of the L/C Issuer, (b) increasing the standard of
     care or performance required on the part of the L/C Issuer, or (c) reducing
     or eliminating the indemnities or immunities to which the L/C Issuer is
     entitled (including any amendment of this Section 9.3.1.2.), shall be
     effective unless the same shall be signed by or on behalf of the L/C
     Issuer; and

          9.3.1.4.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Schedule 4.3. may
     be amended by written notice by the Borrower to the Agent, to the extent
     necessary to reflect transactions occurring after the date hereof that are
     otherwise permissible hereunder.

          9.3.1.5.  Any waiver or consent shall be effective only in the
     specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.  No notice
     to or demand on the Borrower in any case shall entitle the Borrower to any
     other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.  Any
     amendment effected in accordance with this Section 9.3. shall be binding
     upon each present and future Lender Party and the Borrower.

     SECTION 9.4.  CUMULATIVE REMEDIES; FAILURE OR DELAY.  The rights and
remedies provided for under this Agreement are cumulative and are not exclusive
of any rights and remedies that may be available to the Lender Parties under
Applicable Law or otherwise.  No failure or delay on the part of any Lender
Party in the exercise of any power, right or remedy under the Loan Documents
shall impair such power, right or remedy or operate as a waiver thereof, nor
shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or remedy preclude
other or further exercise thereof or of any other power, right or remedy.

     SECTION 9.5.  NOTICES, ETC.  All notices and other communications under 
this Agreement shall be in writing and (except for financial statements, 
other related informational documents and routine communications, which may 
be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid) shall be personally delivered 
or sent by prepaid courier, by overnight, registered or certified mail 
(postage prepaid), or by prepaid telecopy, and shall be deemed given when 
received by the intended recipient thereof.  Unless otherwise specified in a 
notice sent or delivered in accordance with this Section 9.5., all notices 
and other communications shall be given to the parties hereto at their 
respective addresses (or to their respective telecopier numbers) indicated on 
Schedule 1.1.B (in the case of the Lender Parties) or 9.5. (in the case of 
the Borrower).

     SECTION 9.6.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  9.6.1.  This Agreement shall be
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective
successors and permitted assigns.  The Borrower may not assign or transfer any
interest hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender Party.

          9.6.2.  Each Lender shall have the right at any time to assign (an
"ASSIGNMENT") all or any portion of such Lender's Revolving Commitment,
participation in Letters of Credit and outstanding Loans to one or more banks or
other institutions; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (a) each


                                         65.
<PAGE>

Assignment shall be of a portion of the Revolving Commitment of at least equal
to $5,000,000 (or a lesser amount equal to such Lender's entire Revolving
Commitment), (b) unless otherwise agreed by the Agent, each Assignment shall be
of a constant, and not a varying, percentage of all of the assigning Lender's
rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;
(c) unless a Default or Event of Default then exists, no Assignment (other than
an Assignment to a Person that is then a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender)
shall be effective without the consent of the Borrower and the Agent, which
consents shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; (d) the parties to the
Assignment shall execute and deliver to the Agent an Assignment and Acceptance
substantially in the form of Exhibit H (an "ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE"); (e) the
assigning Lender shall pay to the Agent a processing and recording fee of
$3,500; and no Assignment shall be effective for any purpose unless and until
the Agent accepts such Assignment and makes an appropriate entry thereof in the
Register (as defined below).  Upon satisfaction of the conditions in clauses (a)
through (e) of the proviso to the immediately preceding sentence with respect to
any proposed Assignment, the Agent shall accept the Assignment, make appropriate
entries thereof in the Register and send notice thereof to the Borrower and all
other Lender Parties.  From and after the date on which the conditions in the
foregoing clauses and the Assignment and Acceptance have been satisfied, the
assignee shall be a "Lender" hereunder and, to the extent that rights and
obligations hereunder have been assigned to it, shall have the rights and
obligations (including the obligation to participate in Letters of Credit) of
the assigning Lender hereunder, and the assigning Lender shall, to the extent
that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned by it, relinquish its
rights and be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the
case of an Assignment covering all or the remaining portion of the assigning
Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement, cease to be a party
hereto).

          9.6.3.  The Agent shall maintain at the Agent's Office a copy of each
Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register (the "REGISTER") for
the recordation of the names of the Lender Parties and their respective
Revolving Commitments.  The entries in the Register shall be conclusive as
against the Borrower and each Lender Party, in the absence of manifest error,
notwithstanding notice to the contrary.  The Register shall be available for
inspection by the Borrower at any reasonable time and from time to time upon
reasonable prior notice.

          9.6.4.  Each Lender shall have the right at any time to grant or sell
participations (each a "PARTICIPATION") in all or any portion of such Lender's
Revolving Commitment, participation in Letters of Credit  and outstanding Loans
to one or more banks or other institutions, subject to the terms and conditions
set forth in this Section 9.6.4.  If any Lender sells or grants a Participation,
(a) such Lender shall make and receive all payments for the account of its
participant, (b) such Lender's obligations under this Agreement shall remain
unchanged, (c) such Lender shall continue to be the sole holder of its Revolving
Loan Notes and other Loan Documents subject to the Participation and shall have
the sole right to enforce its rights and remedies under the Loan Documents,
(d) the Borrower and the other Lender Parties shall continue to deal solely and
directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender's rights and
obligations under the Loan Documents, and (e) the Participation agreement shall
not restrict such Lender's ability to agree to any amendment of the terms of the
Loan Documents, or to exercise or refrain from exercising any powers or rights
that such Lender may have under or in respect of the


                                         66.
<PAGE>

Loan Documents or any Collateral, except that the participant may be granted the
right to consent to any (a) reduction of the rate or amount, or any extension of
the stated maturity or due date, of any principal, interest or Fees payable by
the Borrower and subject to the Participation, (b) increase in the amount or
extension of the stated termination or any reduction date of the affected
Revolving Commitment or (c) release of all or substantially all of the
Collateral or any Guarantor under its Guaranty, except to the extent otherwise
provided in the Loan Documents.  A participant shall have the rights of the
Lenders under Sections 2.11., 2.13. and 9.10., subject to the obligations
imposed by such Sections; PROVIDED that amounts payable to any participant shall
not exceed the amounts that would have been payable under such Sections to the
Lender granting the Participation, had such Participation not been granted,
unless the Participation is made with the prior written consent of the Borrower.

          9.6.5.  Each Lender may at any time assign or pledge any portion of
its rights under the Loan Documents to a Federal Reserve Bank.  No such
assignment or pledge shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 9.6.2. or
9.6.4.

          9.6.6.  Subject to the provisions of Section 9.7., each Lender Party
shall have the right at any time to furnish one or more potential assignees or
participants with any information concerning the Borrower and the Subsidiaries
that has been supplied by the Borrower to any Lender Party, so long as such
potential assignee or participant executes a confidentiality agreement including
the matters set forth in Section 9.7.  The Borrower shall supply all reasonably
requested information and execute and deliver all such instruments and take all
such further action (including, in the case of an Assignment, the execution and
delivery of replacement Revolving Loan Notes) as the Agent may reasonably
request in connection with any Assignment or Participation arrangement.

     SECTION 9.7.  CONFIDENTIALITY.  Each Lender will maintain any confidential
information that it may receive from the Borrower or any Subsidiary pursuant to
this Agreement confidential and shall not disclose such information to third
parties without the prior consent of the Borrower, except for disclosure:
(a) to legal counsel, accountants and other professional advisors to the Lender
Party; (b) to regulatory officials having jurisdiction over the Lender Party;
(c) required by Applicable Law or in connection with any legal proceeding;
(d) to any other Lender Party;(e) to another Person in connection with a
potential Assignment or Participation, PROVIDED such Person shall have agreed in
writing to be subject to this Section 9.7.; (f) to prospective purchasers of
Collateral after an Event of Default; and (g) of information that has been
previously disclosed publicly without breach of this provision.

     SECTION 9.8.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA (OTHER THAN
CHOICE OF LAW RULES THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANY OTHER
JURISDICTION). THE UNIFORM CUSTOMS AND PRACTICE FOR DOCUMENTARY CREDITS, AS MOST
RECENTLY PUBLISHED BY THE INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE, SHALL IN ALL
RESPECTS BE INCORPORATED INTO SECTION 2.2. AND SHALL APPLY TO ALL LETTERS OF
CREDIT.


                                         67.
<PAGE>

     SECTION 9.9.  SERVICE OF PROCESS AND CHOICE OF FORUM.

          9.9.1.  IN ANY ACTION AGAINST THE BORROWER, SERVICE OF PROCESS MAY BE
MADE UPON THE BORROWER BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT
REQUESTED, TO ITS ADDRESS INDICATED IN SCHEDULE 9.5., WHICH SERVICE SHALL BE
DEEMED SUFFICIENT FOR PERSONAL JURISDICTION AND SHALL BE DEEMED EFFECTIVE 10
DAYS AFTER MAILING.

          9.9.2.  Nothing contained in this Section shall preclude the Lender
Parties from bringing any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to
this Agreement in the courts of any place where the Borrower or any of its
assets may be found or located.  TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY THE APPLICABLE LAWS
OF ANY SUCH JURISDICTION, THE BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE
JURISDICTION OF ANY SUCH COURT AND EXPRESSLY WAIVES, IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH
ACTION OR PROCEEDING, THE JURISDICTION OF ANY OTHER COURT OR COURTS THAT NOW OR
HEREAFTER, BY REASON OF SUCH PARTY'S PRESENT OR FUTURE DOMICILE, OR OTHERWISE,
MAY BE AVAILABLE TO IT.

     SECTION 9.10.  SET OFF.  In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted
under Applicable Law, during the existence of any Event of Default, each Lender
Party is hereby irrevocably authorized by the Borrower, at any time or from time
to time, without notice to the Borrower or to any other Person, any such notice
being hereby expressly waived, to set off and to appropriate and to apply any
and all deposits (general or special, including certificates of deposit, whether
matured or unmatured, but not including trust accounts) and any other
indebtedness, in each case whether direct or indirect or contingent or matured
or unmatured at any time held or owing by such Lender Party to or for the credit
or the account of the Borrower, against and on account of the obligations of the
Borrower to such Lender Party under the Loan Documents to which the Borrower is
a party, irrespective of whether or not such Lender Party shall have made any
demand for payment and although such obligations may be contingent and
unmatured.

     SECTION 9.11.  CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES.  If any changes in
generally accepted accounting principles after the date of this Agreement result
from the promulgation of rules, regulations, pronouncements, or opinions of, or
the imposition of requirements by, the Financial Accounting Standards Board or
the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (or successors thereto or
agencies with similar functions), or there shall occur any change in the
Borrower's fiscal or tax years and, as a result of any such changes, there shall
result a change in the method of calculating any of the negative covenants,
standards or other terms or conditions found in this Agreement, then the parties
hereto agree to enter into negotiations in order to amend such provisions so as
to equitably reflect such changes with the desired result that the criteria for
evaluating the Borrower's financial condition shall be the same after such
changes as if such changes had not been made.

     SECTION 9.12.  HEADINGS.  The Article and Section headings used in this
Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the
construction hereof.


                                         68.
<PAGE>

     SECTION 9.13.  SEVERABILITY.  If any provision of this Agreement shall 
be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable under Applicable Law in any 
jurisdiction, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such 
invalidity, illegality or unenforceability, which shall not affect any other 
provisions hereof or the validity, legality or enforceability of such 
provision in any other jurisdiction.

     SECTION 9.14.  SURVIVAL OF AGREEMENTS, REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  
All agreements, representations and warranties made herein shall survive the 
execution and delivery of this Agreement, the closing and the extensions of 
credit hereunder and shall continue until payment and performance of any and 
all Obligations.  Any investigation at any time made by or on behalf of the 
Lender Parties shall not diminish the Lender Parties' right to rely thereon.  
Without limitation, the agreements and obligations of the Borrower contained 
in Sections 2.11., 2.12., 2.13., 2.1.3., 9.1. and 9.2., and the obligations 
of the Lenders under Section 8.5. and 9.7 shall survive the payment in full 
of all other Obligations.

     SECTION 9.15.  EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be 
executed in any number of counterparts, each of which counterparts, when so 
executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original and all of which 
counterparts, taken together, shall constitute but one and the same 
Agreement.  This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution of a 
counterpart hereof by each of the parties hereto.  Faxed signatures to this 
Agreement shall be binding for all purposes.

     SECTION 9.16.  COMPLETE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement, together with the 
other Loan Documents, is intended by the parties as the final expression of 
their agreement regarding the subject matter hereof and as a complete and 
exclusive statement of the terms and conditions of such agreement.

     SECTION 9.17.  LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.

     No claim shall be made by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower 
against any Lender Party or the Affiliates, directors, officers, employees or 
agents of any Lender Party for any special, indirect, consequential or 
punitive damages in respect of any claim for breach of contract or under any 
other theory of liability arising out of or related to the transactions 
contemplated by this Agreement, or any act, omission or event occurring in 
connection therewith; and the Borrower waives, releases and agrees not to sue 
upon any claim for any such damages, whether or not accrued and whether or 
not known or suspected to exist in its favor.

     SECTION 9.18.  WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY.  THE BORROWER AND THE LENDER 
PARTIES WAIVE THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION UNDER THIS AGREEMENT 
OR ANY ACTION ARISING OUT OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, REGARDLESS 
OF WHICH PARTY INITIATES SUCH ACTION OR ACTIONS.

                          [Space intentionally left blank.]


                                         69.
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed and delivered as of the date first set forth above.


                                   AGENT:
                                   ------

                                   BANKBOSTON, N.A.,
                                   A NATIONAL BANKING ASSOCIATION,
                                   as Agent, L/C Issuer and a Lender


                                   By: /s/ Maia D. Heymann
                                       ------------------------------------
                                   Name: Maia D. Heymann
                                         ----------------------------------
                                   Title: Vice President
                                          ---------------------------------

                                   SYNDICATION AGENT:
                                   ------------------

                                   CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF COMMERCE,
                                   as Syndication Agent


                                   By: /s/ Timothy Doyle
                                       ------------------------------------
                                   Name: Timothy Doyle
                                         ----------------------------------
                                   Title: Managing Director
                                          ---------------------------------


                                   LENDERS:
                                   --------

                                   CIBC INC.,


                                   By: /s/ Timothy Doyle
                                       ------------------------------------
                                   Name: Timothy Doyle
                                         ----------------------------------
                                   Title: Managing Director
                                          ---------------------------------


                                          1.
<PAGE>

                                   BANQUE PARIBAS


                                   By: /s/ Jonathan Leone
                                       ------------------------------------
                                   Name: Jonathan Leone
                                         ----------------------------------
                                   Title: Vice President
                                          ---------------------------------



                                   By: /s/ Stan Beckman
                                       ------------------------------------
                                   Name: Stan Beckman
                                         ----------------------------------
                                   Title: Managing Director
                                          ---------------------------------


                                          2.
<PAGE>

                                   BORROWER:

                                   INFORMIX SOFTWARE, INC.,
                                   A DELAWARE CORPORATION


                                   By: /s/ Jean Yves Dexmier
                                       ------------------------------------
                                   Name: Jean Yves Dexmier
                                         ----------------------------------
                                   Title: Executive Vice President
                                          ---------------------------------
                                          and Chief Financial Officer
                                          ---------------------------------




                                          3.
<PAGE>


     EXHIBITS B-1, C-1 and C-2 to the Credit Agreement have been filed 
separately with the Commission as Exhibits 10.50, 10.49 and 10.48, 
respectively, to the Registration Statement.

     Schedules to the Credit Agreement have not been filed herewith.  
Registrant agrees to file said schedules supplementally with the Commission 
if so requested.


<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT A-1

                                       FORM OF
                                 REVOLVING LOAN NOTE

$_________                                        Menlo Park, California

                                                  December ___, 1997

          FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, Informix Software, Inc., a
Delaware corporation (the "BORROWER") hereby promises to pay to the order of
__________, a __________ (the "LENDER"), for the account of its Lending Office,
the lesser of (i) the principal sum of __________ and (ii) the aggregate unpaid
principal amount of the Revolving Loans (the "LOANS") made by the Lender to the
Borrower PLUS all Letter of Credit Liability to Lender under the Credit
Agreement referred to below, on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the
Credit Agreement.  The Borrower further promises to pay interest on the unpaid
principal amount of each such Loan from time to time outstanding on the dates
and at the rates specified in the Credit Agreement.

          This Revolving Loan Note (the "NOTE") is one of the Revolving Loan
Notes referred to in, and is entitled to the benefits of, the Senior Secured
Credit Agreement, dated as of December ___, 1997, as the same may be amended,
supplemented, replaced, renewed or otherwise modified from time to time (as so
modified, the "CREDIT AGREEMENT"), by and among the Borrower, each of the banks
and other financial institutions that either now or in the future are parties
thereto as lenders (including the Lender, the "LENDERS"), BankBoston, N.A., a
national banking association, in its capacity as the L/C Issuer (in such
capacity, together with any successors thereto in such capacity, the "L/C
ISSUER") and BankBoston, N.A., a national banking association, in its capacity
as administrative agent on behalf of the Lenders (in such capacity the "AGENT"),
to which reference is hereby made for a more complete statement of the terms and
conditions on which the Loans evidenced hereby are made and are to be repaid.
The Credit Agreement provides for, among other things, the acceleration of the
maturity hereof upon the occurrence of certain events and for voluntary and
mandatory prepayments under certain circumstances and upon certain terms and
conditions.  This Note is entitled to the benefits of the other Loan Documents
described in the Credit Agreement.

          Terms with initial capital letters used but not defined herein have
the meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.  All payments due
hereunder shall be made to the Agent at the time and place, in the type of
funds, and in the manner set forth in the Credit Agreement, without any
deduction whatsoever, including, without limitation, any deduction for any
set-off, recoupment, counterclaim or Taxes.  The Borrower hereby waives
diligence, presentment, demand, protest, notice of dishonor and all other
demands and notices in connection with the execution, delivery, performance or
enforcement of this Note, except as otherwise set forth in the Credit Agreement.


                                          1
<PAGE>

          The Lender is authorized (but not obligated) to endorse on the
Schedule hereto, or on a continuation thereof, each Loan made by the Lender and
any of the Lender's participation in and under Letter of Credit and each payment
or prepayment with respect thereto.  The Borrower promises to pay all costs and
expenses, including attorneys' fees and disbursements, incurred in the
collection or enforcement hereof.

          Except as permitted by Section 9.6 of the Credit Agreement, this Note
may not be assigned to any Person.

          THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE
LAWS OF CALIFORNIA.  THE BORROWER AND, BY ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE LENDER WAIVE
THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION UNDER THIS NOTE OR ANY ACTION ARISING
OUT OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, REGARDLESS OF WHICH PARTY INITIATES
SUCH ACTION OR ACTIONS.

                                   Informix Software, Inc., a Delaware 
                                   corporation.

                                   By:
                                      -----------------------------------
                                   Name:
                                        ---------------------------------
                                   Title:
                                         --------------------------------


                                          2
<PAGE>

                                      SCHEDULE
                                 REVOLVING LOAN NOTE


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Amount of     Unpaid
          Type and                           Principal    Principal
Funding   Amount of  Interest                 Paid or     Amount of    Notation
 Date       Loan      Period   Interest Rate  Prepaid       Note       Made By
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  3

<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT E-1

                                       FORM OF
                                 NOTICE OF BORROWING

TO:  BANKBOSTON, N.A., as Agent
     435 Tasso Street, Suite 250
     Palo Alto, California 94301

     BANKBOSTON, N.A., as Agent
     100 Federal Street
     Boston, Massachusetts 02110

          Reference is hereby made to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, dated
as of December ___, 1997, as the same may be amended, supplemented, replaced,
renewed or otherwise modified from time to time (as so modified, the "CREDIT
AGREEMENT"), by and among Informix Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"BORROWER"), each of the banks and other financial institutions that either now
or in the future are parties thereto as lenders (the "LENDERS"), BankBoston,
N.A., a national banking association, in its capacity as the L/C Issuer (in such
capacity, together with any successors thereto in such capacity, the "L/C
ISSUER") and BankBoston, N.A., a national banking association, in its capacity
as administrative agent on behalf of the Lenders (in such capacity, the
"AGENT").  Terms with initial capital letters used but not defined herein have
the meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.

          Pursuant to Article 2 of the Credit Agreement:

          1.   The Borrower hereby requests to borrow Revolving Loans in the
aggregate amount of $ ______________ on ____________, 199__(1)in the form of
__________(2)Loans [for an Interest Period, in the case of LIBOR Rate Loans, of
_____(3)](the "REVOLVING LOANS"); and

          2.   The Borrower hereby represents and warrants as follows:

          (a)  All of the representations and warranties contained in Article 4
of the Credit Agreement and in the other Loan Documents are true and correct in
all material respects on and as of the date hereof as though made on and as of
this date (except to the extent that such representations and warranties
expressly were made only as of a specific date);

- ---------------------

(1) Must be a Business Day or a LIBOR Business Day, as applicable.

(2) Insert form of Loans (Base Rate or LIBOR Rate)

(3) Must be one, two, three or six months.


                                          1

<PAGE>

          (b)  No Default or Event of Default exists or would result from the
making of the Loans; and

          (c)  All other conditions to borrowing set forth in Section 3.2 of the
Credit Agreement are satisfied.

          Date:  _____________, 199___.

                                   Informix Software, Inc., a Delaware
                                   corporation


                                   By:                                      (4)
                                      --------------------------------------
                                   Name:
                                        ------------------------------------
                                   Title:
                                         -----------------------------------


- ------------------------
(4) Must be a Responsible Officer.


                                          2

<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT E-2

                                       FORM OF
                                  NOTICE OF ISSUANCE

TO:  BANKBOSTON, N.A, as Agent and L/C Issuer
     435 Tasso Street, Suite 250
     Palo Alto, California 94301

     BANKBOSTON, N.A., as Agent and L/C Issuer
     100 Federal Street MS 50-04-01
     Boston, Massachusetts 02110

     Attn:  Letter of Credit Department

          Reference is hereby made to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, dated
as of December ___, 1997, as the same may be amended, supplemented, replaced,
renewed or otherwise modified from time to time (as so modified, the "CREDIT
AGREEMENT"), by and among Informix Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"BORROWER"), each of the banks and other financial institutions that either now
or in the future are parties thereto as lenders (the "LENDERS"), BankBoston,
N.A., a national banking association, in its capacity as the L/C Issuer (in such
capacity, together with any successors thereto in such capacity, the "L/C ISSUER
") and BankBoston, N.A., a national banking association, in its capacity as
administrative agent on behalf of the Lenders (in such capacity, the "AGENT").
Terms with initial capital letters used but not defined herein have the meanings
assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.

          Pursuant to Article 2 of the Credit Agreement:

          1.   The Borrower hereby requests the L/C Issuer to issue a Letter of
Credit (the "LETTER OF CREDIT") as follows:

               a.   Date of issuance: _________, 199___;

               b.   Face amount:  $___________;

               c.   Purpose and circumstances of the Letter of Credit:
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
; and

               d.   Expiry date:  __________________________.


                                          1

<PAGE>

          2.   The Borrower hereby represents and warrants as follows:

               (a)  All of the representations and warranties contained in
Article 4 of the Credit Agreement and in the other Loan Documents are true and
correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof as though made on
and as of this date (except to the extent that such representations and
warranties expressly were made only as of a specific date);

               (b)  No Default or Event of Default exists or would result from
the issuance of the Letter of Credit; and

               (c)  All other conditions to the issuance of the Letter of Credit
set forth in Sections 2.2 and 3.2 of the Credit Agreement are satisfied.

          Date:  _____________, 199___.

                                   Informix Software, Inc., a Delaware
                                   corporation


                                   By:                                    (1)
                                      ------------------------------------
                                   Name:
                                        ----------------------------------
                                   Title:
                                         ---------------------------------


- --------------------------
(1) Must be a Responsible Officer.


                                          2

<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT E-3

                                       FORM OF
                          NOTICE OF CONTINUATION/CONVERSION

TO:  BANKBOSTON, N.A, as Agent
     435 Tasso Street, Suite 250
     Palo Alto, California 94301

     BANKBOSTON, N.A., as Agent
     100 Federal Street
     Boston, Massachusetts 02110

          Reference is hereby made to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, dated
as of December ___, 1997, as the same may be amended, supplemented, replaced,
renewed or otherwise modified from time to time (as so modified, the "CREDIT
AGREEMENT"), by and among Informix Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"BORROWER"), each of the banks and other financial institutions that either now
or in the future are parties thereto as lenders (the "LENDERS"), BankBoston,
N.A., a national banking association, in its capacity as the L/C Issuer (in such
capacity, together with any successors thereto in such capacity, the "L/C
ISSUER") and BankBoston, N.A., a national banking association, in its capacity
as administrative agent on behalf of the Lenders (in such capacity, the
"AGENT").  Terms with initial capital letters used but not defined herein have
the meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.

          Pursuant to Article 2 of the Credit Agreement:

          [FOR CONVERSION OF BASE RATE INTO LIBOR RATE]

          The Borrower hereby requests to convert $__________ of presently
outstanding Base Rate Loans on ________, 199__ into LIBOR Rate Loans with an
Interest Period of __________ expiring on ___________________, ___________.

                    [FOR CONVERSION OF LIBOR RATE INTO BASE RATE]

          The Borrower hereby requests to convert $____________ of presently
outstanding LIBOR Rate Loans with an Interest Period of ________ expiring on
_________,  199___ into Base Rate Loans.


                                          1
<PAGE>

                           [FOR CONTINUATION OF LIBOR RATE]

The Borrower hereby requests to continue $__________________ of presently
outstanding LIBOR Rate Loans with an Interest Period of ______________ expiring
on _________, 199___ as LIBOR Rate Loans with an Interest Period of ________
expiring on _______, _______.

          Date:  ____________, 199___.

                              Informix Software, Inc., a Delaware
                              corporation


                              By:                                         (1)
                                 -----------------------------------------
                              Name:
                                   ---------------------------------------
                              Title:
                                    --------------------------------------


- --------------------------
(1) Must be a Responsible Officer.


                                          2

<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT E-7

                                       FORM OF
                            NOTICE OF RESPONSIBLE OFFICERS


TO:  BANKBOSTON, N.A., as Agent
     435 Tasso Street, Suite 250
     Palo Alto, California 94301

     BANKBOSTON, N.A., as Agent
     100 Federal Street
     Boston, Massachusetts 02110

          Reference is hereby made to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, 
dated as of December ___,1997, as the same may be amended, supplemented, 
replaced, renewed or otherwise modified from time to time (as so modified, 
the "CREDIT AGREEMENT"), by and among Informix Software, Inc., a Delaware 
corporation (the "BORROWER"), each of the banks and other financial 
institutions that either now or in the future are parties thereto as lenders 
(the "LENDERS"), BankBoston, N.A., a national banking association, in its 
capacity as the L/C Issuer (in such capacity, together with any successors 
thereto in such capacity, the "L/C ISSUER") and BankBoston, N.A., a national 
banking association, in its capacity as administrative agent on behalf of the 
Lenders (in such capacity, the "AGENT").  Terms with initial capital letters 
used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit 
Agreement.

          The Borrower hereby designates the following individuals as
Responsible Officers, authorized to request and take other actions with respect
to Loans and Letters of Credit on behalf of the Borrower and certifies that the
signatures and telephone numbers of those individuals are as follows:

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Name                 Office             Signature           Phone No.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         Chairman,
Robert Finocchio      President & CEO
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Jean-Yves Dexmier     Executive Vice
                      President & CFO
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

          Each Lender Party is hereby authorized to rely on this Notice of
Responsible Officers unless and until a new Notice of Responsible Officers is
received by it, irrespective of whether any of the information set forth herein
shall have become inaccurate or false.  Additional persons may be designated as
Responsible Officers, or the designation of any person may be revoked, at any
time,


                                          1

<PAGE>

by subsequent Notices of Responsible Officers signed by any person who purports
to be a Senior Officer of the Borrower.

          The foregoing supersedes any Notice of Responsible Officers presently
in effect under the Credit Agreement.

          Date:_________________, 199__.

                                   Informix Software, Inc., a Delaware
                                   corporation


                                   By:                                      (1)
                                      --------------------------------------
                                   Name:
                                        ------------------------------------
                                   Title:
                                         -----------------------------------


- -----------------------
(1)  Must be a Senior Officer


                                          2

<PAGE>


                                                                   EXHIBIT F-1
                                       FORM OF
                               SECRETARY'S CERTIFICATE

TO:  BANKBOSTON, N.A., as Agent
     435 Tasso Street, Suite 250
     Palo Alto, California 94301

     BANKBOSTON, N.A., as Agent
     CLN Loan Dept. 01-08-04
     100 Federal Street
     Boston, Massachusetts 02110

          Reference is hereby made to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, 
dated as of December ____, 1997, as the same may be amended, supplemented, 
replaced, renewed or otherwise modified from time to time (as so modified, 
the "CREDIT AGREEMENT"), by and among Informix Software, Inc., a Delaware 
corporation (the "COMPANY"), each of the banks and other financial 
institutions that either now or in the future are parties thereto as lenders 
(the "LENDERS"), BankBoston, N.A., a national banking association, in its 
capacity as the L/C Issuer (in such capacity, together with any successors 
thereto in such capacity, the "L/C ISSUER") and BankBoston, N.A., a national 
banking association, in its capacity as administrative agent on behalf of the 
Lenders (in such capacity, the "AGENT").  Terms with initial capital letters 
used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit 
Agreement.

          Pursuant to Schedule 3.1.2 to the Credit Agreement, the undersigned
hereby certifies that he or she is the duly appointed, qualified and acting
Secretary of the Company and hereby further certifies as follows:

          1.   Attached as Appendix A is a true, correct and complete copy of
the Bylaws of the Company, including all amendments, as in effect on the date
hereof.

          2.   Attached as Appendix B are true, correct and complete copies of
resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company with respect
to the Loan Documents to which the Company is or will be a party.  Such
resolutions have not been modified or rescinded and remain in full force and
effect as of the date hereof.

          3.   The following are the names of, the offices held by, and the
genuine signatures of, certain officers of the Company authorized to sign the
Loan Documents to which the Company is a party for and on behalf of the Company:

         Name                 Office                    Signature
         ----                 ------                    ---------

___________________     ______________________      ____________________


                                          1

<PAGE>

___________________     ______________________      ____________________

          4.   There have been no changes in the charter of the Company since
the date of the certification thereof by the Secretary of State of its
jurisdiction of incorporation, as it is being delivered to the Agent on the date
hereof.

          Date:  December ____,  1997.


                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Name:
                                        ----------------------------------

     The undersigned certifies that he or she is the duly appointed, qualified
and acting Chief Executive Officer of the Company and further certifies that
______________________is the duly appointed, qualified and acting Secretary of
the Company and that the signature set forth above is his or her genuine
signature.

          Date:  December ___, 1997.


                                   ----------------------------------------
                                   Name:
                                        -----------------------------------


                                          2

<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT F-3

                                       FORM OF
                            OFFICERS' CLOSING CERTIFICATE

TO:  BANKBOSTON, N.A., as Agent
     435 Tasso Street, Suite 250
     Palo Alto, California 94301

     BANKBOSTON, N.A., as Agent
     100 Federal Street
     CLN Loan Dept. 01-08-04
     Boston, Massachusetts 02110

          Reference is hereby made to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, 
dated as of December ___, 1997, as the same may be amended, supplemented, 
replaced, renewed or otherwise modified from time to time (as so modified, 
the "CREDIT AGREEMENT"), by and among Informix Software, Inc., a Delaware 
corporation (the "COMPANY"), each of the banks and other financial 
institutions that either now or in the future are parties thereto as lenders 
(the "LENDERS"), BankBoston, N.A., a national banking association, in its 
capacity as the L/C Issuer (in such capacity, together with any successors 
thereto in such capacity, the "L/C ISSUER") and BankBoston, N.A., a national 
banking association, in its capacity as administrative agent on behalf of the 
Lenders (in such capacity, the "AGENT").  Terms with initial capital letters 
used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit 
Agreement.

          Pursuant to Schedule 3.1.2. to the Credit Agreement, the undersigned
hereby certify that they are the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer, respectively, of the Company and hereby further certify as follows:

          1.   We have carefully reviewed the terms of the Loan Documents to
which the Company is a party and have made, or caused to be made, such review of
the Company and its business affairs as we have considered necessary for the
purposes of preparing this Certificate.

          2.   We have carefully prepared and reviewed the contents of this
Certificate and have conferred with counsel for the Company for the purpose of
discussing the meaning of any provisions hereof that we desired to have
clarified.

          3.   All representations and warranties of the Company contained in
the Loan Documents to which the Company is a party are true and correct in all
material respects as of the date hereof as if made on such date (except for
representations that are being made only as of a specific date, which are true
and correct as of such date).


                                          1

<PAGE>


          4.   No Default or Event of Default exists on and as of the date
hereof or would result from the making of the Loans or the issuance of any
Letters of Credit being issued on the Closing Date.

          5.   All of the conditions precedent set forth in Sections 3.1 and 3.2
of the Credit Agreement have been satisfied, including without in any way
limiting the foregoing, the Company hereby certifies that it has received all
funds required to be received by it pursuant to Sections 3.1.12 and 3.1.13 of
the Credit Agreement.

          6.   The undersigned understand that the Agent and the Lenders are
relying materially on the truth and accuracy of the foregoing in connection with
the extension of credit to the Company under the Credit Agreement.


          Date:____________________, 199__.


                                   -----------------------------------------
                                   Name:
                                        ------------------------------------
                                   Title:
                                         -----------------------------------


                                   -----------------------------------------
                                   Name:
                                        ------------------------------------
                                   Title:
                                         -----------------------------------


                                          2

<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT F-5

                                       FORM OF
                              BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

TO:  BANKBOSTON, N.A., as Agent
     435 Tasso Street, Suite 250
     Palo Alto, California 94301

     BANKBOSTON, N.A., as Agent
     CLN Loan Dept. 01-08-04
     100 Federal Street
     Boston, Massachusetts 02110

          Reference is hereby made to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, 
dated as of December ___, 1997, as the same may be amended, supplemented, 
replaced, renewed or otherwise modified from time to time (as so modified, 
the "CREDIT AGREEMENT"), by and among Informix Software, Inc., a Delaware 
corporation (the "COMPANY"), each of the banks and other financial 
institutions that either now or in the future are parties thereto as lenders 
(the "LENDERS"), BankBoston, N.A., a national banking association, in its 
capacity as the L/C Issuer (in such capacity, together with any successors 
thereto in such capacity, the "L/C ISSUER") and BankBoston, N.A., a national 
banking association, in its capacity as administrative agent on behalf of the 
Lenders (in such capacity, the "AGENT").  Terms with initial capital letters 
used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit 
Agreement.

          This Borrowing Base Certificate is being delivered pursuant to
Section 5.1.4 of the Credit Agreement.  The undersigned is the Chief Financial
Officer, of the Company and hereby further certifies as of the date hereof, in
his capacity as an officer of the Company, as follows:


                                          1

<PAGE>

ELIGIBLE DOMESTIC ACCOUNTS
A.   Aggregate amount of Domestic Accounts.

     1.   Previous Accounts Receivable Balance                     $___________
          as of _________ (date)
     2.   Plus:  Gross Sales for Current Month                     $___________
     3.   Plus: Other Debits to Accounts Receivable                $___________
     4.   Less: Collections for Current Month                      $___________
     5.   Less:  Credit Memos                                      $___________
     6.   Less:  Returns and Other Credits                         $___________
     7.   Current Accounts Receivable Balance
          as of _________ (date).  (Total of
          lines A.1-A.6)                                           $___________
B.   Ineligible Domestic Accounts - list each such                  ___________
     Account only once, in the first category in
     which it appears.
     1.   Accounts Receivable as to which full                     $___________
          payment has not been received within
          sixty (60) days of the due date.
     2.   Accounts Receivable as to which goods,                   $___________
          merchandise or other personal property
          or services have not been fully
          delivered or performed.
     3.   Accounts Receivable subject to defense,                  $___________
          offset, counterclaim or other right to
          avoid or reduce the liability by the
          account debtor or any other person
          obligated to make payment, to the


                                          2

<PAGE>

          extent there exists a colorable claim for
          such defense, offset, counterclaim or
          other right.
     4.   Accounts Receivable as to which the                      $___________
          account debtor or any other person
          obligated to make payment is insolvent,
          subject to bankruptcy or receivership
          proceedings, or has made an assignment
          for benefit of creditors.
     5.   Accounts Receivable as to which an                       $___________
          affiliate of the Borrower or the
          Borrower is the account debtor.
     6.   Accounts Receivable of any account                       $___________
          debtor as to which thirty percent (30%)
          are more than sixty (60) days past due.
     7.   Other Accounts Receivable deemed                         $___________
          ineligible by Agent.
     8.   Total ineligible Accounts Receivable                     $___________
          (An amount equal to the sum of
          line B.1-B.7)
C.   The aggregate amount of Eligible Domestic                     $___________
     Accounts (An amount equal to Line A.7 minus
     Line B.8).
D.   Eligible Domestic Accounts Borrowing Base                     $___________
     (An amount equal to 80% of Eligible Domestic
     Accounts).
ELIGIBLE FOREIGN ACCOUNTS
E.   Aggregate amount of Foreign Accounts.


                                          3

<PAGE>


     1.   Previous Accounts Receivable Balance                     $___________
          as of _________ (date).
     2.   Plus:  Gross Sales for Current Month                     $___________
     3.   Plus:  Other Debits to Accounts                          $___________
          Receivables
     4.   Less:  Collections for Current Month                     $___________
     5.   Less:  Credit Memos                                      $___________
     6.   Less:  Returns and Other Credits                         $___________
     7.   Current Accounts Receivable Balance                      $___________
          as of ________ (date).  (Total of                         ___________
          lines E.1-E.6)
F.   Ineligible Foreign Accounts - list each such
     Account only once, in the first category in
     which it appears.
     1.   Accounts Receivable as to which full                     $___________
          payment has not been received within
          sixty (60) days of the due date.
     2.   Accounts Receivable as to which goods,                   $___________
          merchandise or other personal property
          or services have not been fully
          delivered or performed.
     3.   Accounts Receivable subject to defense,                  $___________
          offset, counterclaim or other right to
          avoid or reduce the liability by the
          account debtor or any other person
          obligated to make payment, to the
          extent there exists a colorable claim
          for such defense, offset, counterclaim
          or other right.


                                          4

<PAGE>

     4.   Accounts Receivable as to which the                      $___________
          account debtor or any other person
          obligated to make payment is insolvent,
          subject to bankruptcy or receivership
          proceedings, or has made an assignment
          for benefit of creditors.
     5.   Accounts Receivable as to which an                       $___________
          affiliate of the Borrower or the
          Borrower is the account debtor.
     6.   Accounts Receivable of any account                       $___________
          debtor as to which thirty percent (30%)
          are more than sixty (60) days past due.
     7.   Other Accounts Receivable deemed                         $___________
          ineligible by Agent.
     8.   Total ineligible Accounts Receivable                     $___________
          (An amount equal to the sum of
          Lines F.1-F.7).
G.   The aggregate amount of Borrower's Eligible                   $___________
     Foreign Accounts (An amount equal to
     Line E.7 minus Line F.8).
H.   Eligible Foreign Accounts Borrowing Base                      $___________
     (An amount equal to 50% of Eligible Foreign
     Accounts).
I.   Total Eligible Borrowing Base (An amount                      $___________
     equal to the sum of Line D plus Line H).
(i)  Total Eligible Domestic Receivables as of ________ [end of previous
     calendar month]:  ___ x .80 = ___.


                                          5

<PAGE>

(ii)  Total Eligible Foreign Receivables as of ________ [end of previous
      calendar month]:  ___ x .50 = ___
                                        TOTAL BORROWING BASE:__________

[KATIE: IS I(i) AND (ii) NECESSARY--ISN'T "I" THE TOTAL BORROWING BASE?]

Said claims, accounts, money, merchandise and security are assigned as
collateral security for indebtedness and liabilities of the undersigned to
Lenders as more fully provided in the Credit Agreement and with and subject to
all the covenants, terms, and provisions thereof.

                                   INFORMIX SOFTWARE, INC.

                                   By:
                                      -------------------------------------
                                   Printed Name:
                                                 --------------------------
                                   Title:
                                         ----------------------------------


                                          6

<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT F-6

                                       FORM OF
                                COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

TO:  BANKBOSTON, N.A., as Agent
     435 Tasso Street, Suite 250
     Palo Alto, California 94301

     BANKBOSTON, N.A, as Agent
     CLN Loan Dept. 01-08-04
     100 Federal Street
     Boston, Massachusetts 02110

          Reference is  hereby  made  to  the  Senior  Secured  Credit
Agreement,  dated as of December  __ ,  1997,  as  the  same may be amended,
supplemented, replaced, renewed or  otherwise  modified  from time to time (as
so modified, the "CREDIT AGREEMENT") by  and  among  Informix Software, Inc., a
Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY"), each of the banks and other financial
institutions that either now or in the future are parties thereto as lenders
(the "LENDERS"), BankBoston, N.A., a national banking association, in its
capacity as the L/C Issuer (in such capacity, together with any successors
thereto in such capacity, the "L/C ISSUER") and BankBoston, N.A., a national
banking association, in its capacity as administrative agent on behalf of the
Lenders (in such capacity, the "AGENT").  Terms with initial capital letters
used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit
Agreement.

          This Compliance Certificate is being delivered pursuant to
Section 5.1.3 of the Credit Agreement and relates to certain financial
statements of the Company (the "FINANCIAL STATEMENTS") as of and for periods
ended ________________ (the "FINANCIAL STATEMENT DATE").  The undersigned is the
Chief Financial Officer (the "CFO") of the Company and hereby further certifies
as of the date hereof, in his capacity as an officer of the Company, as follows:

          1.   I have reviewed the terms of the Loan Documents and have made, or
have caused to be made under my supervision, a review in reasonable detail of
the transactions and condition of the Company and the Consolidated Subsidiaries
for the accounting period covered by the Financial Statements.

          2.   The figure set forth in Schedule A hereto for determining
compliance by the Company with the financial covenants contained in the Credit
Agreement hereto are true and complete as of the date hereof and, after due
inquiry of the Company's environmental consultants and the appropriate Company
personnel, the Company and its Subsidiaries remain in full compliance with the
provisions of Section 5.1.3 of the Credit Agreement.


                                          1

<PAGE>

          3.   The activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the
period covered by the Financial Statements have been reviewed by the CFO or by
employees or agents under the CFO's immediate supervision.  Based on such
review, to the best knowledge and belief of the undersigned CFO, and as of the
date of this Report, no Default has occurred.

     WITNESS my hand this ______ day of ____________, 19__.


                              Informix Software, Inc.


                              By:
                                 -------------------------------------------
                              Printed Name:
                                           ---------------------------------
                              Title:
                                    ----------------------------------------


                                          2

<PAGE>

                                      SCHEDULE A

                              TO COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

- ---------------------------
QUICK RATIO (SECTION 6.5.1)
- ---------------------------

REQUIRED: RATIO NOT TO BE LESS THAN 1.25:1.00 FOR EACH QUARTER ENDED
      DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND THEREAFTER

ACTUAL:

     (i)   AGGREGATE OF CASH                                         $_________

    (ii)   AGGREGATE OF ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE                          $_________
           (net of any reserves required pursuant to GAAP)

   (iii)   Line (i) plus Line (ii)                                   $_________

    (iv)   AGGREGATE OF CURRENT LIABILITIES                          $_________
           (including all Borrowings under the Credit Agreement)

     (v)   AGGREGATE OF DEFERRED AND UNEARNED REVENUES               $_________

    (vi)   Line (iv) minus Line (v)                                  $_________

   (vii)   QUICK RATIO:  Line (iii) divided by Line (vi)             $_________


                                          3

<PAGE>

MINIMUM QUARTERLY REVENUE (SECTION 6.5.2)

REQUIRED:

     (i)   FISCAL QUARTER ENDING ON DECEMBER 31, 1997               $150,000,000

    (ii)   FISCAL QUARTER ENDING ON MARCH 31, 1998                  $150,000,000

   (iii)   FISCAL QUARTER ENDING ON JUNE 30, 1998                   $150,000,000

    (iv)   FISCAL QUARTER ENDING ON SEPTEMBER 30, 1998              $160,000,000
           AND EACH FISCAL QUARTER THEREAFTER

ACTUAL:

     (i)   AGGREGATE REVENUE FOR SUCH                               $_________
           FISCAL QUARTER

    (ii)   AGGREGATE RESTATED REVENUE                               $_________
           FOR SUCH FISCAL QUARTER

   (iii)   Line (ii) minus Line (ii)                                $_________


                                          4

<PAGE>

OPERATING PROFITABILITY (LOSS) (SECTION 6.5.3)

REQUIRED:

     (i)   FISCAL QUARTER ENDING ON DECEMBER 31, 1997              ($10,000,000)

    (ii)   FISCAL QUARTER ENDING ON MARCH 31, 1998                 ($10,000,000)

   (iii)   FISCAL QUARTER ENDING ON JUNE 30, 1998                   $10,000,000

    (iv)   FISCAL QUARTER ENDING ON SEPTEMBER 30, 1998              $15,000,000
           AND EACH FISCAL QUARTER THEREAFTER

ACTUAL:

     (i)   NET INCOME FOR SUCH FISCAL QUARTER                       $_________

    (ii)   INTEREST EXPENSE FOR SUCH FISCAL QUARTER                 $_________

   (iii)   TAXES MEASURED BY INCOME FOR SUCH                        $_________
           FISCAL QUARTER

    (iv)   EXTRAORDINARY LOSSES FOR SUCH FISCAL QUARTER             $_________

     (v)   EXTRAORDINARY GAINS FOR SUCH FISCAL QUARTER              $_________

    (vi)   DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION EXPENSE                    $_________
           FOR SUCH FISCAL QUARTER

   (vii)   Line (i) plus Line (ii) plus Line (iii) plus Line
           (iv) plus Line (vi) minus Line (v)                       $_________



                                          5

<PAGE>

MINIMUM OPERATING CASH FLOW (SECTION 6.5.4)

REQUIRED: IN EXCESS OF $1.00 BEGINNING WITH THE FISCAL QUARTER ENDING ON
JUNE 30, 1998.

ACTUAL:

     (i)   OPERATING INCOME FOR SUCH FISCAL QUARTER                 $_________

    (ii)   RESTATED REVENUE                                         $_________
           (to the extent related cash was collected in
           prior Fiscal Quarters)

   (iii)   CAPITALIZED SOFTWARE COSTS FOR SUCH                      $_________
           FISCAL QUARTER

    (iv)   CAPITAL EXPENDITURES FOR SUCH FISCAL QUARTER             $_________

     (v)   CASH OUTLAYS ARISING FROM RESTRUCTURING                  $_________
           CHARGES TAKEN IN PRIOR FISCAL QUARTERS

    (vi)   DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION EXPENSE                    $_________
           FOR SUCH FISCAL QUARTER

   (vii)   Line (i) plus Line (vi) minus (the sum of
           Line (iii) plus Line (iv) plus Line (v))                 $_________


                                          6

<PAGE>

INTEREST COVERAGE RATIO (SECTION 6.5.4)

REQUIRED: RATIO NOT TO BE LESS THAN 1.25:1.00 FOR EACH QUARTER ENDED
 JUNE 30, 1998 AND THEREAFTER

ACTUAL:

    (i)    OPERATING CASH FLOW FOR SUCH FISCAL                      $_________
           QUARTER

    (ii)   INTEREST EXPENSE FOR SUCH FISCAL QUARTER                 $_________

   (iii)   AMORTIZATION EXPENSE (INCLUDING CAPITAL                  $_________
           LEASES) FOR SUCH FISCAL QUARTER

   (vii)   Line (i) divided by (the sum of Line (ii) plus
           LINE (iii))                                              $_________

CAPITAL EXPENDITURES (SECTION 6.5.5)

REQUIRED:  NOT GREATER THAN $15,000,000 PLUS ANY CARRY FORWARD AMOUNT

ACTUAL:

(A)       CARRY FORWARD AMOUNT                                      $_________

(B)(i)    INVESTMENTS IN FIXED AND CAPITAL ASSETS
          (EXCLUDING CAPITALIZED SOFTWARE COSTS)                    $_________

(B)(ii)   CAPITALIZED LEASES                                        $_________

(B)(iii)  TOTAL CAPITAL EXPENDITURES [(B)(i) +(B)(ii)               $_________


                                          7

<PAGE>


                                                                     EXHIBIT G-1



                                  December 31, 1997


BANKBOSTON, N.A., as Agent
435 Tasso Street, Suite 250
Palo Alto, California 94301

     Re:  Informix Software, Inc. -- Senior Secured Credit Agreement dated as of
          December 31, 1997

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     We have acted as counsel to Informix Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(the "Borrower") and Informix Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("Informix")
that owns 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Borrower, in
connection with:

          (i)    the Senior Secured Credit Agreement dated as of December 31,
     1997 (the "Credit Agreement") by and among the Borrower, BankBoston, N.A.,
     a national banking association ("BankBoston"), as agent (in such capacity,
     the "Agent") for the banks and other institutions that either now or in the
     future are parties to the Credit Agreement (the "Lenders"), BankBoston in
     its capacity as L/C Issuer (in such capacity, the "L/C Issuer"), Canadian
     Imperial Bank of Commerce in its capacity as syndication agent (the
     "Syndication Agent"), and the Lenders;

          (ii)   the Revolving Loan Notes dated December 31, 1997 made by the
     Borrower payable to the order of the respective Lenders named therein
     (collectively, the "Revolving Notes");

          (iii)   the Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of December 31
     1997 (the "Pledge and Security Agreement") by and between the Borrower and
     the Agent;

          (iv)   the Pledge Agreement dated as of December 31, 1997 (the
     "Informix Pledge Agreement") by and between Informix and the Agent;

          (v)    the Continuing Guaranty dated as of December 31, 1997 (the
     "Guaranty") executed by Informix;

          (vi)   the financing statement dated December 31, 1997 on Form UCC-1
in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto (the "'Financing Statement"); and

<PAGE>

Page 2


          (vii)  the Notice of Security Interest in Patents and Trademarks
     dated December 31, 1997 (the "Patent and Trademark Notice") and the Notice
     of Security Interest in Copyrights dated December 31, 1997 (the "Copyright
     Notice").

     Each initially capitalized term used and not defined herein shall have the
meaning assigned to that term in the Credit Agreement or, if no meaning is
assigned therein, in the Pledge and Security Agreement. The Collateral (as
defined in the Pledge and Security Agreement) is collectively referred to herein
as the "Personal Property Collateral."  The "Intellectual Property Collateral"
shall mean any portion of the Collateral (as defined in the Pledge and Security
Agreement) that consists of Trademarks, patents or copyrights.  The Pledged
Stock (as defined in the Pledge and Security Agreement and the Informix Pledge
Agreement) is herein referred to collectively as the "Shares." The Credit
Agreement, the Revolving Notes, the Pledge and Security Agreement, the Informix
Pledge Agreement, the Guaranty, the Patent and Trademark Notice and the
Copyright Notice are collectively referred to as the "Loan Documents."  The
Uniform Commercial Code -- Secured Transactions and the Uniform Commercial Code
- -- Investment Securities as enacted and in effect in the State of California are
collectively referred to herein as the "California Code."

     In addition to examining executed originals or copies of the Loan Documents
and the Financing Statement, we have examined executed originals, conformed
copies or copies of the following:

     (1)   Records of proceedings of the Board of Directors of the Borrower and
           Informix by which resolutions were adopted relating to matters
           covered by this opinion.

     (2)   A certificate of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware
           dated December 24, 1997, with respect to the good standing of
           Informix in the State of Delaware; a certificate of the Secretary of
           State of the State of Delaware dated December 24, 1997, with respect
           to the good standing of Illustra Information Technologies, Inc. in
           the State of Delaware; a certificate of the Secretary of State of
           the State of Delaware dated December 24, 1997, with respect to the
           good standing of Informix Credit Company in the State of Delaware; a
           certificate of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware dated
           December 24, 1997, with respect to the good standing of Informix
           International, Inc. in the State of Delaware; a certificate of the
           Secretary of State of the State of Delaware dated December 24, 1997,
           with respect to the good standing of Informix Software, Inc. in the
           State of Delaware; and a certificate of the Secretary of State of
           the State of Delaware dated December 24, 1997, with respect to the
           good standing of Picasso Systems, Inc. in the State of Delaware.

<PAGE>

Page 3

     (3)   A certificate of the Secretary of State of the State of California,
           dated December 24, 1997, as to the good standing of the Borrower as
           a foreign corporation in the State of California; and a tax status
           certificate from the Franchise Tax Board of the State of California,
           dated December 24, 1997, as to the tax standing of the Borrower in
           the State of California.  A certificate of the Secretary of State of
           the State of California dated December 24, 1997, with respect to the
           good standing of Stanford Technology Group, Inc.; and a tax status
           certificate from the Franchise Tax Board of the State of California,
           dated December 24, 1997, as to the tax standing of Stanford
           Technology Group, Inc. in the State of California.  A certificate of
           the Secretary of State of the State of California dated December 24,
           1997, with respect to the good standing of Centerview Software,
           Inc.; and a tax status certificate from the Franchise Tax Board of
           the State of California, dated December 24, 1997, as to the tax
           standing of Centerview Software, Inc. in to State of California.

     (4)   Certificates of officers of the Borrower and Informix as to certain
           factual matters establishing a predicate for the opinions rendered
           herein.

     (5)   Each of the "Reviewed Agreements" referenced on Exhibit B hereto.

     In addition, we have examined and relied upon such corporate records of the
Borrower and Informix as we have deemed necessary or appropriate for the
purposes of the opinions expressed below.  We have also relied upon and obtained
from public officials and officers and representatives of the Borrower and
Informix such other certificates and assurances as we consider necessary for the
purpose of rendering this opinion.

     We have assumed with your permission that:

           (a)   The genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of all
     natural persons to execute and deliver documents, the authenticity and
     completeness of documents submitted to us as originals and the completeness
     and conformity with authentic original documents of all documents submitted
     to us as copies, and that all documents, books and records made available
     to us by the Borrower and Informix are accurate and complete.

           (b)   Except as disclosed to us, that there are no agreements or
     understandings between or among the Borrower, Informix, the Lenders, the
     Agent or third parties that would expand, modify or otherwise affect the
     terms of the Loan Documents or the respective rights or obligations of the
     parties thereunder and that the Loan Documents correctly and completely set
     forth the intent of all parties thereto.

<PAGE>

Page 4


           (c)   That all parties to the Loan Documents (other than the
     Borrower and Informix) have filed all required franchise tax returns, if
     any, and paid all required taxes, if any, under the California Revenue &
     Taxation Code.

           (d)   That the Loan Documents to which the Agent and each Lender is
     contemplated to be a party have been duly authorized, executed and
     delivered by such person and that each such person has full power,
     authority and legal right to enter into and perform the terms and
     conditions of the Loan Documents to be performed by each such Person and
     that each Loan Document to which such Person is a party constitutes a
     legal, valid and binding obligation of such person, enforceable against it
     in accordance with its terms.

           (e)   Each Lender is a (i) national bank (ii) California bank, (iii)
     foreign (other state) bank, or (iv) foreign (other nation) bank that has
     assets at least equal to $100 million, is licensed to maintain an office in
     California, is licensed or otherwise authorized by another state to
     maintain an agency or branch office in that state, or maintains a federal
     agency or federal branch in any state.

           (f)   With respect to certain matters of fact, that the
     representations and warranties of the Borrower and Informix set forth in
     the Loan Documents to which each is a party, the certificates of certain
     officers of the Borrower and Informix delivered to you in connection with
     the transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement and the certificates
     of certain officers of the Borrower and Informix referred to in
     paragraph (4) above are true and correct.

     As used in this opinion, the expression "to our knowledge," "known to us"
or similar wording with respect to matters of fact means that during the course
of our representation of the Borrower and Informix no information has come to
the attention of the attorneys of our firm involved in representation of the
Borrower and Informix which would give them reason to believe that the facts are
inaccurate; HOWEVER, except to the extent expressly set forth herein, we have
made no independent investigation to determine the existence or absence of such
facts, and any limited inquiry undertaken by us during the preparation of this
opinion should not be regarded as such an investigation.  No inference as to our
knowledge of the existence or absence of any facts underlying any opinion given
"to our knowledge" should be drawn from the fact of our representation of the
Borrower or Informix.  Specifically, in rendering the opinion set forth in
paragraph 14 below, we have not made any independent investigation of court
records to determine whether any actions have been filed.

     Based on the foregoing and in reliance thereon, and subject to the
assumptions, exceptions, qualifications and limitations set forth herein, we are
of the opinion that:

<PAGE>

Page 5


           1.    The Borrower has been duly incorporated and is a validly
     existing corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of
     Delaware, is duly qualified as a foreign corporation under the laws of the
     State of California and has all requisite power and authority to execute,
     deliver and perform its obligations under the Credit Agreement, the
     Revolving Notes and the Pledge and Security Agreement, and to own its
     properties, including, without limitation, the Personal Property
     Collateral, the Intellectual Property Collateral and the shares owned by
     it.

           2.    Each of Informix, Illustra Information Technologies, Inc.,
     Informix Credit Company, Informix International, Inc., Informix Software,
     Inc., and Picasso Systems, Inc. have been duly incorporated and each is a
     validly existing corporation in good standing under the laws of the State
     of Delaware.  Informix has all requisite power and authority to execute,
     deliver and perform its respective obligations under the Informix Pledge
     Agreement and the Guaranty and to own its properties.  Each of Centerview
     Software, Inc. and Stanford Technology Group, Inc. have been duly
     incorporated and each is a validly existing corporation in good standing
     under the laws of the State of California.

           3.    The execution and delivery of the Credit Agreement, the
     Revolving Notes, and the Pledge and Security Agreement by the Borrower and
     the performance of its obligations thereunder have been duly authorized by
     all necessary corporate action of the Borrower.

           4.    The execution and delivery of the Informix Pledge Agreement
     and the Guaranty by Informix and the performance of its respective
     obligations thereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate
     action of Informix.

           5.    The Credit Agreement, the Revolving Notes, and the Pledge and
     Security Agreement have each been duly executed and delivered by the
     Borrower.

           6.    The Informix Pledge Agreement and the Guaranty have been duly
     executed and delivered by Informix.

           7.    Each of the Credit Agreement, the Revolving Notes, and the
     Pledge and Security Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding
     obligation of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance
     with its terms.

           8.    Each of the Informix Pledge Agreement and the Guaranty
     constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Informix, enforceable
     against Informix in accordance with its terms.

<PAGE>

Page 6


           9.    A valid security interest in favor of the Agent has been
     granted by the Borrower in the Collateral, to the extent a security
     interest can be created therein under the California Code.  Upon the filing
     of the Financing Statement with the California Secretary of State, the
     security interest in the interests of the Borrower in the Personal Property
     described in both the Pledge and Security Agreement and the Financing
     Statement will be perfected to the extent security interests therein can be
     perfected by filing in California of UCC-1 Financing Statements under the
     California Code.  A valid and perfected security interest has been created
     in favor of the Agent by the Borrower and Informix, respectively, in the
     Shares (which are in existence on the date of the Pledge Agreement)
     described in the Pledge and Security Agreement and the Informix Pledge
     Agreement, respectively, to the extent the certificates representing such
     Shares endorsed in blank have been delivered to the Agent in the State of
     California in accordance with the provisions of the Pledge and Security
     Agreement and the Informix Pledge Agreement, respectively.

           10.   The execution and delivery of the Credit Agreement, the
     Revolving Notes, and the Pledge and Security Agreement by the Borrower and
     the performance of its obligations thereunder do not result in a breach, or
     violation of or Regulations G, U, T and X of the Board of Governors of the
     Federal Reserve System.  The Borrower is not engaged principally, or as one
     of its principal activities, in the business of extending credit for the
     purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of
     Regulations U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
     System).

           11.   The Borrower is not an "investment company" or a company
     "controlled by an investment company" within the meaning of the Investment
     Company Act of 1940, as amended.

           12.   The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of the
     Credit Agreement, the Revolving Notes, and the Pledge and Security
     Agreement do not and will not (a) violate or conflict with the charter or
     bylaws of the Borrower, or, to our knowledge, any order, judgment or decree
     of any court or other agency of government binding on the Borrower; (b)
     conflict in any material respect with, result in a material breach of or
     constitute a material default under any Reviewed Agreements; or (c) result
     in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of the
     Borrower's assets under any Reviewed Borrower Agreement, other than
     Permitted Liens.  The execution and delivery by the Borrower of the Credit
     Agreement, the Revolving Notes, and the Pledge and Security Agreement, the
     creation of the security interests on the Closing Date, and the incurrence
     and repayment of Debt by the Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents and
     the consummation of the transactions which are contemplated by the Credit
     Agreement to be consummated by the Borrower on the

<PAGE>

Page 7


     Closing Date do not violate any state or federal law or regulation
     applicable to the Borrower, or require any authorization, consent, waiver
     or approval of any federal, state governmental authority or regulatory
     body, except for filings and recordings required for the perfection of
     Liens and filings and authorizations as may be required under any
     securities or Blue Sky laws and such authorizations, consents, waivers or
     approvals, the failure to make or obtain which would not have a Material
     Adverse Effect on the Borrower and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole or on
     its ability to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents, taken as a
     whole.

           13.   The execution, delivery and performance by Informix of the
     Informix Pledge Agreement and the Guaranty do not and will not (a) violate
     or conflict with the charter or bylaws of Informix, or to our knowledge any
     order, judgment or decree of any court or other agency of government
     binding on Informix; (b) conflict with, result in a material breach of or
     constitute a material default under any Reviewed Agreements; or (c) result
     in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of Informix's
     assets under any Reviewed Guarantor Agreement, other than Permitted Liens.
     The execution and delivery by Informix of the Guaranty and the Informix
     Pledge Agreement do not violate any state and federal law or regulation
     applicable to Informix, or require any authorization, consent, waiver or
     approval of any federal or state governmental authority or regulatory body,
     except for filings and filings and recordings required for the perfection
     of Liens and such authorizations, consents, waivers or approvals the
     failure to make or obtain which would not have a Material Adverse Effect on
     the Borrower and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or on Informix's
     ability to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents, taken as a
     whole.

           14.   To our knowledge, except as disclosed in Schedule 4.6 of the
     Credit Agreement, there is no action, suit or proceeding pending or
     threatened against the Borrower or Informix of the nature described in
     Section 4.6 of the Credit Agreement or in which an injunction or order has
     been entered preventing or adversely affecting the making of the Loans, the
     granting of the Liens under the Collateral Documents.

     The opinions set forth above are subject to the following exceptions,
qualifications, limitations, comments and additional assumptions:

     (A)   We express no opinion as to any matter relating to laws of any
jurisdiction other than the laws of the State of California, the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the federal laws of the United
States, as such are in effect on the date hereof, and we have made no inquiry
into, and we express no opinion as to, the statutes, regulations, treaties,
common laws or other laws of any other nation, state or jurisdiction. As you
know, we are not licensed to practice law

<PAGE>

Page 8


in the State of Delaware and, accordingly, our opinions as to Delaware General
Corporation Law are based solely on a review of the official statutes of the
State of Delaware.

     (B)   We express no opinion as to (i) the effect of any bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or
other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights of creditors generally,
or (ii) the effect of general principles of equity, including, without
limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair
dealing, and the possible unavailability of specific performance, injunctive
relief or other equitable relief, whether considered in a proceeding in equity
or at law.

     (C)   We express no opinion regarding any of (i) the rights or remedies
available to any party for violations or breaches of any provisions which are
immaterial or the enforcement of which would be unreasonable under the then
existing circumstances, (ii) the rights or remedies available to any party for
material violations or breaches which are the proximate result of actions taken
by any party to the Loan Documents other than the party against whom enforcement
is sought, which actions such other party is not entitled to take pursuant to
the Loan Documents or which otherwise violate applicable laws, (iii) the rights
or remedies available to any party which takes discretionary action which is
arbitrary, unreasonable or capricious, or is not taken in good faith or in a
commercially reasonable manner, whether or not the Loan Documents permit such
action, (iv) the effect of the exercise of judicial discretion, whether in a
proceeding in equity or at law, and (v) the enforceability of any provision
authorizing the exercise of any self help, summary or unilateral remedy without
reasonable notice and opportunity to cure.

     (D)   We express no opinion as to the legality, validity, binding nature
or enforceability of (i) any provisions in the Loan Documents providing for the
payment or reimbursement of costs or expenses or indemnifying a party, to the
extent such provisions may be held unenforceable as contrary to public policy,
(ii) any provision of any Loan Documents insofar as it provides for the payment
or reimbursement of costs and expenses or indemnification for claims, losses or
liabilities in excess of a reasonable amount determined by any court or other
tribunal, (iii) any provisions regarding any party's ability to collect
attorneys' fees and costs in an action involving the Loan Documents, if the
party is not the prevailing party in such action (we call your attention to the
effect of Section 1717 of the California Civil Code, which provides that, where
a contract permits one party thereto to recover attorney's fees, the prevailing
party in any action to enforce  any provision of the contract shall be entitled
to recover its reasonable attorneys' fees), or (iv) any provisions of any Loan
Documents imposing penalties or forfeitures, late payment charges or any
increase in interest rate, upon delinquency in payment or the occurrence of a
default to the extent they constitute a penalty or forfeiture or are otherwise
contrary to public policy.

<PAGE>

Page 9


     (E)   We express no opinion with respect to the legality, validity,
binding nature or enforceability of (i) any vaguely or broadly stated waiver,
including without limitation, the waivers of diligence, presentment, demand,
protest or notice, (ii) any waivers or consents (whether or not characterized as
a waiver or consent in the Loan Documents) relating to the rights of the
Borrower and Informix or duties owing to them existing as a matter of law,
including, without limitation, waivers of the benefits of statutory or
constitutional provisions, to the extent such waivers or consents are found by
courts to be against public policy or which are ineffective pursuant to
California statutes and judicial decisions, or (iii) any waivers of any statute
of limitations to the extent such waivers are in excess of four years beyond the
statutory period.

     (F)   We express no opinion as to any provision of the Loan Documents
requiring written amendments or waivers of such documents insofar as it suggests
that oral or other modifications, amendments or waivers could not be effectively
agreed upon by the parties or that the doctrine of promissory estoppel might not
apply.

     (G)   We express no opinion as to the applicability or effect of
compliance or noncompliance by the Agent or any Lender with any state, federal
or other laws applicable to the Agent or any Lender or to the transactions
contemplated by the Loan Documents because of the nature of its business,
including its legal or regulatory status.

     (H)   We express no opinion regarding compliance or non-compliance (or the
effect thereof) with applicable anti-fraud provisions of federal or state
securities laws, or with respect to the "Blue Sky" laws of any state other than
the State of California.

     (I)   Our opinions set forth in paragraphs 1 and 2 as to valid existence
and good standing of the Borrower, Informix and the other entities listed
therein are based solely on the certificates referenced in paragraphs (2) and
(3) above (copies of which have been furnished to you).

     (J)   Our opinions in second sentence of each of paragraphs 12 and 13
above are intended to express our opinion that the execution, delivery and
performance by the Borrower and Informix, respectively, of the Loan Documents
are neither prohibited by, not do they subject the Borrower or Informix to a
fine, penalty or similar sanction that would be materially adverse to the
Borrower and Informix under the Delaware General Corporation Law or any law,
rule, regulation of the State of California or United States federal law or any
order, writ, judgment, decree, determination or award of any United States
federal or California state governmental authority that a lawyer practicing
commercial law in the State of California exercising customary professional
diligence would reasonably recognize to be applicable to the Borrower or
Informix, as applicable, and the

<PAGE>

Page 10


transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; accordingly, our opinions set
forth above in the second sentence of each of Paragraphs 12 and 13 are limited
by the foregoing.

     (K)   Our opinions in paragraphs 10 and 11 above are based solely on the
certificates referenced in paragraph (4) above.

     (L)   We express no opinion with respect to the legality, validity,
binding nature or enforceability of any provision of any Loan Documents to the
effect that rights or remedies are not exclusive, that every right or remedy is
cumulative and may be exercised in addition to any other right or remedy, that
the election of some particular remedy or remedies does not preclude recourse to
one or more other remedies or that failure to exercise or delay in exercising
rights or remedies will not operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy.

     (M)   We express no opinion as to the effect of California Code
Sections 9501 through 9508, which, INTER ALIA, impose procedural limitations on
the exercise of remedies by a secured creditor.

     (N)   Except as expressly stated in paragraph 9 above, we express no
opinion as to the creation, attachment, validity, enforceability, perfection or
priority of a security interest in any item of collateral or the necessity of
making any filings or taking any other action in connection therewith.

     (O)   We express no opinion as to the effect on a secured creditor's
ability to realize on collateral of marshaling, substitution of collateral, or
similar doctrines or laws.

     (P)   We express no opinion as to the enforceability or perfection of any
security interest in collateral consisting of after-acquired property, except to
the extent such property is properly classified in a category specifically
referred to in the grant clause of the applicable security agreement and on the
relevant financing statements.

     (Q)   We express no opinion as to any matter concerning perfection or
continuation of a security interest in, or the ability of the Agent or any
Lender to realize upon, (i) collateral located, or deemed located, in any
jurisdiction other than the State of California and (ii) collateral moved
outside the State of California at any time.

     (R)   We express no opinion as to the effect of any provision of any Loan
Document purporting to relieve a secured party of any duty it may have to
preserve the value of collateral in its possession (SEE California Code
Section 9207; SEE, ALSO, CITIBANK, N.A. V. DATA LEASE FINANCIAL CORPORATION, 828
F.2d 686 (11th Cir. 1987)).

<PAGE>

Page 11


     (S)   We express no opinion as to the effect of laws and judicial
decisions (i) which exonerate a surety, if the Agent or a Lender exercises
remedies for default that impair the subrogation rights of the surety against
the principal, or otherwise take an action which materially prejudices the
surety, without obtaining consent of the surety, (ii) relating to waivers or
subordination by a surety of its subrogation rights against the principal, its
contribution rights or other common law and statutory protection of a surety, or
(iii) which limit the liability of the surety to an amount no greater than the
liability of the principal.

     (T)   We express no opinion as to the enforceability or legal effect of any
provision of any Loan Document purporting to reinstate, as against any obligor
or guarantor, obligations or liabilities of such obligor which have been avoided
or which have arisen from transactions which have been rescinded or the payment
of which has been required to be returned by any court of competent
jurisdiction.

     (U)   This opinion speaks only at and as of its date and is based solely
on the facts and circumstances known to us at and as of such date.  We express
no opinion as to the effect on any Lender's rights under the Loan Documents of
any statute, rule, regulation or other law which is enacted or becomes effective
after, or of any court decision which changes the law relevant to such rights
which is rendered after, the date of this opinion or the conduct of the parties
following the closing of the contemplated transaction.  In addition, in
rendering this opinion, we assume no obligation to revise or supplement this
opinion should the present laws of the jurisdictions mentioned herein be changed
by legislative action, judicial decision or otherwise.

     This opinion is rendered to the Agent, the L/C Issuer, the Syndication
Agent and the Lenders in connection with the Loan Documents and may not be
relied upon by any person other than the Agent, the L/C Issuer, the Syndication
Agent, the Lenders and their respective counsel, provided however, that the
Agent, the L/C Issuer, the Syndication Agent and the Lenders may provide this
opinion (a) to bank examiners and other regulatory authorities should they so
request or in connection with their normal examinations, (b) to the independent
auditors of the Agent, the L/C Issuer, the Syndication Agent and the Lenders,
(c) pursuant to order or legal process of any court or governmental agency, (d)
in connection with any legal action to which the Agent, the L/C Issuer, the
Syndication Agent or any Lender is a party arising out of the transactions
contemplated by the Loan Documents, or (e) the proposed assignee of or
participant in the interest of the Agent, the L/C Issuer, the Syndication Agent
or any Lender under the Loan Documents.

                         Very truly yours,
                         WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI
                         Professional Corporation


<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT H
                                       FORM OF
                              ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

                         Dated _______________, 199___

          Reference is hereby made to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, dated
as of December ___, 1997, as the same may be amended, supplemented, replaced,
renewed or otherwise modified from time to time (as so modified, the "CREDIT
AGREEMENT"), by and among Informix Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"COMPANY"), each of the banks and other financial institutions that either now
or in the future are parties thereto as lenders (the "LENDERS"), BankBoston,
N.A., a national banking association, in its capacity as the L/C Issuer (in such
capacity, together with any successors thereto in such capacity, the "L/C ISSUER
") and BankBoston, N.A., a national banking association, in its capacity as
administrative agent on behalf of the Lenders (in such capacity, the "AGENT").
Terms with initial capital letters used but not defined herein have the meanings
assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.

          ____________________ (the "ASSIGNOR") and
_____________________________ (the "ASSIGNEE") agree as follows:

          1.   Subject to Section 3 below, the Assignor hereby sells and assigns
to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby purchases and assumes from the
Assignor, WITHOUT RECOURSE, a ______% interest in and to all of the Assignor's
rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents
as of the Effective Date (as defined below), including, without limitation, such
percentage interest in the Assignor's Revolving Commitment as is in effect on
the Effective Date and the Revolving Loans owing to the Assignor on the
Effective Date and the Revolving Loan Notes held by the Assignor and the
Assignor's participation in Letter of Credit Liability on the Effective Date.

          2.   The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that, as of the date
hereof, its Revolving Commitment (without giving effect to assignments thereof
which have not yet become effective) is $_________;  (b) represents and warrants
that it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned by it
hereunder and that such interest is free and clear of any adverse claim; (c)
makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect
to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with
the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or the execution,
legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the
Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any other instrument or
document furnished pursuant thereto; (d) makes no representation or warranty and
assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of the
Borrower or any of its obligations under the Loan Documents or any other
instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto and (e) attaches the Revolving
Loan Notes referred to in paragraph 1 above and requests that the Agent exchange
such notes for new Revolving Loan Notes as follows:  [a Revolving Loan Note,
dated ______________, 199__  in the principal amounts of $___________, payable
to the Assignor


                                          1

<PAGE>


or its registered assigns, and] a Revolving Loan Note, dated ______________,
199__ in the principal amount of $_____________   payable to the Assignee or its
registered assigns.

          3.   The Assignee (a) confirms that it has received a copy of the
Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with copies of the
financial statements referred to in Section 4.1 of the Credit Agreement or
delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 thereof prior to the date hereof and such
other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own
credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance; (b)
agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any
other Lender Party, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem
appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or
not taking action under the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents; (c)
appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to
exercise such powers under the Loan Documents as are delegated to the Agent by
the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental
thereto; (d) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of
the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Agreement or the other Loan
Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender; and (e) specifies as
its address for notices the office set forth beneath its name on the signature
pages hereof.

          4.   The effective date of this Assignment and Acceptance shall be
_____________ or the date on which the Agent accepts this Assignment and
Acceptance in its discretion, whichever is later (the "EFFECTIVE DATE").(1)
Following the execution of this Assignment and Acceptance it will be delivered
to the Agent for acceptance and recording by the Agent, if the Agent accepts
such Assignment and Acceptance in its discretion.  If the Agent shall fail to
accept this Assignment and Acceptance prior to the expiration of days after the
date hereof, this Assignment and Acceptance shall be without force and effect
for any purpose, and the Assignor shall remain the owner of the interest in the
Assignor's rights and obligations under the Loan Documents otherwise sold
hereby.

          5.   Upon acceptance and recording by the Agent, if any, as of the
Effective Date, (a) the Assignee shall be a party to the Credit Agreement and,
to the extent provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and
obligations of a Lender thereunder and under the other Loan Documents and (b)
the Assignor shall, to the extent provided in this Assignment and Acceptance,
relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under the Credit
Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

          6.   Upon such acceptance and recording, from and after the Effective
Date, the Agent shall make all payments under the Credit Agreement and the other
Loan Documents in respect of the interest assigned hereby (including all
payments of principal, interest and Fees) to the Assignee.  The Assignor and
Assignee shall make all appropriate adjustments in payments under the

- -------------------
(1) Such date shall be at least 5 Business Days after the execution of this
Assignment and Acceptance.


                                          2

<PAGE>

Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents for periods prior to the Effective
Date directly between themselves.

          7.   THIS ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF CALIFORNIA.

                                   [NAME OF ASSIGNOR]


                                   By:
                                      -----------------------------------------
                                   Name:
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                   Title:
                                         --------------------------------------
                                   After the Effective Date:
                                   Commitment: $

                                   [NAME OF ASSIGNEE]


                                   By:
                                      -----------------------------------------
                                   Name:
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                   Title:
                                         --------------------------------------
                                   Notice Address:
                                   After the Effective Date:
                                   Commitment: $
Accepted this _____ day of
_______________, 199___

BANKBOSTON, N.A., a national
banking association, as Agent

By:
   ----------------------------
Name:
     --------------------------
Title:
      -------------------------


                                          3


<PAGE>

                                   PLEDGE AGREEMENT


          PLEDGE AGREEMENT, dated as of December 31, 1997 (as amended from time
to time, the "AGREEMENT"), by and between Informix Corporation, a Delaware
corporation (the "PLEDGOR") and BankBoston, N.A., a national banking association
("BANKBOSTON"), acting through its agency, as collateral agent and
representative for the institutions that now or in the future are parties to the
Credit Agreement described below (the "LENDERS") and BankBoston in its capacity
as L/C Issuer (in such capacity, the "L/C ISSUER") and beneficiaries under the
Guaranty as described below (in such agency capacity, BankBoston or any
successor in such capacity is referred to herein as the "AGENT").  The Lenders,
the L/C Issuer and the Agent are collectively referred to herein as the "SECURED
PARTIES".

                                   R E C I T A L S

          A.   Pursuant to a Senior Secured Credit Agreement dated December 31,
1997 (as amended from time to time, the "CREDIT AGREEMENT") by and among
Informix Software, Inc. (the "BORROWER"), Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce as
syndication agent (the "SYNDICATION AGENT"), and the Secured Parties, the
Lenders and the L/C Issuer have agreed to make credit facilities in an aggregate
amount of $75,000,000 available to the Borrower, subject to the terms and
conditions set forth therein.

          B.   Pursuant to a Continuing Guaranty, dated as of December 31, 1997
(as amended from time to time, the "GUARANTY"), by the Pledgor in favor of the
Syndication Agent and the Secured Parties, the Pledgor has guaranteed the
Obligations of the Borrower to of the Syndication Agent and the Secured Parties.

          C.   It is a condition to the extension of such credit facilities to
the Borrower that the Collateral described herein be pledged in support of the
Pledgor's obligations under the Guaranty to the Secured Parties as set forth
herein.

                                  A G R E E M E N T

          NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as
follows:


                                          1
<PAGE>


                                     ARTICLE 1.

                           DEFINITIONS AND RELATED MATTERS

          SECTION 1.1.  DEFINITIONS.

          Terms with initial capital letters not otherwise defined herein
(including "LOAN DOCUMENTS" and "LIEN") have the respective meanings set forth
in the Credit Agreement.  In addition, the following terms with initial capital
letters have the following meanings:

          "ACCELERATION" is defined in Section 5.2.

          "AGENT" is defined in the preamble.

          "AGREEMENT" is defined in the preamble.

          "CHARGES" means all federal, state, county, city, municipal or other
Taxes, levies, assessments or charges that, if not paid when due, may result in
a Lien of any Governmental Authority against Collateral.

          "CHANGE OF CONTROL" means the acquisition, directly or indirectly, by
any person (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), of 50% or more
of the total voting power in the aggregate of all classes of common stock or
other equity securities of the Pledgor, then outstanding or the power, directly
or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies
of the Pledgor, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract,
or otherwise.

          "COLLATERAL" is defined in Section 2.1.

          "CREDIT AGREEMENT" is defined in the Recitals.

          "DEFAULT" means any condition or event that, with the giving of notice
or lapse of time or both, would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of
Default.

          "EVENT OF DEFAULT" is defined in Section 5.1.

          "GUARANTY" is defined in the Recitals.

          "LENDERS" is defined in the preamble.

          "OFFICERS' CERTIFICATE" means, with respect to the Pledgor, a
certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice
President, and by the Chief Financial Officer or the Treasurer or any Assistant
Treasurer, of the Pledgor and delivered to the Agent.

          "PERMITTED SALE" is defined in Section 4.7.


                                          2
<PAGE>

          "PLEDGED COLLATERAL" is defined in Section 4.1.

          "PLEDGED STOCK" shares of capital stock described on Schedule B-1.

          "PLEDGOR" is defined in the preamble.

          "PROCEEDS" is defined in Section 2.1.

          "REQUIRED SECURED PARTIES" means (i) with respect to any vote or
action taken with respect to any default or waiver of any of the Borrower's
covenants or other obligations contained in Sections 6.2 through 6.7 (but not
including Section 6.4.1), 6.11, 6.15, 7.1.2, and 7.1.9 through 7.1.12 of the
Credit Agreement during any period in which the Level I Pricing contained in
Schedule 1.1.E of the Credit Agreement shall be in effect, Lenders having 100%
of the aggregate amount of the Commitments or (ii) with respect to Section 7.2.2
of the Credit Agreement or any other matter, any three or more Lenders having at
least 66-2/3% of the aggregate amount of the Commitments or, if the Revolving
Commitments have terminated, any three or more Lenders holding at least 66-2/3%
of the sum of (a) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Revolving Loans
PLUS (b) the aggregate amount of all Letter of Credit Liability..

          "SECURED OBLIGATIONS" is defined in Section 2.2.

          "SECURED PARTIES" is defined in the preamble.

          "SECURITY INTEREST" is defined in Section 2.1.

          "SUPPLEMENTAL DOCUMENTATION" means financing statements, continuation
statements, consents, acknowledgments, assignments, schedules of Collateral and
other instruments or documents necessary or requested by the Agent (i) to
perfect and maintain perfected the Security Interest on any Collateral, or
(ii) so that the Agent receives all interest, dividends and distributions from
time to time paid with respect to, and all other Proceeds of, all Collateral the
Agent is entitled to receive hereunder.

          "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code (as amended from time to time)
of the State of California.

          SECTION 1.2.  RELATED MATTERS.

          1.2.1.  TERMS USED IN THE UCC.  Unless the context clearly otherwise
requires, all lower-case terms used and not otherwise defined herein that are
used or defined in Article 9 or 8 (or any equivalent subpart) of the UCC have
the same meanings herein.

          1.2.2.  GOVERNING LAW.  Except to the extent otherwise required under
Applicable Law, the UCC shall govern the attachment, perfection, priority and
enforcement of the Security Interest and all other matters to which the UCC
applies


                                          3
<PAGE>

pursuant to the terms thereof.  This Agreement shall be governed by, and
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California (other than
choice of law rules that would require the application of the laws of any other
jurisdiction).

          1.2.3.  HEADINGS.  The Article and Section headings used in this
Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the
construction hereof.

          1.2.4.  SEVERABILITY.  If any provision of this Agreement or any Lien
or other right hereunder shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable
under Applicable Law in any jurisdiction, such provision, Lien or other right
shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or
unenforceability, which shall not affect any other provisions herein or any
other Lien or right granted hereby or the validity, legality or enforceability
of such provision, Lien or right in any other jurisdiction.

          1.2.5.  EXHIBITS, ETC.  All of the appendices, exhibits and schedules
attached to this Agreement shall be deemed incorporated herein by reference.

          1.2.6.  NO PARTY DEEMED DRAFTER.  None of the parties to this
Agreement shall be deemed to be the drafter of this Agreement, and this
Agreement shall not be interpreted in favor of or against any party hereto.

          1.2.7.  TIME OF THE ESSENCE.  Time and exactitude in the performance
of each of the covenants, conditions and agreements contained in this Agreement
are hereby declared to be of the essence.

          1.2.8.  INTERPRETATION.  Section 1.2. of the Credit Agreement shall
govern the interpretation of this Agreement and is hereby incorporated herein by
reference, PROVIDED that (i) all references therein to any "Lender" shall be
read as being to any Secured Party, and (ii) all references therein as being to
"Guarantor" shall be read as being to Pledgor.


                                          4
<PAGE>

                                      ARTICLE 2.

                      THE SECURITY INTEREST; SECURED OBLIGATIONS

          SECTION 2.1.  SECURITY INTEREST.  To secure the payment and
performance of the Secured Obligations as and when due, the Pledgor hereby
conveys, pledges, assigns and transfers to the Agent, and grants to the Agent,
as agent and representative for the equal and ratable benefit of the Secured
Parties, a security interest (the "SECURITY INTEREST") in, all right, title,
claim and interest of the Pledgor in and to the following property, whether now
owned and existing or hereafter acquired or arising, and wherever located (such
property being, collectively, the "COLLATERAL"):

          2.1.1.  The Pledged Stock and all certificates and instruments
representing or evidencing the Pledged Stock, together with all interest coupons
(if any) attached thereto;

          2.1.2.  Any and all additions to or replacements for any of the
foregoing;

          2.1.3.  Any and all rights, powers, remedies and privileges of the
Pledgor under or with respect to any of the foregoing;

          2.1.4.  Any and all proceeds and products of any of the foregoing,
whether now held and existing or hereafter acquired or arising, including any
and all cash, securities, instruments and other property from time to time paid,
payable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of
the foregoing (collectively, the "PROCEEDS").  "PROCEEDS" shall include (i) any
options, warrants, securities or other property issued or delivered by the
issuer of or obligor on any Collateral as a stock dividend or distribution in
connection with any reclassification, increase or reduction of capital or issued
or delivered in connection with any merger or other reorganization, and (ii) any
property received upon the liquidation or dissolution of any issuer of or
obligor on any Collateral or upon or in respect of any distribution of capital.

          SECTION 2.2.  SECURED OBLIGATIONS.  The Security Interest shall
secure, for the equal and ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, the due and
punctual payment of any and all present and future obligations and liabilities
of the Pledgor of every type or description:

          (a) to any Secured Party, or any of its successors or assigns,

               (i)       whether arising under or in connection with the
Guaranty and this Agreement;

               (ii)      whether for money borrowed, in respect of letters of
credit, for goods and services delivered or rendered, or other amounts in
connection with the Guaranty;


                                          5
<PAGE>

               (iii)     whether for principal, interest, letter of credit or
other reimbursement obligations, cash collateral cover, fees, expenses,
indemnities or other amounts (including attorneys' fees and expenses) in
connection with the Guaranty, including for reimbursement of amounts that may be
advanced or expended by the Agent (A) to satisfy amounts required to be paid by
the Pledgor under this Agreement, the Guaranty or any other Loan Document for
claims and Charges, together with interest thereon to the extent provided, or
(B) to maintain or preserve any Collateral or to create, perfect, continue or
protect any Collateral or the Security Interest therein, or its priority; and

               (iv)      whether or not evidenced by one or more instruments,
documents, agreements or other writings; or

          (b)  or any Person entitled to indemnification from Pledgor under this
Agreement or the other Loan Documents for amounts owing with respect to such
indemnification,

          in each case whether due or not due, direct or indirect, joint and/or
several, absolute or contingent, voluntary or involuntary, liquidated or
unliquidated, determined or undetermined, now or hereafter existing, renewed or
restructured, whether or not from time to time decreased or extinguished and
later increased, created or incurred, whether or not arising after the
commencement of a proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code (including post-petition
interest) and whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such
proceeding, and whether or not recovery of any such obligation or liability may
be barred by a statute of limitations or such obligation or liability may
otherwise be unenforceable (all obligations and liabilities described in this
Section 2.2. are collectively referred to as the "SECURED OBLIGATIONS").

                                     ARTICLE 3.

                            WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

          The Pledgor represents and warrants that all representations and
warranties made with respect to it, its assets and its obligations in Article 3
of the Guaranty or made by the Borrower in Article IV of the Credit Agreement
are true and correct and makes the following additional representations and
warranties, all of which shall survive until termination of this Agreement
pursuant to Section 6.7.


                                          6
<PAGE>

          SECTION 3.1.  FILINGS, ETC.  Duly executed financing statements
containing a correct description of the Collateral have been delivered to the
Agent for filing in every governmental office in every state, county and other
jurisdiction in which the principal place of business or the chief executive
office of the Pledgor is located, to the extent necessary to establish a valid
and perfected Lien in favor of the Agent in all Collateral in which a Lien may
be perfected by filing, and no further or subsequent filing, recording or
registration is necessary in any such jurisdiction, except as provided under
Applicable Law with respect to the filing of continuation statements.

          SECTION 3.2.  LOCATIONS AND NAMES.  Schedule 3.2. indicates (a) the
Pledgor's chief executive office and principal place of business on the date
hereof and at any time during the last four months, (b) all other places of
business of the Pledgor on the date hereof or at any time during the last four
months, and all other locations at which any tangible Collateral or books and
records related to any Collateral, including computer programs, printouts and
other computer materials, are now located or were located during the past four
months, (c) the Pledgor's federal tax identification number, and (d) all prior
or current trade or legal names used to identify the Pledgor in its business or
in the ownership of its properties.

          0.1.  TITLE TO COLLATERAL; VALIDITY AND PERFECTION OF SECURITY
INTEREST; ABSENCE OF OTHER LIENS.

          3.3.1.  The Pledgor has good and marketable title to all Collateral.
The Security Interest constitutes a valid and, upon delivery of all Pledged
Collateral to the Secured Party Pursuant to Section 4.1. hereof and the filing
of financing statements covering the Collateral with the appropriate
Governmental Authorities in the United States, perfected Lien in all of the
Collateral and secures payment and performance of the Secured Obligations.

          3.3.2.  The Collateral is free and clear of all Liens other than the
Security Interest.  Except for financing statements in favor of the Agent, the
Pledgor has not executed or permitted to be filed any financing statement
covering any Collateral.


                                          7
<PAGE>

          SECTION 3.4.  REGARDING THE PLEDGED STOCK.  Schedule 3.4. sets forth
the number of authorized and the number of issued shares of each class of
Capital Stock of each issuer of Pledged Stock.  All outstanding Capital Stock of
each such issuer has been duly authorized, validly issued and is fully paid and
non-assessable.  There are no outstanding options, warrants, convertible
securities or other rights, contingent or absolute, to acquire any Capital Stock
of any such issuer, except as set forth on Schedule 3.4.

                                     ARTICLE 4.

                               COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS

          SECTION 4.1.  DELIVERY OF PLEDGED COLLATERAL, ETC.

          4.1.1.  On the date hereof, the Pledgor is delivering to the Agent all
Collateral consisting of certificated securities, instruments or the like the
physical possession of which is necessary in order for the Security Interest to
be perfected or delivery of which was requested by the Agent to assure the
priority of the Security Interest therein (such Collateral being "PLEDGED
COLLATERAL").  The Pledgor shall deliver to the Agent promptly after acquisition
thereof all Pledged Collateral acquired after the date hereof.  All Pledged
Collateral shall be in suitable form for transfer by delivery, or be duly
endorsed to the order of the Agent or accompanied by duly executed instruments
of transfer or assignment in blank, all in form and substance satisfactory to
the Agent.  The Agent shall have the right, at any time in its discretion and
without notice to the Pledgor, to transfer to or to register in the name of the
Agent or its nominee any or all of the Collateral.  In addition, the Agent shall
have the right at any time to exchange certificates or instruments representing
or evidencing Pledged Collateral for certificates or instruments of smaller or
larger denominations.

          4.1.2.  Without limitation of subsection (a) above, if the Pledgor
receives or becomes entitled to receive any securities issued by any issuer of
Pledged Stock, or any successor thereto, in any manner in substitution for or in
addition to the Pledged Stock, or if the Pledgor shall become entitled to
receive or shall receive any securities or other property in addition to, in
substitution of, as a conversion of, or in exchange for, any of the Pledged
Stock or any other Collateral, the Pledgor shall receive the same as the agent
for the Agent, and shall hold the same in trust for and deliver the same
promptly to the Agent in the exact form in which received, together with
appropriate instruments of transfer or assignments in blank, to be held by the
Agent as Collateral hereunder.

          Section 4.2.  FURTHER ASSURANCES.  The Pledgor shall, at its own
expense, perform on request of the Agent, such acts as may be necessary or
advisable in the opinion of the Agent, or that the Agent may request at any
time, to assure the attachment, perfection and first priority of the Security
Interest, to exercise the rights and remedies of the Secured Parties hereunder
or to carry out the intent of this Agreement.  Without limitation, at the
Agent's request, the Pledgor shall execute and deliver (or cause any third


                                          8
<PAGE>

party to execute and deliver) to the Agent, at any time and from time to time,
all Supplemental Documentation that the Agent may reasonably request, in form
and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent.  The Pledgor agrees that a
photocopy of this Agreement or of a financing statement is sufficient as a
financing statement.

          SECTION 4.3.  POWER OF ATTORNEY.  The Pledgor hereby irrevocably
appoints the Agent and its employees and agents as the Pledgor's true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact, with full power of substitution, to do (a) all things
required to be done by the Pledgor under this Agreement or the other Loan
Documents, and (b) to do all things that the Agent may deem necessary or
advisable to assure the attachment, perfection and first priority of the
Security Interest or otherwise to exercise the rights and remedies of the
Secured Parties hereunder or carry out the intent of this Agreement, in each
case irrespective of whether a Default or Event of Default then exists (except
as otherwise provided herein) and at the Pledgor's expense.  Without limitation,
the Agent and its officers and agents shall be entitled to do all of the
following, as fully as the Pledgor might:

          4.3.1.  to sign the name of the Pledgor on any Supplemental
Documentation and to deliver and file such Supplemental Documentation to or with
such Persons as the Agent, in its sole discretion, may elect; and

          4.3.2.  to affix, by facsimile signature or otherwise, the general or
special endorsement of the Pledgor, in such manner as the Agent shall deem
advisable, to any Pledged Collateral that has been delivered to or obtained by
the Agent without appropriate endorsement or assignment.

          The Agent shall be under no obligation whatsoever to take any of the
foregoing actions, and absent bad faith or willful misconduct, the Agent and its
shareholders, directors, officers, employees and agents shall have no liability
or responsibility for any act taken or omitted with respect thereto.  A copy of
this Agreement shall be conclusive evidence of the Agent's right to act under
this Section 4.3. as against all third parties.

          SECTION 4.4.  CHANGES OF LOCATIONS OF COLLATERAL, OFFICES, NAME OR
STRUCTURE.  The Pledgor shall not adopt a trade name or change its name, chief
executive office, principal place of business, identity or structure without  30
days prior written notice to the Agent.

          SECTION 4.5.  PAYMENT OF CHARGES AND CLAIMS.  The Pledgor shall pay
(a) all Charges imposed upon any Collateral, and (b) all claims that have become
due and payable and, under Applicable Law, have or may become Liens upon any
Collateral, in each case before any material penalty shall be incurred with
respect thereto; PROVIDED THAT, unless foreclosure, levy or similar proceedings
shall have commenced, the Pledgor need not pay or discharge any such Charges or
claims so long as the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good
faith and by appropriate proceedings and so long as adequate reserves therefor
have been established in accordance with GAAP.  If the


                                          9
<PAGE>

Pledgor fails to pay or obtain the discharge of any Charge, claim or Lien
required to be paid or discharged under this Section and asserted against any
Collateral having a material fair market value or involving a material disputed
amount, the Pledgor shall so notify the Agent and, regardless of whether such
notice is given, the Agent may, at any time and from time to time, in its sole
discretion and without waiving or releasing any obligation of the Pledgor under
this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or waiving any Default or Event of
Default, make such payment, obtain such discharge or take such other action with
respect thereto as the Agent deems advisable; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Agent
shall in any event first have given the Pledgor written notice of its intent to
do the same and the Pledgor shall not have, within 15 days of such notice, paid
such claim or obtained to the Agent's satisfaction the release of the claim or
Lien to which such notice relates.

          SECTION 4.6.  DUTY OF CARE; INDEMNIFICATION.

          4.6.1.  The Secured Parties shall have no duty of care with respect to
the Collateral, except that each Secured Party shall have an obligation to
exercise reasonable care with respect to Collateral in its possession; PROVIDED
that (i) each Secured Party shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care if
Collateral in its possession is accorded treatment substantially comparable to
that which such Secured Party accords its own property or treatment
substantially in accordance with actions requested by the Pledgor in writing,
although the such Secured Party shall not be obligated to comply with any such
requests, and (ii) the Secured Parties shall have no obligation to take any
actions to preserve rights against other parties with respect to any Collateral.
Without limitation, the Secured Parties shall (A) bear no risk or expense with
respect to any Collateral and (B) have no duty with respect to calls,
conversions, presentments, notices or other matters relating to Collateral, or
to maximize interest or other returns with respect thereto.

          4.6.2.  The Pledgor hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each
Secured Party and its directors, officers, employees and agents against any and
all claims, actions, liabilities, reasonable costs and expenses of any kind or
nature whatsoever (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) that
may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against any of them, in any way
relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any action taken or omitted by
them hereunder (including such obligations and liabilities of the Pledgor for
Taxes), except to the extent a court holds in a final and nonappealable judgment
that they directly resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of
any such Person against and from all such obligations and liabilities.

          4.6.3.  The Agent may at any time deliver or redeliver the Collateral
or any part thereof to the Pledgor and the receipt of any of the same by the
Pledgor shall be complete and full acquittance for the Collateral so delivered,
and the Agent thereafter shall be discharged from any liability or
responsibility therefor.

          SECTION 4.7.  SALE OF COLLATERAL; FURTHER ENCUMBRANCES.  The Pledgor
shall not sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any Collateral, or any interest
therein, or grant


                                          10
<PAGE>

or suffer to exist any Lien in or on any Collateral.  If any Collateral, or any
interest therein, is disposed of in violation of these provisions, the Security
Interest shall continue in such Collateral or interest notwithstanding such
disposition, the Person to which the Collateral or interest is being transferred
shall be bound by this Agreement, and the Pledgor shall deliver all Proceeds
thereof to the Agent to be held as Collateral hereunder.

          SECTION 4.8.  VOTING AND OTHER CONSENSUAL RIGHTS; DISTRIBUTIONS.

            4.8.1.  So long as no Event of Default shall exist:

               4.8.1.1.  The Pledgor shall be entitled to exercise any and all
voting, management and other consensual rights pertaining to any Collateral, for
any purpose not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Pledgor shall not exercise any such right
if it would result in a "Default" or an "Event of Default" (each as defined in
the Credit Agreement), have a Material Adverse Effect on the Borrower, or result
in a Default or an Event of Default.  Within 10 days of exercising any such
right in a manner material to the Secured Parties, the Pledgor shall give notice
to the Agent of such exercise and the action taken or approved in connection
therewith.

               4.8.1.2.  Except as otherwise provided herein, the Pledgor shall
be entitled to receive and retain and use free of the Security Interest any and
all cash and other property paid or otherwise distributed in respect of the
Collateral; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any and all (A) dividends and other
distributions paid or payable other than in cash or in the form of Pledged
Collateral, and (B) cash paid upon or in respect of any of the Collateral upon
or in respect of the liquidation or dissolution of any issuer thereof or upon or
in respect of any distribution of capital or redemption of exchange of any
Collateral, shall be delivered to the Agent, in the exact form received, to be
held as Collateral hereunder.

          4.8.2.  So long as an Event of Default shall exist, at the sole option
of the Agent, any or all rights of the Pledgor to exercise voting, management
and other consensual rights and to receive cash and other property distributed
in respect of Collateral as permitted by Sections 4.8.1.1 and 4.8.1.2, shall
cease, at the option of the Agent, and the Agent, if and when it notifies the
Pledgor of the exercise of such option, shall have the sole right to exercise
any or all such voting and other consensual rights and receive and to hold as
Collateral any or all such cash and other property.

          4.8.3.  All cash and other property required to be delivered to the
Agent hereunder shall, if received by the Pledgor, be received in trust for the
benefit of the Secured Parties, be segregated from the other property of the
Pledgor, and promptly be delivered to the Agent in the same form as so received
(with any appropriate endorsements or assignments).

          4.8.4.  The Agent shall execute and deliver (or cause to be executed
and delivered) to the Pledgor all proxies and other instruments as the Pledgor
may reasonably


                                          11
<PAGE>

request for the purpose of enabling the Pledgor to exercise the voting and other
rights which it is entitled to exercise pursuant to subsection 4.8.1 above.

          4.8.5.  The Agent agrees to release promptly to the Pledgor any cash
or other property paid or distributed in respect of the Collateral and received
by the Agent pursuant to Section 4.8.2. if, prior to the occurrence of an
Acceleration, all Defaults and Events of Default are no longer continuing.

                                     ARTICLE 5.

                  EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS AND REMEDIES ON DEFAULT

          SECTION 5.1.  EVENT OF DEFAULT.  The occurrence of one or more of the
following shall constitute an "EVENT OF DEFAULT":

          5.1.1.  FAILURE TO MAKE PAYMENTS.  The Pledgor shall fail to pay as
and when due any amounts payable under the Guaranty within three Business Days
of the date when due under the Guaranty; or

          5.1.2.  DEFAULT IN OTHER DEBT.  Any breach or default (or other event
or condition) shall occur under any agreement, indenture or instrument relating
to any  other Debt with a principal amount in excess of $2,000,000, if the
effect of such breach or default (or such other event or condition) is to cause,
or to permit the holder or holders of the other Debt (or a Person on behalf of
such holder or holders) to cause (upon the giving of notice, the lapse of time
or both, or otherwise), such other Debt to become or be declared due and
payable, or required to be prepaid, redeemed, purchased or defeased (or an offer
of prepayment, redemption, purchase or defeasance be made), prior to its stated
maturity (other than by a scheduled mandatory prepayment); or

          5.1.3.  BREACH OF COVENANTS.  The Pledgor shall fail to perform,
comply with or observe any agreement, covenant or obligation under this
Agreement or the Guaranty; or

          5.1.4.  BREACH OF WARRANTY.  Any representation or warranty or
certification made or furnished by the Pledgor under any Loan Document shall
have been false or incorrect in any material respect when made (or deemed made);
or

          5.1.5.  INVOLUNTARY BANKRUPTCY; APPOINTMENT OF RECEIVER, ETC.  There
shall be commenced against the Pledgor, an involuntary case seeking the
liquidation or reorganization of the Pledgor under the Bankruptcy Code or any
similar proceeding under any other Applicable Law or an involuntary case or
proceeding seeking the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, sequestrator,
custodian, trustee or other officer having similar powers of the Pledgor or to
take possession of all or a substantial portion of its property or to operate
all or a substantial portion of its business, and any of the following events
occur:  (a) the Pledgor consents to the institution of the involuntary case or
proceeding; (b) such petition commencing the involuntary case or proceeding is
not timely


                                          12
<PAGE>

controverted; (c) the petition commencing the involuntary case or proceeding
remains undismissed and unstayed for a period of 60 days; or (d) an order for
relief shall have been issued or entered therein; or

          5.1.6.  VOLUNTARY BANKRUPTCY; APPOINTMENT OF RECEIVER, ETC.  The
Pledgor shall institute a voluntary case seeking liquidation or reorganization
under the Bankruptcy Code or any similar proceeding under any other Applicable
Law, or shall consent thereto; or shall consent to the conversion of an
involuntary case to a voluntary case; or shall file a petition, answer a
complaint or otherwise institute any proceeding seeking, or shall consent to or
acquiesce in the appointment of, a receiver, liquidator, sequestrator,
custodian, trustee or other officer with similar powers of it or to take
possession of all or a substantial portion of its property or to operate all or
a substantial portion of its business; or shall make a general assignment for
the benefit of creditors; or shall generally not pay its debts as they become
due; or the Board of Directors of the Pledgor (or any committee thereof) adopts
any resolution or otherwise authorizes action to approve any of the foregoing;
or

          5.1.7.  CHANGE OF CONTROL.  A Change of Control shall occur at any
time; or

          5.1.8.  TERMINATION OF LOAN DOCUMENTS, ETC.  Any Loan Document, or any
material provision thereof, shall cease to be in full force and effect for any
reason, or any Lien in favor of the Agent thereunder shall fail to have the
priority required thereunder with respect to any Collateral, except upon a
release or termination of such Loan Document or Lien pursuant to the terms
thereof; or the Guarantor shall contest or purport to repudiate or disavow any
of its obligations under or the validity of enforceability of any Loan Document
or any material provision thereof.

          SECTION 5.2.  REMEDIES.  If (a) upon or after the occurrence of any
Event of Default, the Agent elects or is directed by the Required Secured
Parties to exercise remedies under this Agreement or (b) there occurs an Event
of Default described in Section 5.1 hereof (the occurrence of any such event
shall be referred to as an "ACCELERATION"), then, whether or not all the Secured
Obligations shall have become immediately due and payable:

          5.2.1.  In addition to all its other rights, powers and remedies under
this Agreement and Applicable Law, each Secured Party shall have, and may
exercise in accordance with the Guaranty and this Agreement, any and all of the
rights, powers and remedies of a secured party under the UCC, all of which
rights, powers and remedies shall be cumulative and not exclusive, to the extent
permitted by Applicable Law.

          5.2.2.  The Agent shall have the right, all at the Agent's sole option
and as the Agent in its discretion may deem necessary or advisable, to do any or
all of the following:


                                          13
<PAGE>

               5.2.2.1.  following an Acceleration, to foreclose the Security
Interest by any available judicial procedure or without judicial process;

               5.2.2.2.  following an Acceleration, to notify the issuers of the
Pledged Stock that the Pledged Stock has been assigned to the Agent and that all
distributions thereon are to be made directly and exclusively to or as specified
by the Agent;

               5.2.2.3.  following an Acceleration, to collect by legal
proceedings or otherwise all dividends, distributions, other sums now or
hereafter payable upon or on account of the Collateral;

               5.2.2.4.  to enter into any reorganization agreement or any other
agreement relating to or affecting the Collateral and, in connection therewith,
deposit or surrender control of any Collateral or accept other property in
exchange therefor;

               5.2.2.5.  to receive, open and dispose of all mail addressed to
the Pledgor and notify postal authorities to change the address for delivery
thereof to such address as the Agent may designate, PROVIDED THAT the Agent
agrees that it will promptly deliver over to the Pledgor any such opened mail as
does not relate to the Collateral; and

               5.2.2.6.  to exercise any and all other rights, powers,
privileges and remedies of an owner of the Collateral, including rights of
conversion, exchange or subscription or other rights or upon the exercise by the
Pledgor or the Agent of any right, power or privilege pertaining to the
Collateral, the right to deposit and deliver any and all of the Collateral to
any committee, depositary, transfer agent, registrar or other designated agency
upon such terms and conditions as the Agent may determine to be appropriate, all
without liability except to account for property actually received by it, but
the Agent shall have no duty to the Pledgor to exercise any such right, power or
privilege and shall not be responsible for any failure to do so or delay in so
doing.

          5.2.3.  The Agent shall have the right to sell or otherwise dispose of
all or any Collateral at public or private sale or sales, with such notice as
may be required by Section 5.4., in lots or in bulk, at any exchange, over the
counter or at any of the Agent's offices or elsewhere, for cash or on credit,
with or without representations or warranties, all as the Agent, in its
discretion, may deem advisable.  The Collateral need not be present at any such
sales.  If sale of all or any part of the Collateral is made on credit or for
future delivery, the Collateral so sold may be retained by the Agent until the
sale price is paid by the purchaser thereof, but the Secured Parties shall not
incur any liability in case any such purchaser shall fail to take up and pay for
the Collateral so sold and, in case of any such failure, such Collateral may be
sold again upon like notice.  The Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale
of the Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given.  The Agent may
purchase all or any part of the Collateral at public or, if permitted by
Applicable Law, private sale, and in lieu of actual payment of the purchase
price, the Agent may apply against such purchase price any amount of the Secured
Obligations.  The Pledgor agrees that any sale of Collateral conducted by the
Agent in


                                          14
<PAGE>

accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section and Section 5.3. shall
be deemed to be a commercially reasonable sale under Section 9-504 of the UCC.

          5.2.4.  The Agent shall not be required to register or qualify any of
the Collateral that constitutes securities under applicable state or federal
securities laws in connection with any sale or other disposition thereof if such
disposition is effected in a manner that complies with all applicable federal
and state securities laws.  The Agent shall be authorized at any such
disposition (if it deems it advisable to do so) to restrict the prospective
bidders or purchasers to persons who will represent and agree that they are
"accredited investors" or "qualified institutional buyers" under Applicable Law
and purchasing the Collateral for their own account for investment and not with
a view to the distribution or sale thereof.  If any such Collateral is sold at
private sale, the Pledgor agrees that if such Collateral is sold in a manner
that the Agent in good faith believes to be reasonable under the circumstances
then existing, then (A) the sale shall be deemed to be commercially reasonable
in all respects, (B) the Pledgor shall not be entitled to a credit against the
Secured Obligations in an amount in excess of the purchase price, and (C) the
Secured Parties shall not incur any liability or responsibility to the Pledgor
in connection therewith, notwithstanding the possibility that a substantially
higher price might have been realized at a public sale.  The Pledgor recognizes
that a ready market may not exist for such Collateral if it is not regularly
traded on a recognized securities exchange, and that a sale by the Agent of any
such Collateral for an amount substantially less than the price that might have
been achieved had the Collateral been so traded may be commercially reasonable
in view of the difficulties that may be encountered in attempting to sell
Collateral that is privately traded.

          SECTION 5.3.  APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS.

          5.3.1.  Any cash proceeds received by the Agent in respect of any sale
of, collection from, or other realization upon, all or any part of the
Collateral following the occurrence of an Acceleration or otherwise (including
insurance proceeds) may be held by the Agent as Collateral and/or then or at any
time thereafter applied as follows:

               5.3.1.1.  first, to the Agent to pay all advances, charges, costs
and expenses payable to the Agent pursuant to Section 6.1.; and

               5.3.1.2.  second, to the Agent for application against or on
account of the Secured Obligations and disbursement to the other Secured
Parties, on a pro rata basis determined by the amount of Secured Obligations
then outstanding.

          5.3.2.  The Pledgor and any other Person then obligated therefor shall
pay to the Agent on demand any deficiency with regard to the Secured Obligations
that may remain after such sale, collection or realization of, from or upon the
Collateral.

          5.3.3.  Any surplus of cash and any notes and other receivables held
by the Agent and remaining after payment in full of all the Secured Obligations
shall be reassigned and redelivered as provided in Section 6.7.


                                          15
<PAGE>

          5.3.4.  Payments received from any third party on account of any
Collateral shall not reduce the Secured Obligations until paid in cash to the
Agent.  The application of proceeds by the Agent shall be without prejudice to
the Agent's rights as against the Pledgor or other Persons with respect to any
Secured Obligations that may then be or remain unpaid.

          5.3.5.  If at any time after an Acceleration the Pledgor receives any
collections upon or other Proceeds of any Collateral, whether in the form of
cash, notes or otherwise, such Proceeds shall be received in trust for the
Secured Parties and the Pledgor shall keep all such Proceeds separate and apart
from all other funds and property so as to be capable of identification as the
property of the Secured Parties and promptly deliver such Proceeds to the Agent
in the identical form received.

          SECTION 5.4.  NOTICE.  Unless the Collateral threatens to decline
speedily in value or is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market, the
Agent will send or otherwise make available to the Pledgor reasonable notice of
the time and place of any public sale or of the time on or after which any
private sale of any Collateral is to be made.  The Pledgor agrees that any
notice required to be given by the Agent of a sale or other disposition of
Collateral, or any other intended action by the Agent, that is received in
accordance with the provisions set forth in Section 6.4. ten days prior to such
proposed action shall constitute commercially reasonable and fair notice thereof
to the Pledgor.  The Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to
time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor and such sale may,
without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so
adjourned.  The Pledgor hereby waives any right to receive notice of any public
or private sale of any Collateral or other security for the Secured Obligations
except as expressly provided for in this Section.

                                     ARTICLE 6.

                                       GENERAL

          SECTION 6.1.  AGENT'S EXPENSES, INCLUDING ATTORNEYS' FEES.  Regardless
of the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default, the Pledgor agrees to pay to
the Agent any and all reasonable advances, charges, costs and expenses,
including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and any experts or agents,
that the Agent may incur in connection with (a) the administration of this
Agreement, (b) the creation, perfection or continuation of the Security Interest
or protection of its priority or the Collateral, including the discharging of
any prior or junior Lien or adverse claim against the Collateral or any part
thereof that is not permitted hereby, (c) the custody, preservation or sale of,
collection from, or other realization upon, any of the Collateral, (d) the
exercise or enforcement of any of the rights, powers or remedies of the Agent
under this Agreement or under Applicable Law (including attorneys' fees and
expenses incurred by the Agent in the collection of Collateral deposited with
the Agent and amounts incurred in connection with the operation, maintenance or
foreclosure of the Security Interest) or any workout or restructuring or
insolvency or bankruptcy proceeding, or (e) the failure by the Pledgor to


                                          16
<PAGE>

perform or observe any of the provisions hereof.  All such amounts and all other
amounts payable hereunder shall be payable on demand.

          SECTION 6.2.  AMENDMENTS AND OTHER MODIFICATIONS.  No amendment of any
provision of this Agreement (including a waiver thereof or consent relating
thereto) shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by
the Agent and the Pledgor.  Any waiver or consent relating to any provision of
this Agreement shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the
specific purpose for which given.  No notice to or demand on the Pledgor in any
case shall entitle the Pledgor to any other or further notice or demand in
similar or other circumstances.

          SECTION 6.3.  CUMULATIVE REMEDIES; FAILURE OR DELAY.  The rights and
remedies provided for under this Agreement are cumulative and are not exclusive
of any rights and remedies that may be available to the Secured Parties under
Applicable Law, the other Loan Documents or otherwise.  No failure or delay on
the part of the Agent in the exercise of any power, right or remedy under this
Agreement shall impair such power, right or remedy or shall operate as a waiver
thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or
remedy preclude other or further exercise of such or any other power, right or
remedy.

          SECTION 6.4.  NOTICES, ETC.  All notices and other communications
under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered or
sent by prepaid courier, by overnight, registered or certified mail (postage
prepaid) or by prepaid telecopy and shall be deemed given when received by the
intended recipient thereof.  Unless otherwise specified in a notice given in
accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.4., notices and other
communications shall be given to the parties hereto at their respective
addresses (or to their respective telecopier numbers) indicated on Schedule 1.1B
to the Credit Agreement or Schedule 5.4 of the Guaranty, as applicable.

          SECTION 6.5.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  This Agreement shall be binding
upon and, subject to the next sentence, inure to the benefit of the Pledgor and
the Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns. The Pledgor
shall not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without
the prior written consent of the Agent.  The benefits of this Agreement shall
pass automatically with any assignment of the Secured Obligations (or any
portion thereof), to the extent of such assignment.

          SECTION 6.6.  PAYMENTS SET ASIDE.  Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary herein contained, this Agreement, the Secured Obligations and the
Security Interest shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case
may be, if at any time any payment, or any part thereof, of any or all of the
Secured Obligations is rescinded, invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or
preferential or otherwise required to be restored or returned by any Secured
Party in connection with any bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding
involving the Pledgor, any other party liable with respect to the Secured
Obligations or otherwise, if the proceeds of any Collateral are required to be
returned by such Secured Party under any such circumstances, or if any Secured
Party


                                          17
<PAGE>

elects to return any such payment or proceeds or any part thereof in its sole
discretion, all as though such payment had not been made or such proceeds not
been received.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if prior to
any such rescission, invalidation, declaration, restoration or return, this
Agreement shall have been canceled or surrendered or the Security Interest or
any Collateral shall have been released or terminated in connection with such
cancellation or surrender, this Agreement and the Security Interest and such
Collateral shall be reinstated in full force and effect, and such prior
cancellation or surrender shall not diminish, discharge or otherwise affect the
obligations of the Pledgor in respect of the amount of the affected payment or
application of proceeds, the Security Interest or such Collateral.

          SECTION 6.7.  CONTINUING SECURITY INTEREST; TERMINATION.  This
Agreement shall create a continuing security interest in the Collateral and,
except as provided below, the Security Interest and all agreements,
representations and warranties made herein shall survive until, and this
Agreement shall terminate only upon, the indefeasible payment in full of the
Secured Obligations.  Any investigation at any time made by or on behalf of the
Secured Parties shall not diminish the right of the Secured Parties to rely on
any such agreements, representations or warranties herein.

          Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or Applicable Law to the
contrary, the agreements of the Pledgor set forth in Sections 4.6.2., and 6.1.
shall survive the payment of all other Secured Obligations and the termination
of this Agreement.  After termination of this Agreement, the Agent shall, upon
the request and at the expense of the Pledgor, forthwith assign, transfer and
deliver to the Pledgor or its order, against receipt and without recourse to the
Secured Parties, such of the Collateral as may be in possession of the Agent and
as shall not have been sold or otherwise applied pursuant to the terms hereof,
together with proper instruments (including UCC termination statements on Form
UCC-2 or such other form as may be appropriate in any jurisdiction)
acknowledging the termination of this Agreement.

          SECTION 6.8.  WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY.  THE PLEDGOR AND, BY THEIR
ACCEPTANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE SECURED PARTIES, WAIVE THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY
JURY IN ANY ACTION UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY ACTION ARISING OUT OF THE
TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, REGARDLESS OF WHICH PARTY INDICATES SUCH
ACTION OR ACTIONS.

          SECTION 6.9.  WAIVER AND ESTOPPEL.  Except as otherwise provided in
this Agreement, the Pledgor hereby waives: (a) presentment, protest, notice of
dishonor, release, compromise, settlement, extension or renewal and any other
notice of or with respect to the Secured Obligations and hereby ratifies and
confirms whatever the Agent may do in this regard; (b) notice prior to taking
possession or control of any Collateral; (c) ANY BOND OR SECURITY THAT MIGHT BE
REQUIRED BY ANY COURT PRIOR TO ALLOWING THE AGENT TO EXERCISE ANY OF ITS RIGHTS,
POWERS OR REMEDIES; (d) the benefit of all valuation, appraisement, redemption
and


                                          18
<PAGE>

exemption laws; (e) any rights to require marshalling of the Collateral upon any
sale or otherwise to direct the order in which the Collateral shall be sold;
(f) any set-off; and (g) any rights to require the Agent to proceed against any
Person, proceed against or exhaust any Collateral or any other security
interests or guaranties or pursue any other remedy in the Agent's power, or to
pursue any of such rights in any particular order or manner, and any defenses
arising by reason of any disability or defense of any Person.

          SECTION 6.10.  EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be
executed in any number of counterparts, each of which counterparts, when so
executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original and all of which
counterparts, taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement.
This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution of a counterpart hereof
by each of the parties hereto.

          SECTION 6.11.  COMPLETE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement, together with the
exhibits and schedules hereto, the Guaranty and the other Loan Documents, is
intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement regarding the
subject matter hereof and as a complete and exclusive statement of the terms and
conditions of such agreement.

          SECTION 6.12.  LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.  No claim shall be made by the
Pledgor against the Secured Parties or the Affiliates, directors, officers,
employees or agents of the Secured Parties for any special, indirect,
consequential or punitive damages in respect of any claim for breach of contract
or under any other theory of liability arising out of or related to the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, or any
act, omission or event occurring in connection therewith; and the Pledgor hereby
waives, releases and agrees not to sue upon any claim for any such damages,
whether or not accrued and whether or not known or suspected to exist in its
favor.

          SECTION 6.13.  CONFLICTING AGREEMENTS; COLLATERAL SPECIFICALLY COVERED
BY OTHER AGREEMENTS.  To the extent the terms and provisions of this Agreement
conflict with the terms and provisions of the Pledge and Security Agreement or
any other Collateral Document, the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall
govern as they relate to the Collateral.



                                          19
<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be executed and delivered as of the date first set forth above.

                                      PLEDGOR:

                                      INFORMIX CORPORATION, a Delaware
                                      corporation

                                      By:     /s/ Jean-Yves Dexmier
                                          -------------------------------------

                                      Name:   Jean-Yves Dexmier
                                            -----------------------------------

                                      Title:  Executive VP and CFO
                                             ----------------------------------
                                      AGENT:

                                      BANKBOSTON, N.A., a national banking
                                      association, as Agent

                                      By:     /s/ Mara D. Heymann
                                          -------------------------------------

                                      Name:   Mara D. Heymann
                                            -----------------------------------

                                      Title:  Vice President
                                             ----------------------------------


                                          20
<PAGE>


                                                                    SCHEDULE B-1

                                    PLEDGED STOCK

          100% of the stock of the following subsidiaries is pledged under this
Agreement:

          Informix Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation

          Informix International, Inc., a Delaware corporation

          Illustra Information Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

          Stanford Technology Group, Inc. a California corporation

          Centerview Software, Inc., a California corporation.


                                          1
<PAGE>

                                                                   SCHEDULE 3.2.

                           SCHEDULE OF LOCATIONS AND NAMES

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICE:

4100 Bohannon Drive
Menlo Park, CA 94025

OTHER PLACES OF BUSINESS (SUBSIDIARIES):


See attached Exhibit

Federal Taxpayer Identification Number: 94-3011736.

Current and prior names include Relational Database Systems, Inc.




                                          1
<PAGE>


                                                                    SCHEDULE 3.4

                      CAPITALIZATION OF ISSUERS OF PLEDGED STOCK

100 common shares of Informix Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation issued to
Pledgor.

1,000 common shares of Informix International, Inc., a Delaware corporation
issued to Pledgor.

1,000 common shares of llustra Information Technologies, Inc., a Delaware
corporation issued to Pledgor.

1,000 common shares of Stanford Technology Group, Inc. a California corporation
issued to Pledgor.

1,000 common shares of Centerview Software, Inc., a California corporation
issued to Pledgor.


                                          1


<PAGE>

                            PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

          PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of December 31, 1997 (as
amended from time to time, the "AGREEMENT"), by and between Informix Software,
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "DEBTOR") and BankBoston, N.A., a national
banking association ("BANKBOSTON"), acting through its agency, as collateral
agent and representative for the institutions that now or in the future are
parties to the Credit Agreement described below (the "LENDERS") and BankBoston
in its capacity as L/C Issuer (in such capacity, the "L/C Issuer") (in such
agency capacity, BankBoston or any successor in such capacity is referred to
herein as the "AGENT").  The Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Agent are
collectively referred to herein as the "SECURED PARTIES".

                                   R E C I T A L S

          A.   Pursuant to a Senior Secured Credit Agreement dated December 31,
1997 (as amended from time to time, the "CREDIT AGREEMENT") by and among the
Debtor, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, as Syndication Agent, and the
Secured Parties, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer have agreed to make credit
facilities in an aggregate amount of $75,000,000 available to the Debtor,
subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein.  It is a condition to the
extension of such credit facilities that the collateral described herein, be
pledged to the Secured Parties as set forth herein.

                                  A G R E E M E N T

          NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as
follows:

                                      ARTICLE 1.

                           DEFINITIONS AND RELATED MATTERS

          1.1.  DEFINITIONS.  Terms with initial capital letters not otherwise
defined herein (including "ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE," "ASSET DISPOSITION," "DEFAULT,"
"CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATION," "DEBT," "EVENT OF DEFAULT," "LOAN DOCUMENTS" and
"LIEN") have the respective meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement.  In
addition, the following terms with initial capital letters have the following
meanings:

          "ACCELERATION" is defined in Section 5.2.

          "ACCOUNT DEBTOR" means any Person who is or who may become obligated
to the Debtor on any Receivable.

          "AGENT" is defined in the preamble.

          "AGREEMENT" is defined in the preamble.


<PAGE>

          "CHARGES" means all federal, state, county, city, municipal or other
Taxes, levies, assessments or charges that, if not paid when due, may result in
a Lien of any Governmental Authority against Collateral.

          "CHATTEL PAPER" is defined in Section 2.1.7.

          "COLLATERAL" is defined in Section 2.1.

          "CREDIT AGREEMENT" is defined in the Recitals.

          "DEBTOR" is defined in the preamble.

          "DOCUMENTS" is defined in Section 2.1.12.

          "EQUIPMENT" is defined in Section 2.1.10.

          "EVENT OF DEFAULT" is defined in Section 5.1.

          "FIXTURES" is defined in Section 2.1.11.

          "GOVERNING AGREEMENT" is defined in Section 2.1.3.

          "INTEREST ISSUER" is defined in Section 2.1.3.

          "INVENTORY" is defined in Section 2.1.9.

          "LENDERS" is defined in the preamble.

          "NOTES RECEIVABLE" is defined in Section 2.1.6.

          "OFFICERS' CERTIFICATE" means, with respect to the Debtor, a
certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice
President and by the Chief Financial Officer or the Treasurer or any Assistant
Treasurer, of the Debtor and delivered to the Agent.

          "PERMITTED SALE" is defined  in Section 4.7.

          "PLEDGED COLLATERAL" is defined in Section 4.8.

          "PLEDGED DEBT" means the indebtedness described on Schedule B-2
(together with all notes, security agreements, pledge agreements, mortgage,
deeds of trust and other security and loan documents from time to time
evidencing or securing such indebtedness, whether or not described on such
Schedule, and all liens, rights, remedies, powers, and privileges of the Debtor
relating thereto.

          "PLEDGED INTERESTS" means the partnership, limited liability company,
and limited liability partnership interests that are Material to the Debtor and
its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, each of which is described on Schedule B-3.


                                          2
<PAGE>

          "PLEDGED STOCK" means the shares of capital stock described on
Schedule B-1.

          "PROCEEDS" is defined in Section 2.1.17.

          "RECEIVABLES" means Accounts Receivable, Notes Receivable, Chattel
Paper and other rights to the payment of money.

          "REQUIRED SECURED PARTIES"  means (i) with respect to any vote or
action taken with respect to any default or waiver of any of the Borrower's
covenants or other obligations contained in Sections 6.2 through 6.7 (but not
including Section 6.4.1), 6.11, 6.15, 7.1.2, and 7.1.9 through 7.1.12 of the
Credit Agreement during any period in which the Level I Pricing contained in
Schedule 1.1.E of the Credit Agreement shall be in effect, Lenders having 100%
of the aggregate amount of the Commitments or (ii) with respect to Section 7.2.2
of the Credit Agreement or any other matter, any three or more Lenders having at
least 66-2/3% of the aggregate amount of the Commitments or, if the Revolving
Commitments have terminated, any three or more Lenders holding at least 66-2/3%
of the sum of (a) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Revolving Loans
PLUS (b) the aggregate amount of all Letter of Credit Liability.

          "SECURED OBLIGATIONS" is defined in Section 2.2.

          "SECURED PARTIES" is defined in the preamble.

          "SECURITIES" is defined in Section 2.1.1.

          "SECURITY INTEREST" is defined in Section 2.1.

          "SUPPLEMENTAL DOCUMENTATION" means financing statements, continuation
statements, warehouse receipts, bills of lading, Notices of Security Interest in
Patents and Trademarks, Notices of Security Interest in Copyrights, consents,
acknowledgments, assignments, assignment of accounts, patents, trademarks or
copyrights, schedules of Collateral, mortgages and other instruments or
documents necessary or requested by the Agent (a) to perfect and maintain
perfected the Security Interest on any Collateral, or (b) so that the Agent
receives all interest, dividends and distributions from time to time paid with
respect to, and all other Proceeds of, all Collateral the Agent is entitled to
receive hereunder.

          "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code (as amended from time to time)
of the State of California.

          1.2.  RELATED MATTERS.  

          1.2.1.  TERMS USED IN THE UCC.  Unless the context clearly otherwise
requires, all lower-case terms used and not otherwise defined herein that are
used or defined in Article 9 or 8 (or any equivalent subpart) of the UCC have
the same meanings herein.

          1.2.2.  GOVERNING LAW.  Except to the extent otherwise required by
Applicable Law, the UCC shall govern the attachment, perfection, priority and
enforcement of the Security Interest and all other matters to which the UCC
applies pursuant to the terms thereof.  This 


                                          3
<PAGE>

Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of
the State of California (other than choice of law rules that would require the
application of the laws of any other jurisdiction). 

          1.2.3.  HEADINGS.  The Article and Section headings used in this
Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the
construction hereof.

          1.2.4.  SEVERABILITY.  If any provision of this Agreement or any Lien
or other right hereunder shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable
under Applicable Law in any jurisdiction, such provision, Lien or other right
shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or
unenforceability, which shall not affect any other provisions herein or any
other Lien or right granted hereby or the validity, legality or enforceability
of such provision, Lien or right in any other jurisdiction.

          1.2.5.  EXHIBITS, ETC.  All of the appendices, exhibits and schedules
attached to this Agreement shall be deemed incorporated herein by reference.

          1.2.6.  NO PARTY DEEMED DRAFTER.  None of the parties to this
Agreement shall be deemed to be the drafter of this Agreement, and this
Agreement shall not be interpreted in favor of or against any party hereto.

          1.2.7.  TIME OF THE ESSENCE.  Time and exactitude in the performance
of each of the covenants, conditions and agreements contained in this Agreement
are hereby declared to be of the essence.

          1.2.8.  INTERPRETATION, ETC.  Section 1.2. of the Credit Agreement
shall govern the interpretation of this Agreement and is hereby incorporated
herein by reference, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (a) all references therein to a
"Lender" shall be read as being to any Secured Party, (b) all references therein
as "Required Lenders" shall be read as being to "Required Secured Parties,"
(c) all references therein to "Borrower" shall be read as being to "Debtor," and
(d) all references therein to "Pledge and Security Agreement" shall be read as
being to this Agreement.

                                     ARTICLE 2.  

                      THE SECURITY INTEREST; SECURED OBLIGATIONS

          2.1.  SECURITY INTEREST.  To secure the payment and performance of the
Secured Obligations as and when due, the Debtor hereby conveys, pledges, assigns
and transfers to the Agent, and grants to the Agent, as agent and representative
for the equal and ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest
(the "SECURITY INTEREST") in, all right, title, claim, estate and interest of
the Debtor in and to all property and interests in property, whether now owned
and existing or hereafter acquired or arising, and wherever located, including
the following (being collectively, the "COLLATERAL"):

          2.1.1.  Any and all stocks, bonds, general and limited partnership
interests, joint venture interests, limited liability company or limited
liability partnership interests, and other 


                                          4
<PAGE>

securities, subscription rights, options, warrants, puts, calls and other rights
with respect thereto, and investment and brokerage accounts (the "SECURITIES"),
including the Pledged Stock, the Pledged Debt, and the Pledged Interests
(collectively, the "Pledged Collateral") and all certificates and instruments
representing or evidencing the Pledged Collateral, together with all interest
coupons (if any) attached thereto;

          2.1.2.  Any and all securities issued in respect of partnership,
limited liability company, limited liability partnership, or other interests
issued by any issuer of indebtedness of any Person obligated with respect to any
of the Pledged Collateral, or any successor thereto, that the Debtor acquires or
has the right to acquire from time to time in any manner in substitution for or
in addition to any of the foregoing and any and all certificates and instruments
representing or evidencing such securities interests, together with any and all
interest coupons (if any) attached thereto and any and all notes, security
agreements, pledge agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust and other security and
loan documents from time to time evidencing or securing such indebtedness; 

          2.1.3.  The partnership or operating agreement(s) and other charter
documents of the respective partnerships, limited liability companies or limited
liability partnerships (each an "INTEREST ISSUER") that issued the Pledged
Interests, in each case as amended from time to time (each a "GOVERNING
AGREEMENT") to the extent the grant of a security interest therein is permitted
thereby;

          2.1.4.  Any and all rights, powers, remedies and privileges of the
Debtor as a general or limited partner or member of any Interest Issuer,
including all rights under the Governing Agreement and Applicable Law (i) to
receive its share of profits, income, capital distributions and surplus from
each Interest Issuer, whether in the form of cash, properties or other assets,
and whether upon a sale or refinancing of any of such Interest Issuer's assets,
in the ordinary course of business, upon dissolution and liquidation or
otherwise, and (ii) to vote the Pledged Interests or manage such Interest
Issuer;

          2.1.5.  Any and all rights to Accounts Receivable and accounts
receivable from Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Debtor;

          2.1.6.  Any and all negotiable instruments, promissory notes,
acceptances, drafts, checks, certificates of deposit and other writings that
evidence a right to the payment of money by any other Person (the "NOTES
RECEIVABLE"), including the writings listed on Schedule 2.1.6. and writings
evidencing rights to payment from Subsidiaries and Affiliates of the Debtor; 

          2.1.7.  Any and all chattel paper, including writings that evidence
both a monetary obligation and a security interest in or lease of specific goods
(the "CHATTEL PAPER");

          2.1.8.  Any and all rights to payment of money not listed above and
any and all rights, titles, interests, securities, Liens and guaranties
evidencing, securing, guarantying payment of or in any way relating to any
Receivables, including all rights to stoppage in transit, replevin, reclamation
and resale;


                                          5
<PAGE>

          2.1.9.  Any and all goods, merchandise and other personal property
that may at any time be held for sale or lease or to be furnished under any
contract of service, be so leased or furnished, or constitute raw materials,
work in process, parts, supplies or materials that are or might be used or
consumed in a business or in connection with the manufacture, packing, shipping,
advertising, selling, leasing or finishing of such goods, merchandise or other
personal property, together with all packing materials, supplies and containers
relating to or used in connection with any of the foregoing (together with all
related property described in clause 2.1.15. below, the "INVENTORY");

          2.1.10.  Any and all equipment, machinery, machine tools, office
machinery (including computers, typewriters and duplicating machines), motor
vehicles, trailers, rolling stock, airplanes, ships, boats, motors, pumps,
controls, tools, parts, works of art, athletic equipment, furniture, furnishings
and trade fixtures, and any and all supplies, molds, dies, drawings, blueprints,
reports, catalogs and computer programs related to any such goods (together with
all related property described in clause 2.1.15. below, the "EQUIPMENT");

          2.1.11.  Any and all fixtures, including machinery, equipment or
appliances for generating, storing or distributing air, water, heat,
electricity, light, fuel or refrigeration, for ventilating or sanitary purposes,
for the exclusion of vermin or insects, or for the removal of dust, refuse or
garbage or other purposes, elevators, safes, laundry, kitchen and athletic
equipment, trade fixtures, and telephone, television and other communications
equipment, in each case whether or not permanently affixed to real property
owned by the Debtor, and any and all supplies, molds, dies, drawings,
blueprints, reports, catalogs and computer programs related to such fixtures
(together with all related property described in clause 2.1.15. below, the
"FIXTURES");

          2.1.12.  Any and all documents, whether or not negotiable, including
bills of lading, warehouse receipts, trust receipts and the like, evidencing
title to Inventory or Equipment (the "DOCUMENTS");

          2.1.13.  Any and all money and any and all general intangibles and
contract rights (together with any property listed under clause 2.1.8. above,
the "GENERAL INTANGIBLES"), including the following:

               2.1.13.1.  deposit and other accounts, including demand, time
savings, passbook and like accounts maintained with any bank, savings and loan
association, credit union, brokerage or other institution (including the deposit
accounts listed on Schedule 2.1.13.1.), and any and all money, instruments and
other property from time to time deposited therein or credited thereto, or
received, receivable or otherwise distributed therefrom, in respect thereof or
in exchange therefor, including all interest accruing thereon;

               2.1.13.2.  insurance policies and all rights and claims therein
or thereunder (including prepaid and unearned premiums), including insurance
against casualty (including by fire or earthquake) or liability (including
against environmental cleanup costs), title insurance, business interruption
insurance and builders risk insurance, whether covering personal or real
property, including the casualty insurance listed on Schedule 2.1.13.2.;


                                          6
<PAGE>

               2.1.13.3.  any and all leases of real or personal property,
licensing agreements and other contracts and all guaranties, warranties,
royalties, license fees and rights under such contracts;

               2.1.13.4.  any and all Governmental Approvals, including permits,
licenses, certificates of use and occupancy (or their equivalents) and zoning
and other approvals, and tax and other refunds, compensation, awards, payments
and relief given or made by any Governmental Authority (including condemnation
awards) to the extent permitted by Applicable Law;

               2.1.13.5.  deposits, surety and other bonds, choses and things in
action, goodwill, computer programs, computer software (including all source and
object codes, all media of any type or nature on which such source or object
codes are reproduced, copied, stored or maintained), technology processes,
proprietary information, patents, patent applications, copyrights, copyright
applications, trademarks, trademark applications, service marks, trade and other
names, trade secrets and customer lists, including the Patents, Trademarks and
Copyrights listed in Schedule 2.1.13.5.;

          2.1.14.  Any and all books and records (including ledgers,
correspondence, credit files, computer software, computer storage media and
electronically recorded data) pertaining to the Debtor or any of the foregoing
and all equipment, receptacles, containers and cabinets therefor;

          2.1.15.  Any and all accessions, appurtenances, components, repairs,
repair parts, spare parts, renewals, improvements, replacements, substitutions
and additions to, of or with respect to any of the foregoing;

          2.1.16.  Any and all rights, powers, remedies and privileges of the
Debtor under or with respect to any of the foregoing, including all Liens
securing the Pledged Debt; and

          2.1.17.  Any and all proceeds and products of any of the foregoing,
whether now held and existing or hereafter acquired or arising, including any
and all cash, securities, instruments and other property from time to time paid,
payable or otherwise distributed, rents, issues, income, revenues and profits
of, from or with respect to any of the foregoing or the sale, lease or operation
thereof (collectively, the "PROCEEDS").

          "PROCEEDS" shall include (a) any options, warrants, securities or
other property issued or delivered by the issuer of or obligor on any Pledged
Collateral as a stock dividend or distribution in connection with any
reclassification, increase or reduction of capital or issued or delivered in
connection with any merger or other reorganization, (b) any property received
upon the liquidation or dissolution of any issuer of or obligor on any Pledged
Collateral or upon or in respect of any distribution of capital,(c) whatever is
now or hereafter received by the Debtor upon the sale, exchange, collection,
other disposition or operation of any item of Collateral, whether such proceeds
constitute accounts, general intangibles, instruments, securities, investment
property, documents, letters of credit, chattel paper, deposit accounts, money,
goods or other personal property, (d) any items that are now or hereafter
acquired by the Debtor with 


                                          7
<PAGE>

any proceeds or products of Collateral, (e) any amounts now or hereafter payable
under any insurance policy by reason of any loss of or damage to any Collateral
or the business of the Debtor, (f) all rights to payment for the sale of
services or products in connection with the business of Debtor, and (g) the
right to further transfer, including by pledge, mortgage, license, assignment or
sale, any of the foregoing.

          2.2.  SECURED OBLIGATIONS.  The Security Interest shall secure, for
the equal and ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, the due and punctual
payment and performance of any and all present and future obligations and
liabilities of every type or description:

          2.2.1.  to any Secured Party, or any of its successors or assigns, 

               0.0.0.1.  whether arising under or in connection with credit
     agreements, notes, guaranties, reimbursement agreements, other agreements,
     by operation of law or otherwise, including obligations and liabilities
     under the Credit Agreement and this Agreement;

               0.0.0.2.  whether for money borrowed, in respect of letters of
     credit, for goods and services delivered or rendered, or other amounts;

               0.0.0.3.  whether for principal, interest, letter of credit or
     other reimbursement obligations, Cash Collateral Cover, fees, expenses,
     indemnities or other amounts (including attorneys' fees and expenses),
     including for reimbursement of amounts that may be advanced or expended by
     the Agent (a) to satisfy amounts required to be paid by the Debtor under
     this Agreement or any other Loan Document for Taxes, insurance premiums or
     Charges, together with interest thereon to the extent provided, or (b) to
     maintain or preserve any Collateral or create, perfect, continue or protect
     any Collateral or Security Interest therein, or its priority;

               0.0.0.4.  whether or not evidenced by one or more instruments,
     documents, agreements or other writings; and

               0.0.0.5.  whether incurred by the Debtor individually or as a
     member of a partnership, limited liability company, or other group, or

          2.2.2.  or to any Person entitled to indemnification under the Credit
Agreement or the other Loan Documents for amounts owing with respect to such
indemnification, 

in each case whether due or not due, direct or indirect, joint and/or several,
absolute or contingent, voluntary or involuntary, liquidated or unliquidated,
determined or undetermined, now or hereafter existing, renewed or restructured,
whether or not from time to time decreased or extinguished and later increased,
created or incurred, whether or not arising after the commencement of a
proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code (including post-petition interest) and
whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding, and
whether or not recovery of any such obligation or liability may be barred by a
statute of limitations or such 


                                          8
<PAGE>

obligation or liability may otherwise be unenforceable (all obligations and
liabilities described in this Section 2.2. are collectively referred to as the
"SECURED OBLIGATIONS").

                                      ARTICLE 3.

                            WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

          The Debtor represents and warrants that all representations and
warranties made with respect to it, its assets and its obligations in Article 4
of the Credit Agreement are true and correct, and makes the following additional
representations and warranties, all of which shall survive until termination of
this Agreement pursuant to Section 6.7.

          SECTION 3.1.  FILINGS, ETC.  Duly executed financing statements
containing a correct description of the Collateral have been delivered to the
Agent for filing in every governmental office in every state, county and other
jurisdiction in the United States in which the principal or any other place of
business or the chief executive office of the Debtor, or any portion of the
Collateral, is located, to the extent necessary to establish a valid and
perfected Lien in favor of the Agent in all Collateral in which a Lien may be
perfected by filing, and no further or subsequent filing, recording or
registration is necessary in any such jurisdiction, except as provided under
Applicable Law with respect to the filing of continuation statements or if
Debtor changes its name or the location of its principal executive office or the
Collateral.

          3.1.1.  The Debtor has delivered to the Agent for filing (a) with the
United States Patent and Trademark Office a written notice in the form of
Exhibit 3.1.2.A (a "NOTICE OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS"), or
(b) with the United States Copyright Office a written notice in the form of
Exhibit 3.1.2.B (a "NOTICE OF SECURITY INTEREST IN COPYRIGHTS"), as applicable,
in each case duly completed, executed and notarized, with respect to each of the
Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights.  All other Supplemental Documentation
necessary to perfect the Security Interest with respect to all Patents,
Trademarks and Copyrights has been delivered to the Agent for filing in the
appropriate governmental office.

          SECTION 3.2.  LOCATIONS AND NAMES.  Schedule 3.2. indicates (a) the
Debtor's chief executive office and principal place of business on the date
hereof and at any time during the last four months, (b) all other places of
business of the Debtor on the date hereof or at any time during the last four
months, and all other locations at which any tangible Collateral or books and
records related to any Collateral, including computer programs, printouts and
other computer materials, are now located or were located during the past four
months, (c) the Debtor's federal tax identification number, and (d) all prior or
current trade or legal names used to identify the Debtor in its business or in
the ownership of its properties.  

          SECTION 3.3.  TITLE TO COLLATERAL; VALIDITY AND PERFECTION OF SECURITY
INTEREST; ABSENCE OF OTHER LIENS.  The Debtor has good and marketable title to
all Collateral free of all defects that might affect the Collateral in any
material respects.  The Security Interest constitutes a valid and, upon delivery
of all Pledged Collateral to the Secured Party pursuant to Section 4.8. hereof
and the filing of financing statements, Notices of Security Interests in Patents
and Trademarks, and Notices of Security Interests in Copyrights with the
appropriate Governmental 


                                          9
<PAGE>

Authorities, perfected Lien in all of the Collateral, and secures payment and
performance of the Secured Obligations.  The Collateral is free and clear of all
Liens other than the Security Interest and other Permitted Liens.  Except for
financing statements in favor of the Agent or in connection with Permitted
Liens, the Debtor has not executed or permitted to be filed any financing
statement covering any Collateral.

          SECTION 3.4.  INSURANCE.  Schedule 2.1.13.2. is an accurate and
complete list of all policies of insurance covering physical loss or damage to
Collateral in which the Debtor has an interest.

          SECTION 3.5.  CHATTEL PAPER.  The business practices of the Debtor do
not involve the receipt of Chattel Paper, except in connection with the
collection of overdue or disputed Accounts Receivable.

          SECTION 3.6.  PATENTS, TRADEMARKS AND COPYRIGHTS.  As of the date
hereof, Schedule 2.1.13.5. lists all patents, patent applications, trademarks,
trademark applications, service marks, service mark applications, copyrights and
copyright applications (collectively, "PATENTS, TRADEMARKS AND COPYRIGHTS") in
which the Debtor has an interest.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 2.1.13.5.,
all Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights are valid and enforceable and the Debtor
is the sole and exclusive owner of each of the Patents, Trademarks and
Copyrights, free and clear of any Liens other than Permitted Liens (including
licenses, shop rights and covenants not to sue).

          SECTION 3.7.  CERTIFICATES OF TITLE.  As of the date hereof, the
Debtor owns no Equipment for which evidences of ownership ("CERTIFICATES")
(including certificates of title, applications for title documentation and such
other documents) may be required to be delivered to the Agent to transfer and
register title thereto to the Agent for the purpose of perfecting the Security
Interest of the Agent therein.

          SECTION 3.8.  REGARDING THE PLEDGED STOCK.  Schedule 3.8. sets forth
the number of authorized and the number of issued shares of each class of
Capital Stock of each issuer of Pledged Stock.  All outstanding Capital Stock of
each such issuer has been duly authorized, validly issued and is fully paid and
non-assessable.  There are no outstanding options, warrants, convertible
securities or other rights, contingent or absolute, to acquire any Capital Stock
of any such issuer, except as set forth on Schedule 3.8.

          SECTION 3.9.  REGARDING THE PLEDGED INTERESTS.  

          3.9.1.  Schedule 3.9. describes the capitalization of each Interest
Issuer.  To the Debtor's knowledge, all outstanding equity capital of each such
Interest Issuer has been duly authorized and validly issued and, except as
indicated on Schedule 3.9., is fully paid and non-assessable.  To the Debtor's
knowledge, there are no outstanding options, warrants, convertible securities or
other rights, contingent or absolute, to acquire any equity capital of any
Interest Issuer, except as set forth on Schedule 3.9.


                                          10
<PAGE>

          3.9.2.  To the Debtor's knowledge, each Governing Agreement is in full
force and effect and constitute valid, legal and binding obligations of the
respective parties thereto and has not/have not been amended.  To the Debtor's
knowledge, except as disclosed on Schedule 3.9., no default exists under any
Governing Agreement.

          SECTION 3.10.  REGARDING THE PLEDGED DEBT.  

          3.10.1.  The Debtor has delivered to the Agent a Consent and
Acknowledgment substantially in the form of Exhibit 3.10., duly executed by each
obligor on Pledged Debt (each "PLEDGED DEBT CONSENT").  Each Pledged Debt
Consent is in full force and effect and constitutes a legal, valid and binding
obligation of the respective obligor thereunder.

          3.10.2.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.10., (a) to the Debtor's
knowledge, each Pledged Debt is in full force and effect and constitutes a
legal, valid and binding obligation of the obligor thereunder in the amount
thereof set forth on Schedule B-2, (b) no Pledged Debt is in default, and (c) to
the Debtor's knowledge, there are no setoffs or counterclaims or disputes
existing or asserted with respect to any Pledged Debt.

                                     ARTICLE 4.  

                               COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS

          SECTION 4.1.  FURTHER ASSURANCES.  The Debtor shall, at its own
expense, perform on request of the Agent such acts as may be necessary or
advisable in the opinion of the Agent, or that the Agent may request at any
time, to assure the attachment, perfection and first priority (subject to
Permitted Liens) of the Security Interest, to exercise the rights and remedies
of the Secured Parties hereunder or to carry out the intent of this Agreement. 
Without limitation, at the Agent's request, the Debtor shall execute and deliver
(or cause any third party to execute and deliver) to the Agent, at any time and
from time to time, all Supplemental Documentation that the Agent may reasonably
request, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent. With respect
to (i) any material copyright not registered with the United States Copyright
Office on the date hereof, and (ii) upon obtaining or acquiring any additional
material copyrights, Debtor will, on an ongoing basis, promptly, and in any
event not less than (x) ninety (90) days after the Closing Date with respect to
the items referenced in clause (i) above and (y) sixty (60) days after Debtor
obtains or acquires any additional material copyright, file a registration
application with respect to each such unregistered additional material copyright
of the type referenced in clause (ii) above, and each such unregistered
additional material copyright of its subsidiaries, with the United States
Copyright Office and shall with respect to each such additional material
copyright and any patents or trademarks which Debtor shall subsequently file
applications with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, amend Schedule
2.1.13.5 hereto and file a Notice of Security Interest in Copyrights, or Notice
of Security Interest in Patents and Trademarks, as applicable with the United
States Copyright Office or United States Patent and Trademark Office, as
applicable.  A copyright will be considered material (i) if Debtor derives any
revenues in any fiscal quarter in excess of $1,000,000 from such copyright, (ii)
if such copyright has a value in excess of $1,000,000, (iii) if it consists of
any derivative work for 


                                          11
<PAGE>

which Debtor seeks compensation or receives economic benefit in any fiscal
quarter in excess of $1,000,000 or if it otherwise involves a significant
improvement, enhancement or upgrade, or (iv) if in connection with the sale or
disposition of such copyright the absence of such registration would materially
adversely affect the price or marketability thereof.  The Debtor agrees that a
photocopy of this Agreement or of a financing statement is sufficient as a
financing statement.

          SECTION 4.2.  INSPECTION, VERIFICATION, ETC.  The Debtor shall keep or
cause to be kept accurate and complete records of the Collateral at the Debtor's
chief executive office.  The Agent and its employees and agents shall have the
right, at all times during the Debtor's usual business hours and upon reasonable
notice, to (a) inspect and verify the quality, quantity, value and condition of,
or any other matter relating to, the Collateral, (b) inspect all records
relating thereto and to make (or require the Debtor to provide) copies of such
records, and (c) enter upon all premises upon which any of the Collateral is
located.  In the case of Receivables or tangible Collateral in the possession of
a third Person, the Agent may, during the existence of any Event of Default,
contact Account Debtors or such third Person for the purpose of making such
inspection and verification.  The Agent shall have the absolute right to share
any information it gains from such inspection or verification with the other
Secured Parties.  During the existence of any Event of Default, the Agent may at
any time require the Debtor to segregate all Proceeds so that they are capable
of identification in such manner that the Agent shall have a perfected first
priority Lien therein, subject only to Permitted Liens.

          SECTION 4.3.  POWER OF ATTORNEY.  The Debtor hereby irrevocably
appoints the Agent and its employees and agents as the Debtor's true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact, with full power of substitution, to do (a) all things
required to be done by the Debtor under this Agreement or the other Loan
Documents, and (b) to do all things that the Agent may deem necessary or
advisable to assure the attachment, perfection and first priority (subject to
Permitted Liens) of the Security Interest or otherwise to exercise the rights
and remedies of the Secured Parties hereunder or carry out the intent of this
Agreement, in each case irrespective of whether a Default or Event of Default
then exists and at the Debtor's expense.  Without limitation, the Agent and its
officers and agents shall be entitled to do all of the following, as fully as
the Debtor might:  

          4.3.1.  to sign the name of the Debtor on any Supplemental
Documentation and to deliver and file such Supplemental Documentation to or with
such Persons as the Agent, in its sole discretion, may elect; 

          4.3.2.  to sign any certificate of ownership, registration card,
application therefor, affidavits or documents necessary to transfer title to any
of the Collateral, to receive and receipt for all licenses, registration cards
and certificates of ownership; 

          4.3.3.  to affix, by facsimile signature or otherwise, the general or
special endorsement of the Debtor, in such manner as the Agent shall deem
advisable, to any Pledged Collateral that has been delivered to or obtained by
the Agent without appropriate endorsement or assignment; and


                                          12
<PAGE>

          4.3.4.  if the Debtor at any time fails to obtain or maintain any of
the policies of insurance on the Collateral as required under Section 5.7 of the
Credit Agreement, with endorsements as provided therein, or fails to pay any
premium in whole or in part when due under such policies, to obtain and maintain
such policies of insurance and pay such premiums and take such other action with
respect thereto as the Agent deems advisable.

          In addition, during the existence of an Event of Default, the Agent or
its employees or agents may, without notice to the Debtor and at such time or
times as the Agent in its sole discretion may determine, in the Debtor's or in
the Agent's name:

               4.3.4.1.  collect any and all amounts due to the Debtor from
Account Debtors with respect to Receivables by legal proceedings or otherwise;

               4.3.4.2.  make, settle and adjust any claims under insurance
policies and make any decisions with respect thereto; and

               4.3.4.3.  attend and vote at any and all meetings of the holders
of Securities as provided in Section 4.9.

          The Agent shall be under no obligation whatsoever to take any of the
foregoing actions, and, absent bad faith or willful misconduct, the Agent and
its shareholders, directors, officers, employees and agents shall have no
liability or responsibility for any act taken or omitted with respect thereto. 
A copy of this Agreement and, if applicable, a statement by the Agent that an
Event of Default exists shall be conclusive evidence of the Agent's right to act
under this Section 4.3. as against all third parties.

          SECTION 4.4.  CHANGES OF LOCATIONS OF COLLATERAL, OFFICES, NAME OR
STRUCTURE.  The Debtor shall not remove any Collateral, books or records to, or
keep any Collateral, books or records or do business at, a location not set
forth on the Schedule of Locations and Names, adopt a trade name or change its
name, chief executive office, principal place of business, identity or structure
without 30 days  prior written notice to the Agent.

          SECTION 4.5.  PAYMENT OF CHARGES AND CLAIMS.  The Debtor shall pay
(a) all Charges imposed upon any Collateral, and (b) all claims (including
claims for labor, services and materials) that have become due and payable and,
under Applicable Law, have or may become Liens (other than Permitted Liens) upon
any Collateral, in each case before any Material penalty shall be incurred with
respect thereto; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, unless foreclosure, levy or similar
proceedings shall have commenced, the Debtor need not pay or discharge any such
Charges or claims so long as the validity or amount thereof is being contested
in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and so long as adequate reserves
therefor have been established in accordance with GAAP.  If the Debtor fails to
pay or obtain the discharge of any Charge, claim or Lien required to be paid or
discharged under this Section and asserted against any Collateral having a
Material fair market value or involving Material disputed amounts, the Debtor
shall so notify the Agent and, regardless of whether such notice is given, the
Agent may, at any time and from time to time, in its sole discretion and without
waiving or releasing any obligation of the Debtor under this Agreement or the
other Loan Documents or waiving any Default or Event of 


                                          13
<PAGE>

Default, make such payment, obtain such discharge or take such other action with
respect thereto as the Agent deems advisable; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Agent
shall in any event first have given the Debtor written notice of its intent to
do the same and the Debtor shall not have, within 15 days of such notice, paid
such Charge or claim or obtained to the Agent's satisfaction the release of the
claim or Lien to which such notice relates.

          SECTION 4.6.  CONTINUING OBLIGATIONS OF THE DEBTOR; DUTY OF CARE.  

          4.6.1.  Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) the
Debtor shall remain liable under each of its Contractual Obligations and each
Governing Agreement to the extent set forth therein to perform its duties and
obligations thereunder, and shall receive all allocations of income, gain,
expense, loss and other items, to the same extent as if this Agreement had not
been executed, (ii) the exercise by the Agent of any of its rights hereunder
shall not release the Debtor from any of its duties or obligations under each
Governing Agreement and Contractual Obligation, and (iii) the Secured Parties
shall not have any obligation or liability, and shall receive no allocations of
income, gain, expense, loss or other items, under such Governing Agreement or
Applicable Law by reason of this Agreement, nor shall the Secured Parties be
obligated to perform any of the obligations or duties of the Debtor thereunder,
to make any payment of Taxes or other amounts, to make any inquiry as to the
nature or sufficiency of any payment received by the Debtor or the Agent or the
sufficiency of any performance by any party under such Governing Agreement or to
take any action to collect or enforce any claim for payment assigned hereunder. 
The Secured Parties shall not by reason of this Agreement or the exercise of any
remedies hereunder become responsible or liable in any manner or to any extent
for the obligations and liabilities of any Interest Issuer or the Debtor,
whether now existing or hereafter incurred. 

          The Debtor shall remain liable to observe and perform Contractual
Obligations in accordance with their respective terms.  The Secured Parties
shall not have any duty, obligation or liability under or with respect to any
such Contractual Obligations, whether by reason or arising out of this
Agreement, the receipt by any Secured Party of any payment or allocation
relating to any such Contractual Obligation or otherwise, and the Debtor agrees
to indemnify and hold harmless the Secured Parties from any and all such
obligations and liabilities.

          4.6.2.  The Secured Parties shall have no duty of care with respect to
the Collateral, except that each Secured Party shall have an obligation to
exercise reasonable care with respect to Collateral in its possession; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that (a) each Secured Party shall be deemed to have exercised
reasonable care if Collateral in its possession is accorded treatment
substantially comparable to that which such Secured Party accords its own
property or treatment substantially in accordance with actions requested by the
Debtor in writing, although such Secured Party shall not be obligated to comply
with any such requests, and (b) the Secured Parties shall have no obligation to
take any actions to preserve rights against other parties or property with
respect to any Collateral.  Without limitation, the Secured Parties shall
(i) bear no risk or expense with respect to any Collateral, and (ii) have no
duty with respect to calls, conversions, presentments, maturities, notices or
other matters relating to Pledged Collateral, or to maximize interest or other
returns with respect thereto.


                                          14
<PAGE>

          4.6.3.  The Debtor hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each
Secured Party and its directors, officers, employees and agents against any and
all claims, actions, liabilities, reasonable costs and expenses of any kind or
nature whatsoever (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) that
may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against any of them, in any way
relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any action taken or omitted by
them hereunder (including such obligations and liabilities of the Interest
Issuer or of the Debtor for Taxes), except to the extent a court holds in a
final and nonappealable judgment that they directly resulted from the gross
negligence or willful misconduct of any such Person against and from all such
obligations and liabilities.

          4.6.4.  The Agent may at any time deliver or redeliver the Collateral
or any part thereof to the Debtor and the receipt of any of the same by the
Debtor shall be complete and full acquittance for the Collateral so delivered,
and the Agent thereafter shall be discharged from any liability or
responsibility therefor.

          SECTION 4.7.  SALE OF COLLATERAL; FURTHER ENCUMBRANCES.  

          The Debtor shall not (a) except for (i) dispositions of Inventory in
the ordinary course of the Debtor's business and not prohibited by the Credit
Agreement or the other Loan Documents, (ii) dispositions of assets that are
worn-out, obsolete or no longer useful to its business, PROVIDED that such
assets are of immaterial value, and (iii) dispositions expressly permitted by
this Section 4.7. (collectively, "PERMITTED SALES"), sell, lease or otherwise
dispose of any Collateral, or any interest therein, or (b) grant or suffer to
exist any Lien in or on any Collateral (except Permitted Liens) or sign or
authorize the filing of any financing statement with respect to any of the
Collateral (except with respect to Permitted Liens).  If any Collateral, or any
interest therein, is disposed of in violation of these provisions, to the extent
permitted by Applicable Law, the Security Interest shall continue in such
Collateral or interest notwithstanding such disposition, the Person to whom the
Collateral or interest is being transferred shall be bound by this Agreement and
the Debtor shall deliver all Proceeds thereof to the Agent to be held as
Collateral hereunder.

          SECTION 4.8.  DELIVERY OF PLEDGED COLLATERAL.  4.8.1.  On the date
hereof, the Debtor is delivering to the Agent all Collateral consisting of Notes
Receivable, Chattel Paper, negotiable Documents evidencing title to any
Collateral, certificated securities, instruments or the like the physical
possession of which is necessary in order for the Security Interest to be
perfected or delivery of which was requested by the Agent to assure the priority
of the Security Interest therein (such Collateral being "PLEDGED COLLATERAL"). 
The Debtor shall deliver to the Agent promptly after acquisition thereof all
Pledged Collateral acquired after the date hereof.  All Pledged Collateral shall
be in suitable form for transfer by delivery, or be duly endorsed to the order
of the Agent or accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or
assignment in blank, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.  After
the occurrence and during the continuation of any Event of Default, the Agent
shall have the right, at any time in its discretion and without notice to the
Debtor, to transfer to or to register in the name of the Agent or its nominee
any or all of the Collateral, subject only to the revocable rights specified in
Section 4.6.  In addition, after the occurrence and during the continuation of
any Event of Default the Agent 


                                          15
<PAGE>

shall have the right at any time to exchange certificates or instruments
representing or evidencing Pledged Collateral for certificates or instruments of
smaller or larger denominations.

          4.8.2.  Without limitation of subsection 4.8.1. above, if the Debtor
receives or becomes entitled to receive any securities issued by any issuer of
Pledged Stock, or any successor thereto, in any manner in substitution for or in
addition to the Pledged Stock, or if the Debtor shall become entitled to receive
or shall receive any securities or other property in addition to, in
substitution of, as a conversion of, or in exchange for, any of the Pledged
Stock or any other Collateral, the Debtor shall receive the same as the agent
for the Agent, and shall hold the same in trust for and deliver the same
promptly to the Agent in the exact form in which received, together with
appropriate instruments of transfer or assignments in blank, to be held by the
Agent as Collateral hereunder.

          4.8.3.  If for any reason any portion of the Pledged Collateral cannot
be delivered to or for the account of the Agent as provided in Sections 4.8.1.
and 4.8.2., the Debtor shall promptly take such other steps as shall be
requested from time to time by the Agent to effect a transfer of a perfected
first priority security interest in and pledge of the Pledged Collateral to the
Agent for itself and for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to
the UCC.  To the extent practicable, the Debtor shall thereafter deliver the
Pledged Collateral to or for the account of the Agent as provided in
Sections 4.8.1. and 4.8.2.


                                          16
<PAGE>

          SECTION 4.9.  VOTING AND OTHER CONSENSUAL RIGHTS; DISTRIBUTIONS.



          4.9.1.  So long as no Event of Default shall exist:

               4.9.1.1.  The Debtor shall be entitled to exercise any and all
voting, management and other consensual rights pertaining to any Collateral
(other than the Pledged Debt), for any purpose not inconsistent with the terms
of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the
Debtor shall not exercise any such right if it would result in a Default or an
Event of Default or have a Material Adverse Effect.  Within 10 days of
exercising any such right in a manner Material to the Secured Parties, the
Debtor shall give notice to the Agent of such exercise and the action taken or
approved in connection therewith.

               4.9.1.2.  Except as otherwise provided herein, the Debtor shall
be entitled to receive and retain and use free of the Security Interest any and
all cash and other property paid or otherwise distributed in respect of the
Collateral; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any and all (A) dividends and other
distributions paid or payable other than in cash or in the form of Pledged
Collateral, (B) cash paid upon or in respect of any of the Collateral upon or in
respect of the liquidation or dissolution of any issuer thereof or upon or in
respect of any distribution of capital or redemption or exchange of any
Collateral, and (C) cash paid with respect to the principal of, or in redemption
or exchange of, any Pledged Debt, shall be delivered to the Agent, in the exact
form received, to be held as Collateral hereunder.

          4.9.2.  So long as an Event of Default shall exist, at the sole option
of the Agent, any or all rights of the Debtor to exercise voting, management and
other consensual rights and to receive cash and other property distributed in
respect of Collateral as permitted by subsections 4.9.1.1. and 4.9.1.2. above,
shall cease, at the option of the Agent, and the Agent, if and when it notifies
the Debtor of the exercise of such option, shall have the sole right to exercise
any or all such voting and other consensual rights and receive and to hold as
Collateral any or all such cash and other property.

          4.9.3.  So long as an Event of Default shall exist, the Debtor shall
not accelerate, demand, sue for, collect, enforce any claim for or set off with
respect to principal, premium, interest or any other amount constituting or
payable with respect to Pledged Debt, foreclose any Lien securing Pledged Debt
or otherwise exercise any remedy under the Pledged Debt or otherwise available
to it with respect thereto (including filing, taking or maintaining any
proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code against or with respect to the obligor
under any Pledged Debt) or take any other action against any obligor under any
Pledged Debt or the property of such obligor with respect to such Pledged Debt,
without the Agent's prior written consent (which consent may be withheld in the
Agent's discretion); provided that the Debtor shall file a proof of claim in
respect of the Pledged Debt in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code or any
similar proceeding as and when required therein.  So long as an Event of Default
shall exist, the Agent, upon notice to the Debtor, shall have the right to
exercise any or all of the foregoing rights and 


                                          17
<PAGE>

remedies and to hold as Collateral any and all cash and other property received
in connection therewith.

          4.9.4.  All cash and other property required to be delivered to the
Agent hereunder shall, if received by the Debtor, be received in trust for the
benefit of the Secured Parties, be segregated from the other property of the
Debtor, and promptly be delivered to the Agent in the same form as so received
(with any appropriate endorsements or assignments).

          4.9.5.  The Agent shall execute and deliver (or cause to be executed
and delivered) to the Debtor all proxies and other instruments as the Debtor may
reasonably request for the purpose of enabling the Debtor to exercise the voting
and other rights which it is entitled to exercise pursuant to
subsection 4.9.1.1. above.

          4.9.6.  The Agent agrees to release promptly to the Debtor any cash or
other property paid or distributed in respect of the Collateral and received by
the Agent pursuant to Section 4.9.2. if, prior to the occurrence of an
Acceleration, all Defaults and Events of Default are no longer continuing.

          SECTION 4.10.  PROTECTION OF SECURITY; NOTICE OF LEVY.  Except with
respect to Collateral which the Debtor is permitted to dispose of in connection
with Permitted Sales, the Debtor shall, at its own cost and expense, take any
and all actions necessary to defend title to the Collateral against all Persons
and against all claims and demands and to preserve, protect and defend the
Security Interest and the priority thereof, against any adverse Liens not
permitted under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  The Debtor
will promptly notify the Agent of any attachment or other legal process levied
against any Collateral.

          SECTION 4.11.  ASSIGNMENT OF INCOME AND PROFITS.  

          4.11.1.  The Debtor hereby absolutely and presently assigns to the
Agent all rents, issues, income, profits and other Proceeds of or from the
Collateral, all of which shall, following an Acceleration, be paid directly to
the Agent.  If the Debtor receives any such Proceeds during the existence of an
Event of Default, such Proceeds shall be received by the Debtor in trust for the
Secured Parties and shall immediately be delivered to the Agent for application
to the Secured Obligations.

          4.11.2.  Except as otherwise provided herein or in the other Loan
Documents, the Debtor shall have the right to make collections on, receive and
use all Proceeds in the ordinary course of business so long as no Event of
Default shall exist.  Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, at the sole
option of the Agent, the Debtor's right to make collections on the Collateral
and receive and use such Proceeds shall terminate, and any and all Proceeds then
held or thereafter received shall be held or received by the Debtor in trust for
the Secured Parties and immediately delivered in kind to the Agent, together
with any necessary endorsements or instruments of assignment.  Any remittance
received by the Debtor from any Person shall be presumed to relate to the
Collateral and to be Proceeds.


                                          18
<PAGE>

          SECTION 4.12.  ADVERSE CHANGES IN VALUE AND MARKETABILITY.  The Debtor
shall notify the Agent promptly of any occurrence resulting in a loss or decline
in value of any Collateral or affecting its marketability, that is Material and
the estimated (or actual, if available) amount of such loss or decline and a
description of the effect on marketability.

          SECTION 4.13.  RESTRICTION ON CERTAIN CHANGES AFFECTING
COLLATERAL.  The Debtor shall not, without the prior written consent of the
Agent, adjust, settle or compromise the amount or payment of any Receivables or
Pledged Debt, release wholly or partly any Account Debtor upon any Receivable
and obligor upon any Pledged Debt, allow any credit or discount thereon or
accept any return of goods, except in the ordinary course of business.  Except
as expressly permitted by the Credit Agreement, the Debtor shall not, without
the prior written consent of Agent, vote in favor of any amendment of any
Governing Agreement.

                                      ARTICLE 5.

                  EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS AND REMEDIES ON DEFAULT

          SECTION 5.1.  EVENT OF DEFAULT.  The occurrence of one or more "Events
of Default" (as defined in the Credit Agreement) shall constitute an "EVENT OF
DEFAULT".

          SECTION 5.2.  REMEDIES.  If (a) upon or after the occurrence of any
Event of Default, the Agent elects or is directed by the Required Secured
Parties to exercise remedies under this Agreement, or (b) there occurs an Event
of Default described in Sections 7.1.7 or 7.1.8 of the Credit Agreement (the
occurrence of any such event shall be referred to as an "ACCELERATION"), then,
whether or not all the Secured Obligations shall have become immediately due and
payable:

          5.2.1.  In addition to all its other rights, powers and remedies under
this Agreement and Applicable Law, each Secured Party shall have, and may
exercise in accordance with the Credit Agreement and this Agreement, any and all
of the rights, powers and remedies of a secured party under the UCC, all of
which rights, powers and remedies shall be cumulative and not exclusive, to the
extent permitted by Applicable Law.

          5.2.2.  The Agent shall have the right, all at the Agent's sole option
and as the Agent in its discretion may deem necessary or advisable, to do any or
all of the following:

               5.2.2.1.  following an Acceleration, to foreclose the Security
Interest by any available judicial procedure or without judicial process;

               5.2.2.2.  subject to the rights of landlords, if any, to enter
upon the premises of the Debtor or any other place or places where Collateral is
located through self-help and without judicial process, without giving the
Debtor notice and opportunity for a hearing on the validity of the Agent's claim
and without any obligation to pay rent;

               5.2.2.3.  to inspect and appraise the Collateral and to prepare,
repair, assemble or process the Collateral for sale, lease or other disposition;


                                          19
<PAGE>

               5.2.2.4.  following an Acceleration, to remove Collateral to the
premises of the Agent or any other location selected by the Agent, for such time
as the Agent may desire, for any purpose not prohibited hereby;

               5.2.2.5.  following an Acceleration, to apply any Collateral or
any other assets of the Debtor in the possession of the Agent to the Secured
Obligations;

               5.2.2.6.  to notify Account Debtors and other obligors on the
Collateral that the Collateral has been assigned to the Agent and that all
payments thereon are to be made directly and exclusively to or as specified by
the Agent;

               5.2.2.7.  following an Acceleration, to collect by legal
proceedings or otherwise (including by foreclosure of any Lien securing Pledged
Debt) all dividends, distributions, interest, principal or other sums now or
hereafter payable upon or on account of the Collateral;

               5.2.2.8.  to enter into any extension or reorganization agreement
or any other agreement relating to or affecting the Collateral and, in
connection therewith, deposit or surrender control of any Collateral or accept
other property in exchange therefor;

               5.2.2.9.  to settle, compromise or release, on terms acceptable
to the Agent, in whole or in part, any amounts owing on the Collateral or any
insurance thereof or relating thereto or any disputes with respect thereto or
such insurance;

               5.2.2.10.  to receive, open and dispose of all mail addressed to
the Debtor and notify postal authorities to change the address for delivery
thereof to such address as the Agent may designate, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the
Agent agrees that it will promptly deliver over to the Debtor any such opened
mail as does not relate to the Collateral; 

               5.2.2.11.  following an Acceleration, to exercise all rights and
powers under Contractual Obligations or Governing Agreement included in the
Collateral including any right of termination; and 

               5.2.2.12.  following an Acceleration, to exercise any and all
other rights, powers, privileges and remedies of an owner of the Collateral,
including rights of conversion, exchange or subscription or other rights or upon
the exercise by the Debtor or the Agent of any right, power or privilege
pertaining to the Pledged Collateral, the right to deposit and deliver any and
all of the Pledged Collateral to any committee, depositary, transfer agent,
registrar or other designated agency upon such terms and conditions as the Agent
may determine to be appropriate, all without liability except to account for
property actually received by it, but the Agent shall have no duty to the Debtor
to exercise any such right, power or privilege and shall not be responsible for
any failure to do so or delay in so doing.

          5.2.3.  The Debtor shall, at the Agent's request, assemble the
Collateral and make it available to the Agent at a reasonable place to be
designated by the Agent.  The Debtor shall make available to the Agent all
computer and other equipment of the Debtor containing books 


                                          20
<PAGE>

and records pertaining to the Collateral (and the assistance of the employees of
the Debtor having responsibility for such equipment) and to use such computer
and other equipment at no charge for the purpose of obtaining information
pertaining to the Collateral, including by making copies of computer and other
files and records.

          5.2.4.  Until the Agent is able to effect a sale, lease or other
disposition of Collateral or any part thereof, the Agent shall have the right to
use, process or operate the Collateral or any part thereof to the extent that it
deems appropriate for the purpose of preserving Collateral or its value or for
any other purpose deemed appropriate by the Agent.  The Agent shall have the
right, without notice or demand, either in person or by agent, and without
regard to the adequacy of any security for the Secured Obligations, to take
possession of the Collateral or any part thereof and to collect and receive the
rents, issues, profits, income and proceeds thereof.  Taking possession of the
Collateral shall not cure, waive or affect an Event of Default or notice thereof
or invalidate any act done pursuant to such notice.

          5.2.5.  The Agent may, if it so elects, seek the appointment of a
receiver or keeper to take possession of Collateral and to enforce any of the
Agent's remedies with respect to such appointment without prior notice or
hearing.  The rights, remedies and powers of any receiver appointed by a court
shall be as ordered by the court.

          5.2.6.  The Agent shall have the right to sell, lease or otherwise
dispose of all or any Collateral in its then existing condition, or, after any
further assembly, manufacturing or processing thereof, at public or private sale
or sales, with such notice as may be required by Section 5.4., in lots or in
bulk, for cash or on credit, with or without representations or warranties, all
as the Agent, in its discretion, may deem advisable.  The Agent shall not be
obligated to make any sale of the Collateral regardless of notice of sale having
been given.  If sale of all or any part of the Collateral is made on credit or
for future delivery, the Collateral so sold may be retained by the Agent until
the sale price is paid by the purchaser or purchasers thereof, but the Agent
shall not incur any liability in case any such purchaser or purchasers shall
fail to take up and pay for the Collateral so sold and, in case of any such
failure, such Collateral may be sold again upon like notice.  The Agent shall
have the right to conduct such sales on the Debtor's premises or elsewhere and
shall have the right to use the Debtor's premises without charge for such sales
for such duration as the Agent deem necessary or advisable.  The Collateral need
not be present at any such sales.  To the extent necessary or desirable, in the
judgment of the Agent, to enable the Agent to dispose of Collateral following an
Acceleration, the Agent is authorized, without any obligation for rent, license
fees or other charge, to use the supplies, equipment, facilities and space at
the Debtor's place of business and is hereby granted a license or other right to
use, without charge, the Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights, trade secrets,
names, trade names, customer lists, labels, advertising matter, and all property
of a similar nature that the Debtor owns or is entitled to use, as it pertains
to any Collateral, in preparing, repairing, assembling, processing, advertising
for sale or lease or otherwise in connection with the disposition of any
Collateral, and the Debtor's rights under all licenses and all franchise
agreements shall to such extent and for such purpose inure to the Agent's
benefit.  The Agent may purchase all or any part of the Collateral at public or,
if permitted by Applicable Law, private sale, and, in lieu of actual payment of
the purchase price, the Agent may apply against 


                                          21
<PAGE>

such purchase price any amount of the Secured Obligations.  The Debtor agrees
that any sale of Collateral conducted by the Agent in accordance with the
foregoing provisions of this Section and Section 5.3. shall be deemed to be a
commercially reasonable sale under Section 9-504 of the UCC.

          5.2.7.  All Cash Collateral Cover shall be held by the Agent as
Collateral for the Secured Obligations and at any time after the respective
contingent or unmatured Secured Obligation shall become due and payable (whether
upon drawing on a letter of credit, demand on a guaranty or otherwise) may be
applied as set forth in Section 5.3.

          5.2.8.  The Agent shall not be required to register or qualify any of
the Collateral that constitutes securities under applicable state or federal
securities laws in connection with any sale or other disposition thereof if such
disposition is effected in a manner that complies with all applicable federal
and state securities laws.  The Agent shall be authorized at any such
disposition (if it deems it advisable to do so) to restrict the prospective
bidders or purchasers to persons who will represent and agree that they are
"accredited investors" or "qualified institutional buyers" under Applicable Law
and purchasing the Collateral for their own account for investment and not with
a view to the distribution or sale thereof.  If any such Collateral is sold at
private sale, the Debtor agrees that if such Collateral is sold in a manner that
the Agent in good faith believes to be reasonable under the circumstances then
existing, then (a) the sale shall be deemed to be commercially reasonable in all
respects, (b) the Debtor shall not be entitled to a credit against the Secured
Obligations in an amount in excess of the purchase price, and (c) the Secured
Parties shall not incur any liability or responsibility to the Debtor in
connection therewith, notwithstanding the possibility that a substantially
higher price might have been realized at a public sale.  The Debtor recognizes
that a ready market may not exist for such Collateral if it is not regularly
traded on a recognized securities exchange, and that a sale by the Agent of any
such Collateral for an amount substantially less than the price that might have
been achieved had the Collateral been so traded may be commercially reasonable
in view of the difficulties that may be encountered in attempting to sell
Collateral that is privately traded.


                                          22
<PAGE>

          SECTION 5.3.  APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS.

          5.3.1.  Any cash proceeds received by the Agent in respect of any sale
of, collection from or other realization upon, all or any part of the Collateral
following the occurrence of an Acceleration or otherwise (including insurance
proceeds) may be held by the Agent as Collateral and/or then or at any time
thereafter applied as follows:

               5.3.1.1.  first, to the Agent to pay all advances, charges, costs
and expenses payable to the Agent pursuant to Section 6.1.; and

               5.3.1.2.  second, to the Agent for application against or on
account of the Secured Obligations and disbursement to the other Secured
Parties, on a pro rata basis determined by the amount of Secured Obligations
then outstanding.

          5.3.2.  The Debtor and any other Person then obligated therefor shall
pay to the Agent on demand any deficiency with regard to the Secured Obligations
that may remain after such sale, collection or realization of, from or upon the
Collateral.

          5.3.3.  Any surplus of cash and any Receivables held by the Agent and
remaining after payment in full of all the Secured Obligations (and provision
for full cover for any contingent or unmatured Secured Obligations in the form
of Cash Collateral Cover as provided in Section 7.2.3. of the Credit Agreement)
shall be reassigned and redelivered as provided in Section 6.7.

          5.3.4.  Payments received from any third party on account of any
Collateral shall not reduce the Secured Obligations until paid in cash to the
Agent.  The application of proceeds by the Agent shall be without prejudice to
the Agent's rights as against the Debtor or other Persons with respect to any
Secured Obligations that may then be or remain unpaid.  

          5.3.5.  If, at any time after an Acceleration the Debtor receives any
collections upon or other Proceeds of any Collateral, whether in the form of
cash, Notes Receivable or otherwise, such Proceeds shall be received in trust
for the Secured Parties and the Debtor shall keep all such Proceeds separate and
apart from all other funds and property so as to be capable of identification as
the property of the Secured Parties and promptly deliver such Proceeds to the
Agent in the identical form received.

          SECTION 5.4.  NOTICE.  Unless the Collateral is perishable or
threatens to decline speedily in value or is of a type customarily sold on a
recognized market, the Agent will send or otherwise make available to the Debtor
reasonable notice of the time and place of any public sale or of the time on or
after which any private sale of any Collateral is to be made.  The Debtor agrees
that any notice required to be given by the Agent of a sale or other disposition
of Collateral, or any other intended action by the Agent, that is received in
accordance with the provisions set forth in Section 6.4. ten days prior to such
proposed action, shall constitute commercially reasonable and fair notice
thereof to the Debtor.  The Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from
time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor and such sale
may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so 


                                          23
<PAGE>

adjourned.  The Debtor hereby waives any right to receive notice of any public
or private sale of any Collateral or other security for the Secured Obligations
except as expressly provided for in this Section.

                                      ARTICLE 6.

                                       GENERAL

          SECTION 6.1.  AGENT'S EXPENSES, INCLUDING ATTORNEYS' FEES.  Regardless
of the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default, the Debtor agrees to pay to
the Agent any and all reasonable advances, charges, costs and expenses,
including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and any experts or agents,
that the Agent may incur in connection with (a) the administration of this
Agreement, (b) the creation, perfection or continuation of the Security Interest
or protection of its priority or the Collateral, including the discharging of
any prior or junior Lien or adverse claim against the Collateral or any part
thereof that is not permitted hereby or by the Credit Agreement, (c) the
custody, preservation or sale of, collection from or other realization upon, any
of the Collateral, (d) the exercise or enforcement of any of the rights, powers
or remedies of the Agent under this Agreement or under Applicable Law (including
attorneys' fees and expenses incurred by the Agent in the collection of
Collateral deposited with the Agent and amounts incurred in connection with the
operation, maintenance or foreclosure of the Security Interest) or any workout
or restructuring or insolvency or bankruptcy proceeding, or (e) the failure by
the Debtor to perform or observe any of the provisions hereof.  All such amounts
and all other amounts payable hereunder shall be payable on demand, together
with interest to the extent provided in Section 2.2. of the Credit Agreement.

          SECTION 6.2.  AMENDMENTS AND OTHER MODIFICATIONS.  No amendment of any
provision of this Agreement (including a waiver thereof or consent relating
thereto) shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by
the Agent and the Debtor.  Any waiver or consent relating to any provision of
this Agreement shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the
specific purpose for which given.  No notice to or demand on the Debtor in any
case shall entitle the Debtor to any other or further notice or demand in
similar or other circumstances.  

          SECTION 6.3.  CUMULATIVE REMEDIES; FAILURE OR DELAY.  The rights and
remedies provided for under this Agreement are cumulative and are not exclusive
of any rights and remedies that may be available to the Secured Parties under
Applicable Law, the other Loan Documents or otherwise.  No failure or delay on
the part of the Agent in the exercise of any power, right or remedy under this
Agreement shall impair such power, right or remedy or shall operate as a waiver
thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or
remedy preclude other or further exercise of such or any other power, right or
remedy.  

          SECTION 6.4.  NOTICES, ETC.  All notices and other communications
under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered or
sent by prepaid courier, by overnight, registered or certified mail (postage
prepaid) or by prepaid telecopy and shall be deemed given when received by the
intended recipient thereof.  Unless otherwise specified in a 


                                          24
<PAGE>

notice given in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.4.,
notices and other communications shall be given to the parties hereto at their
respective addresses (or to their respective telex or telecopier numbers)
indicated on Schedule 1.1B. to the Credit Agreement.

          SECTION 6.5.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  This Agreement shall be binding
upon and, subject to the next sentence, inure to the benefit of the Debtor and
the Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns. The Debtor
shall not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without
the prior written consent of the Agent.  The benefits of this Agreement shall
pass automatically with any assignment of the Secured Obligations (or any
portion thereof), to the extent of such assignment.

          SECTION 6.6.  PAYMENTS SET ASIDE.  Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary herein contained, this Agreement, the Secured Obligations and the
Security Interest shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case
may be, if at any time any payment, or any part thereof, of any or all of the
Secured Obligations is rescinded, invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or
preferential or otherwise required to be restored or returned by any Secured
Party in connection with any bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding
involving the Debtor, any other party liable with respect to the Secured
Obligations or otherwise, if the proceeds of any Collateral are required to be
returned by such Secured Party under any such circumstances, or if any Secured
Party elects to return any such payment or proceeds or any part thereof in its
sole discretion, all as though such payment had not been made or such proceeds
not been received.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if prior
to any such rescission, invalidation, declaration, restoration or return, this
Agreement shall have been canceled or surrendered or the Security Interest or
any Collateral shall have been released or terminated in connection with such
cancellation or surrender, this Agreement and the Security Interest and such
Collateral shall be reinstated in full force and effect, and such prior
cancellation or surrender shall not diminish, discharge or otherwise affect the
obligations of the Debtor in respect of the amount of the affected payment or
application of proceeds, the Security Interest or such Collateral.

          SECTION 6.7.  CONTINUING SECURITY INTEREST; TERMINATION.  This
Agreement shall create a continuing security interest in the Collateral and,
except as provided below, the Security Interest and all agreements,
representations and warranties made herein shall survive until, and this
Agreement shall terminate only upon, the indefeasible payment and performance in
full of the Secured Obligations.  Any investigation at any time made by or on
behalf of the Secured Parties shall not diminish the right of the Secured
Parties to rely on any such agreements, representations or warranties herein.

          Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or Applicable Law to the
contrary, the agreements of the Debtor set forth in Sections 4.6.3., 6.1. and
6.11. shall survive the payment of all other Secured Obligations and the
termination of this Agreement.  After termination of this Agreement, the Agent
shall, upon the request and at the expense of the Debtor, forthwith assign,
transfer and deliver to the Debtor or its order, against receipt and without
recourse to the Secured Parties, such of the Collateral as may be in possession
of the Agent and as shall not have been sold or otherwise applied pursuant to
the terms hereof, together with proper instruments 


                                          25
<PAGE>

(including UCC termination statements on Form UCC-2 or such other form as may be
appropriate in any jurisdiction) acknowledging the termination of this
Agreement.

          SECTION 6.8.  WAIVER AND ESTOPPEL.  Except as otherwise provided in
this Agreement, the Debtor hereby waives:  (a) presentment, protest, notice of
dishonor, release, compromise, settlement, extension or renewal and any other
notice of or with respect to the Secured Obligations and hereby ratifies and
confirms whatever the Agent may do in this regard; (b) notice prior to taking
possession or control of any Collateral; (c) ANY BOND OR SECURITY THAT MIGHT BE
REQUIRED BY ANY COURT PRIOR TO ALLOWING THE AGENT TO EXERCISE ANY OF ITS RIGHTS,
POWERS OR REMEDIES; (d) the benefit of all valuation, appraisement, redemption
and exemption laws; (e) any rights to require marshaling of the Collateral upon
any sale or otherwise to direct the order in which the Collateral shall be sold;
(f) any set-off; and (g) any rights to require the Agent to proceed against any
Person, proceed against or exhaust any Collateral or any other security
interests or guaranties or pursue any other remedy in the Agent's power, or to
pursue any of such rights in any particular order or manner, and any defenses
arising by reason of any disability or defense of any Person.

          SECTION 6.9.  EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be
executed in any number of counterparts, each of which counterparts, when so
executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original and all of which
counterparts, taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement. 
This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution of a counterpart hereof
by each of the parties hereto.

          SECTION 6.10.  COMPLETE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement, together with the
exhibits and schedules hereto and the other Loan Documents, is intended by the
parties as a final expression of their agreement regarding the subject matter
hereof and as a complete and exclusive statement of the terms and conditions of
such agreement.

          SECTION 6.11.  LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.  No claim shall be made by the
Debtor against the Secured Parties or the Affiliates, directors, officers,
employees or agents of the Secured Parties for any special, indirect,
consequential or punitive damages in respect of any claim for breach of contract
or under any other theory of liability arising out of or related to the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, or any
act, omission or event occurring in connection therewith; and the Debtor hereby
waives, releases and agrees not to sue upon any claim for any such damages,
whether or not accrued and whether or not known or suspected to exist in its
favor.

          SECTION 0.1.  WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY.  THE DEBTOR AND THE SECURED
PARTIES WAIVE THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR
ANY ACTIN ARISING OUT OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, REGARDLESS OF
WHICH PARTY INITIATES SUCH ACTION OR ACTIONS.


                                          26
<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be executed and delivered as of the date first set forth above.

                                        DEBTOR:
                                        INFORMIX SOFTWARE, INC., a Delaware 
                                        corporation

                                        By:    /s/ Jean-Yves Dexmier
                                           -------------------------
                                        Name:  Jean-Yves Dexmier
                                             -----------------------
                                        Title: Executive VP and CFO
                                             -----------------------

                                        AGENT:
                                        BANKBOSTON, N.A., a national banking 
                                        association

                                        By:    /s/ Mara D. Heymann
                                           -------------------------
                                        Name:  Mara D. Heymann
                                             -----------------------
                                        Title: V.P.
                                             -----------------------


                                          27

<PAGE>

                                                                    SCHEDULE B-1

                                    PLEDGED STOCK

     100% of the stock of the following Subsidiaries is pledged by the Debtor
pursuant to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement dated December 31, 1997 by and
among the Debtor, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, as Syndication Agent, and
the Secured Parties to the Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties:

     Informix Credit Company, a Delaware corporation.


                                          1
<PAGE>

                                                                    SCHEDULE B-2

                                     PLEDGED DEBT

     None


                                          1
<PAGE>

                                                                    SCHEDULE B-3

                                  PLEDGED INTERESTS

     None


                                          1
<PAGE>

                                                                 SCHEDULE 2.1.6.

                                   NOTES RECEIVABLE

     None


                                          1
<PAGE>

                                                              SCHEDULE 2.1.13.2.

                                   DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS


                                          1
<PAGE>

                                                              SCHEDULE 2.1.13.2.

                                  CASUALTY INSURANCE


                                          1
<PAGE>

                                                              SCHEDULE 2.1.13.5.

                          PATENTS, TRADEMARKS AND COPYRIGHTS

     1.   FEDERAL PATENT REGISTRATIONS.

           PATENT            REGISTRATION NO.          REGISTRATION DATE

   LOGICAL SCHEM TO ALLOW       5,701,453                   12/23/97
   ACCESS TO A RELATIONAL
   DATABASE WITHOUT USING
  KNOWLEDGE OF THE DATABASE
          STRUCTURE

     2.   APPLICATIONS FOR FEDERAL REGISTRATION OF PATENTS.

           PATENT               SERIAL NO.                FILING DATE

  SEE SEPARATE SIDE LETTER                       

     3.   FEDERAL TRADEMARK AND SERVICE MARK REGISTRATIONS.

   TRADEMARK/SERVICE MARK    REGISTRATION NO.          REGISTRATION DATE
   ----------------------    ----------------          -----------------
       INFORMIX-NEWERA          2,049,448                   04/01/97

          VIEWPOINT             1,943,333                   12/26/95

          CO\PRINT              1,808,382                   11/30/93

          SUPERVIEW             1,838,367                   05/31/94

             GX                 1,812,775                   12/21/93

  INFORMIX INSYNC SOFTWARE      1,741,690                   12/22/92
 PARTNERSHIPS UNLIMITED AND
           DESIGN

          OPENCASE              1,745,595                   01/12/93

        INFORMIXLINK            1,689,667                   05/26/92

        I AND DESIGN            1,622,254                   11/13/90

           PERFORM              1,674,833                   02/11/92

            WINGZ               1,679,189                   03/17/92

          INFORMIX              1,589,795                   04/03/90


                                          1
<PAGE>

       REGENCY SUPPORT          1,632,668                   01/22/91

          SMARTWARE             1,554,474                   09/05/89

         HYPERSCRIPT            1,526,668                   02/28/89

            WINGZ               1,654,193                   08/20/91



          INFORMIX              1,483,227                   04/05/88

           FILE-IT              1,385,789                   03/11/86

          INFORMIX              1,277,936                   05/15/84

           C-ISAM               1,354,741                   08/13/85

          SMARTWARE             1,127,009                   11/27/79

          DENTAGARD              701,806                    07/26/60



     4.   APPLICATIONS FOR FEDERAL REGISTRATION OF TRADEMARKS AND SERVICE MARKS.

   TRADEMARK/SERVICE MARK       SERIAL NO.                FILING DATE
   ----------------------       ----------                -----------
         IMAGINECARD            75/127267                   07/28/96

           NEWERA               74/532616                   06/01/94



     5.   COPYRIGHT.

          COPYRIGHT          REGISTRATION NO.          REGISTRATION DATE
          ---------          ----------------          -----------------
    EVOLUTION OF THE HIGH       TX4510490                   04/01/97
    PERFORMANCE DATABASE

   INFORMIX-4GL BY EXAMPLE      TX3967843                   11/08/94

    INFORMIX GUIDE TO SQL       TXU662870                   10/04/94

   INFORMIX GUIDE TO SQL:       TXU642564                   10/04/94
          REFERENCE


                                          2
<PAGE>

          PDF PRINT             TX3621640                   06/22/93



         FAST GRAPHS            TXU152029                   09/29/83
    (MACHINE LEVEL CODE)

    T.I.M (MACHINE CODE)        TXU151123                   09/14/83

        INFORMIX SQL.           TX2473823                   07/25/88

   THE SMART DATA MANAGER       TX2157688                   03/16/87

    THE SMART SYSTEM DISK       TX2157687                   03/16/87

    THE SMART SYSTEM DISK       TZ2157677                   03/16/87

  THE SMART WORD PROCESSOR,     TX2123417                   03/16/87
       FRENCH VERSION

   THE SMART SPREADSHEET,       TX2123416                   03/16/87
       FRENCH VERSION

   THE SMART DATA MANAGER,      TX2123415                   03/16/87
       FRENCH VERSION

  TH SMART WORD PROCESSOR,      TX2123414                   03/16/87
         VERSION 3.0

   THE SMART SPREADSHEET,       TX2123413                   03/16/87
         VERSION 3.0

   THE SMART DATA MANAGER,      TX2123412                   03/16/87
         VERSION 3.0

   THE SMART SYSTEM DISK,       TX2123411                   03/16/87
         VERSION 3.0

  THE SMART WORD PROCESSOR,     TX2123410                   03/16/87
         VERSION 2.0

   THE SMART SPREADSHEET,       TX2123409                   03/16/87
         VERSION 2.0

  THE SMART WORD PROCESSOR,     TX2123408                   03/16/87
         VERSION 1.0


                                          3
<PAGE>

   THE SMART SYSTEM DISK,       TX2123407                   03/16/87
         VERSION 1.0

   THE SMART DATA MANAGER,      TX2123406                   03/16/87
         VERSION 1.0

   THE SMART SPREADSHEET,       TX2123405                   03/16/87
         VERSION 1.0

  THE SMART WORD PROCESSOR      TX1871679                   07/23/86

 THE SMART SPREADSHEET WITH     TX1871678                   07/23/86
          GRAPHICS

   THE SMART DATA MANAGER       TX1871677                   07/23/86

   THE SMART SYSTEM MANUAL      TX1869712                   07/23/86

 THE SMART SPREADSHEET WITH     TX1820948                   02/24/86
          GRAPHICS

  THE SMART WORD PROCESSOR      TX1820947                   02/24/86

   THE SMART DATA MANAGER       TX1820946                   02/24/86

         FAST GRAPHS            TX1294612                   11/23/83

      T I M 111: TOTAL          TX1103840                   01/27/83
   INFORMATION MANAGEMENT:
        USER'S MANUAL

      TOTAL INFORMATION         TX9988137                   05/07/82
    MANAGEMENT, TIM 111:
        USER'S MANUAL

    T.I.M. USER'S MANUAL,        TX499443                   06/25/80
       MBASIC VERSION

 T.I.M. : TOTAL INFORMATION      TX497727                   04/17/80
  MANAGEMENT: USER'S MANUAL

     6.   APPLICATIONS FOR COPYRIGHT REGISTRATION.

          COPYRIGHT             SERIAL NO.                FILING DATE


                                          4
<PAGE>

                                                                   SCHEDULE 3.2.

                                 LOCATIONS AND NAMES

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICE:

4100 Bohannon Drive
Menlo Park, CA 94025

OTHER PLACES OF BUSINESS (SUBSIDIARIES):

See attached Exhibit

CURRENT AND PRIOR NAMES INCLUDE: 

Innovative Software

TAX IDENTIFICATION NUMBER: 94-3011736


                                          1
<PAGE>

                                                                    SCHEDULE 3.8

                      CAPITALIZATION OF ISSUERS OF PLEDGED STOCK

1,000 shares of common stock of Informix Credit Company, a Delaware corporation
issued to Debtor.


                                          1
<PAGE>

                                                                    SCHEDULE 3.9

                         CAPITALIZATION OF INTEREST ISSUERS 


None


                                          1
<PAGE>

                                                                EXHIBIT 3.1.2.A 

                                   FORM OF NOTICE 
                               OF SECURITY INTEREST IN 
                                PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS

NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that [insert name of Debtor],  a ________ (the "DEBTOR")
with an office located at [insert address of Debtor], and [insert name of Agent]
(the "AGENT"), with an office located at [insert address of Agent], on behalf of
certain lenders (collectively, the "SECURED PARTIES"), have entered into a
Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of December, 1997 (the "SECURITY
AGREEMENT").

Pursuant to the Security Agreement, the Debtor has granted to the Agent, for the
equal and ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in (a) the
registered patents, applications for registration of patents, and licenses of
registered patents listed in Schedule A hereto and (b) the registered trademarks
and service marks, applications for registration of trademarks and service
marks, and licenses of registered trademarks and service marks listed in
Schedule B hereto, together with the goodwill of the business symbolized
thereby, to secure the payment, performance and observance of the Secured
Obligations as defined in the Security Agreement.

          The Commissioner of Patents and Trademarks is requested to record this
notice in its records.

Dated:
      -----------------


                                        [DEBTOR]

                                        By:
                                           ----------------------------
                                        Name:     
                                             --------------------------
                                        Title:    
                                              -------------------------


                                          1
<PAGE>

                                      SCHEDULE A
                                          TO
                NOTICE OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS
                                         FROM
                               [INSERT NAME OF DEBTOR]

     1.   FEDERAL PATENT REGISTRATIONS.

         PATENT                  REGISTRATION NO.           REGISTRATION DATE



     2.   APPLICATIONS FOR FEDERAL REGISTRATION OF PATENTS.

         PATENT                     SERIAL NO.                 FILING DATE


                                          2
<PAGE>

                                      SCHEDULE B
                                          TO
                NOTICE OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS
                                         FROM
                               [INSERT NAME OF DEBTOR]

     1.   FEDERAL TRADEMARK AND SERVICE MARK REGISTRATIONS.

TRADEMARK/SERVICE MARK          REGISTRATION NO.            REGISTRATION DATE



     2.   APPLICATIONS FOR FEDERAL REGISTRATION OF TRADEMARKS AND SERVICE MARKS.

TRADEMARK/SERVICE MARK             SERIAL NO.                  FILING DATE


                                          3
<PAGE>

State of
         ----------------   }

County of
         ----------------

On ______________DATE     before me,    NAME, TITLE OF OFFICER   , personally
appeared       NAME(S) OF SIGNERS  , 

/ / personally known to me - OR - / / proved to me on the basis of satisfactory
evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within
instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in
his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s)
on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the
person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

                         Witness my hand and official seal.

                                             
                         --------------------
                         SIGNATURE OF NOTARY

          
                                          4
<PAGE>

                                                                EXHIBIT 3.1.2.B 

                                   FORM OF NOTICE 
                             OF SECURITY INTEREST IN AND 
                         COLLATERAL ASSIGNMENT OF COPYRIGHTS

     NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that [insert name of Debtor],  a ________ (the
"DEBTOR") with an office located at [insert address of Debtor], and [insert name
of Agent] (the "AGENT"), with an office located at [insert address of Agent], on
behalf of certain lenders (collectively, the "SECURED PARTIES"), have entered
into a Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of December ___, 1997 (the
"SECURITY AGREEMENT") attached hereto as Exhibit A.

     Pursuant to the Security Agreement, the Debtor has granted to the Agent,
for the equal and ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in
(and by this instrument the Debtor does hereby confirm and grant to the Agent,
for the equal and ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in
and collaterally assign to the Agent, for the equal and ratable benefit of the
Secured Parties, all of the Debtor's right, title and interest in and to: (i)
the copyrights and copyright registrations that are identified on Schedule A
hereto and herein incorporated by this reference (the "COPYRIGHTS"), (ii) the
applications for copyright registration which are identified on Schedule A
hereto and herein incorporated by this reference, together with any and all
copyright registrations issued with respect thereto, (iii) all actions for
infringement concerning the foregoing and (iv) all receivables arising out of
the foregoing, to secure the payment, performance and observance of the Secured
Obligations as defined in the Security Agreement.

Dated:
      ---------------

                                        [DEBTOR]

                                        By:  
                                           --------------------------
                                        Name:     
                                             ------------------------
                                        Title:    
                                              -----------------------


                                          1
<PAGE>

                                      SCHEDULE A
                                          TO
      NOTICE OF SECURITY INTEREST IN AND COLLATERAL ASSIGNMENT OF COPYRIGHTS BY
                               [INSERT NAME OF DEBTOR]

     1.   COPYRIGHT.

         COPYRIGHT              REGISTRATION NO.            REGISTRATION DATE
          


     2.   APPLICATIONS FOR COPYRIGHT REGISTRATION.

         COPYRIGHT                 SERIAL NO.                  FILING DATE
          

                                          2
<PAGE>

State of
         ---------------}

County of 
          --------------

On ______________ DATE  before me,      NAME, TITLE OF OFFICER   , personally
appeared   NAME(S) OF SIGNERS , 

/ / personally known to me - OR - / / proved to me on the basis of satisfactory
evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within
instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in
his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s)
on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the
person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

                         Witness my hand and official seal.

                                             
                         --------------------
                         SIGNATURE OF NOTARY


                                          3
<PAGE>

                                                                       Exhibit A


                      [Attached Pledge and Security Agreement]
                                          


                                          1
<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 3.10.

                             CONSENT AND ACKNOWLEDGMENT
                                          
                                   (PLEDGED DEBT)
                                          
TO:  BANKBOSTON, N.A., as Agent
     100 Federal Street
     Boston, Massachusetts 02210

     BANKBOSTON, N.A., as Agent
     435 Tasso Street, Suite 250
     Palo Alto, California  94301

1.   Pursuant to a PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of December ___, 1997
(as amended from time to time, the "PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT") by and
between Informix Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "DEBTOR"), and
BankBoston, N.A., a national banking association, acting through its agency, as
collateral agent and representative for the institutions that now or in the
future are parties to the Credit Agreement described therein (in such capacity
BankBoston or any successor in such capacity is referred to herein as the
"AGENT"), the Debtor has granted a security interest in, among other things,
certain indebtedness owed by the undersigned to the Debtor (together with all
notes, credit agreements, security agreements, pledge agreements, mortgages,
deeds of trust and other security and loan documents evidencing or securing such
indebtedness and all Liens, rights, remedies, powers, remedies and privileges of
the Debtor relating thereto, the "COLLATERAL").

The undersigned hereby:

1.   Consents to the security interest of the Agent in the Collateral.

2.   Agrees that upon receipt by the undersigned of notice from the Agent that
an Event of Default exists:

     (a)  the undersigned shall pay and deliver all cash or other property from
time to time payable or otherwise distributable in respect of the Collateral
directly to the Agent, without any defense, setoff, recoupment or deduction of
any kind; and

     (b)  the undersigned will deliver directly to the Agent any notes and other
instruments executed after the date hereof from time to time evidencing any
indebtedness of the undersigned to the Debtor.

3.   Confirms that the Collateral is in full force and effect on the date hereof
and agrees that the Collateral will not be amended or otherwise modified without
the prior written consent of the Agent.


                                          1
<PAGE>

4.   Expressly waives as against the Secured Parties any setoff or other defense
against payment and performance by the undersigned under the Collateral and any
claim against the Secured Parties, whether arising under the Collateral or
otherwise.

All terms with initial capital letters not otherwise defined herein have the
meanings set forth in the Pledge and Security Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Consent and Acknowledgment
as of __________, 199_.

                              

                                        _______________________


                                          2


<PAGE>

                                 CONTINUING GUARANTY

          CONTINUING GUARANTY, dated as of December 31, 1997 (as amended from
time to time, the "GUARANTY"), by Informix Corporation, a Delaware corporation
(the "GUARANTOR"), in favor of (i) BankBoston, N.A., a national banking
association ("BANKBOSTON"), as agent (in such capacity, the "AGENT") for the
banks and other institutions that either now or in the future are parties to the
Credit Agreement referred to below (the "LENDERS"), (ii) BankBoston in its
capacity as L/C Issuer (in such capacity, the "L/C Issuer"), (iii) Canadian
Imperial Bank of Commerce in its capacity as syndication agent (the "Syndication
Agent"), and (iv) the Lenders (each of the Agent, the L/C Issuer, the
Syndication Agent and the Lenders being a "BENEFICIARY" and all collectively the
"BENEFICIARIES").

                                   R E C I T A L S

          A.   Pursuant to a Senior Secured Credit Agreement dated as of
December 31, 1997 (as amended from time to time, the "CREDIT AGREEMENT") by and
among Informix Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "BORROWER") and the
Beneficiaries, the Beneficiaries have agreed to make credit facilities in an
aggregate amount of $75,000,000 available to the Borrower, subject to the terms
and conditions set forth therein.

          B.   The Guarantor is the corporate parent of the Borrower.

          C.   In consideration of the provision of the credit facilities
evidenced by the Credit Agreement, the Guarantor has agreed, at the request of
the Borrower, to guaranty unconditionally any and all obligations of the
Borrower to the Beneficiaries under the Credit Agreement as provided herein.

                                  A G R E E M E N T

          NOW, THEREFORE, for valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Guarantor agrees as follows:

                                      ARTICLE 1.

                           DEFINITIONS AND RELATED MATTERS

     Section 1.1.  DEFINITIONS.  Terms with initial capital letters not
otherwise defined herein (including "CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS," "LOAN DOCUMENTS,"
"MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" and "MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE") have the respective
meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement.  In addition, the following terms
with initial capital letters have the following meanings:

          "BENEFICIARY" is defined in the Preamble.

<PAGE>

          "BORROWER" is defined in the Recitals.

          "COLLATERAL" is defined in Section 2.2.

          "CREDIT AGREEMENT" is defined in the Recitals.

          "GUARANTOR" is defined in the Preamble.

          "OBLIGATIONS" is defined in Section 2.1.

          "OBLIGOR" is defined in Section 2.2.

          "OTHER GUARANTOR" is defined in Section 2.2.

          "OTHER GUARANTY" is defined in Section 2.2.

          1.1.1.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Guaranty shall be governed by, and
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California (other than
choice of law rules that would require the application of the laws of any other
jurisdiction).

          1.1.2.  HEADINGS.  The Article and Section headings used in this
Guaranty are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the
construction hereof.

          1.1.3.  SEVERABILITY.  If any provision of this Guaranty shall be held
to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable under Applicable Law in any
jurisdiction, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such
invalidity, illegality or unenforceability, which shall not affect any other
provisions hereof or the validity, legality or enforceability of such provision
in any other jurisdiction.

          1.1.4.  EXHIBITS, ETC.  All of the appendices, exhibits and schedules
attached to this Guaranty shall be deemed incorporated herein by reference.

          1.1.5.  NO PARTY DEEMED DRAFTER.  None of the parties to this
Agreement shall be deemed to be the drafter of this Agreement, and this
Agreement shall not be interpreted in favor of or against any party hereto.

          1.1.6.  TIME OF THE ESSENCE.  Time and exactitude in the performance
of each of the covenants, conditions and agreements contained in this Guaranty
are hereby declared to be of the essence.

     SECTION 1.2.  INTERPRETATION.  Section 1.2 of the Credit Agreement shall
govern the interpretation of this Guaranty, PROVIDED that (i) all references
therein to the "Agreement" shall be read as being to this Guaranty, (ii) all
references therein to any "Lender" shall be read as being to any Beneficiary,
and (iii) all references therein to a "subsidiary" shall be read as being to the
Guarantor.


                                          2

<PAGE>

                                      ARTICLE 2.

                                       GUARANTY

     SECTION 2.1.  GUARANTY.  The Guarantor unconditionally and irrevocably
guaranties and promises to pay to the order of the Agent, on demand, in lawful
money of the United States of America, any and all Obligations of the Borrower
from time to time owed to the Beneficiaries.  The term "OBLIGATIONS" is used
herein in its most comprehensive sense and includes any and all present and
future obligations and liabilities of the Borrower of every type and
description:

          (a)  to the Beneficiaries, or any of their respective successors or
assigns, 

               (i)   arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement,
and any Loan Document, by operation of law or otherwise;  

               (ii)  whether for money borrowed, in respect of letters of
credit, for goods and services delivered or rendered, or other amounts; 

               (iii) whether for principal, interest, letter of credit or other
reimbursement obligations, cash collateral cover, fees, expenses, indemnities or
other amounts (including attorneys' fees and expenses) in connection with the
Credit Agreement and the Loan Documents;

               (iv)  whether or not evidenced by one or more instruments,
documents, agreements or other writings in connection with the Credit Agreement
and the Loan Documents; and 

               (v)   whether incurred by the Borrower individually or as a
member of a partnership or other group in connection with the Credit Agreement
and the Loan Documents, or 

          (b)  to any Person entitled to indemnification under the Credit
Agreement or the other Loan Documents for amounts owing with respect to such
indemnification,

in each case whether due or not due, direct or indirect, joint and/or several,
absolute or contingent, voluntary or involuntary, liquidated or unliquidated,
determined or undetermined, now or hereafter existing, renewed or restructured,
whether or not from time to time decreased or extinguished and later increased,
created or incurred, whether or not arising after the commencement of a
proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code (including post-petition interest) and
whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding, and
whether or not recovery of any such obligation or liability may be barred by a
statute of limitations or such obligation or liability may otherwise be
unenforceable.  All Obligations shall be conclusively presumed to have been
created in reliance on this Guaranty.  All payments hereunder shall be made on
the same basis as payments by the Borrower under Sections 2.9 of the Credit
Agreement.


                                          3

<PAGE>

     SECTION 2.2.  CONTINUING AND IRREVOCABLE GUARANTY.  This is a continuing
guaranty of the Obligations and may not be revoked and shall not otherwise
terminate unless and until the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid and
performed in full.  If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guarantor shall have
any right under Applicable Law to terminate this Guaranty prior to indefeasible
payment in full of the Obligations, no such termination shall be effective until
noon the next Business Day after the Agent shall receive written notice thereof,
signed by the Guarantor.  Any such termination shall not affect this Guaranty in
relation to (a) any Obligation that was incurred or arose prior to the effective
time of such notice, (b) any Obligation incurred or arising after such effective
time where such Obligation is incurred or arises either pursuant to commitments
existing at such effective time or incurred for the purpose of protecting or
enforcing rights against the Borrower, the Guarantor or other guarantor of or
other Person directly or indirectly liable on the Obligations or any portion
thereof (an "OTHER GUARANTOR"; each of the Borrower, the Guarantor and the Other
Guarantors is referred to herein as an "OBLIGOR") or any security ("COLLATERAL")
given for the Obligations or any other guaranties of the Obligations or any
portion thereof (an "OTHER GUARANTY") or (c) any renewals, extensions,
readvances, modifications or rearrangements of any of the foregoing.  Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, if any part of the Obligations arises
under revolving credit facilities, then even if the Borrower is no longer
entitled to further credit (as a result of the purported termination hereof or
otherwise), no termination of this Guaranty shall be effective to reduce the
obligations of the Guarantor hereunder with respect to any extensions of credit
that may thereafter be made to the Borrower by the Beneficiaries to the extent
that the outstanding amount of such credit (including letter of credit and other
contingent exposure), together with all other Obligations then outstanding, does
not exceed the aggregate amount of all Obligations outstanding as of the time
any termination of this Guaranty becomes effective.

     SECTION 2.3.  NATURE OF GUARANTY.  The liability of the Guarantor hereunder
is independent of and not in consideration of or contingent upon the liability
of the Borrower or any other Obligor and a separate action or actions may be
brought and prosecuted against the Guarantor, whether or not any action is
brought or prosecuted against the Borrower or any other Obligor or whether the
Borrower or any other Obligor is joined in any such action or actions.  This
Guaranty shall be construed as a continuing, absolute and unconditional guaranty
of payment (and not merely of collection) without regard to:

          2.3.1.  the legality, validity or enforceability of the Credit
Agreement or any other Loan Document, any of the Obligations, any Lien or
Collateral or any Other Guaranty;

          2.3.2.  any defense (other than payment), set-off or counterclaim that
may at any time be available to the Borrower or any other Obligor against, and
any right of setoff at any time held by, any Beneficiary; or

          2.3.3.  any other circumstance whatsoever (with or without notice to
or knowledge of the Guarantor or any other Obligor), whether or not similar to
any of the foregoing, that constitutes, or might be construed to constitute, an
equitable or legal discharge of the Borrower or any other Obligor, in bankruptcy
or in any other instance.


                                          4

<PAGE>

          Any payment by any Obligor or other circumstance that operates to toll
any statute of limitations applicable to such Obligor shall also operate to toll
the statute of limitations applicable to the Guarantor.  When making any demand
hereunder (including by commencement or continuance of any legal proceeding),
the Beneficiaries may, but shall be under no obligation to, make a similar
demand on all or any of the other Obligors, and any failure by any Beneficiary
to make any such demand shall not relieve the Guarantor of its obligations
hereunder.

     SECTION 2.4.  AUTHORIZATION.  The Guarantor authorizes each Beneficiary,
without notice to or further assent by the Guarantor, and without affecting the
Guarantor's liability hereunder (regardless of whether any subrogation or
similar right that the Guarantor may have or any other right or remedy of the
Guarantor is extinguished or impaired), from time to time to:

          2.4.1.  permit the Borrower to increase or create Obligations, or
terminate, release, compromise, subordinate, extend, accelerate or otherwise
change the amount or time, manner or place of payment of, or rescind any demand
for payment or acceleration of, the Obligations or any part thereof (including
increasing or decreasing the rate of interest thereon), or otherwise amend the
terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any
provision thereof;

          2.4.2.  take and hold Collateral from the Borrower or any other
Person, perfect or refrain from perfecting a Lien on such Collateral, and
exchange, enforce, subordinate, release (whether intentionally or
unintentionally), or take or fail to take any other action in respect of, any
such Collateral or Lien or any part thereof;

          2.4.3.  exercise in such manner and order as it elects in its sole
discretion, fail to exercise, waive, suspend, terminate or suffer expiration of,
any of the remedies or rights of such Beneficiary against the Borrower or any
other Obligor in respect of any Obligations or any Collateral;

          2.4.4.  release, add or settle with any Obligor in respect of this
Guaranty, any Other Guaranty or the Obligations;

          2.4.5.  accept partial payments on the Obligations and apply any and
all payments or recoveries from any Obligor or Collateral to such of the
Obligations as any Beneficiary may elect in its sole discretion, whether or not
such Obligations are secured or guaranteed;

          2.4.6.  refund at any time, at such Beneficiary's sole discretion, any
payments or recoveries received by such Beneficiary in respect of any
Obligations or Collateral; and 

          2.4.7.  otherwise deal with the Borrower, any other Obligor and any
Collateral as such Beneficiary may elect in its sole discretion.

     SECTION 2.5.  CERTAIN WAIVERS.  The Guarantor waives, to the extent
permitted by Applicable Law: 


                                          5

<PAGE>

          2.5.1.  the right to require the Beneficiaries to proceed against the
Borrower or any other Obligor, to proceed against or exhaust any Collateral or
to pursue any other remedy in any Beneficiary's power whatsoever and the right
to have the property of the Borrower or any other Obligor first applied to the
discharge of the Obligations;  

          2.5.2.  all rights and benefits under Section 2809 of the California
Civil Code and any other Applicable Law purporting to reduce a guarantor's
obligations in proportion to the obligation of the principal or providing that
the obligation of a surety or guarantor must neither be larger nor in other
respects more burdensome than that of the principal; 

          2.5.3.  the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting the
Obligations or the Guarantor's liability hereunder and of Section 359.5 of the
California Code of Civil Procedure;

          2.5.4.  any requirement of marshaling or any other principle of
election of remedies and all rights and defenses arising out of an election of
remedies by any Beneficiary, even though that election of remedies, such as
nonjudicial foreclosure with respect to the security for a guaranteed
obligation, has destroyed the Guarantor's rights of subrogation and
reimbursement against the Borrower by the operation of Section 580d of the
California Code of Civil Procedure or otherwise;

          2.5.5.  any right to assert against any Beneficiary any defense (legal
or equitable), set-off, counterclaim and other right that the Guarantor may now
or any time hereafter have against the Borrower or any other Obligor;

          2.5.6.  presentment, demand for payment or performance (including
diligence in making demands hereunder), (except that the Agent shall demand
payment from the Guarantor under this Guaranty prior to exercising remedies
against the Guarantor) notice of dishonor or nonperformance, protest, acceptance
and notice of acceptance of this Guaranty, and all other notices of any kind,
including (i) notice of the existence, creation or incurrence of new or
additional Obligations, (ii) notice of any action taken or omitted by the
Beneficiaries in reliance hereon, (iii) notice of any default by the Borrower or
any other Obligor, (iv) notice that any portion of the Obligations is due,
(v) notice of any action against the Borrower or any other Obligor, or any
enforcement of other action with respect to any Collateral, or the assertion of
any right of any Beneficiary hereunder; 

          2.5.7.  all defenses that at any time may be available to the
Guarantor by virtue of any valuation, stay, moratorium or other law now or
hereafter in effect;

          2.5.8.  any rights, defenses and other benefits the Guarantor may have
by reason of any failure of any Beneficiary to hold a commercially reasonable
public or private foreclosure sale or otherwise to comply with Applicable Law in
connection with a disposition of Collateral; and 

          2.5.9.  without limiting the generality of the foregoing or any other
provision hereof, all rights and benefits under California Civil Code Sections
2810, 2819, 2839, 2845, 2848, 2849, 2850, 2899 and 3433.


                                          6

<PAGE>

     SECTION 2.6.  SUBROGATION; CERTAIN AGREEMENTS.  

          2.6.1.  THE GUARANTOR WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS OF SUBROGATION,
INDEMNITY, CONTRIBUTION OR REIMBURSEMENT, AND ANY AND ALL BENEFITS OF AND RIGHTS
TO ENFORCE ANY POWER, RIGHT OR REMEDY THAT ANY BENEFICIARY MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER
HAVE IN RESPECT OF THE OBLIGATIONS AGAINST THE BORROWER OR ANY OTHER OBLIGOR,
ANY AND ALL BENEFITS OF AND RIGHTS TO PARTICIPATE IN ANY COLLATERAL, WHETHER
REAL OR PERSONAL PROPERTY, NOW OR HEREAFTER HELD BY ANY BENEFICIARY, AND ANY AND
ALL OTHER RIGHTS AND CLAIMS (AS DEFINED IN THE BANKRUPTCY CODE) THE GUARANTOR
MAY HAVE AGAINST THE BORROWER OR ANY OTHER OBLIGOR, UNDER APPLICABLE LAW OR
OTHERWISE, AT LAW OR IN EQUITY, BY REASON OF ANY PAYMENT HEREUNDER, UNLESS AND
UNTIL THE OBLIGATIONS SHALL HAVE BEEN PAID IN FULL.  Without limitation, subject
to Section 2.8.2. the Guarantor shall exercise no voting rights, shall file no
claim, and shall not participate or appear in any bankruptcy or insolvency case
involving the Borrower with respect to the Obligations unless and until all the
Obligations shall have been paid in full.  If, notwithstanding the foregoing,
any amount shall be paid to the Guarantor on account of any such rights at any
time, such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Beneficiaries
and shall forthwith be paid to the Agent to be held as Collateral or credited
and applied in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement and the other
Loan Documents upon the Obligations, whether matured, unmatured, absolute or
contingent, in the discretion of the Agent.

          2.6.2.  The Guarantor assumes the responsibility for being and keeping
itself informed of the financial condition of the Borrower and each other
Obligor and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of
the Obligations that diligent inquiry would reveal, and agrees that the
Beneficiaries shall have no duty to advise the Guarantor of information
regarding such condition or any such circumstances.

          2.6.3.  The Guarantor agrees that the books and records of the
Beneficiaries showing the account between the Beneficiaries and the Borrower
shall be admissible in any proceeding or action and shall constitute prima facie
proof of the items therein set forth.  The Guarantor agrees that it shall be
bound by each and every ruling, order and judgment obtained by any Beneficiary
against the Borrower or other Obligor in respect of the Obligations, whether or
not the Guarantor is a party to, or has received notice of, the action or
proceeding in which such ruling, order or judgment is issued and rendered.

     SECTION 2.7.  BANKRUPTCY NO DISCHARGE.  

          2.7.1.  Without limiting Section 2.3., this Guaranty shall not be
discharged or otherwise affected by any bankruptcy, reorganization or similar
proceeding commenced by or against the Borrower or any other Obligor, including
(i) any discharge of, or bar or stay against collecting, all or any part of the
Obligations in or as a result of any such proceeding, whether or not assented to
by any Beneficiary, (ii) any disallowance of all or any portion of any 


                                          7

<PAGE>

Beneficiary's claim for repayment of the Obligations, (iii) any use of cash or
other collateral in any such proceeding, (iv) any agreement or stipulation as to
adequate protection in any such proceeding, (v) any failure by any Beneficiary
to file or enforce a claim against the Borrower or any other Obligor or its
estate in any bankruptcy or reorganization case, (vi) any amendment,
modification, stay or cure of any Beneficiary's rights that may occur in any
such proceeding, (vii) any election by any Beneficiary under Section 1111(b)(2)
of the Bankruptcy Code, or (viii) any borrowing or grant of a Lien under
Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code.  The Guarantor understands and acknowledges
that by virtue of this Guaranty, it has specifically assumed any and all risks
of any such proceeding with respect to the Borrower and each other Obligor.  

          2.7.2.  Any Event of Default under Section 7.1 of the Credit Agreement
shall render all Obligations automatically due and payable for purposes of this
Guaranty.

          2.7.3.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained,
this Guaranty (and any Lien on the Collateral securing this Guaranty or the
Obligations) shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may
be, if at any time any payment, or any part thereof, of any or all of the
Obligations is rescinded, invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential
or otherwise required to be restored or returned by any Beneficiary in
connection with any bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding involving
the Borrower, any other Obligor or otherwise, if the proceeds of any Collateral
are required to be returned by such Beneficiary under any such circumstances, or
if any Beneficiary elects to return any such payment or proceeds or any part
thereof in its sole discretion, all as though such payment had not been made or
such proceeds not been received.  Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, if prior to any such rescission, invalidation, declaration,
restoration or return, this Guaranty shall have been canceled or surrendered (or
if any Lien or Collateral shall have been released or terminated in connection
with such cancellation or surrender), this Guaranty (and such Lien and
Collateral) shall be reinstated in full force and effect, and such prior
cancellation or surrender shall not diminish, discharge or otherwise affect the
obligations of the Guarantor in respect of the amount of the affected payment or
application of proceeds (or such Lien or Collateral).

     SECTION 2.8.  SUBORDINATION.  

          2.8.1.  The Guarantor hereby absolutely subordinates, both in right of
payment and in time of payment, any and all present or future obligations and
liabilities of the Borrower and each other Obligor to the Guarantor
("SUBORDINATED DEBT"), to the prior payment in full in cash of the Obligations,
whether or not such Subordinated Debt constitutes or arises out of any
subrogation, reimbursement, contribution, indemnity or similar right
attributable to this Guaranty.  If, whether or not at any Beneficiary's request,
the Guarantor shall receive, prior to payment in full in cash of all
Obligations, payment of any sum from the Borrower or any other Obligor upon any
Subordinated Debt, any such sum shall be received by the Guarantor as trustee
for the Beneficiaries and shall forthwith be paid over to the Agent on account
of the Obligations, without reducing or affecting in any manner the liability of
the Guarantor under this Guaranty.


                                          8

<PAGE>

          2.8.2.  The Guarantor shall file in any bankruptcy or reorganization
or similar proceeding in which the filing of claims is required by Applicable
Law, all claims that the Guarantor may have against the Borrower or other
Obligor (or its nominee) relating to any Subordinated Debt.  If the Guarantor
does not file any such claim, the Agent (or its nominee) as attorney-in-fact for
the Guarantor is hereby authorized to do so in the name of the Guarantor.  The
Guarantor agrees that, in connection with any such proceeding, it shall not
contest or oppose the treatment of claims of the Beneficiaries in any plan of
reorganization or otherwise and it shall vote any claims that exist by virtue of
this Guaranty or the Subordinated Debt in connection with any plans of
reorganization or otherwise, as may be requested by the Agent.

          2.8.3.  The Guarantor hereby grants the Agent a power of attorney for
the purposes set forth in this Section 2.8.  Such power of attorney is coupled
with an interest and cannot be revoked.

     SECTION 2.9.  MAXIMUM LIABILITY OF GUARANTOR.  The obligations of the
Guarantor hereunder shall be limited to an aggregate amount equal to the largest
amount that would not render its obligations hereunder subject to avoidance
under Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable provisions of
comparable state law.

                                      ARTICLE 3.

                            REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

          The Guarantor represents and warrants that all representations and
warranties made with respect to it, its assets and its obligations in Article IV
of the Credit Agreement are true and correct and makes the following additional
representations and warranties, all of which shall survive until termination of
this Guaranty pursuant to Section 2.2.

     SECTION 3.1.  ORGANIZATION, POWERS AND GOOD STANDING.  The Guarantor is a
corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws
of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, and has all requisite corporate power
and authority and the legal right to own and operate its properties and to carry
on its business as heretofore conducted and proposed to be conducted.  The
Guarantor has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this
Guaranty and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party and to carry out
the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  The Guarantor possesses all
Governmental Approvals, in full force and effect, free from burdensome
restrictions, that are necessary in all Material respects for the ownership,
maintenance and operation of its properties and conduct of its business as now
conducted, and is not in Material violation thereof.  The Guarantor is duly
qualified and in good standing as a foreign corporation and authorized to do
business in each state where the nature of its business activities conducted or
properties owned or leased requires it to be so qualified and where the failure
to be so qualified could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.

     SECTION 3.2.  AUTHORIZATION, BINDING EFFECT, NO CONFLICT, ETC.  The
execution, delivery and performance by the Guarantor of this Guaranty and each
other Loan Document to which it is 


                                          9

<PAGE>

a party have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action.  This
Guaranty and each such other Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered
by the Guarantor party thereto and is a legal, valid and binding obligation of
the Guarantor, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as
enforcement may be limited by equitable principles and by bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to creditors'
rights generally.  The execution, delivery and performance by the Guarantor of
this Guaranty and each other Loan Document to which the Guarantor is a party,
and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, do not
and will not (a) violate any provision of the charter or bylaws of the
Guarantor, (b) conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (or, with the
giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute) a default under,
or require the approval or consent of any Person pursuant to, any Material
Contractual Obligation of the Guarantor or violate any provision of Applicable
Law binding on the Guarantor, except where such conflict, breach, default or
violation could  not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect or subject any Beneficiary to any liability,
or (c) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien of any nature whatsoever
upon any of the Guarantor's assets except for Liens created under the Loan
Documents.  Except for filings and recordings in connection with the perfection
of Liens created by the Collateral Documents, all of which have been made and
are in full force and effect, no Governmental Approval is or will be required in
connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Guarantor of this
Guaranty or any other Loan Document to which the Guarantor is a party, or the
consummation of transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or to ensure the
legality, validity or enforceability hereof or thereof, except where the failure
to obtain such Governmental Approval would not have a Material Adverse Effect or
subject any Beneficiary to any liability.

     SECTION 3.3.  FINANCIAL CONDITION.  The financial statements of the
Guarantor that have heretofore been submitted by the Guarantor to the
Beneficiaries in connection herewith were prepared in accordance with GAAP
(except to the extent noted therein) and fairly present the financial condition
and results of operations and cash flow of the Guarantor for the dates and
periods covered thereby.  Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.3., since the date
of financial statements there has been no Material Adverse Change.  The
Guarantor has no material Contingent Obligations, liabilities for Taxes or
long-term leases, unusual forward or long-term commitments or unrealized or
unanticipated losses from any unfavorable commitments that are not reflected in
the foregoing financial statements or in the noted thereto.  There is no fact
known to the Guarantor (other than matters of a general economic nature) that
could be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and that has not
been disclosed to the Beneficiaries.  All documents or other information
previously or hereafter furnished to the Beneficiaries by or on behalf of the
Guarantor in connection with this Guaranty (i) are and will be complete and
correct in all Material respects, and (ii) do not and will not contain any
untrue statement of a Material fact or omit to state a Material fact necessary
in order to make the statements contained therein not misleading, in light of
the circumstances under which they were made.

     SECTION 3.4.  LITIGATION, ETC.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.6 to the
Credit Agreement, there are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the
knowledge of the Guarantor, threatened against or affecting the Guarantor or its
properties before any Governmental Authority (a) in which there is a reasonable
possibility of an adverse 


                                          10

<PAGE>

determination that could have a Material Adverse Effect, or (b) that in any
manner draws into question the legality, validity or enforceability of this
Guaranty or any other Loan Document to which the Guarantor is a party.  The
Guarantor is not in default under to any Applicable Law or any Contractual
Obligation to which the Guarantor is a party or by which its properties are
bound, except where such violation or default would not have a Material Adverse
Effect.

     SECTION 3.5.  TAXES.  The Guarantor has filed all United States Federal
income tax returns and all other tax returns required to be filed by it and has
all taxes shown to be due on the returns so filed as well as all other taxes,
assessments and governmental charges that have become due, except such taxes,
assessments or charges, if any, as are being contested in good faith and as to
which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP.  The
Guarantor does not know of any proposed, asserted or assessed tax deficiency
against it that would be Material and that is not reserved against on the
financial books of the Guarantor.

     SECTION 3.6.  TITLE TO PROPERTY; LIENS.  The Guarantor has good title to,
or valid and subsisting leasehold interests in, all of the property, whether
real or personal, reflected in its financial statements as being owned or leased
by it and none of such property is subject to any Material Liens, other than
Permitted Liens.

     SECTION 3.7.  CAPITALIZATION AND OWNERSHIP.  

          3.7.1.  As of the date hereof, the authorized and outstanding Capital
Stock of the Guarantor is as set forth on Schedule 3.7.  All such capital stock
was duly authorized and validly issued and is fully paid and nonassessable.

     SECTION 3.8.  FINANCIAL BENEFIT.  The Guarantor hereby acknowledges and
warrants it has derived or expects to derive a financial advantage from each
loan or other extension of credit and each renewal, extension, release of
Collateral or other relinquishment of legal rights, made or granted or to be
made or granted by the Beneficiaries in connection with the Obligations.  After
giving effect to this Guaranty and the other Loan Documents to which the
Guarantor is a party, and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, the
Guarantor is not Insolvent or left with assets or capital that is unreasonably
small in relation to its business or the Obligations.  "Insolvent" means, with
respect to the Guarantor, that (a) determined on the basis of a "fair valuation"
or their "fair saleable value" (whichever is the applicable test under
Section 548 and other relevant provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and the
relevant state fraudulent conveyance or transfer laws) the sum of the
Guarantor's assets is less than its debts, or (b) the Guarantor is generally not
paying its debts as they become due.

     SECTION 3.9.  REVIEW OF DOCUMENTS; UNDERSTANDING WITH RESPECT TO
WAIVERS.  The Guarantor hereby acknowledges that it has copies of and is fully
familiar with the Credit Agreement and each other Loan Document executed and
delivered by the Guarantor or any other Obligor.  The Guarantor warrants and
agrees that each waiver set forth in this Guaranty is made with the Guarantor's
full knowledge of its significance and consequences and after opportunity to
consult with counsel of its own choosing and that, under the circumstances, each
such waiver is reasonable and should not be found contrary to public policy or
law.


                                          11

<PAGE>

                                      ARTICLE 4.

                                      COVENANTS

          The Guarantor covenants that it will comply with all covenants
pertaining to it, its assets and its obligations under Article V and Article VI
of the Credit Agreement and that it shall perform each and all of the following
until termination of this Guaranty pursuant to Section 2.2. 

     SECTION 4.1.  CORPORATE EXISTENCE, PROPERTIES, ETC.  The Guarantor will at
all times preserve and maintain its corporate existence and any rights and
franchises material to its business and maintain in good repair, working order
and condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted), all of the Material properties
useful or necessary to its business, and from time to time the Guarantor will
make or cause to be made all appropriate repairs, renewals and replacements
thereto.

     SECTION 4.2.  STOCK REPURCHASES AND REDEMPTIONS.  The Guarantor shall not
except in the ordinary course of business and in connection with presently
existing agreements and obligations that have been disclosed in writing to the
Agent on or before the date hereof, repurchase or otherwise acquire or retire
any of its capital stock without the prior written consent of the Agent and the
Required Lenders.

                                      ARTICLE 5.

                                    MISCELLANEOUS


     SECTION 5.1.  EXPENSES.  The Guarantor shall pay to the Agent any and 
all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and 
expenses, including allocated costs of in-house counsel) that any Beneficiary 
may incur in connection with (a) the collection of all sums guarantied 
hereunder, or (b) the exercise or enforcement of any of the rights, powers or 
remedies of the Beneficiaries under this Guaranty or Applicable Law, 
including any such collection, exercise or enforcement, and any action in 
connection therewith, that takes place in a proceeding commenced under the 
Bankruptcy Code. All such amounts and all other amounts payable hereunder 
shall be payable on demand, together with interest to the extent provided in 
Section 2.4 of the Credit Agreement.

     SECTION 5.2.  AMENDMENTS AND OTHER MODIFICATIONS.  No amendment of any
provision of this Guaranty (including a waiver thereof or consent relating
thereto) shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by
the Agent.  Any waiver or consent relating to any provision of this Guaranty
shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose
for which given.  No notice to or demand on the Guarantor in any case shall
entitle the Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in similar or
other circumstances.

     SECTION 5.3.  CUMULATIVE REMEDIES; FAILURE OR DELAY.  The rights and
remedies provided for under this Guaranty are cumulative and are not exclusive
of any rights and remedies that may be available to the Beneficiaries under
Applicable Law or otherwise.  No failure or 


                                          12

<PAGE>

delay on the part of any Beneficiary in the exercise of any power, right or
remedy under this Guaranty shall impair such power, right or remedy or shall
operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any
such power, right or remedy preclude other or further exercise of such or any
other power, right or remedy.

     SECTION 5.4.  NOTICES, ETC.  All notices and other communications under
this Guaranty shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered or sent by
prepaid courier, by overnight, registered or certified mail (postage prepaid),
or by prepaid telecopy and shall be deemed given when received by the intended
recipient thereof.  Unless otherwise specified in a notice given in accordance
with the foregoing provisions of this Section, all notices and other
communications shall be given to the parties hereto at their respective
addresses (or to their respective telecopier numbers) indicated on Schedule 5.4.

     SECTION 5.5.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  This Guaranty and each amendment
hereof shall be binding upon and, subject to the next sentence, inure to the
benefit of the Guarantor, the Beneficiaries and their respective successors and
assigns.  The Guarantor shall not assign any of its rights or obligations
hereunder without the prior written consent of the Agent.  The benefit of this
Guaranty shall automatically pass with any assignment of the Obligations (or any
portion thereof), to the extent of such assignment.  In connection with any
assignment or grant of participation, each Beneficiary may disclose to any
Person all documents and information that such Beneficiary has relating to the
Guarantor and this Guaranty, whether furnished by the Borrower, the Guarantor or
otherwise.  The Guarantor further agrees that the Beneficiaries may disclose
such documents and information to the Borrower and any Other Guarantors.

     SECTION 5.6.  WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY.  THE GUARANTOR AND, BY THEIR
ACCEPTANCE OF THIS GUARANTY, THE BENEFICIARIES WAIVE THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY
JURY IN ANY ACTION UNDER THIS GUARANTY OR ANY ACTION ARISING OUT OF THE
TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, REGARDLESS OF WHICH PARTY INITIATES SUCH
ACTION OR ACTIONS.

     SECTION 5.7.  SET OFF.  In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted
under Applicable Law and not by way of limitation of any such rights, upon the
occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Beneficiary,
each holder or transferee of any Obligations or any Person with any interest
therein is hereby irrevocably authorized by the Guarantor, at any time or from
time to time, without notice to the Guarantor or to any other Person, any such
notice being hereby expressly waived, to set off and to appropriate and to apply
any and all deposits (general or special, including certificates of deposit,
whether matured or unmatured, but not including trust accounts) and any other
Debt, in each case whether direct or indirect or contingent or matured or
unmatured at any time held or owing by such Beneficiary, such holder, such
transferee or such other Person, to or for the credit or the account of the
Guarantor, against and on account of the obligations of the Guarantor to such
Beneficiary, such holder, such transferee, or such other Person under this
Guaranty or the other Loan Documents to which the Guarantor is a party,
irrespective of whether or not such Beneficiary, such holder, such transferee or
such other Person shall have made any demand for payment and although such
obligations may be contingent and unmatured.  Each Beneficiary agrees to notify
the Guarantor 


                                          13

<PAGE>

promptly of any such set-off and the application made by such Beneficiary,
PROVIDED that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of
such set-off and application.

     SECTION 5.8.  COMPLETE AGREEMENT.  This Guaranty, together with the
exhibits and schedules hereto and the other Loan Documents, is intended by the
parties as the final expression of their agreement regarding the subject matter
hereof and as a complete and exclusive statement of the terms and conditions of
such agreement.

     SECTION 5.9.  LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.  No claim shall be made by the
Guarantor against any Beneficiary or the Affiliates, directors, officers,
employees or agents of any Beneficiary for any special, indirect, consequential
or punitive damages in respect of any claim for breach of contract or under any
other theory of liability arising out of or related to the transactions
contemplated by this Guaranty, or any act, omission or event occurring in
connection therewith; and the Guarantor waives, releases and agrees not to sue
upon any claim for any such damages, whether or not accrued and whether or not
known or suspected to exist in its favor.


                                          14

<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Guarantor has duly executed this Guaranty as
of the date set forth above.

                                          GUARANTOR
                                          ---------


                                          By:    /s/ Jean-Yves Dexmier
                                             ----------------------------
                                          Name:  Jean-Yves Dexmier
                                               --------------------------
                                          Title: Executive Vice President
                                                 and CFO
                                                -------------------------



                                          15

<PAGE>

                                                                 SCHEDULE 3.3.

                               MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGES
                               ------------------------

          None




                                     Schedule 3.4

<PAGE>

                                                                 SCHEDULE 5.4

                                      ADDRESSES
                                      ---------

4100 Bohannon Drive
Menlo Park, CA 94025



                                          17



<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 11.1
 
                              INFORMIX CORPORATION
 
                      COMPUTATION OF NET INCOME PER SHARE
 
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER-SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                 ----------------------------   FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                 SEPTEMBER 28,  SEPTEMBER 29,  ----------------------------------
                                                     1997           1996          1996      1995(1)    1994(1)(2)
                                                 -------------  -------------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                              <C>            <C>            <C>         <C>         <C>
Net income used for net income (loss) per-share
  calculation..................................   $  (366,061)   $   (66,555)  $  (73,565) $   38,600  $   48,293
Net Income Per Common Share:
  Weighted average outstanding shares..........       151,708        149,194      149,310     145,062     137,742
  Net effect of outstanding options............       --             --            --           5,565       5,040
                                                 -------------  -------------  ----------  ----------  ----------
  Weighted average common and common equivalent
    shares outstanding.........................       151,708        149,194      149,310     150,627     142,782
Net income (loss) per-share....................   $     (2.41)   $      (.45)  $     (.49) $      .26  $      .34
                                                 -------------  -------------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                 -------------  -------------  ----------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    Fully diluted computation not presented since such amounts differ by less
than 3 percent of the net income (loss) per share amounts shown above.
 
Notes:
 
(1) Amounts presented have been restated to reflect the Company's business
    combination with Illustra Information Technologies, Inc. as a
    pooling-of-interests.
 
(2) Share and per-share information has been restated to reflect a two-for-one
    stock split (effected in the form of a stock dividend) which was effective
    June 26, 1995.

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1
 
               CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
    We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to
the use of our report dated February 3, 1997, except for paragraphs 1, 2, 3, and
12 (as to which the date is November 16, 1997) in the Registration Statement
(Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Informix Corporation for the registration
of 22,900,000 shares of its common stock.
 
    Our audits also included the financial statement schedule of Informix
Corporation listed in Item 16(a). This schedule is the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our
audits. In our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to above, when
considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole,
presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth herein.
 
                                          /s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
San Jose, California
January 5, 1998

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
       
<S>                             <C>                     <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS                   9-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1996             DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1996             JAN-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1996             SEP-28-1997
<CASH>                                         226,508                  78,935
<SECURITIES>                                    41,151                  28,261
<RECEIVABLES>                                  215,928                 166,764
<ALLOWANCES>                                    21,429                  29,541
<INVENTORY>                                      3,678                   2,204
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               533,314                 308,370
<PP&E>                                         293,318                 342,435
<DEPRECIATION>                               (106,591)               (154,228)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 881,998                 587,598
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          530,177                 563,263
<BONDS>                                              0                       0
                                0                       0
                                          0                  37,200
<COMMON>                                         1,508                   1,524
<OTHER-SE>                                     323,796                (45,401)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   881,998                 587,598
<SALES>                                        496,039                 271,614
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               727,849                 481,146
<CGS>                                           46,786                  52,860
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  191,636                 181,057
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               604,230                 675,265
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                15,329                  12,962
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             (5,784)                   5,372
<INCOME-PRETAX>                               (61,034)               (359,261)
<INCOME-TAX>                                  (12,531)                   6,800
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                           (73,565)               (366,061)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0                       0
<CHANGES>                                            0                       0
<NET-INCOME>                                  (73,565)               (366,061)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                    (.49)                  (2.41)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        0                       0
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission